Skip to main content
  • Archive

    • Decision No. (50) of 2019 Concerning Enhancing the Shari’a Controller’s Role in Takaful Insurance Companies Operating in the State

      Effective from 17/4/2019

      Director General of the Insurance Authority,

      Having pursued:

      - The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007, concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Organization of Insurance Operations and the amendments thereof;

      - Insurance Authority Board of Directors Resolution No. (2) of 2009 concerning the issuance of the Executive Regulation of Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 pertinent to the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations;

      - And, Takaful Insurance Regulations issued by The Insurance Authority’s Board of Directors Resolution No (4) of 2010 Concerning the Takaful Insurance Regulations,

      Has Decided:

      • Amendments of The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 on Establishment of the Insurance Authority & Organization of Insurance Operations

        • Amendments of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities

          • Federal Decree-law No. (26) of 2021 To amend certain provisions of Federal Decree-law No. (20) of 2018 ON ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING AND COMBATING THE FINANCING OF TERRORISM AND FINANCING OF ILLEGAL ORGANISATIONS

            Effective from 13/9/2021

            We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of die United Arab Emirates,

            Having perused the Constitution,

            - Federal Law no. (1) of 1972 on Competencies of the Ministries and Powers of the Ministers and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (3) of 1987 Issuing the Penal Code and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (35) of 1992 Issuing the Penal Procedures Code and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (14) of 1995 on fighting narcotics and psychotropic substances and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (4) of 2000 on the Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority and Market and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (8) of 2004 on the Financial Free Zones,

            - Federal Law (13) of 2004 on the Supervision of Import/Export and Transit of Rough Diamonds and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (1) of 2006 on the Electronic Commerce and Transactions,

            - Federal Law no. (39) of 2006 on the International Judicial Cooperation on Criminal Matters,

            - Federal Law no. (51) of 2006 Combating Crimes of Human Trafficking and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (6) of 2007 on the establishment of the Insurance Authority and the regulation of its operations and its amendments,

            - Federal Law no. (2) of 2008 on the National Societies and Associations of Public Welfare and its amendment,

            - Federal Law no. (6) of 2010 on the Credit Information, and its amendment,

            - Federal Law no. (5) of 2012 on the Prevention of Information Technology Crimes and its amendments,

            - Federal Decree-Law no. (5) of 2013 on weapons, ammunitions, explosives and military equipment and its amendment

            - Federal Law no. (7) of 2014 on Combating Terrorism Offences,

            - Federal Law no. (2) of 2015 on Commercial Companies and its amendments.

            - Federal Law no. (11) of 2015 on the supervision of trading and stamping of precious metals and stones,

            - Federal Law no. (7) of 2017 on Tax Procedures,

            - Federal Decree-Law no. (7) of 2017 on Excise Tax,

            - Federal Decree-Law no. (8) of 2017 on the Value Added Tax,

            - Federal Decree-Law no. (14) of 2018 regarding the 'Central Bank and the Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, and its amendment

            - Federal Decree-law No. (20) of 2018, on anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism and financing of illegal organizations

            - And based on the proposal made by the Minister of Finance and the approval of the Cabinet,

            Have promulgated the following Decree-Law:

            • Regulation Amending the Regulations regarding Licensing and Monitoring of Exchange Business

              C 19/2021 Issued on 5/12/2021
              • Housing Loans granted to Beneficiaries of the Home Finance Program of SZHP

                After greetings,

                Please be advised of the following:

                First: In line with Article (5) of the Regulations Regarding Mortgage Loans (Circular No. 31/2013), the Central Bank has decided, in agreement with the Sheikh Zayed Housing Programme (SZHP), as follows:

                1. To increase the debt burden ratio (DBR) to 60% for the beneficiaries of the Home Finance Program of SZHP;
                   
                2. To grant the UAE nationals, with long-term loans, the flexibility to obtain housing loans of SZHP, after ascertaining their ability to repay within the DBR limit of 60%;
                   
                3. Banks may increase the DBR for retirees and senior UAE nationals to 50% so that they can benefit from SZHP housing loans, after ascertaining their ability to repay, within the DBR limit of 50%, and obtaining no-objection from them to raise the monthly deduction from 30% to 50% against the housing loan; and
                   
                4. To cancel the requirement that the borrower contributes to the down payment of 15% for the beneficiaries of the Home Finance Program of SZHP, for the amount of the loan profits/interest of which are explicitly guaranteed and paid by the federal government.
                   

                Under the following conditions:

                1. That the property to be constructed/purchased through financing is the first house for the UAE national and to be used for his personal residence;
                   
                2. That the UAE national shall, if the loan amount exceeds the amount profits/interest of which are explicitly guaranteed and paid by the federal government, pay the difference in the down payment to cover the required 15% from his own resources and not from other sources of borrowing; and
                   
                3. That all other requirements mentioned in the above Regulation and its amendments are complied with.

                Second: Since the federal government guarantees and pays the profits/interest on the above home finance, banks may apply 0% risk-weight for the capital adequacy calculation for loan amount profits/interest of which are explicitly guaranteed and paid.

                Yours faithfully,

                • Amendments to Regulations re Licensing and Monitoring of Exchange Business

                  RES 61/6/2016 Effective from 25/8/2016

                  Chairman of the Board

                  Having perused the provisions of Union Law No. (10) of 1980 concerning the Central Bank, the Monetary System and Organization of Banking;

                  Board of Directors' following Resolutions:

                  1. Resolution No. 31/2/1986 issued on 16/7/1986, regarding organization of the foreign exchange profession in the UAE.
                     
                  2. Resolution No. 123/7/92 issued on 29/11/1992, regarding regulating of money changing business in the UAE.
                     
                  3. Resolution No. 204/7/98 issued on 03/11/1998.
                     
                  4. Resolution No. 15/2/2013 issued on 12/03/2013, regarding new requirements for licensing of money changing business in the UAE.
                     
                  5. Resolution No. 77/7/2013 issued on 27/10/2013, regarding Regulations re Licensing and Monitoring of Exchange Business.
                     
                  6. Resolution No. 104/8/2015 issued on 21/12/2015, regarding postponement of the implementation of certain requirements of Regulations re Licensing and Monitoring of Exchange Business.

                  Circular No. 24/2000 - Regulation concerning Procedures for Anti-Money Laundering and its amendments.

                  The Central Bank's Board of Directors has issued the following resolution:

                  • Conditions that must be met in Shari’a Controller

                    • Clause (1)

                      To replace the wording of the articles no. (1), (2), (6), (9), (12), (13), (14), (15), (17), (19), (22), (23), (25), (26), (28), and (29) of the aforementioned Federal Decree-Law No. (20) of 2018, to be as follows:

                      • Introduction

                        Through this Regulation, the Central Bank is amending Article 3(c) of the Exchange Business Regulation. This amendment also replaces the previous amendment to Article 3(c), contained in Article 1 of Central Bank Board of Director’s Resolution 61/6/2016.

                        • Article One:

                          The texts of paragraph (c) of Article (3) and paragraph (a) of item (2) of Article (4) of Board of Directors Resolution No. 77/7/2013 shall be replaced with the following texts:

                          • Article (1)

                            To approve the employment of a Shari’a Controller at Takaful insurance companies, following conditions must be met:

                            1. To be a natural person.
                               
                            2. The Shari’a Controller shall be appointed in the company by its Board of Directors, and based on the recommendation of the Shari'a Supervisory Committee in the Company.
                               
                            3. To practice the Shari’a Controller duties on full-time basis, and it is not permissible to combine between the job of a Shari’a Controller and any other job in the Company.
                               
                            4. To be a Muslim with full legal capacity, and has a sound reputation and good conduct and to be knowledgeable in the Arabic language.
                               
                            5. Has never been dismissed from service for disciplinary reasons.
                               
                            6. Submit a certificate confirming that he has not been sentenced in a felony or misdemeanor that violates honor or honesty and public morals, and to submit a declaration that he has not been declared bankrupt unless he is rehabilitated.
                               
                            7. The following qualifications and experience are required:
                               
                            1. Must be a holder of a university qualification in Shari’a and a degree in either law, insurance, business or economics.
                               
                            2. Must have passed training courses in Shari’a or any legal, insurance, business or financial training courses.
                               
                            3. To be knowledgeable in the jurisprudence of Islamic financial transactions.
                               
                            4. To have practical experience for a period of not less than three years in the field of insurance or have worked in the field of Shari’a Control and other related activities. The experience shall be for one year for UAE Nationals.
                               
                            • Article (1)

                              In application of the provisions of the present Decree-Law, the following terms and expressions shall have the following meanings assigned to them unless the context requires otherwise:

                              State: United Arab Emirates

                              Ministry: Ministry of Finance

                              Minister: Minister of Finance

                              Central Bank: Central Bank of the UAE

                              Governor. Governor of Central Bank

                              Committee: National Committee for Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism and Illegal Organizations

                              Unit: Financial intelligence Unit

                              Supervisory Authority: Federal and local authorities which are entrusted by legislation to supervise financial institutions, designated non-financial businesses professions, Virtual Asset Service Providers and non-profit organizations or the competent authority in charge of approving the pursuit of an activity or a profession in case a supervisory authority is not assigned by legislations.

                              Law-enforcement Authorities: Federal and local authorities which are entrusted under applicable legislation to combat, search, investigate and collect evidences on the crimes including AML/CFT crimes and financing illegal organizations.

                              Competent Authorities: The competent government authorities in the State entrusted with the implementation of any provision of this Decree Law.

                              Predicate Offence: Any act constituting a felony or misdemeanor under the applicable laws of the State whether this act is committed Inside or outside the State when such act is punishable In both countries.

                              Money Laundering: Any of the acts mentioned in Clause (1) of Article (2) of the present Decree-Law.

                              Financing of Terrorism: Any of the acts mentioned in Articles (29, 30) of Federal Law no. (7) of 2014.

                              Illegal Organizations: Organizations whose establishment is criminalized or which exercise a criminalized activity.

                              Financing Illegal Organizations: Any physical or legal action aiming at providing funding to an illegal organization, or any of its activities or its members.

                              Crime: Money laundering crime and related predicate offences, or financing of terrorism or Illegal organizations.

                              Funds: Assets, whatever the method of acquisition, type and form, tangible or intangible, movable or Immovable, electronic, digital or encrypted, Including local and foreign currencies, legal documents and instruments of whatever form, including electronic or digital form that proves ownership of such assets, shares or related rights and economic resources that are assets of any kind, including natural resources, as well as bank credits, cheaques, payment orders, shares, securities, bonds, bills of exchange, letters of credit, and any interest, profits or other incomes derived or resulting from these assets, and can be used to obtain any financing or goods or services.

                              Virtual Assets: A digital representation of the value that can be digitally traded or transferred, and can be used for payment or investment purposes, and otherwise, as specified in the Executive Regulation of this Decree-Law.

                              Proceeds: Funds generated directly or Indirectly from the commitment of any felony or misdemeanor including profits, privileges, and economic interests, or any similar funds converted wholly or partly into other funds.

                              Means: Any means used or intended to be used to commit a felony or misdemeanor.

                              Suspicious Transactions: Transactions related to funds for which there are reasonable grounds to believe that they are earned from any felony or misdemeanor or related to the financing of terrorism or of Illegal organizations, whether committed or attempted.

                              Freezing or seizure: Temporary attachment over the moving, conversion, transfer, replacement or disposition of funds in any form, by an order issued by a competent authority.

                              Confiscation: Permanent expropriation of private funds or proceeds or instrumentalities by a ruling issued by a competent court.

                              Financial Institutions: Anyone who conducts one or several of the financial activities or transactions defined In the Executive Regulation of the present Decree Law for the account of /or on behalf of a client.

                              Designated Nonfinancial Businesses and Professions: Anyone who conducts one or several of the commercial or professional activities defined in the Executive Regulation of this Decree Law.

                              Non-Profit Organizations: Any organized group, of a continuing nature set for a temporary or permanent time period, comprising natural or legal persons or not for profit legal arrangements for the purpose of collecting, receiving or disbursing funds for charitable, religious, cultural, educational, social, communal or any other charitable activities.

                              Legal Arrangement: A relationship established by means of a contract between two or more parties, including but not limited to trust funds or other similar arrangements.

                              Client: Any person involved in or attempts to carry out any of the activities specified in the Executive Regulations of this Decree Law with one of the financial institutions or designated nonfinancial businesses and professions or Virtual Asset Service Providers

                              Beneficial Owner: The natural person who owns or exercises effective ultimate control over the client or the natural person on whose behalf a transaction is being conducted or, the natural person who exercises effective ultimate control over a legal person or legal arrangement, whether directly or through a chain of ownership, control or other indirect means.

                              Virtual asset service providers: Any natural or legal person, who practices any activity of commercial business, conducts one or more of the activities of virtual assets specified in the Executive Regulation of this Decree-Law, or the operations related there to for the benefit or on behalf of another natural or legal person.

                              Transaction: All disposal or use of Funds or proceeds including for example: deposits, withdrawals, transfer, sale, purchase, lending, swap, mortgage, and donation.

                              Registrar: The entity in charge of supervising the register of commercial names for all types of establishments registered In the State.

                              Customer Due Diligance (CDD): The process of identifying or verifying the Information of a Client or Beneficial owner, whether a natural, legal person or a legal arrangement, the nature of its activity, the purpose of the business relationship, the ownership structure, control over it for the purpose of this Decree-Law and its Executive Regulation.

                              Controlled Delivery: The process by which a competent authority allows the entering or transferring of illegal or suspicious funds or crime revenues to and from the State for the purpose of Investigating a crime or identifying the identity of Its perpetrators.

                              Undercover Operation: The process of search and Investigation conducted by one of the judicial impoundment officer by impersonating or playing a disguised or false role in order to obtain evidence or information related to the Crime.

                              • Article (3): Application for Licence

                                c) 1. An undertaking to provide, in case the application is approved, a bank guarantee drawn in favor of the Central Bank issued by a bank licensed in the UAE, provided that the guarantee value at any point of time shall not be less than the higher of the following:

                                1. 100% of the minimum paid-up capital required as specified in Paragraph (a) of Article (4.2) of these Regulations, or
                                   
                                2. 5% of the monthly remittance average value of the previous financial year, with a maximum of AED 75,000,000 (Seventy Five Million).

                                2. In the case of carrying on payment of wages activity, the value of payments using WPS shall be restricted to the bank guarantee drawn in favor of the Central Bank according to the Standards issued as indicated in Article (11) bis of these Regulations.

                              • Article (2)

                                1. Any person, having the knowledge that the funds are the proceeds of a felony or a misdemeanour, and who wilfully commits any of the following acts, shall be considered a perpetrator of the crime of Money Laundering:
                                   
                                  1. Transferring or moving proceeds or conducting any transaction with the aim of concealing or disguising their Illegal source.
                                     
                                  2. Concealing or disguising the true nature, source or location of the proceeds as well as the method involving their disposition, movement, ownership of or rights with respect to said proceeds.
                                     
                                  3. Acquiring, possessing or using proceeds upon receipt
                                  4. Assisting the perpetrator of the predicate offense to escape punishment
                                2. The crime of Money Laundering is considered as an independent crime. The punishment of the perpetrator for the predicate offence shall not prevent his punishment for the crime of Money Laundering
                                   
                                3. Proving the illicit source of the proceeds should not constitute a prerequisite to sentencing the perpetrator of the predicate offence
                                • Article (4.2): Conditions for Granting of Licence

                                  1. Paid-up capital of the Licensed Person is not less than AED 2,000,000 (Dirhams two million) for carrying on purchase, sale and exchange of foreign currencies in the form of bank notes, coins and travelers cheques, and not less than AED 5,000,000 (Dirhams Five Million) for carrying on remittance business within and outside the UAE in addition to sale and purchase of foreign currencies and travelers cheques, and not less than AED 10,000,000 (Dirhams Ten Million) for carrying on payment of wages through connecting to the Central Bank's system in addition to remittance business and sale/purchase of foreign currencies and travelers cheques, and not less than AED 50,000,000 (Dirhams fifty million) if the legal status of the Licensed Person is a Limited Liability Company (L.L.C), regardless of the activity.
                                • Article (6):

                                  1. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article (5) of this Decree-Law, no criminal proceedings shall be Instituted against the perpetrator of money laundering, financing terrorism, or financing of illegal organizations in accordance with the provisions of this Decree-Law except by the public prosecutor or his delegate
                                  2. The Public prosecutor or his delegate and the competent court as the case may be shall issue a decision to take the necessary procedures to protect the intelligence Information and the means and methods of obtaining such information or Instruct the competent authorities to protect the witnesses, or the undisclosed sources, the accused or other parties involved in the case if there is a serious threat to their safety.
                                • Article (9):

                                  Central Bank of the UAE shall establish an independent “Financial Intelligence Unit” to which suspicious transaction reports, Information on all financial institutions and designated nonfinancial businesses and professions Virtual Asset Service Providers shall be sent exclusively for consideration, analysis, and referral to the competent authorities, either automatically or upon request The Financial Intelligence Unit shall have competence over the following:

                                  1. Requesting financial Institutions and designated nonfinancial businesses and professions. Virtual Assets Service Providers and the competent authorities to submit any information or further documentation related to received reports and information and other information deemed necessary for Financial intelligence Unit to perform its duties on schedule and in the form determined by the Unit.
                                     
                                  2. Exchanging information with its counterparts in other countries, with respect to Suspicious Transactions Reports or any other information to which the Financial Intelligence Unit has exclusive access or is the exclusive recipient, whether directly or Indirectly, according to international agreements to which the State is a party or bilateral agreements signed by the Financial Intelligence Unit with its counterparts governing bilateral cooperation or conditional upon reciprocity, the financial intelligence unit may communicate to its counterparts its findings derived from the use of the information provided by its counterparts and the results of the analysis conducted based on this information. Such Information shall be used only for the purposes of combating the crime and shall not be disclosed to third parties without the Financial Intelligence Unit’s permission.
                                     
                                  3. Establishing a database or a special register to record all available information and to implement data privacy and data security procedures to protect this information including procedures for handling, archiving transferring and accessing the data, and make sure that access to its premises, its database and its technology systems is restricted.
                                     
                                  4. Any other competencies to be specified in the Executive Regulation attached to the present Decree-Law.
                                • Article (12):

                                  The Committee shall have the following competences:

                                  1. Preparing and developing a national strategy to combat crime and proposing related regulations, policies and procedures in coordination with the competent authorities, and monitoring their implementation.
                                     
                                  2. Determining and assessing the risks of the crime on the national level.
                                     
                                  3. Coordinating with the relevant authorities and referring to related international sources of information in order to identify high-risk countries in addition to the countries that their combat systems in relation to money laundering and financing of terrorism are weak, Moreover, to identify the necessary countermeasures to be taken and other measures commensurate with the degree of risk, and instructing the supervisory authorities to ensure the adherence to the required due diligence procedures by financial institutions, designated nonfinancial businesses and professions, virtual asset service providers and non-profit organizations which are under their supervision in order to implement the said measures.
                                     
                                  4. Facilitating the exchange of information and coordination among the various bodies represented therein.
                                     
                                  5. Collecting and analyzing statistics and other information provided by the Competent Authorities to assess the effectiveness of their Regulations on combating Money laundering. Terrorism financing and financing of illegal organizations.
                                     
                                  6. Representing the State in International forums related to AML/CTF.
                                     
                                  7. Proposing the Regulation covering the work of the Committee, and submitting it to the Minister for approval.
                                     
                                  8. Any other matters referred to the Committee by Competent Authorities in the State.
                                     
                                • Article (13):

                                  The Supervisory Authorities shall, each within the scope of its competence, carry out supervision, monitoring and follow up to ensure compliance with the provisions provided for in the present Decree-Law and its executive regulation, regulatory decisions in addition to any other related decisions and shall have in particular, the following competences

                                  1. Conduct a risk assessment on the likelihood of the perpetration of a Crime within the financial institutions, designated nonfinancial businesses and professions, and activities of virtual assets and activities of virtual asset service providers and non-profit organizations
                                     
                                  2. Conduct Control and audit inspections over financial institutions, designated nonfinancial businesses and professions, virtual assets service providers and non-profit organizations, both remotely and on site.
                                     
                                  3. Issue the decisions related to the administrative penalties in accordance with the provisions of this Decree-Law and its Executive Regulation, the grievance mechanism, and keep statistics of measures taken and penalties Imposed.
                                     
                                  4. Any other competencies stipulated in the Executive Regulation of the present Decree-Law
                                • Article (14):

                                  1. Without prejudice to any more severe administrative penalty provided by any other legislation, the Supervisory authority shall impose the following administrative penalties on the financial institutions, designated nonfinancial businesses and professions, and virtual assets service providers and non-profit organizations in case they violate the present Decree-Law and its Executive Regulation or regulatory decisions in addition to any other related decisions:
                                     
                                    1. Warning
                                       
                                    2. Administrative fine of no less than AED 50,000 (fifty thousand dirham) and no more than AED 5,000,000 (five million dirham) for each violation.
                                       
                                    3. Banning the violator from working in the sector related to the violation for the period determined by the supervisory authority.
                                       
                                    4. Constraining the powers of the Board members, supervisory or executive management members, managers or owners who are proven to be responsible of the violation Including the appointment of temporary supervisor.
                                       
                                    5. Arresting Managers, board members and supervisory and executive management members who are proven to be responsible of the violation for a period to be determined by the Supervisory Authority or request their removal.
                                       
                                    6. Arrest or restrict the activity or the profession for a period to be determined by the supervisory authority
                                       
                                    7. Cancel the License.
                                       
                                  2. Except for paragraph (g) of Clause (1) of this Article, The Supervisory Authority may upon imposing the administrative penalties, request regular reports on the measures taken to correct the violation.
                                     
                                  3. In any case, the Supervisory Authority shall publish the administrative penalties through various means of publication.
                                • Article (15):

                                  The Financial institutions and designated nonfinancial businesses and professions in addition to the virtual assets service providers shall, upon suspicion or if they have reasonable grounds to suspect a transaction or funds representing all or some proceeds, or suspicion of their relationship to the Crime or that they will be used regardless of their value, to inform the Unit without delay, directly and provide the Unit with a detailed report Including all the data and information available regarding that transaction and the parties involved, and to provide any additional Information required by the Unit, with no right to object under the confidentiality provisions.

                                  However, Lawyers, notaries, other legal professionals and independent legal auditors shall be exempted from this provision if the information related to these operations have been obtained subject to professional confidentiality

                                  The Executive Regulation of the present Decree-Law shall determine the rules, controls and cases of the obligation to report suspicious transactions

                                • Article (17):

                                  All authorities shall abide by the confidentiality of the information obtained in relation to suspicious transaction or the crimes provided for in this Decree-Law, and such information may not be disclosed except to the extent necessary for use in investigations, prosecutions or cases in violation of the provisions of this Decree-Law.

                                • Article (19):

                                  1. Competent Authorities shall give priority to requests for international cooperation related to countering money laundering and combating terrorism financing and ensure prompt handling of those requests and take efficient measures to ensure the confidentiality of the information received
                                     
                                  2. In application of the present Decree-Law, the request for international cooperation shall not be rejected based on any of the following grounds:
                                     
                                    1. That the crime involves tax and financial affairs
                                       
                                    2. That the crime is political or related to politics.
                                       
                                    3. That the confidentiality provisions apply to financial Institutions and designated nonfinancial businesses and professions without prejudice to the legislations applicable in the State.
                                       
                                    4. That the request is connected to a crime under investigation or Judicial prosecution in the UAE unless the request win impede on the investigation or prosecution.
                                       
                                    5. Any other cases mentioned in the Executive Regulation hereof.
                                       
                                  3. The rules, controls and procedures governing international cooperation are contained in the Executive Regulation of this Decree-Law
                                • Article (22):

                                  1. Any person who commits or attempts to commit any of the acts set forth in Clause (1) of Article 2 of this Decree-Law shall be sentenced to imprisonment for a period not exceeding ten years and to a fine of no less than (100,000) AED one hundred thousand and not exceeding (5,000,000) AED five Million or either one of these two penalties.
                                     
                                  2. A temporary imprisonment and a fine of no less than AED 300,000 (three hundred thousand dirham) and no more than AED 10,000,000 (ten million dirham) shall be applied If the perpetrator of a money laundering crime commits any of the following acts:
                                     
                                    1. If he abuses his influence or the power granted to him by his profession or professional activities
                                    2. If the crime is committed through a non-profit organization
                                    3. If the crime is committed through an organized crime group
                                    4. In case of Recidivism
                                       
                                  3. An attempt to commit a money laundering offense shall be punishable by the full penalty prescribed for it
                                     
                                  4. A life imprisonment sanction or temporary imprisonment of no less than (10) ten years and penalty of no less than AED 300,000 (three hundred thousand dirham) and no more than AED 10,000,000 (ten million dirham) is applied to anyone who uses Proceeds for terrorist financing.
                                     
                                  5. A temporary imprisonment sanction and a penalty of no less than AED 300,000 (three hundred thousand dirham) and no more than AED 10,000,000 (ten million dirham) shall be applicable to anyone who uses the Proceeds in financing illegal organizations.
                                     
                                  6. The Court may at the request of the Attorney General, his delegate, or on its own initiative commute or exempt from the sentence imposed on the offenders if they provide the Judicial or administrative authorities with information relating to any of the offenses punishable in this article, when this leads to the disclosure, prosecution, arrest the perpetrators or seizure Its proceeds.
                                • Article (23):

                                  1. A penalty of no less than AED 500,000 (five hundred thousand) and no more than AED 50,000,000 (fifty million dirham) shall apply to any legal person whose representatives or managers or agents commit for its account or its name any of the crimes mentioned In this Decree-Law
                                     
                                  2. If the legal person is convicted with terrorism financing crime or financing illegal organizations, the court will order its dissolution and closure of its offices where its activity is performed.
                                     
                                  3. Should a legal person is convicted of any of the crimes stipulated In Clause (1) of Article (2) or Article (8) of this Decree-Law, the court may prevent him from practicing his activity for a specified period, or cancel the license, restriction or registration to practice activity.
                                     
                                  4. Upon issuance of the indictment, the court shall order the publishing of a summary of the judgment by the appropriate means at the expense of condemned party
                                     
                                • Article (25):

                                  Imprisonment for no less than one year and a penalty of no less than AED 100,000 (one hundred thousand dirham) and no more than AED 500,000 (five hundred thousand dirham) or any of these two sanctions shall apply to anyone who notifies or warns a person or reveals any transaction under review in relation to suspicious transactions or being investigated by the Competent Authorities or to investigate them or any Information related to a violation of the provisions of Article (17) of this Decree-Law

                                • Article (26):

                                  1. The court shall, once the perpetration of the crime is verified, confiscate the following:
                                     
                                    1. Funds subject matter of the crime, proceeds and instrumentalities.
                                    2. Any funds owned by foe perpetrator with an equivalent value to the funds, Proceeds and instrumentalities mentioned in paragraph (a) of this clause if it fails to confiscate those funds

                                  If it is not possible to rule for the confiscation of funds, proceeds or instrumentalities due to their failure to seize them or because they are related to the rights of bona fide third parties, the court shall pass a fine equivalent to its value at the time of the crime.

                                  1. The confiscation shall be Imposed Irrespective of whether the funds, Proceeds, or Instrumentalities are owned by or in possession of the perpetrator or a third party without prejudice to the rights of third party acting in good faith
                                     
                                  2. The fact that the offender is unknown, lack of his criminal responsibility, or the criminal case for a crime punishable under the provisions of this Decree-Law is elapsed does not preclude the competent court from ruling on its own or at the request or the Public Prosecution, as the case may be, to confiscate the seized funds, proceeds and instrumentalities if it is proven mat they are related to the same.
                                     
                                  3. Without prejudice to the rights of bona fide third parties, any contract or act where the parties, or any one of them or otherwise are aware that such contract or act aims at impacting the ability of the competent authorities to enforce the seizure, freezing or the execution of the confiscation order, shall be void
                                • Article (28):

                                  Imprisonment of no less than a year and no more than (7) seven years, or a fine of no less than AED 50,000 (fifty thousand dirham) and no more than AED 5,000,000 (five million dirham) shall be applied to any person who violates the instruction issued by the Competent authority in the State for the implementation of the directives of UN Security Council under Chapter (7) of UN Convention for the Suppression of the Financing of Terrorism and Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction and other related decisions

                                • Article (29):

                                  1. If any foreigner is convicted of a money laundering crime or any felonies mentioned in this Decree-Law, and is given a sanction restricting his freedom, he must be deported from the UAE
                                     
                                  2. Without prejudice to Clause (1) of this article, if any foreign person is convicted for other criminal offences provided hereunder this Decree-Law, and is given a sentence restricting his freedom, the court may decide to deport him from the UAE or order him to be deported instead of Imposing a sanction restricting his freedom
                                     
                                  3. The criminal case shall not be subject to the statute of limitations for money laundering or financing terrorism or illegal organizations crimes. The sanctions shall not lapse with time or with the lapse of any related civil legal cases due to statute of limitations
                                     
                                  4. This Decree Law shall not prejudice the provisions of refereed Federal Law (7) of 2014
                                     
                                  5. The Financing of Illegal organizations is considered a crime if its purpose is to undermine the internal security of the State or its vital interests thereof and terrorism financing crime and the offense punishable in Article (28) of this Decree-Law are considered as crimes Intended to undermine the internal and external security of the State
                        • Duties and Functions of the Shari’a Controller

                          • Clause (2)

                            New articles bearing the numbers (16) bis, (25) bis, and (26) bis shall be added to the aforementioned Federal Decree-Law No. (20) of 2018, as follows:

                            • Scope

                              This Regulation applies to all Licensed Persons to which the Exchange Business Regulation applies.

                              • Article Two:

                                A new Article No. (11) bis shall be added to the Board of Directors Resolution No. (77/7/2013), as follows:

                                • Article (2)

                                  The Shari’a Controller shall conduct and ensure the following:

                                  1. Review Insurance contracts and transactions to confirm that they comply with the provisions of the Islamic Shari’a Principles and the Fatwa(s) issued to newly originated transactions.
                                  2. Takaful insurance operations in the company are carried out in accordance with the provisions of Islamic Shari’a Principles.
                                  3. The Company carries out its business either in accordance with the basis of WAKALA or WAKALA and MUDARABA together.
                                  4. The Participants' accounts and the accounts of shareholders are separated.
                                  5. Covering the realized deficit in participants' account is followed up through interest-free loan “QARD HASSAN”
                                  6. The existence of a documented and approved mechanism for the distribution of surplus to the participants in the Company’s Takaful insurance operations.
                                  7. The company has prepared the membership document, attached to the insurance policy and its clauses are reviewed.
                                  8. There are no charges imposed on the participants' accounts in the general insurance more than the percentage of the WAKALA remuneration prescribed in the Financial Regulations for Takaful Insurance companies.
                                  9. The company is providing the Insurance Authority with a copy of the report of the Shari'a Supervisory Committee.
                                  10. The company has implemented the recommendations contained in the reports of the Shari'a Supervisory Committee.
                                  11. The External Auditor's report is prepared to review the extent of compliance with the Anti Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing Instructions and other relevant decisions.
                                  12. The Actuary has carried out his role in terms of reviewing the actuarial aspects in the family Takaful insurance.
                                  13. The Zakat Fund is established in the company in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.
                                  14. The nature of clients and properties to be insured, to what extent they are compliant with Islamic Shari'a provisions, and whether the approval of the Shari'a Supervisory Committee is acquired.
                                  15. To prepare periodic reports and submit them to the Shari'a Supervisory Committee and the Board of Directors on the extent to which the company's operations are compliant with the Shari'a Supervisory Committee’s decisions and opinions.
                                  16. To attend the Shari'a Supervisory Committee’s meetings and to present their report in the general assembly of the company.
                                  17. Any other matters affecting the Company's compliance with the Islamic Shari’a provisions and the related legislation.
                                  18. Issues requiring clarification, interpretation or Fatwa are collected in order to be introduced to the Shari'a Supervisory Committee at its periodic meetings to take the necessary action to issue Fatwa concerning them.
                                  19. Violations and deficiencies are clarified for Takaful insurance operations and General Manager of the Company was informed for correction.
                                  20. Any other duties assigned to him are carried out.
                                  • Article (16) bis:

                                    1. Any natural or legal person may not engage in the activities of virtual assets service providers or any of the financial activities without a license, registration or registration, as the case may be, from the competent supervisory authorities.
                                       
                                    2. For the purposes of this Decree-Law, the Executive Regulations shall regulate the obligations of virtual assets service providers.
                                    • Article (11) bis: The Standards of the Regulations Regarding Licensing and Monitoring of Exchange Business "the Standards".

                                      The Central Bank shall issue the following Standards:

                                      1. Licensing and Continued Obligations Standards
                                      2. Management of the Business and Governance Standards
                                      3. Risk Management and Security Standards
                                      4. Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Standards
                                      5. Customer Protection Standards
                                      6. Appendices

                                      Appendix 1: Definitions

                                      Appendix 2: Applicable Laws, Regulations and Notices

                                      Appendix 3: List of Compulsory Reports and Forms

                                      Appendix 4: Non-Compliance Charges

                                      The Standards are an integral part of the Regulations Regarding Licensing and Monitoring of Exchange Business, and all Licensed Persons shall adhere to the provisions of the Standards once circulated and come into effect

                                    • Article (25) bis:

                                      Imprisonment for no less than (3) three months and a penalty of no less than AED 50,000 (fifty thousand dirham) or any of these two sanctions shall apply to whoever possesses, conceals or performs any operation of funds when there is sufficient evidence or presumption of the illegality of its source.

                                      Upon conviction, the court shall rule for confiscation in accordance with the provisions of Article 26 of this Decree-Law.

                                    • Article (26) bis:

                                      Imprisonment for no less than six months and a penalty of no less than AED 200,000 (two hundred thousand dirham) and no more than AED 5,000,000 (five million dirham) or any of these two sanctions shall apply to anyone who violates the provisions of Article (16) bis of this Decree-Law

                              • Regularization

                                • clause (3)

                                  Any provision that violates or conflicts with the provisions of this Decree-Law shall be revoked

                                  • Objective

                                    The objective of this Regulation is to amend Article 3(c) of the Exchange Business Regulation in order to enhance the regulatory and supervisory framework for Exchange Business in the United Arab Emirates.

                                    • Article Three:

                                      This Resolution shall be published in the official gazette in both Arabic and English Languages and become effective from date of publication, and shall be communicated to whomsoever is concerned for implementation.

                                      • Article (3)

                                        Takaful insurance companies shall regularize the positions of Shari’a Controllers in accordance with the provisions of the decision herein within six months from the date of issuance.

                                    • clause (4)

                                      The present Decree-Law shall be published in the Official Gazette to be entered into effect on the day following the date of publication

                                      The original decree-law is signed by H.H. Sheikh:

                                      • Article (2): Amendment to the Exchange Business Regulation

                                        2.1 Article 3(c) of the Exchange Business Regulation is hereby deleted and replaced with the following text:

                                        “1. An undertaking to provide, in case the application is approved, and prior to issuing a license, an unconditional and irrevocable bank guarantee drawn in favour of the Central Bank, issued by a Bank licensed by the Central Bank or an unconditional and irrevocable deposit of unencumbered cash funds held in an account at the Central Bank in lieu thereof. The value at any point of time of either of the above, shall not be less than the higher of either:

                                        a) one hundred (100) percent of the minimum Paid Up Capital required as specified in Article (4.2)(a) of these Regulations; or

                                        b) five (5) percent of the full amount equal to the average monthly remittance value of the previous financial year.

                                        2. In the case of carrying on payment of wages activity, the value of payments using WPS shall be restricted to the bank guarantee drawn in favour of the Central Bank according to the Standards for the Regulations Regarding Licensing and Monitoring of Exchange Business.”.

                                      • Article (3): Obligation to notify the Central Bank of breach of regulatory obligations

                                        3.1 Any Licensed Person, which breaches or is likely to breach any regulatory obligation in this Regulation must immediately notify the Central Bank in writing.

                                      • Article (4): Enforcement & Sanctions

                                        4.1 Violation of any provision of this Regulation and any accompanying Standards may be subject to supervisory action and sanctions as deemed appropriate by the Central Bank.

                                        4.2 Any Licensed Person not meeting the requirements of this Regulation upon its coming into force, may be subject to business restrictions until fully compliant with the requirements of Article 3(c) and must obtain written approval from the Central Bank on an agreed plan setting out clear time frames and deliverables in order to reach full compliance.

                                      • Article (5): Interpretation of Regulation

                                        5.1 The Regulatory Development Division of the Central Bank shall be the reference for interpretation of the provisions of this Regulation.

                                      • Federal Law No. 5 of 2012 Amending Some Provisions of the Federal Law No. 6 of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations

                                        We, Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates

                                        Having perused

                                        • The Constitution;
                                           
                                        • The Federal Law No. (1) of 1972 concerning the Functions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers and the amending laws thereof;
                                           
                                        • The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations;
                                           
                                        • The Federal Law by Decree No. (5) of 2011 concerning the Organization of Boards of Directors, Boards of Trustees and Committees in the Federal Government; and
                                           
                                        • Based on the recommendation of the Minister of Economy, the approval of the Cabinet and the Federal National Council, and ratification of the Supreme Council of the Union,

                                         

                                        We promulgated the following law:


                                        Article (1)

                                        The provisions of Articles (9) and (19) of the Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations shall be replaced with the following provisions:


                                        Article (9):

                                        The Authority shall have a board of directors composed of a chairman and a number of directors to be appointed under a Cabinet resolution. The nominees for the Board membership must not have any type of conflict of interest in their membership, throughout the membership term. The resolution to form the Board shall determine the number, remuneration and term of office of the directors.

                                        In its first meeting, the Board shall elect from its members a Vice Chairman to substitute the Chairman in the event of his absence or if the Chairman is incapacitated.


                                        Article (19):

                                        * The revenues of the Authority shall be comprised of the following resources:

                                        1. Any monies allocated for the Authority by the Government.
                                           
                                        2. The fees collected by the Authority.
                                           
                                        3. The gifts, grants, donations and aid that are compliant with the Authority's objectives as accepted by the Board.
                                           
                                        4. Any other resources approved by the Board.


                                        Article (2)

                                        All provisions in contradiction or in conflict with the provisions of this Law shall be repealed.


                                        Article (3)

                                        This Law shall be published in the official Gazette, and shall come into force on the following day to the date of its publication.

                                        • Article (7): Publication & Effective Date

                                          7.1 This Regulation shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English and shall come into effect one month from the date of publication.

                                        • Federal Law No. (3) of 2018 on the Amendment of certain Provisions of Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 Concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority & Organization of its Operations

                                          We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al-Nahayan, the President of the United Arab Emirates,

                                          - Having pursued the Constitution;
                                          - Federal Law No. (1) of 1972, concerning to the Competencies of the Ministries and Powers of the Ministers and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (5) of 1975 concerning the Commercial Register;
                                          - Federal Law No. (26) of 1981 concerning Marine Commercial Law and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 concerning the promulgation of Civil Transactions Law and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (3) of 1987 concerning the promulgation of Penal Code and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (11) of 1992 concerning the promulgation of The Civil Proceedings Law and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (35) of 1992 concerning the promulgation of The Criminal Proceedings Law and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (21) of 1995, concerning Federal Traffic Law and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (1) of 2006 concerning the Electronic Commerce and Transactions;
                                          - Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority & Organization of its Operations and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Law No. (2) of 2008 concerning the National Societies and Associations of Public Welfare;
                                          - Federal Law No. (2) of 2015 concerning Commercial Companies and its amendments;
                                          - Federal Decree Law No. (9) of 2016 on Bankruptcy;
                                          - Federal Law No. (14) of 2016, concerning Offences and |Administrative Sanctions in the Federal Government; and
                                          - Based on the proposal made by the Minister of Economy and the approval of the Cabinet and the Federal National Council and as ratified by the Federal Supreme Council,

                                          Have promulgated the following Law:

                                           

                                          Article One

                                          Articles numbers: (1), (23), (25), (28), (35), (41), (95), (99) and (110) of Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 referred to herein shall be replaced by the following texts:

                                          Article (1):

                                          The following words and phrases shall bear the meanings indicated beside each of them unless the context provides otherwise:

                                          State: The United Arab Emirates.

                                          Ministry: The Ministry of Economy.

                                          Minister: The Minister of Economy.

                                          Authority: The Insurance Authority established by virtue of the provisions of the law herein.

                                          Board: The Insurance Authority's Board of Directors.

                                          Chairman: The Chairman of the Board.

                                          Director General: The Director General of the Insurance Authority.

                                          Company: The insurance company incorporated in the State and the foreign insurance company licensed to carry out insurance activities in the State either through a branch, or through an insurance agent.

                                          Insurer: Any insurance company incorporated in the State or foreign company licensed to carry out insurance operations in the State according to the provisions of the Law herein.

                                          Insured: The person who has concluded an insurance contract with the company.

                                          Insurance Agent: The person approved and authorized by the company to carry out insurance operations on its behalf or on behalf of any branch thereof.

                                          Insurance Policy (Insurance Contract): The insurance document (policy) concluded by the insurer and insured containing the terms and conditions of the contract between the two parties, their obligations, and rights or the rights of beneficiary of the insurance and any endorsements therein.

                                          Re-insurer: Any re-insurance company incorporated in the State or foreign re-insurance company licensed to carry out insurance operations inside the State or a foreign re-insurance company outside the State.

                                          Insurance Broker: The person who independently intermediates in insurance and reinsurance operations between the insurance or re-insurance Proposer on one side and any insurance or reinsurance company on the other side and receives for his efforts commission from the insurance company or the re-insurance company with which the insurance or re¬insurance has been concluded.

                                          Surveyor & Loss Adjuster: The person who examines the damages occurred to the subject matter of the insurance, and assesses them.

                                          Insurance Consultant: The person, who studies the insurance requirements for his clients, gives advice in respect of the suitable insurance coverage, assists in preparing insurance requisites and receives for his efforts remuneration from his clients.

                                          Actuary: The person who estimates values of the insurance contracts, policies and the related accounts.

                                          Insurance-related Professions: Any person licensed by the Authority to practice any of the activities of Insurance Agent, Actuary, Insurance Broker, Surveyor & Loss Adjuster, Insurance Consultant or any other insurance-related profession that the Board decides to regulate.

                                          Register: The register of insurance companies or insurance agents.

                                          Data: All data and information (both paper and electronic) relating to any insurance activity, including data related to individuals who can be identified, directly or indirectly.

                                          Branch: The branch of the company that carry out insurance operations in its name.

                                          Authorized Manager: The person appointed by the foreign insurance company to manage its branch in the State.

                                          Beneficiary: The person who acquired the rights of the insurance contract at inception or these rights has been legally transferred thereto.

                                          Technical Provisions: The provisions which the insurer must deduct and maintain to meet the insured's accrued financial obligations pursuant to the provisions of the law herein.

                                          Solvency Margin: The surplus in the value of the company's real assets over its liabilities that enables it to fulfil its obligations in full and to pay the required indemnities right away when they befall due without impeding the company operations or weakening its financial position.

                                          Minimum Guarantee Fund: The amount that equates one third of the required solvency margin or the amount determined by the Board whichever is the greater.

                                          Auditor: The accounts' auditor licensed to practice work in the State.

                                          Person: Any natural or legal person.


                                          Article (23):

                                          The Board shall issue on a recommendation by the Director General the bylaws, regulations, instructions and decisions pertinent to the insurance operations including:

                                          1. The Solvency Margin and the Minimum Guarantee Fund, provided the same shall not be less than one third of the Solvency Margin taking the international standards into consideration,
                                          2. The basis of calculating the Technical Provisions,
                                          3. The Re-insurance criteria,
                                          4. The basics of investing the Company’s assets,
                                          5. Determining the company's assets that meet the accrued insuring obligations.
                                          6. The accounting policies to be adopted by the company and the requirired forms to prepare reports, financial statements and presentation thereof.
                                          7. The principles of organizing accounting books and records of each of the companies, Agents, and Brokers and determining the data to be contained in these books and records.
                                          8. The records which the company shall be obliged to organize and maintain as well as the data and documents shall be made available to the Authority.
                                          9. The rules of professional practice and code of ethics
                                          10. Anti-Money laundering and combating terrorism financing in the insurance activities in collaboration with the pertinent bodies.
                                          11. The rules governing ownership in insurance companies’ capitals, pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Law pertinent to Commercial Companies.

                                           

                                          Article (25):

                                          1. The company may not combine both Persons and Funds Accumulation Insurance Operations and Property and Liability Insurance Operations.

                                          2. Exception to what is stipulated in paragraph (1) of the article herein, an existing company licensed to practice the two types of insurance prior to the promulgation of this Law may combine Persons and Funds Accumulation Insurance Operations and Property and Liability Insurance Operations, provided that it will comply to do the following:

                                          (a) Complete separation between Persons and Funds Accumulation Insurance Operations and Property and Liability Insurance Operations in terms of technical, financial, technological, administrative and legal procedures and the relevant requirements in terms of technical, administrative and financial staff, with the exception of the Director-General of the company.

                                          (b) Preparation of all reports and financial statements required by the Law herein, the instructions and decisions of the Board on a consolidated total basis, and on the basis of the separation between Persons and Funds Accumulation Insurance Operations and Property and Liability Insurance Operations.

                                           

                                          Article (28):

                                          1. Insurance policies concluded in the State shall be written in Arabic and a faithful translation into another language may be attached therewith, and in case of differences over the interpretation of the policy the Arabic text shall prevail.
                                          2. The policy's articles exempting the company from the liability shall be written in bold letters and different colour and must be acknowledged by the insured.
                                          3. Insurance policies may be issued electronically, in accordance with the circumstances and conditions established by a decision by the Board.
                                          4. Exception to paragraph (1) of the article herein, the Director-General may exclude certain insurance policies from the condition of writing them in the Arabic language.

                                           

                                          Article (35):

                                          The company licensed to carry out insurance operations after the implementation of the provisions of the Law herein shall appoint or approve a registered actuary within a month as from date of granting the license thereto, provided reporting the same to the Director General within a month as from date of appointing or approving the actuary. The companies licensed prior to implementing the provisions of the law herein shall adjust their situation in accordance with the provisions of the Article herein within three months as from date of implementing the provisions of the law herein.

                                           

                                          Article (41):

                                          The Authority shall conduct periodical inspection on the insurance and re¬insurance companies to ensure the soundness of their financial situations, and their compliance with the provisions of the law and the technical basis of carrying out the insurance and re-insurance operations. Should the Director General come to know through such inspection or vide sufficient information that one of the following incidents took place, then he shall ensure soundness of such information:

                                          1. (a) The company did not fulfil its obligations, or it's likely to fall short in doing so or the company is unable to continue its operations.
                                          2. (b) The company violated the provisions of the law herein, bylaws, regulations, instructions or the decisions issued pursuant thereto.
                                          3. (c) The company's procedures needed to reinsure the risks accepted by it are inadequate or the company didn't make these procedures, with the exception of the insurance-related professions.
                                          4. (d) The company has lost one of the required terms and conditions for licensing or registration to carry out the insurance activity.
                                          5. (e) The company's total losses exceeded (50%) of its paid-up capital.
                                          6. (f) The company ceased its operations for more than one year without justifiable cause or legitimate reason.

                                          2. Should the Director General became evident that the said information is correct he shall ask the company to take certain procedures to rectify its position within the period he shall determine, and in case the company failed to do so, the Director General shall refer the matter to the Board to take the necessary actions to rectify these situations; including:
                                          (a) Request from the company or the main office of the foreign insurance company, as appropriate, to take the necessary action to correct the administrative situations, including the disqualification of the Director-General, the Authorized Manager or any senior official.

                                          (b) Disqualification of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or any member of the Board that proves accountability for the current status of the Company.

                                          (c) Dissolving the Company's Board of Directors and appointing a provisional neutral administrative committee of experienced individuals to take its place and appointing a chairman for the committee and a deputy thereof. The functions and competencies of the committee shall be determined for a period not exceeding six months, extendable for a period not exceeding one year in cases where this is required. The company shall be liable for the fees of the committee as determined by the Authority and upon accomplishment of the committee's mission a new Board of Directors shall be elected in accordance with the provisions of the Commercial Companies Law.

                                          (d) Taking the necessary action to merge the company into another according to the provisions of the Commercial Companies Law.
                                          (e) Ceasing or cancelling the company's license.
                                          (f) Restructuring the company.
                                          (g) Preventing the company from concluding any more insurance contracts or preventing it from practicing a particular type or types of insurance.
                                          (h) Setting upper limit for the premiums total amounts received by the company for issuing insurance policies.
                                          (i) Retaining assets in the State equal in value to the company's total net obligations accrued from its operations in the State or a certain percentage of their value as determined by the Board based on the recommendation of the Director General.
                                          (j) Restricting the company's involvement in any of its investments activities associated with the solvency margin or compeling it to liquidate its investments in any of these activities to serve this purpose, unless such action would cause damage to the company as decided by the expert specialized in this field.
                                          (k) Appointing an independent observer member from outside the Authority to attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the company and participate in the discussions without having a vote during taking the decision and the Board shall determine his competencies and fees.
                                          (l) Liquidating the company.

                                          3. The provisions stipulated in paragraph (1) and (2) of the article herein shall apply to Insurance Related Professions to the extent appropriate to the nature of these professions.

                                           

                                          Article (95):

                                          Exception to the legislation in force in the State, the due debts and obligations of the company subject to liquidation shall be paid according to the following order:
                                          1. The due entitlements of the staff and employees for the last four months.
                                          2. The liquidator’s fees, costs, expenditures and the loans he obtained.
                                          3. The rights of insured and beneficiaries of insurance policies. The liquidator shall be obliged to allot the company's assets that represent the technical provisions required to be retained in accordance with the provisions of the law herein to pay these liabilities and any amounts acquired by the company according to any arrangements of reinsurance shall be deemed part of the technical provisions.
                                          4. The rights of the other debtors by order of preferences according to the laws in force.
                                          5. The rights of the shareholders.

                                           

                                          Article (99):

                                          1. The insurance companies, reinsurance companies and insurance-related professions subject to the provisions of the law herein shall establish a professional association to be called "Emirates Insurance Association" that shall have a legal personality and all the insurance companies operating in the State shall be members of the Association. The Association shall form independent committees for the different insurance activities carried out by the members.

                                          2. The Association shall prepare Articles of Association issued by the Chairman after the Board’s approval under which it shall determine the Association's functions, duties, its relation with the Authority, formation of its committees for different insurance activities, provisions and procedures of its general assembly, formation of its Board of Directors, meetings of each one of them, affiliation fees, annual subscription fees, code of conduct, disciplinary procedures against the members and other related affairs.

                                           

                                          Article (110)

                                          1. The insurance company shall manage insurance claims in accordance with the legislation in force and the provisions of the insurance policies, pursuant to the following procedures:

                                          (a) Issuing a decision concerning any insurance claim in accordance with the instructions of professionals rules and code of conduct and ethics.

                                          (b) In case any insurance claim is fully or partially denied, the Company must clarify the reasons for its decision in writing.

                                          (c) In case of a dispute in relation to a claim, the concerned person may submit a written complaint to the Authority, which in turn may request clarification from the Company.

                                          (d) In case the complainant has objection on the clarifications provided by the company, he may request that the dispute be referred to the Committee established pursuant to article No. (110).

                                          2. One or more committees that will be concerned with resolving the disputes arising out of insurance contracts, operations and services shall be formed. The committee (s) shall have the competency to request any official papers or documents and to counsel experts, as well as hearing of witnesses and any other alternatives that need to be used to resolve the disputes before them.

                                          3. Cases resulting from the disputes arising out of insurance contracts, operations and services shall not be accepted, if such disputes are not brought before the committees established in accordance with the provisions of paragraph No. (2) of the article herein.

                                          4.The concerned party shall have the right to appeal against the decisions of the committees before the competent first instance court within thirty days of the day following their notification of the decision, otherwise the decision shall be deemed final and enforceable.

                                          5. The Board shall issue the necessary decisions concerning the composition of the committees established in accordance with the provisions of paragraph No. (2) of the article herein, their competencies, powers, their work system, fees of its members and hired experts, types and classes of insurance for which insurance disputes are resolved before these committees, and other related matters.

                                           

                                          Article (2)

                                          New articles shall be added to the referred herein Federal Law No. (6) of 2007, with the numbers: (23) bis (1), (23) bis (2), (41) bis (1), (41) bis (2) and (41) bis (3), and shall read as follows:

                                          Article (23) bis (1)

                                          The Authority may compel those practicing insurance activities of certain types and classes, but not others, and determine the terms, conditions and applicable tariff rates, as well as regulating the rights and obligations of the related parties.

                                          Article (23) bis (2):

                                          The Authority may establish funds that have independent legal personality for the purpose of protecting and compensating persons. The Board shall issue a decision to determine how to establish these funds, their objectives, funding, as well as risks covered under these funds, and benefits in case those risks have occurred.

                                          Article (41) bis (1):

                                          1. Subject to the provisions of the Law concerning Offences and Administrative Sanctions in the Federal Government, the Authority has the power to impose administrative fines on insurance companies, reinsurance companies and insurance-related professions.

                                          2. The Cabinet shall issue a decision to determine the offences for which the fines referred to in paragraph (1) of the article herein shall be imposed.

                                          Article (41) bis (2):

                                          1. The Director-General shall designate any expert, consultant, actuary or auditor for the purpose of conducting an inspection or audit.

                                          2. Inspectors and auditors appointed by the Director General shall be given all necessary authorities to enable them to carry out their duties, including:

                                          (a) Accessing records, registers, statements and internal audit reports. As well as collecting information and requesting necessary clarifications from the insurance company, reinsurance company, insurance-related profession and the members in respect of the insurance operations they carry out. In addition to obtaining prints or copies of records, registers and statements.

                                          (b) Collecting the necessary information and clarifications from the members of the group of insurance company or reinsurance company in relation to all records, operations and activities relating to the insurance company.

                                          (c) Collecting the necessary information and clarifications from any third party that has a relation with the insurance company, reinsurance company or the insurance-related profession concerning the subject matter of auditing.

                                          Article (41) bis (3):

                                          Any insurance company, reinsurance company or insurance-related profession, or any of their managers or employees shall not:

                                          1. Prevent, intercept or obstruct any person appointed by the Director General to carry out inspections or audits pursuant to the law herein.

                                          2. Conceal any data, registers or books requested by the Director General or the person appointed by him to perform the inspection or auditing duties.

                                          3. Issue any misleading statements or give any inaccurate data, registers or books.

                                           

                                          Article (3)

                                          The current Articles of Association of the Emirates Insurance Association stipulated in article (99) of the Federal Law No. (6) of 2007, referred to herein shall continue to remain in force without prejudice to the provisions of the law herein until the new Articles of Association is issued by the Authority, within six months from the effective date of this law.

                                          Article (4)

                                          Paragraph (3) of article (24) and the articles from (100) to (108) of Federal Law No. (6) of 2007, referred to herein shall be cancelled.

                                          Article (5)

                                          Any provision in conflict or contradiction with the provisions of the Law herein shall be cancelled.

                                          Article (6)

                                          This Law shall be published in the Official Gazette and shall take effect as of the following day of its publication.

                                        • Decretal Federal Law No. (24) of 2020 on the Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 on Establishment of the Insurance Authority & Organization of Insurance Operations

                                          We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates,

                                          Having perused the constitution;

                                          - Federal Law No (1) of 1972, Regarding Jurisdictions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers, and amendments thereto;
                                          - Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 On Establishment of the Insurance Authority & Organization of Insurance Operations and the amendments thereto;
                                          - Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities and the amendments thereto;
                                          - Decretal Federal Law No. (26) of 2018 On Public Finance;
                                          - And based on the approval of the Cabinet,

                                          Promulgated the following Decretal Law:

                                          • Article (2)

                                            1. The word (Authority “IA”) shall be replaced by the phrase “The Central Bank”, wherever mentioned in Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 referred to herein.
                                            2. The word (Minister) shall replaced by the word “Chairmen”, wherever mentioned in Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 referred to herein and in the bylaws, regulations and resolutions issued in implementation thereof.
                                            3. The phrase (The Director General) shall be replaced by the phrase (The Governor of the Central Bank) wherever mentioned in Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 referred to herein and in the bylaws, regulations and resolutions issued in implementation thereof.

                                          • Article (3)

                                            1. The definitions of (The Ministry), (The Minister), (The Director General), (The Authority ”IA”) shall be deleted from Article (1) of the Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 referred to herein.
                                            2. Subject to the provisions of Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities and the Amendments Thereto, Articles number (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11). (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (19), (20), (21), (22), (120), (121), and paragraph (c) of Article (119) of Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 referred to herein shall be cancelled.
                                            3. Any provision contravening or conflicting with the provisions of this Decretal Law shall be cancelled.
                                          • Article (4)

                                            This decretal law shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall come into force as from 02/01/2021,

                                        • Decretal Federal Law No. (1) of 2020 amending of some provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities

                                          We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates,

                                          Having perused the constitution;

                                          Federal Law No (1) of 1972, Regarding Jurisdictions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers, and amendments thereto;

                                          Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, and amendments thereto;

                                          And based on what was presented by the Minister of Finance, the approval of the Cabinet.

                                          Promulgated the following Decretal Law:


                                          Article (1)

                                          The text of Articles (12) of the aforementioned Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018 shall be replaced by the following texts:


                                          A member of the Board of Directors shall satisfy the following conditions:

                                          1. 1) Be of UAE nationality.
                                          2. 2) Have experience in economic, financial or banking affairs.
                                          3. 3) Not have been declared bankrupt or failed to repay his debts.
                                          4. 4) Not have been convicted, of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, unless rehabilitated.
                                          5. 5) Not an active minister, excluding the Chairman of the Board of Directors.
                                          6. 6) Not a member of the Federal National Council.
                                          7. 7) Not holding any position, a job or board of directors’ membership of any institution licensed by any of the Regulatory Authorities in the State or by any of the regulatory authorities in the Financial Free Zones.
                                          8. 8) Not a controller or auditor of accounts of a Licensed Financial Institution, nor owner, agent, or partner in any accounts audit firm.


                                          Article (2)

                                          Any provision that contradicts or conflicts with the provisions of this law shall be repealed.


                                          Article (3)

                                          This Law shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall come into force from the date of its issuance.

                                        • Decretal Federal Law No. (25) of 2020 Regarding the amendment of some provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities

                                          We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates,

                                          Having perused the constitution;
                                          Federal Law No (1) of 1972, Regarding Jurisdictions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers, and amendments thereto;
                                          Federal Law No (7) of 1999, Regarding Pension Law and Social Insurance, and amendments thereto;
                                          Federal Law No (6) of 2007, Regarding Establishment of The Insurance Authority & Organization of its Business, and amendments thereto;
                                          Federal Decree Law No (11) of 2008, Regarding Human Resources on Federal Government, and amendments thereto;
                                          Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, and amendments thereto;
                                          Federal Decree Law No (26) of 2019, Regarding Public Finance;
                                          And based on the approval of the Cabinet.

                                          Promulgated the following Decretal Law:


                                          Article (1)

                                          The definition of “The Regulatory Authorities in the State” mentioned in Article (1) of the aforementioned Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018 shall be replaced by the following definition:

                                          The Regulatory Authorities in the State: “The Central Bank, the Securities & Commodities Authority”.


                                          Article (2)

                                          The text of Articles (4), (15), (23), (74), and (136) of the aforementioned Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018 shall be replaced by the following texts:


                                          Article (4):

                                          The Central Bank aims at achieving the following objectives:

                                          1. 1) Maintain stability of the national Currency within the framework of the monetary system.
                                          2. 2) Contribute to the promotion and protection of the stability of the financial system in the State.
                                          3. 3) Ensure prudent management of the Central Bank’s Foreign Reserves.
                                          4. 4) Provide appropriate environment to develop and enhance the role of the insurance industry in insuring people, property and responsibilities against risks to protect the national economy, encourage fair and effective competition, provide the best insurance services at competitive prices and coverage, and localize jobs in the insurance market.

                                          For the purpose of achieving its objectives, the Central Bank shall undertake the following functions and jurisdictions:

                                          1. a. Draw up and implement monetary policy while considering the State’s general strategy.
                                          2. b. Exercise the privilege of Currency issuance.
                                          3. c. Organize Licensed Financial Activities, establish the foundations for carrying them on, and determine the standards required for developing and promoting prudential practices in accordance with the provisions of this decretal law and international standards.
                                          4. d. Set up appropriate regulations and standards for protection of customers of Licensed Financial institutions.
                                          5. e. Monitor the credit condition in the State, in order to contribute to the achievement of balanced growth in the national economy.
                                          6. f. Manage foreign reserves to maintain, at all times, sufficient foreign currency assets to cover the Monetary Base as per the provisions of this decretal law.
                                          7. g. Regulate, develop, oversee and maintain soundness of the Financial Infrastructure Systems in the State, including electronic payment systems, digital currency, and Stored Value Facilities.
                                          8. h. Regulate, develop and oversee the insurance sector and business, and propose and implement regulating legislation in this regard
                                          9. i. Receive requests for establishing and opening branches and representative offices for insurance and reinsurance companies, insurance agents and the professions associated therewith, and issuing the necessary licenses for them in accordance with the regulating legislation in this regard.
                                          10. j. Protect the rights of the insured and the beneficiaries of the insurance business and monitor the financial solvency of insurance companies to provide adequate insurance coverage to protect these rights.
                                          11. k. Work to raise the performance and efficiency of insurance companies and oblige them to the rules and ethics of the profession to increase their ability to provide better services to the beneficiaries of insurance, and to achieve positive competition among them.


                                          Article (15):

                                          The Board of Directors shall, within the limitations imposed by the provisions of this decretal law, exercise all powers required for achieving the objectives for which the Central Bank has been established. The Board of Directors shall, in particular, exercise the following:

                                          1. 1) Issue regulations, rules, standards, instructions and business controls to perform its functions and jurisdictions, and take all measures and actions necessary to enforce the provisions of this decretal law.
                                          2. 2) Establish and oversee implementation of polices for deployment and management of the Central Bank’s Own Funds and assets.
                                          3. 3) Decide on matters relating to issuance of the Currency and its withdrawal from circulation.
                                          4. 4) Issue regulations relating to organization of Licensed Financial Activities and decide on related matters, including regulations and procedures relating to supervision and oversight thereof, and determine conditions and rules for granting licenses to Licensed Financial Institutions to carry on Licensed Financial Activities and authorizations to undertake Designated Functions.
                                          5. 5) Issue regulations, rules, standards, instructions, and work controls for insurance, reinsurance, insurance agents, and the professions and activities associated therewith.
                                          6. 6)Establish regulations and standards for protection of customers of Licensed Financial Institutions.
                                          7. 7) Issue regulations, controls, and procedures for encountering money laundering and combating terrorism financing and unlawful organizations.
                                          8. 8) Take necessary actions, procedures and impose administrative penalties against any Person violating the provisions of this decretal law, and regulations issued in implementation thereof.
                                          9. 9) Approve rules and regulations for maintaining integrity and efficiency of Financial Infrastructure Systems licensed, established, developed, or operated by the Central Bank.
                                          10. 10) Approve risk management and compliance policies at the Central Bank.
                                          11. 11) Approve Central Bank’s bylaws, issue the organizational structure and the administrative, financial and technical regulations, and determine powers and competencies, within the limitations of the provisions of this decretal law.
                                          12. 12) Approve human resources policies at the Central Bank.
                                          13. 13) Approve rules for the Central Bank institutional governance, including a set of rules and regulations aimed at achieving performance quality and excellence, in line with the Government’s strategic plans and objectives.
                                          14. 14) Decide on loans and advances granted to the Government, in accordance with the provisions of this decretal law.
                                          15. 15) Approve settlements and reconciliations relating to Central Bank’s businesses.
                                          16. 16) Approve the Central Bank’s annual budget and any variations thereof during the year.
                                          17. 17) Approve the Central Bank’s annual final accounts and the amount of net annual profits.
                                          18. 18) Regulate the mechanism of objections related to the insurance activity in accordance with the regulating legislations in this regard.
                                          19. 19) Deal with all other matters deemed within its powers, and are conducive to achievement of the objectives of the Central Bank and the discharge of its functions, in accordance with the provisions of this decretal law.


                                          Article (23):

                                          Without prejudice to the powers and competencies of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Governor shall be the legal representative of the Central Bank, and shall sign, on its behalf, all instruments, contracts and documents.


                                          Article (74):

                                          1. 1) Banks shall take the form of public joint- stock companies, with incorporating law or decree so permits. Branches of foreign banks operating in the State, and specialized banks with low risks that are determined according to the conditions and rules set by the Board of Directors shall be exempt from this requirement.
                                          2. 2) Other Financial Institutions may take the form of joint- stock companies or limited liability companies, in accordance with the rules and conditions issued by the Board of Directors.
                                          3. 3) Exchange Houses and monetary intermediaries may be a sole proprietorship, or take any other legal form in accordance with the rules and conditions issued by the Board of Directors.


                                          Article (136):

                                          1. 1) Under the provisions of this Decretal Law, a committee within the Central Bank, named “Grievances & Appeals Committee” shall be established. The Cabinet shall issue a resolution, based on a proposal by the Board of Directors, establishing the committee’s formation, duration, system of work, and all procedures and rules related to adjudication of grievances and appeals, including fees due for consideration.
                                          2. 2) In the formation of the committee, the presence of one or more judges and two experts with competence in financial and banking matters should be taken into consideration.
                                          3. 3) A nominated committee member may not be a member of the Board of Directors, nor holder of any position at the Central Bank or at any of the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                          4. 4) The chairman of the committee or any of its members shall have no interest with any party to the dispute, otherwise he shall be required to disclose such interest, and in such case another member shall be temporarily appointed to hear the presented dispute.
                                          5. 5) The Committee shall have the jurisdiction to decide on grievances and appeals against any decisions related to financial and banking activities issued by the Central Bank related to licensing, authorization of individuals, and licensing and designation of Financial Infrastructure Systems, and may, for such purposes take all or some of the following actions:
                                            1. a. Require any Person to appear in front of the Committee to present any evidence, testimony, information or statement.
                                            2. b. Hear the testimony of any witnesses under oath.
                                            3. c. Commission any experts it deems appropriate to provide opinion on any matter relating to the dispute.
                                            4. d. Take whichever actions and procedures it deems appropriate for discharge of its mandate.
                                          6. 6) If the Committee rejected the grievances or appeal on the grounds that it was filed by a party of no capacity or interest, the Committee may impose on the applicant a fine, not exceeding two hundred thousand (200,000) Dirhams.
                                          7. 7) The Committee may suspend the appealed decision, if necessary, until it reached a decision on the dispute.
                                          8. 8) A decision issued by the Committee on the grievance or appeal shall be final and shall only be challenged at the Higher Federal Court within a period of twenty (20) work days from date of its notification. The Higher Federal Court may, upon request of the appellant, suspend the decision issued by the Committee until it reached its decision on the subject, if it considered that the appeal is based on genuine grounds and that implementation of the Committee’s decision shall have irreversible consequences.


                                          Article (3)

                                          The Central Bank and its Board of Directors replace the Insurance Authority established by the aforementioned Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 in all competencies and legislations related thereto, and all rights, obligations, privileges, funds, material and moral assets, guarantees and undertakings belonging to the Authority, including the rights and obligations contained in any contracts, agreements or Memoranda of understanding concluded by the Authority. Assets, allocations, reserves, and revenues of the Insurance Authority from fees, fines and any other returns that it collects from exercising its functions, shall devolve to the Central Bank. The Governor replaces the Director General of the Authority in the tasks and powers established for him in the laws and legislations referred to, as of the effective date of this Decretal Law.


                                          Article (4)

                                          The Board of Directors of the Central Bank shall issue the necessary decisions to implement the provisions of this Decretal Law, including the decisions necessary to transfer and settle the status of the staff of the Insurance Authority which has transferred all its competencies to the Central Bank in accordance with the provisions of this Decretal Law, without prejudice to their gross salaries, job grades, and acquired rights.


                                          Article (5)

                                          1. 1. The text of Article (119) of Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 regarding the establishment of the Insurance Authority and the organization of its business shall be canceled, and every provision that contradicts or conflicts with the provisions of this Decretal Law shall be canceled as well.
                                          2.  
                                          3. 2. Rules, decisions, circulars and regulations issued in accordance with the provisions of Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 referred to shall continue to apply, in a manner that does not contradict the provisions of this Decretal Law, and until the issuance of the rules, decisions, circulars and regulations that replace them in accordance with the provisions of this Decretal law.


                                          Article (6)

                                          This decretal law shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall come into force on January 2nd, 2021.

                                        • Federal Law No. (2) of 2021 Amednding some provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities

                                          We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates,

                                          Having perused the constitution;

                                          Federal Law No (1) of 1972, regarding Jurisdictions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers, and amendments thereto;

                                          Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018, regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, and amendments thereto;

                                          And based on what was presented by the Minister of Finance, the approval of the Cabinet, the Federal National Council, and ratified by the Federal Supreme Council;

                                          Promulgated the following Law:


                                          Article (1)

                                          The text of Articles (10), (11), and (22) of the aforementioned Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018 shall be replaced by the following texts:


                                          Article (10):
                                          The Central Bank shall be managed by a Board of Directors of seven (7) members, including the Chairman and the Governor.


                                          Article (11):
                                          1) Members of the Board of Directors shall be appointed by a Federal Decree based on recommendation of the Cabinet, and shall serve for a four (4) year term renewable to similar periods. The Decree designates from among the members of the board of directors one or more deputy chairman.
                                          2) The Chairman, his Deputies and the Governor, shall each have the rank of Minister.
                                          3) The Chairman issues a decision defining the powers of his Deputies.
                                          4) Subject to item three (3) of this article, Should the Chairman be absent or his post became vacant, the Deputy Chairman shall replace him; and should both the Chairman and his Deputies be absent or their posts became vacant, the Governor shall replace them both.


                                          Article (22):
                                          1) Five (5) members of the Board of Directors including the Chairman of the Board of Directors, one of his Deputies, or the Governor, shall constitute quorum for any meeting.
                                          2) Decisions of the Board of Directors shall be adopted by a majority vote of the members present. In case of a tie, the Chairman of the session shall have the casting vote.

                                           

                                          Article (2)

                                          Any provision that contradicts or conflicts with the provisions of this law shall be repealed.


                                          Article (3)

                                          This Law shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall come into force from the date of its issuance.

                                        • Decretal Federal Law No. (9) of 2021 amending of some provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities

                                          We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates,

                                          Having perused the constitution;

                                          Federal Law No (1) of 1972, regarding Jurisdictions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers, and amendments thereto;

                                          Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018, regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, and amendments thereto;

                                          And based on what was presented by the Minister of Finance, the approval of the Cabinet.

                                          Promulgated the following Decretal Law:
                                           

                                          Article (1)

                                          The definition of (Standing Facilities) and (Eligible Securities) included in Article (1) of the aforementioned Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018 shall be replaced by the following two definitions:

                                          Standing Facilities: Monetary Policy tools made available to Licensed Financial Institution, to enable management of its liquidity in accordance with the controls and instructions issued by the Central Bank, in accordance with the provisions of this Decretal Law.

                                          Eligible Securities: Securities approved by the Central Bank, which Licensed Financial Institution may present as collateral for drawing from the Central Bank funds in accordance with the controls and instructions issued by the Central Bank, in accordance with the provisions of this Decretal Law.
                                           

                                          Article (2)

                                          The texts of Articles (15), (17), (24), (44), (50), (57), (58), (121), (128), (136) and (137) of the aforementioned Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018 shall be replaced by the following texts:


                                          Article (15)

                                          Powers & Functions of the Board of Directors

                                          The Board of Directors shall, within the limitations imposed by the provisions of this decretal law, exercise all powers required for achieving the objectives for which the Central Bank has been established.

                                          The Board of Directors shall, in particular, exercise the following:

                                          1. 1) Approve regulations, rules, standards, instructions and business controls to perform its functions and jurisdictions, and take all measures and actions necessary to enforce the provisions of this decretal law.
                                          2. 2) Establish and oversee implementation of polices for deployment and management of the Central Bank’s Own Funds and assets.
                                          3. 3) Decide on matters relating to issuance of the Currency and its withdrawal from circulation.
                                          4. 4) Issue regulations relating to organization of Licensed Financial Activities and decide on related matters, including regulations and procedures relating to supervision and oversight thereof, and determine conditions and rules for granting licenses to Licensed Financial Institutions to carry on Licensed Financial Activities and authorizations to undertake Designated Functions.
                                          5. 5) Approve regulations, rules, standards, instructions and business controls for insurance and reinsurance companies, insurance agents and the professions associated therewith.
                                          6. 6) Establish policies, and approve regulations relating to prudential supervision, and the standards and guidelines relating to Licensed Financial Activities.
                                          7. 7) Establish regulations and standards for protection of customers of Licensed Financial Institutions.
                                          8. 8)Approve regulations, controls, and procedures for encountering money laundering and combating terrorism financing and unlawful organizations.
                                          9. 9) Take necessary actions, procedures and impose administrative penalties against any Person violating the provisions of this decretal law, and regulations issued in implementation thereof.
                                          10. 10) Approve rules and regulations for maintaining integrity and efficiency of Financial Infrastructure Systems licensed, established, developed, or operated by the Central Bank.
                                          11. 11) Approve risk management and compliance policies at the Central Bank.
                                          12. 12) Approve Central Bank’s bylaws, issue the organizational structure and the administrative, financial and technical regulations, and determine powers and competencies, within the limitations of the provisions of this decretal law.
                                          13. 13) Approve human resources policies at the Central Bank.
                                          14. 14) Approve rules for the Central Bank institutional governance, including a set of rules and regulations aimed at achieving performance quality and excellence, in line with the Government’s strategic plans and objectives.
                                          15. 15) Decide on loans and advances granted to the Government, in accordance with the provisions of this decretal law.
                                          16. 16) Approve settlements and reconciliations relating to Central Bank’s businesses.
                                          17. 17) Approve the Central Bank’s annual budget and any variations thereof during the year.
                                          18. 18) Approve the Central Bank’s annual final accounts and the amount of net annual profits.
                                          19. 19) Regulate the mechanism of objections related to the insurance activity.
                                          20. 20) Deal with all other matters deemed within its powers, and are conducive to achievement of the objectives of the Central Bank and the discharge of its functions, in accordance with the provisions of this decretal law.



                                          Article (17)

                                          Higher Shari`ah Authority

                                          1. 1) Pursuant to this decretal law, an authority named “Higher Shari`ah Authority” attached to the Central Bank shall be established with a membership not less than five (5) members and not exceeding seven (7) members, of sufficient knowledge and experience in the jurisprudence of Islamic financial transactions.
                                          2. 2) The Board of Directors shall approve the authority’s work system, its functions and competencies, and the mechanism for financing the costs of its establishment and continuity of work.
                                          3. 3) The Governor shall issue a decision to form the authority and appoint its members.
                                          4. 4) Licensed Financial Institutions, which carry on the whole or part of their businesses and activities in compliance with Islamic Shari`ah shall bear all expenses of the Authority referred to in item (1) of this article, including remunerations, allowances and expenses of its members according to the decision issued by the Board of Directors.
                                          5. 5) The Higher Shari`ah Authority shall determine the rules, standards, and general principles applicable to Shari`ah-compliant businesses and Licensed Financial Activities, and shall undertake supervision and oversight of the internal Shari`ah supervisory committees of Licensed Financial Institutions, referred to in Article (79) of this decretal law.
                                          6. 6) The Higher Shari`ah Authority shall approve Islamic monetary and financial tools issued and developed by the Central Bank to manage monetary policy operations in the State, and provide its opinion regarding the specific regulatory rules and instructions relating to the operations and activities of Licensed Financial Institutions which conduct the whole or part of their business and activities in accordance with the provisions of Islamic Shari`ah.
                                          7. 7) The Fatwas and opinions of the Higher Shari`ah Authority shall be binding on the internal Shari`ah supervisory committees, referred to in Article (79) of this decretal law, as well as on Licensed Financial Institutions which conduct the whole or part of their business and activities in accordance with the provisions of Islamic Shari`ah.
                                          8. 8) The Higher Shari`ah Authority may seek assistance of a specialized party, if necessary, to conduct Shari`ah external audit of the business of any Licensed Financial Institution, which carry on the whole or part of their businesses and activities in accordance with the provisions of Islamic Shari`ah, and the conditions and procedures determined by the Authority, at the expense of the concerned institution.



                                          Article (24)

                                          Responsibilities of the Governor

                                          Without prejudice to any competencies established for the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Governor shall conduct and manage all the affairs of the Central Bank, and issue regulations, systems and policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Governor shall be responsible for the implementation of this decretal law, the regulations of the Central Bank and decisions of the Board of Directors. He may delegate some of his powers and competencies to any of his deputies, assistants, or some senior staff of the Central Bank.


                                          Article (44)

                                          Protection of Licensed Financial Institutions

                                          1) The Central Bank shall take all measures it deems appropriate to maintain conduct of operations of Licensed Financial Institutions, within the frameworks and limits set by the Board of Directors.

                                          For this purpose, the Central Bank shall:

                                          1. A) Request to hold a meeting of the general assembly of the licensed financial institution to discuss any issue the Central Bank deems important.
                                          2. B) Request to include any item that the Central Bank deems necessary into the agenda of the general assembly meeting of the licensed financial institution.
                                          3. C) Stopping the implementation of any decision issued by the general assembly of the licensed financial institution in the event that it violates the laws or regulations in force.

                                          2) The Central Bank, according to its own discretion, in cases of necessity during which the deposit-taking licensed financial institution is exposed to liquidity pressures or is subject to crisis management procedures, may provide loans to that establishment, in order to contribute to strengthening and protecting the stability of the financial system and protecting the monetary system in the state.


                                          Article (50)

                                          Privilege & Guarantee of Own Rights

                                          1. 1) Debts of the Central Bank shall enjoy the privilege Government debts have, over property of its debtors. The Central Bank’s debts shall be collected in the same manner and by the same means prescribed for collection of the Government debts and property.
                                          2. 2) Save for the Reserve Requirements referred to in Article (32) hereof, the Central Bank shall have privilege over the property of Licensed Financial Institutions for payment of all its claims and dues of cash balances or assets which constitute guarantees for these claims and dues, upon maturity thereof.
                                          3. 3) The Central Bank may purchase, by agreement or by forced sale, or acquire immovable property in settlement of its debts. Such property must be sold within the shortest possible period of time, unless the Central Bank decided to use it for the conduct of its business, in accordance with this decretal law.
                                          4. 4) The Central Bank must obtain sufficient guarantees to ensure the fulfillment of its rights, including mortgage, pledge or assignment.
                                          5. 5) In case its secured rights were not paid upon maturity thereof, the Central Bank may, after ten (10) days from the date its debtor was duly notified, proceed with sale of any pledged assets, without prejudice to Central Bank’s right to initiate other legal proceedings against the debtor, until its secured rights were fully paid.
                                          6. 6) Sale of pledged property pursuant to provisions of item (5) of this article shall be carried out by the competent court upon request of the Central Bank.
                                          7. 7) The Central Bank shall collect its dues from proceeds of the sale carried out pursuant to provisions of item (6) of this article. Should such proceeds exceed the Central Bank’s dues; the surplus shall be deposited with the Central Bank, at the debtor’s disposal, without paying any interest.



                                          Article (57)

                                          Currency Specifications, Features & Denominations

                                          1. 1) Currency notes issued by the Central Bank shall be of such denominations, designs, and specifications, and bear such features as shall be decided by the Board of Directors. Currency notes shall bear the signature of the Chairman of the Board of Directors.
                                          2. 2) The Board of Directors shall determine the weight, composition, mix ratios, allowed variation, and all other specifications of Currency coins as well as the quantities of each denomination to be minted.
                                          3. 3) The Central Bank shall make necessary arrangements for printing of Currency notes referred to in item (1) of this article, and minting of Currency coins referred to in item (2) of this article, along with all matters relating to such printing, minting and safekeeping of such Currency notes and coins and the relative plates and dies.
                                          4. 4) The Central Bank shall publish decisions to issue Currency by the specifications, designs and all other features, in the Official Gazette.



                                          Article (58)

                                          Gold & Silver Coins and Commemorative Coins

                                          1. 1)The Board of Directors shall determine conditions for sale and purchase of gold and silver coins at the Central Bank.
                                          2. 2)The Central Bank may issue commemorative Currency notes or coins for any wishing party, in accordance with the rules and conditions set by the Board of Directors.
                                          3. 3)The Board of Directors shall determine the denominations, fineness, and weights, measurements, allowed variation, and all other specifications of gold and silver coins, as well as the quantities of each denomination to be minted.
                                          4. 4)The Central Bank shall make necessary arrangements for minting of gold and silver coins referred to in this article, along with all matters relating to such minting and safekeeping of such coins and the relative plates and dies.



                                          Article (121)

                                          Protection of Customers of Licensed Financial Institutions

                                          1. 1)The Central Bank shall establish regulations relating to protection of customers of Licensed Financial Institutions, in line with the nature of activities the latter carry on and the services and products they provide. The Central Bank may establish a unit that enjoys independent legal personality, and is in charge of receiving and handling complaints of clients of licensed financial institutions. The Unit’s system of work, its powers, regulations and regulations related to human resources and its financial affairs shall be issued by a decision of the Board of Directors.
                                          2. 2)The Central Bank and Licensed Financial Institutions shall work together to raise public awareness of the types of banking services and financial products, and their inherent risks, through all means of communication and media, in accordance with the rules set by the Central Bank in this regard.
                                          3. 3)Licensed Financial Institutions are not permitted to charge interest on accrued interest charged on any credit or funding facilities granted to customers.


                                          Article (128)

                                          Suspension or Revocation of a License

                                          1. 1)The Central Bank may suspend or revoke a license granted to a Financial Infrastructure System, in accordance with the provisions of article nos. (124) and (125) of this decretal law, via an official notice to the operator or the Settlement Institution of the concerned system and take necessary actions in this respect, as the case may be, if it considered that the system is no longer capable of conducting its operations. The Central Bank shall allow such period as specified in the notice referred to in this item, which shall not be less than twenty (20) working days from date of notification, within which the concerned system operator or its Settlement Institution may object to the Central Bank’s decision to suspend or revoke the license and provide their justifications for such objection, in accordance with the provisions of Part Five of this decretal law.
                                          2. 2)The Central Bank, if it considers that any Designated System licensed by any of the Regulatory Authorities in the State or in other jurisdictions is no longer capable of conducting its operations, may request the concerned regulatory authority, via an official notice, to suspend or revoke the license of this system and take necessary actions in this respect, as the case may be. The concerned regulatory authority shall have the right to approve or reject the request of the Central Bank. In case of approval, the procedures and controls in force by the concerned authority shall be applicable.
                                          3. 3)In all cases, the suspension or revocation of a license granted to a Designated System in accordance with the provisions of this article, shall not affect any transaction cleared or settled in the concerned system prior to the effective date of suspension or revocation.


                                          Article (136)

                                          Grievances & Appeals Committee

                                          1. 1) Under the provisions of this Decretal Law, an independent committee within the Central Bank, named “Grievances & Appeals Committee” shall be established. The Cabinet shall issue a resolution, based on a proposal by the Board of Directors, establishing the committee’s formation, duration, system of work, and all procedures and rules related to adjudication of grievances and appeals, including fees due for consideration.
                                          2. 2) In the formation of the committee, the presence of one or more judges and two experts with competence in financial and banking matters should be taken into consideration.
                                          3. 3) A nominated committee member may not be a member of the Board of Directors, nor holder of any position at the Central Bank or at any of the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                          4. 4) The chairman of the committee or any of its members shall have no interest with any party to the dispute, otherwise he shall be required to disclose such interest, and in such case another member shall be temporarily appointed to hear the presented dispute.
                                          5. 5) With the exception of the regulations, directives, instructions, policies, and regulatory and supervisory decisions of a general nature, the Committee, shall solely and exclusively have jurisdiction to decide on grievances and appeals against any decisions by the Central Bank in accordance to the provision of this Decretal Law, and may, for such purposes take all or some of the following actions:
                                            1. a. Require any Person to appear in front of the Committee to present any evidence, testimony, information or statement.
                                            2. b. Hear the testimony of any witnesses under oath.
                                            3. c.Commission any experts it deems appropriate to provide opinion on any matter relating to the dispute.
                                            4. d. Take whichever actions and procedures it deems appropriate for discharge of its mandate.
                                          6. 6) Appeals against decisions that fall within the competence of the committee in accordance with the provisions of this article are not accepted before the grievance or appeal thereon before the committee, and the grievance is decided according to the circumstances.
                                          7. 7) If the Committee decided to reject or not accept the grievance of appeal, the Committee may impose on the applicant a fine, not exceeding two hundred thousand (200,000) Dirhams.
                                          8. 8) The Committee may suspend the appealed decision, if necessary, until it reached a decision on the dispute.
                                          9. 9) The grievance or appeal against any decision before the committee shall not be accepted after the lapse of (15) fifteen working days from the date on which the concerned person is notified of it, or if his knowledge of it is proven with certainty.
                                          10. 10) A decision issued by the Committee on the grievance or appeal shall be final and shall only be challenged at the Higher Federal Court within a period of twenty (20) work days from date of its notification. The Higher Federal Court may, upon request of the appellant, suspend the decision issued by the Committee until it reached its decision on the subject, if it considered that the appeal is based on genuine grounds and that implementation of the Committee’s decision shall have irreversible consequences.

                                           

                                          PART VI

                                          – ADMINISTRATIVE & FINANCIAL SANCTIONS AND PENALTIES –

                                          Chapter One: Administrative & Financial Sanctions

                                          Article (137)

                                          1. 1) Without prejudice to other sanctions stated in any other laws in the State, and upon establishment of a violation by any Licensed Financial Institution or by any Authorized Individual of any of the provisions of this decretal law or the regulations, decisions, rules, standards or instructions issued by the Central Bank in implementation thereof, or any measures taken by the Central Bank, including procedures for encountering money laundering, combating terrorist financing, and illegal organizations, the Central Bank shall, at its own discretion, decide to impose one or more of the following penalties or take any of the following measures:
                                            1. a. Issue, by any means, a caution to the violator.
                                            2. b. Require the violating Licensed Financial Institution to take necessary actions and measures that the Central Bank deems appropriate to rectify the violation.
                                            3. c. Prohibit violating Licensed Financial Institution from conducting some operations, or carrying on some Licensed Financial Activities, or impose any restrictions, conditions or limitations on all or certain operations and activities.
                                            4. d. Impose conditions or restrictions on the license of the violating Licensed Financial Institution.
                                            5. e. Reduce or suspend the ability of the violating Licensed Financial Institution to draw on the Central Bank’s funds through the Standing Facilities.
                                            6. f. Require the violating Licensed Financial Institution to deposit funds with the Central Bank without return and for the period Central Bank deems appropriate, in addition to the credit balance referred to in Article (32) of this decretal law.
                                            7. g. Impose a fine of four hundred (400) basis points over the prevailing base interest rate of the Central bank on any shortfall in the Reserve Requirements referred to in Article (32) of this decretal law.
                                            8. h. Require the violating Licensed Financial Institution to return to customers the funds it obtained as a result of its violation of the provisions of this decretal law and any excess funds including revenue and profits shall devolve to the Central Bank.
                                            9. i. Impose a fine between one (1) time and ten (10) times the value of unjust enrichment as determined by the Central Bank, which the violating Licensed Financial Institution has, unlawfully acquired, as a result of the violation.
                                            10. j. Impose a fine on the violating Licensed Financial Institution not exceeding two hundred million (200,000,000) Dirhams.
                                            11. k. Delink the violating Licensed Financial Institution from one or all Financial Infrastructure Systems.
                                            12. l. Withdraw the license of the violating Licensed Financial Institution and strike off its name from the Register.
                                            13. m. Impose conditions or restrictions on the authorization of the violating Authorized Individual.
                                            14. n. Impose a fine on the violating Authorized Individual not less than one hundred thousand (100,000) Dirhams and not exceeding two million (2,000,000) Dirhams.
                                            15. o. Prohibit the violating Authorized Individual from undertaking any Designated Function at the Licensed Financial Institution he works for, or any other Licensed Financial Institution.
                                            16. p. Any other financial or administrative measures or sanctions issued by a decision of the Board of Directors. The decision specifies the authority entrusted with imposing these sanctions or measures.
                                          2. 2) Decisions to impose the sanctions referred to under item (1) of this article shall be made by the Governor except for the sanction stipulated in item (I) herein shall be made by the Board of Directors.
                                          3. 3) In all cases, the violator shall be notified, officially, of the reasoned decision within fifteen (15) working days from date of its issue. Such notice shall include the following:
                                            1. a. Content of the decision.
                                            2. b. Reasons for the decision.
                                            3. c. Effective date of the decision.
                                            4. d. A statement advising the violator of its right to submit a grievance against the decision in front of the Grievances & Appeals Committee, in accordance with the provisions of this decretal law.


                                          Article (3)

                                          This Decretal Law shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall come into force on the day following the date of its publication.

                                        • Federal Decree by Law No. (23) of 2022, Amending certain Provisions of Federal Decree by Law No. (14) of 2018 Concerning the Central Bank and the Regulation of Financial Institutions and Activities

                                          We, Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates,

                                          Having reviewed:

                                          The Constitution; Federal Law No. (1) of 1972 Concerning the Competences of Ministries and the Powers of Ministers, as amended;

                                          Federal Decree-law No. (14) of 2018 Concerning the Central Bank and the Regulation of Financial INSTITUTIONS and Activities, as amended; and

                                          Based on the Proposal of the Minister of Finance and the Approval of the Cabinet,

                                          Hereby decree as follows:

                                          • Article 1

                                            The texts of Articles (69) and (121) of Federal Decree-Law No. (14) of 2018, referred to above, shall be replaced by the following texts:

                                            Article (69)

                                            Deciding on the Application for License or Expansion of its Scope

                                            1. The application for license or expansion of its scope shall be decided on within a period not exceeding sixty (60) working days from the date of satisfying the requirements and conditions of the license. The lapse of such period without reply shall be deemed rejection of the application.
                                            2. The Central Bank may request the applicant to meet the requirements and conditions of the license within the period it determines.
                                            3. The Central Bank may reject the application or request the addition of any financial activity at its sole discretion, according to the absorptive capacity of the financial sector of the State and the requirements of the domestic market. The decision issued in this regard shall be final and not appealable before the Grievances and Appeals Committee.
                                            4. The applicant shall be notified of the substantiated rejection decision by means of an official notice within a period not exceeding twenty (20) days from the date of its issuance.

                                            Article (121)

                                            Protection of Clients of the Licensed Financial Institutions

                                            1. The Central Bank shall create the regulations for protection of clients of licensed financial institutions, in proportion to the nature of the activities practiced by such institutions and the financial services and productions they provide.
                                            2. The Central Bank may establish a unit with independent legal personality to receive and decide on the complaints of clients of the licensed financial institutions,. The Board of Directors shall issue a decision to establish such unit and determine its functions, rules of procedure and powers as well as the human resources and financial affairs regulations applicable thereto.
                                            3. The Central Bank and licensed financial institutions shall jointly work to raise the community awareness about the types of banking services and financial products and the risks inherent in them, through all available means of communication and media, in accordance with the controls set by the Central Bank.
                                            4. Licensed financial institutions may not charge interest on accumulated interest, i.e. compound interests, in respect of the facilities granted to clients. In this regard, the controls and rules set by the Central Bank in the control regulations issued thereby shall be followed.
                                          • Article 2

                                            New articles shall be added to Federal Decree-law No. (14) of 2018, referred to above, under Nos. (121 bis), (124 ter) and (124 quater) to read as follows:

                                            Article (121 bis )

                                            Credit Facility Guarantees

                                            1. The licensed financial institutions shall obtain the sufficient guarantees for all types of facilities provided to the natural clients and private sole proprietorships, in accordance with the client's income or the guarantee, if any, and the size of the required facilities, as determined by the Central Bank.
                                            2. No application, action or plea filed to the competent judicial authorities or the arbitral tribunals by any licensed financial institution in respect ofa credit facility provided for a natural person or a private sole proprietorship shall be accepted if such financial institution fails to obtain the guarantees referred to in Clause (1) of this Article.
                                            3. The Central Bank may impose administrative and financial penalties which it deems appropriate on the licensed financial institutions which violate the provision of Clause (1) of this Article, in accordance with Article (137) of the present Decree-Law.

                                            Article (124 ter )

                                            Application for License of Financial Infrastructure System or Extension of its Scope

                                            1. Based on the regulations set by the Board of Directors, any legal person may file an application with the Central Bank to obtain a license of financial infrastructure system or to expand the scope of a license previously issued.
                                            2. The Board of Directors shall issue the regulations, rules, criteria and conditions pertaining to the licensing of the financial infrastructure system, including:
                                              a. Merit and eligibility criteria;
                                              b. Resources required for the system; and
                                              c. Control and supervisory systems.
                                            3. The Board of Directors may require the license applicant to meet any further requirements or conditions at its own discretion and as he deems to be in the public interest.

                                            Article (124 quater )

                                            Deciding on the Application for License of Financial Infrastructure System or Extension of its Scope

                                            1. The application for license of financial infrastructure system or extension of its scope shall be decided on within a period not exceeding sixty (60) working days from the date of satisfying the requirements and conditions of the license. The lapse of such period without reply shall be deemed as rejection of the application.
                                            2. The Central Bank may request the applicant to meet the requirements and conditions of the license within the period it determines.
                                            3. The Central Bank may reject the application or request the expansion of the scope of the license of a financial infrastructure system at its sole discretion, in accordance with the absorptive capacity of the financial sector of the State and the requirements of the domestic market. The decision issued thereby in this regard shall be final and not appealable before the Grievances and Appeals Committee.
                                            4. The applicant shall be notified of the substantiated rejection decision by means ofan official notice within a period not exceeding twenty (20) working days from the date of its issuance.
                                          • Article 3

                                            Any provision in contradiction or conflict with the provisions hereof is hereby repealed.

                                          • Article 4

                                            The present Decree-Law shall be published in the Official Gazette and shall enter into force as of 2 January 2023.

                • Regulations Re Monitoring Large Exposure Limits

                  C 32/2013 Effective from 11/11/2013
                  This regulation has been cancelled by the circular No C1/2023.
                  • Introduction

                    In accordance with Part Three, Chapter Two, of Union Law No. (10) of 1980 concerning the Central Bank, the Monetary System and Organization of Banking, the Board of Directors of Central Bank of the UAE sets rules to govern ratio requirements to which all banks must adhere to ensure their liquidity and solvency.

                    In particular, banks must follow a prudent credit policy in order to safeguard the assets entrusted to them.

                    For the purpose of assessing whether a bank's credit policy, and the exposures arising therefrom, is deemed prudent and, more specifically, whether the risk arising from an excessive concentration of credit to a single borrower or to a group of related borrowers may endanger the solvency of a bank, the Board of Directors of Central Bank of the UAE has resolved to set rules for the monitoring of credit exposure limits of banks operating in the U.A.E. and, as a consequence, has decided to put the following definitions and rules into force.

                  • Article (1): Definitions

                    1.1 Large Exposures

                    Large exposures are those funded and unfunded exposures (less provisions, cash collaterals and deposits under lien) which a bank allows to a single borrower and his group which in total equal or exceed the percentages of the bank's capital base as scheduled in Article (2) of these Regulations.

                    In addition, a large exposure secured by securities acceptable to the Central Bank can be adjusted to reflect a deduction for the value of said securities. The Central Bank shall determine the adjusted value based on the quality of the acceptable securities in each case, which is considered a large exposure. The portion of the funded and unfunded exposures above the adjusted value are subject to the schedule of percentage limits for large exposures in Article (2) of these Regulations.

                    1.2 Exposures

                    Exposures comprise the on- and off-balance sheet items set out in the attached "Guidelines to Monitoring of Large Exposure Limits," which form an integral part of these Regulations.

                    1.3 Borrowers and Groups of Related Borrowers

                    A single borrower shall mean any single natural or juridical person.

                    A group of related borrowers shall mean:

                    - Two or more natural or juridical persons who unless shown otherwise, constitute a single risk because one of them, directly or indirectly, has control over the other or others, or can exercise a controlling influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions; or

                    - Two or more natural or juridical persons between whom there is no relationship of control but who are to be regarded as constituting a single risk because they are so inter-related that, if one of them were to experience financial problems, the other or all of the others would be likely to encounter repayment difficulties.

                    1.4 Control and Controlling Influence

                    Control or controlling influence shall mean the relationship between a parent company and a subsidiary, as defined in section 1.4 of the attached "Guidelines to Monitoring of Large Exposure Limits" or a similar relationship between any natural of juridical person and a company.

                    1.5 Principal Shareholders

                    In the context of these Regulations, a principal shareholder shall mean any natural or juridical person, single or related as defined in section 1.3 above, holding 5% or more of a bank's voting share capital.

                    1.6 Capital Base

                    The capital base of a bank is the same as that used for capital adequacy purposes, as defined in the Central Bank's Circular No. 27/2009 dated 17/11/2009 and calculation therein as per BASEL II.

                  • Article (2): Limits Constituting Large Exposures

                    For the purpose of Central Bank reporting a large exposure is defined as those funded and unfunded exposures and unused committed lines (less provisions, cash collaterals, bank guarantees and Federal Government guarantees) to a single borrower or his group, which in total is equal to or exceeds 10 % of the bank’s capital base.

                    The Central Bank has set the maximum large exposure limits as shown in following table:

                    Table of Maximum Large Exposure Limits
                    BorrowerAggregate PercentageIndividual Percentage
                    Federal GovernmentNot applicableNot applicable
                    UAE Local Governments and their non-commercial entities100%No cap for local governments 25% for each non-commercial entity
                    Commercial entities of Federal and Local Governments100%25%
                    A single borrower or a group of related borrowersNot applicable25%
                    Shareholders who own 5% or more of a bank’s capital and their related entities50%20%
                    Inter-bank exposures - over 1 yearNot applicable30%
                    A bank’s subsidiaries and affiliates25%10%
                    Board members25%5%
                    Bank’s employees3%Maximum 20 months’ salary
                    A bank’s external auditors, consultants and lawyersNot allowedNot allowed


                     

                    Notes to the table:

                    1. Exposure is defined as the sum of: funded, unfunded and committed lines. Unfunded exposures may be adjusted for Credit Conversion Factors (CCF) in accordance with Basel II.
                       
                    2. The above definition of Exposure excludes bank’s investment in marketable bonds/sukuks (that are rated not less than AA-, or equivalent, by one of the top three rating agencies) where such bonds/sukuks are held to meet Central Bank liquidity requirements, or are held in the trading book and the intention is not to hold such bonds/sukuks to maturity.
                       
                    3. Exposure to Federal Government includes deals transacted on behalf of the Federal Government.
                       
                    4. A Government Related Entity (GRE) that is profitable and can service its debt obligations from its own resources/operations, without need for any implicit or explicit government support and holds a rating of not less than BBB- (or equivalent) from one of the top three rating agencies can be treated as a single obligor in accordance with the 4th line in this table.
                       
                    5. Exposures to banks operating outside the UAE, irrespective of their maturity, are not allowed to exceed 30% of the bank’s capital base. The same applies to exposures of branches of foreign banks to their head offices and other branches abroad, as well as to foreign subsidiaries and affiliates of such head offices; this limit also applies to exposures of UAE incorporated banks vis-à-vis their foreign subsidiaries and affiliates.
                       
                    6. All banks must have strict policies in place (approved by their board of directors) to cover potential conflict of interest where loans are issued to staff members on a “stand- alone” commercial basis. Loans for business purposes should be separately classified as commercial loans and approved on an ‘arms- length’ basis.
                       
                    7. Banks that have exposures that are out of line with the new limits as per the table at the date on which they come into force, must, at a minimum, improve such exposures at the rate of 20% per annum, i.e. full compliance with the limits must be achieved in 5 years.
                       
                    8. The limits contained in this table are subject to review, in line with international regulatory development.
                       
                  • Article (3): Reporting Requirements

                    All large exposures must be reported to the Central Bank on a consolidated quarterly basis (including subsidiaries and affiliates where applicable), as per the attached special return forms (Special Banking Return Forms-Large Exposures), not later than the end of the month following the end of each calendar quarter. Banks must report any large exposure which existed at any time during that quarter.

                    The Central Bank may in the future exempt certain exposures from the reporting requirements.

                    If, in an exceptional case, exposures exceed the limits fixed in section 2 above at any time during any quarter, these must be reported to the Central Bank in writing without delay, indicating the reasons for the non-compliance. The Central Bank may allow banks a limited period of time during which they must comply again with the limits.

                    Banks are required to take appropriate measures to comply with the limits as soon as possible and in any event not later than the end of the quarter following the over-limit situation.

                    Exposures to members of a bank's board of directors, or of a similar designated body, must be reported to the Central Bank on a quarterly basis as per the attached special return forms (Special Banking Return Form - Exposures to Board Members) not later than the end of the month following the end of each calendar quarter. The explanatory notes attached to the return forms must be followed.

                  • Article (4): Management Responsibilities

                    4.1 General Responsibilities for Credit Policy

                    The board of directors, or a similar designated body of banks operating in the U.A.E. is responsible for its bank's credit policy and, therefore, must review, for information all facilities above a certain limit and approve all facilities above a higher limit. They must also ensure a fair structure and a balanced composition of their bank's credit portfolio.

                    Banks must formulate general credit policy instructions aimed at implementing a prudent lending structure, taking into account the risk arising from excessive exposures vis-à-vis governments, public sector entities, particular economic sectors etc., within the U.A.E. and abroad. Banks should exercise utmost prudence with regard to inter-bank exposures. The credit policy instructions must address both on-and off-balance sheet items.

                    A proper credit evaluation including appropriate documentation must be undertaken prior to granting any credit facility. The credit assessment has to be in line with each bank's general credit policy and must be based on an in-depth analysis of each customer's credit worthiness, reputation as a borrower and any information on loan-repayment history.

                    4.2 Special Responsibilities for Large Exposures

                    Notwithstanding the legal effectiveness of a transaction, a bank may only incur a large exposure on the basis of a unanimous resolution on the part of all members of its board of directors, or of a similar designated body, provided that the bank's general credit policy procedures have been followed. The resolution has to be passed prior to the lending and a copy of it must be placed on the customer's file.

                    4.3 Special Responsibilities for Exposures to Members of a Bank's Board of Director

                    A bank may only incur an exposure to a member of its board of directors, or of a similar designated body, on the basis of a unanimous resolution on the part of all members, except the member concerned, provided that the bank's general credit policy instructions have been followed. The resolution has to be passed prior to the lending and a copy of it must be placed on the member's file.

                    4.4 Assessment of Credit-Worthiness

                    Banks are obliged to ask their major borrowers to disclose reliable evidence of their financial situation by submitting financial statements, other relevant information and signed declarations of their independence from the bank, its principal shareholders, directors and officers. All such information has to be updated regularly. In exceptional circumstances, banks may refrain from doing so, if the requirement to disclose would be clearly unjustified due to the type and level of security provided.

                  • Article (5): Control and Documentation

                    Central Bank of the UAE requires that every bank sets up sound administrative and accounting procedures and adequate internal control systems, especially for the purpose of identifying and recording all large exposures, as defined in these Regulations, and for monitoring and controlling those large exposures according to each bank's own general credit policy.

                    The implementation of these accounting procedures and internal control systems must be approved by each bank's board of directors, or by a similar designated body, and should be documented appropriately.

                  • Article (6): Implementation

                    These Regulations come into force one month from the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

                    Banks not meeting the limit requirements, as defined in these Regulations, may be granted additional period for reduction of their exposures individually and/or in the aggregate, not extending beyond five years from the implementation of these Regulations, as mentioned under Paragraph 7 of the Notes to the Table of Maximum Large Exposure Limits.

                    Circular No. 16/93 and its amendments shall be cancelled with effect from the date these Regulations come into force.

                    Yours faithfully,,,

                    • Enclosures:

                      - Guidelines to Monitoring of Large Exposure Limits.

                      - Special Banking Return Forms for Large Exposures and their Explanatory Notes.

                • Guidelines to Monitoring of Large Exposures

                  C 32/2013 GUI

                  (Annexure to Circular No 32/2013)

                  This regulation has been cancelled by the circular No C1/2023.
                  • Amendments of the Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers No. 29/2011

                    • Amendments of Mortgage Loans Regulations (Circular No. 31/2013)

                      • Introduction

                        In the past, the main causes of bank insolvencies in many countries have been defaults on big individual loans and inadequate credit dispersion. This was attributable to an over-concentration of exposures to a single borrower or to a group of related borrowers which resulted in an unacceptably high risk of loss. For this reason, the Central Bank of the UAE (Central Bank), in its attempt to ensure the sound functioning of the banking system within the UAE, set rules aimed at preventing banks from incurring credit losses which might arise if an excessive concentration of exposures to a single borrower or to a group of related borrowers was not addressed.

                        The capital of a bank not only fulfills a liability function for its depositors but also plays an important role as a factor for limiting business risk and as a buffer against losses. The most appropriate way, therefore, to reduce credit risk is to limit a bank’s large exposures relative to the size of its capital base.

                        In addition to setting limits for large exposures, the Central Bank considers that it is also important to give guidelines concerning lending policies and procedures in general for all banks operating in the UAE. Moreover, the Central Bank has decided to monitor very closely the loan portfolio of each bank especially with regard to large exposures.

                        The guidelines given in the following pages have been prepared in order to explain the new rules to banks in detail and also to draw their attention to the specific risk arising from excessive exposures: they form an integral part of Circular No 32/2013.These guidelines must be supplemented with the relevant Basel Committee standards.

                        • Amendments to Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans

                          After greetings,

                          Please be informed that the Board of Directors of the Central Bank has issued Decision No. 96/By Circulation/2019 amending Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans.

                          By this Decision, the age requirement at the time of the last repayment has been abolished, regardless of the nationality. The age should be determined by the lender in accordance with its risk management and lending practices.

                          We attach herewith a copy of the above Decision and please circulate it internally.

                          The attached Decision comes into force with immediate effect.

                          Yours faithfully,

                          • Central Bank Board of Directors’ Resolution No. 96/By Circulation/2019 Amending Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans

                            Governor,

                            Having perused the provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities; and

                            Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans.

                            The Central Bank's Board of Directors has issued the following resolution:

                            Article One:
                            The text of the second paragraph of item (3) of Article (3) of Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans shall be replaced with the following text:

                            (The maximum age at the time of the last repayment should be determined by the mortgage loan providers in accordance with their risk management and lending policies).

                            Article Two:
                            This Resolution shall be communicated to whomsoever is concerned for implementation, and shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English.

                        • 1. Definitions

                          • Amendments to Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans

                            After greetings,

                            Please be informed that pursuant to the Board of Directors of the Central Bank’s Decision No. 31/2/2020, Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans has been amended.

                            By these amendments, the Loan to Value (LTV) ratio for real estate was increased for the first time buyers by 5%, in order to enhance the affordability of home purchases.

                            We attach herewith a copy of the above amendments and please circulate these internally.

                            The attached amendments come into force with immediate effect.

                            Yours faithfully,

                            • 1.1 Large Exposures and Large Exposure Limits

                              Large exposures are those funded and unfunded outstandings and committed unused limits (less provisions, cash collaterals, bank guarantees and Federal Government guarantee) which a bank allows to a single borrower or his group which in total equal to or exceed 10% of the bank’s capital base. Any exposure beyond this percentage must be incurred in accordance with these regulations and guidelines. Suitable adjustments are allowed for exempted exposures as described in Para 2.11 and for computation of CCF in respect of contingent exposures.

                              Large exposure limits refer to the level of maximum exposure which a bank may allow to a single borrower or his group. These limits are specified in the Table contained in Article (2) of Circular 32/2013.

                              • Central Bank Board of Directors’ Resolution No. 31/2/2020 Amending Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans

                                Governor,

                                Having perused the provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities; and

                                Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans.

                                The Central Bank's Board of Directors has issued the following resolution:

                                Article One:
                                The texts of paragraphs (A.a), (A.b), (B.a) and (B.b) of Item (2) of Article (3) of Circular No. 31/2013 on Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans shall be replaced with the following texts:

                                A. UAE Nationals
                                • First House/Owner Occupier

                                Each borrower can only claim one property under this category.

                                1. a. Value of Property less or equal to AED 5 million - maximum 85% of the value of the property.

                                2. b. Value of Property more than AED 5 million - maximum 75% of the value of the property.

                                B. Expatriates
                                • First House/ Owner Occupier

                                Each borrower can only claim one property under this category.

                                1. a. Value of Property less or equal to AED 5 million - maximum 80% of the value of the property.

                                2. b. Value of Property more than AED 5 million - maximum 70% of the value of the property.

                                Article Two:
                                This Resolution shall be communicated to whomsoever is concerned for implementation, and shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English.

                              • 1.2 Exposure Values to Compute Large Exposures

                                In accordance with Basel framework, exposure values are derived for individual risk categories such as banking book on balance sheet non-derivative assets, banking book “traditional” off-balance sheet commitments (applying CCF), positions in the trading books (excluding options), options in the trading book, and counter-party credit risk from derivatives, securities financingtransactions, and long settlement transactions across both banking and trading books.

                              • 1.3 Borrowers and Group of Related Borrowers

                                A single borrower shall mean any single natural or juridical person.

                                A group or related borrowers shall mean:

                                - two or more natural or juridical persons who unless shown otherwise, constitute a single risk because one of them, directly or indirectly, has control over the other or others, or can exercise a controlling influence over the other or others in making financial and operating decisions;

                                or

                                - two or more natural or juridical persons between whom there is no relationship of control but who are to be regarded as constituting a single risk because they are so interrelated that, if one of them were to experience financial problems, the other or all of the others would be likely to encounter repayment difficulties such as failing to honour an obligation in a timely manner or in full.

                                The Central Bank reserves the right to determine individual exposures as connected.

                              • 1.4 Control and Controlling Influence

                                Control or controlling influence shall mean the relationship between a parent company and a subsidiary, where the parent holds a minimum of 50% of the subsidiary’s share capital or has control over it via, for example, the composition of the board of directors, or via a similar relationship between any natural or juridical person or company.

                              • 1.5 Stand-Alone Government Related Enterprises (GREs)

                                A Government Related Entity (GRE) that is profitable and can service its debt obligations from its own resources/ operations, without need for any implicit or explicit government support and holds a rating of not less than BBB- (or equivalent) from one of the top three rating agencies can be treated as a single obligor or "stand-alone entity" for the purpose of large exposure limits.

                              • 1.6 Principal Shareholders

                                In the context of these regulations, a principal shareholder shall mean any natural or juridical person, single or related as defined in section 1.3 above, holding 5% or more of a bank’s voting share capital.

                              • 1.7 Capital Base

                                The capital base of a bank is the same as that used for capital adequacy purposes, as defined in the Central Bank’s Circular No 27/2009 and calculated in accordance with Basel II.

                              • 1.8 Credit Conversion Factor (CCF)

                                Unfunded exposures may be adjusted for CCF in accordance with Basel II (Refer to Annexure B-3 for details).

                              • 1.9 Bank's Subsidiaries and Affiliates

                                If a bank holds 20% to 50% share capital of another institution, it is classified as ‘affiliate’ and if it holds 50% or more, it is classified as ‘subsidiary’. However, if the parent company has majority control over the voting power of the board of that company, it should also be classified as a subsidiary.

                          • 2. Limits on Large Exposures

                            In addition to the limits set out in the Table in Article (2) of Circular No 32 /2013, the Central Bank gives the following explanations and instructions in respect of large exposures to a singleborrower or to a group of related borrowers:

                            • 2.1 Federal Government

                              Exposures to Federal Government and their non-commercial or commercial entities which are fully guaranteed by the Federal Government are exempt from large exposure limits. Similarly, deals transacted by a bank on behalf of the Federal Government are also exempt. However such exposures are required to be reported in BRF 77.

                            • 2.2 UAE Local Governments and Their Non-Commercial Entities

                              Aggregate funded and unfunded exposures to UAE Local Governments and their non- commercial entities are not permitted to exceed 100% of a bank’s capital base. Within this upper limit, there is no individual cap for exposures to Local Governments however there is an upper limit of 25% for exposure to eachnon-commercial entity in the exposure group.

                            • 2.3 Commercial Entities of Federal and Local Governments

                              The commercial entities of Federal Government which are not fully guaranteed and entities owned by UAE Local Governments are subject to aggregate exposure limit of 100% and individual limit of 25% of a bank’s capital base. Stand-alone GREs that meet the definition contained in Article 2 of Circular 32/2013 (see note 4 to the Table of Maximum Large Exposure Limits) are however excluded from this group and exposures to them will be considered under (2.4) below.

                            • 2.4 A Single Borrower or a Group of Related Borrowers

                              In the case where a borrower or group of related borrowers belongs to the private sector or it is an entity with Government ownership of less than 50% (but not controlled by them- refer to para 1.4 above) or meets the definition of “stand-alone” GRE, an individual limit of 25% will be applicable. No aggregate limit has been specified for this category.

                            • 2.5 Principal Shareholders and Their Related Entities

                              The Central Bank deems it undesirable that a bank lends heavily to its shareholders. Therefore, funded and unfunded exposures to a shareholder who owns 5% or more of a bank’s capital (and his related entities) shall not exceed 20% individually and 50% in aggregate.

                              Where a principal shareholder (for natural persons, not governments) is also a member of a bank’s board of directors, or a similar designated body, such exposures will be considered within the above aggregate exposure limits.

                            • 2.6 Interbank Exposures

                              1. 2.6.1 Interbank exposures within UAE with original tenure of 1 year or less are exempt from individual and aggregate limits.
                                 
                              2. 2.6.2 Interbank exposures with original maturity period of 1 year or more are not allowed to exceed 30% of bank’s capital base.
                                 
                              3. 2.6.3 Exposures to banks operating outside the UAE, irrespective of their maturity are not allowed to exceed 30% of the bank’s capital base.
                            • 2.7 Bank's Subsidiaries and Affiliates (Exposures Within a Banking Group)

                              Whenever a bank incurs an exposure to its own parent company or to other subsidiaries of its parent, particular concerns arise. Although the management of exposures should be carried out in a fully autonomous manner according to the principles of sound banking management and without regard to any considerations other than those principles, it cannot be excluded that a certain influence on credit decisions may be exercised by persons directly or indirectly holding a qualifying participation in such a bank. As a consequence thereof, this influence may be used to the detriment of the sound and prudent management of that bank. Therefore, the Central Bank has decided to set the individual limit for an exposure at 10% in such case and to fix an aggregate limit for all such exposures at 25% of a bank’s capital base.

                            • 2.8 Board Members

                              1. 2.8.1 A bank is not allowed to incur a funded or unfunded exposure to a member of its board of directors, or of a similar designated body, which exceeds 5% of its capital base. All such exposures, taken together must not exceed 25 % of the capital base.
                              2. 2.8.2 Where a member of a bank's board of directors, or of a similar designated body, is part of a group of related borrowers, total exposures to him must be included under the group. Similarly, the group's exposures must be taken into consideration when calculating the member's exposures which are not allowed to exceed 5% of a bank's capital base. Where such member is also a principal shareholder, the rules set out in Para 2.5 will apply.
                              3. 2.8.3 Exposures must be measured on a gross basis. However collaterals mentioned in para 1.1 are allowed to be deducted for arriving at the net exposure.
                              4. 2.8.4 Where a bank incurs an exposure for the purpose of real estate financing, fully registered mortgages are required.
                              5. 2.8.5 Exposures shall only be incurred on a commercial basis and on market terms. Moreover, the fact that the borrower is a member of the board of directors or of a similar designated body must in no way influence the bank's credit assessment and decision.
                              6. 2.8.5 A bank must ensure full recovery of all exposures to members of its board of directors or of a similar designated body.
                              7. 2.8.6 Branches of foreign banks operating in the UAE are not allowed to incur an exposure to their board members who are working abroad.
                              8. 2.8.7 In case a bank is obliged to book interest due from an exposure to a member of its board of directors, or of a similar designated body, in a suspense account and/or to make a bad debt provision and/or to write off an exposure, either partly or fully, the following rules shall apply:
                                 
                                1. In case of UAE incorporated banks, the board of directors must obtain the approval of the bank's general assembly, in the presence of the bank's external auditors, and a copy of the meeting's minutes shall be filed with the Central Bank without delay.
                                2. In case of branches of foreign banks operating in the U.A.E., the approval of the head office must be obtained and a copy thereof shall be filed with the Central Bank without delay.
                                3. The member concerned shall not participate in the decision of the board of directors, or of a similar designated body.
                                4. Banks are prohibited from granting any new facilities to a member of its board of directors, or to a member of a similar designated body, after the procedures, mentioned under (a) and (b) above, have been engaged.
                            • 2.9 Bank's Employees

                              Employees are defined as staff members of all levels, including executive managers. Banks are prohibited from incurring exposures to their employees other than in the form of personal loans, as defined in the Central Bank's Regulations No.29/2011. Branches of foreign banks operating in the UAE are not allowed to incur an exposure to their staff who are not working with their UAE branches.

                              Individually the exposures are limited to 20 months’ salary with an aggregate limit of 3% of the bank’s capital base. Housing loans extended to staff members in accordance with Central Bank Regulations and bank’s housing loan policy duly approved by their board of directors, are excluded from these limits.

                            • 2.10 Exposures to Auditors, Consultants and Lawyers

                              In order to avoid any conflict of interest between a bank and its statutory auditors, regular consultants and lawyers, the Central Bank instructs banks not to incur any exposure to such parties. In this context, a 'regular' consultant or lawyer means any person or firm who is employed on a regular basis either under a 'retainer agreement' for a specified period or under a more general 'understanding' according to which the bank would make use of the services offered by such persons or firms for most of its needs or cases.

                            • 2.11 Exempted Exposures

                              The following exposures are exempted from the application of Article (2) of the Circular No 32/2013 and from the individual and aggregate limits fixed in sections 2.2 to 2.9 of the Guidelines:

                              1. 2.11.1 Asset items constituting direct or indirect claims on/ or guaranteed by the UAE Federal government including its non-commercial public sector entities;
                              2. 2.11.2 Asset items constituting claims on/ or guaranteed by eligible multilateral development institutions and their affiliates as per Appendix 8 of the BASEL II Implementation Guidelines vide Circular No 27/2009.
                              3. 2.11.3 Asset items secured by collateral in the form of securities issued by the entities mentioned in 2.11.1 or 2.11.2 above;
                              4. 2.11.4 Investments made in marketable securities such as bonds/ Sukuks issued by Emirates Governments or GREs, rated not less than AA- (or equivalent) by one of the top three rating agencies, held to meet Central Bank’s liquidity requirements or held in the trading book and the intention is not to hold such bonds/ sukuks till maturity;
                              5. 2.11.5 Exposures secured by proper lien over deposits placed with the lending bank or its parent company or its subsidiary, under the condition that the lien can be legally enforced;
                              6. 2.11.6 Any other asset or security which has been specifically exempted by Central Bank from the purview of large exposure requirement.
                            • 2.12 Additional Guidelines for Computation of Exposure Values:

                              Exposures, in either the banking or trading books, that will be in the scope of the large exposures framework can be categorized and should be measured as follows:

                              1. 2.12.1 Banking book on balance sheet non-derivative assets, where the exposure measure is typically determined by accounting standards;
                              2. 2.12.2 Banking book “traditional” off-balance sheet commitments where the exposure measure is the product of the notional amount of the commitment and the credit conversion factor (CCF) applied (refer to Annexure B-3 for additional details);
                              3. 2.12.3 Positions in the trading book (excluding options) where the exposure measure is based on the mark-to-market approach of the risk-based capital requirements;
                              4. 2.12.4 Options in the trading book where the exposure measure is based on a mark-to-market approach with a jump-to-default assumption; and
                              5. 2.12.5 Counterparty credit risk from derivatives, securities financing transactions, and long settlement transactions across both banking and trading books, where the counterparty credit exposure measure is determined by one of the methods of the counterparty credit risk framework.

                              Banks may refer to Basel standards/ Basel Team in the Central Bank for further clarification on specific issues.

                            • 2.13 Continuous Compliance

                              Banks have to comply with the limits set above at all times, that is, not only on the reporting dates but continuously throughout each reporting period.

                          • 3. Reporting Requirements

                            1. 3.1 All large exposures, as defined in Article (2) above, have to be reported to the Central Bank on a monthly or quarterly on consolidated gross basis in accordance with Annexure B-1 and B-2 attached to the Circular 32/2013. (Local banks with branches, subsidiaries or associates abroad will submit consolidated returns).Monthly and quarterly reports are required to be submitted online, in accordance with the schedule provided. Any large exposures existed at any time during the quarter will be included in the reports though it might have been repaid by date of the report.
                               
                            2. 3.2 The Central Bank reiterates that the members of the board of directors and the members of similar designated bodies of banks are fully responsible for the submission of punctual and complete reports.
                               
                            3. 3.3 Should a bank fail to submit information or submit incomplete or inaccurate information regarding the return forms or fail to inform the Central Bank of any intra-quarter excess by special notification, pursuant to this regulation, the Central Bank will impose penalties in accordance with Union Law No. (10) of 1980.
                          • 4. Management's Responsibilities

                            • 4.1 General Responsibilities for Credit Policy

                              The Central Bank considers that the granting of credit is, generally, the core area of banking business and, therefore, the board of directors or a similar designated body and the management of banks operating in the UAE are responsible for their bank's credit policy.

                              Consequently, the Central Bank directs banks to formulate general credit policy instructions aimed at ensuring a prudent lending structure. Each bank's board of directors, or a similar designated body, has to approve and to implement these instructions in a way that allows for proper monitoring of all exposures.

                              Moreover, the Central Bank requires that a proper credit evaluation with relevant documentation will be undertaken prior to granting any credit facility.

                              With regard to the specific risk arising from exposures to individual countries, banks are requested to apply an extremely prudent policy when fixing country limits. The Central Bank recommends thatbanks should refer to internationally renowned credit rating agencies.

                            • 4.2 Special Responsibilities for Large Exposures

                              The complete loss of a large exposure may represent a considerable burden on any lending bank's capital base. The Central Bank, therefore, has stipulated that large exposures may only be granted on the responsibility of the entire board of directors of the bank, necessitating a unanimous resolution on the part of all of its members or of the members of a similar designated body.

                              The resolution may be passed at a meeting or in writing on a circulation basis, provided that adoption is made on unanimous acceptance.

                              Any such resolution has to be passed prior to the lending and a copy of it must be placed in the customer's file. Where a bank has incurred a large exposure without the required prior resolution of all members, this does not impair the legal effectiveness of the transaction. However, the Central Bank reserves the right to take appropriate action in accordance with Union Law No. (10) of 1980 and related regulations of the Central Bank based thereon.

                              Any existing exposure, becoming a large exposure by an increase of credit facilities, also requires a unanimous resolution of all members. In the event that an existing exposure becomes a large exposure through a reduction of the capital base, the Central Bank directs that the board of directors of the bank deliberates thereon. The board of directors must appropriately document its awareness and subsequent decisions concerning remedial action.

                              Under very special circumstances only, banks may deviate from the general principle of a unanimous resolution. Any such exemption must be documented properly. The Central Bank, in the course of its examinations, will verify each such case.

                            • 4.3 Special Responsibilities for Exposures to Members of a Bank's Board of Directors

                              A bank shall only incur an exposure to a member of its board of directors, or of a similar designated body, on the basis of a unanimous resolution on the part of all members, except the member concerned, provided that the bank's general credit policy instructions have been followed. The resolution has to be passed prior to the lending and a copy of it must be placed on the member's file. In order to avoid any conflict of interest banks are requested to be very prudent when incurring exposures to members of their board of directors, or of a similar designated body.

                            • 4.4 Assessment of Credit-Worthiness

                              A proper assessment of a borrower's credit-worthiness serves to protect both the bank and its depositors and creditors.

                              It should be beyond question that lending business is only conducted with the necessary prudence customary in banking; that is, before granting a loan, the bank must be convinced that the prospective borrower is credit-worthy.

                              The Central Bank, therefore, advises all banks operating in the U.A.E. not only to examine the credit-worthiness of their customers in detail before granting any loan, but also to ensure a proper follow-up regarding the financial situation of each customer throughout the whole business relationship.

                              Banks have to make sure that they can detect any deterioration in their customers' financial situation with minimal delay. For this purpose, they are expected to review their loan books on a regular basis and ask their customers for up-dated information.

                              Banks must insist that major borrowers disclose reliable evidence of their financial situation by submitting financial statements, other relevant information, and signed declarations of their independence from the bank, its principal shareholders, directors and officers.

                              Regarding corporate customers required to keep accounts, banks should obtain regular audited annual financial statements and ensure that they are kept informed of any major changes in the customer's business environment or other variables of such customers occurring throughout the year.

                              In the case of loans to group enterprises, banks must obtain the individual financial statements of the borrowing group enterprise as well as the consolidated statements of the group itself.

                              In cases where the head office of a foreign bank or a fellow branch abroad decides on loans to be granted by its UAE branch to borrowers with activities in the UAE, the Central Bank insists that full documentation be made available to the bank's UAE branch.

                              With regard to borrowers who are not obliged to prepare financial statements, banks must obtain statements of assets and liabilities, land register excerpts, property tax and/or income tax assessment notices and confirmation of salary, where applicable. The question as to what documents the credit-worthiness assessment is to be based on may be decided on a case by case basis.

                              Banks may, in exceptional cases only, refrain from requesting a complete disclosure of a customer's financial situation where the requirement to disclose would be clearly unjustified due to the type and level of security provided; for example, where the security provided covers the repayment of the loan, including interest, at all times, at the following minimum values or after the following minimum adjustments:
                               

                              Time/saving deposits:-nominal value
                              Life insurance policies:-surrender value
                              Fixed and floating interest securities:- quoted market price less amarkdown of 20%
                              Equities:-quoted market price less a markdown of 40 %
                              Precious metals: (gold coins/ingots)-market price less a markdown of 30% (special caution is advisable)
                              Pledged goods:-50% of wholesale price
                              Mortgage rights:-60% of market value of the property*

                               

                              * The market value must be determined by an independent expert and it should not exceed 10 times the yearly obtainable rent.

                              Other securities than mentioned above, especially unquoted securities, are not considered appropriate by the Central Bank. Banks are free to be more prudent in fixing higher markdowns particularly when the market is facing national or international financial problems. However banks should ensure that they hold adequate collaterals in respect of large exposure cases.

                              The waiver of the disclosure of financial situation may also be justified in the light of the credit-worthiness of guarantors. In this case, the bank must be informed about the financial situation of the guarantors according to the same principles as in the case of borrowers. Moreover, only such persons may be acceptable as guarantors who, in addition to the borrower, have assumed a legal obligation for a particular loan. All persons or enterprises already considered as a single borrower (within a group of related borrowers) are, however, exempted from qualifying as acceptable guarantors for this purpose.

                              The Central Bank emphasizes that, in the case of unsecured loans, the financial situation of a borrower be always disclosed irrespective of his credit-worthiness.

                          • 5. Control and Documentation

                            Sound administrative and accounting procedures are, in general, a prerequisite for a bank's proper management and control of its loan portfolio. In addition, regarding the identification, recording and reporting of large exposures, the Central Bank instructs banks to set up special mechanisms allowing for a correct monitoring of these exposures. A bank's internal instructions on large exposures should be an integral part of its general credit policy and, therefore, must be approved and appropriately documented by each bank's board of directors or by a similar designated body. The general credit policy instructions must also define the functions and responsibilities of a bank's subsidiaries and branches with regard to lending.

                            The Central Bank recommends that the accounting procedures and internal control systems of a bank be set up in close co-operation with each bank's external auditors.

                          • 6. Implementation

                            The revised limits as given in the Table in Article (2) will apply from the date of publication of these Regulations in the Official Gazette. The exposures that are out of line with the limits contained in the Table are to be regularised at the rate of 20% per annum, i.e. full compliance must be achieved in 5 years. Banks who have exposures outside the limits must provide the Central Bank, within 3 months of the date of implementation of these Regulations, with a detailed time-bound plan of action to achieve full compliance.

                            • Annexures:

                              B-1 Special Banking Return Forms (BRFs 39, 76-87)
                              B-2 Explanatory Notes to Special Banking Return Forms
                              B-3 Credit Conversion Factors (CCFs) under Basel Guidelines

                               

                              ANNEXURE- B MONITORING OF LARGE EXPOSURES

                              (Annexure to Circular No 32/2013)

                                 

                              Annexure B-1 Special Banking Return Forms (BRFs)

                              BRF 39

                              Large Borrowers with 10% Exposure to Bank's Capital

                              BRF 76

                              Aggregate Large Exposure Summary Sheet

                              BRF 77

                              Federal Government and their Non-Commercial Entities

                              BRF 78

                              UAE Local Government and their Non-Commercial Public Sector Entities

                              BRF 79

                              Commercial Entities of Federal & Local Governments (Excluding stand-alone GREs)

                              BRF 80

                              Stand-alone GREs

                              BRF 81

                              Single Borrower or a Group of Related Borrowers

                              BRF 82

                              Major Shareholders and Related Entities

                              BRF 83

                              Domestic Interbank Exposures

                              BRF 84

                              Overseas Interbank Exposures

                              BRF 85

                              Exposures within a Banking Group

                              BRF 86

                              Exposures to Board Members

                              BRF 87

                              Exposures to Bank Staff

                              Annexure B-2

                              Explanatory Notes to Special Banking Return Forms on Large Exposures

                              Annexure B-3

                              Credit Conversion Factors (CCFs) under Basel Guidelines

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LARGE BORROWERS WITH 10%/5% EXPOSURE TO BANK'S CAPITAL- BRF 39
                              Name of Bank : For the quarter ending:(AED in 000) 
                              Name of Single Obligor or GroupNames of upto 5 largest entities within the group (if relevant)Funded O/SUnfunded O/S CCF equivalent)Commited Unused limitsTotal Exposure
                              A. Borrowers/ groups Residents of the UAE (at 10% of the Bank's Capital Base or AED 750 Mln whichever is lower)  
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                               Total    
                              B. Borrowers/ groups Non Resident in the UAE -at 5% of the Bank's Capital Base or AED 500 Mln whichever is lower)  
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                               Total    
                              NOTE: Reporting should include customers where funded and unfunded exposures are in excess of the thresholds defined hereabove
                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF 39-LARGEST EXP/ NOV13   

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- AGGREGATE LARGE EXPOSURE SUMMARY SHEET- BRF 76
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (calculated as per CAR Return): Aggregate large exposures under each category 
                              Funded O/S, unfunded O/S and committed un-used limitsAggregate regulatory limit (%)BRF Nos
                              NoLarge Exposure CategoriesTotal exposureAs % of capital base 
                              1Federal Government and their non-commercial entitiesNone  BRF-77
                              2UAE Local Governments and their non-commercial entities100%  BRF-78
                              3Commercial entities of Federal Government and UAE Local Governments (ownership > 50%)- Excluding Stand-alone Entities100%  BRF-79
                              4.1Stand-alone commercial entities of Federal Government and UAE Local Governments (GRE rated BBB- or above)-Note 6Not applicable  BRF-80
                              4.2A single borrower or a group of related borrowersNot applicable  BRF-81
                              5Shareholders who own 5% or more of the bank's capital and their related entities50%  BRF-82
                              6.1Domestic interbank exposures - Over 1 YearNot applicable  BRF-83
                              6.2Overseas interbank exposures- Over 1 YearNot applicable  BRF-84
                              7A bank's subsidiaries and affiliates25%  BRF-85
                              8Board Members25%  BRF-86
                              9Bank employees (funded and unfunded)3%  BRF-87
                                    
                              NOTES: 
                              1Exposure is defined as the sum of: funded O/S, unfunded O/S and committed unused limits. Unfunded exposures may be adjusted for Credit Conversion Factors (CCF) in accordance with Basel II.
                              2The above definition of Exposure excludes marketable bonds/sukuks that are rated not less than AA- (or equivalent) by one of the top three rating agencies. Such bonds/sukuks should be held to meet Central Bank liquidity requirements or in the trading book and the intention is not to hold such bonds/sukuks to maturity.
                              3Exposure to Federal Government includes deals transacted or exposure taken on behalf of Federal Government.
                              4Non-commercial entities of the Federal and local Governments will include public utilizes which provide goods or services on non-competitive basis.
                              5Commercial entities or GREs of the Federal and Local Governments will include their commercial companies where they own more than 50% share capital of the company. Those where the Government ownership is less than 50% will be reported under the "single borrower" category.
                              6A Government Related Entity (GRE) that is profitable and can service its debt obligations from its own resources/ operations, without need for any implicit or explicit government support and holds a rating of not less than BBB- (or equivalent) from one of the top three rating agencies can be treated as a single obligoror "stand-alone entity" for inclusion under item 4.1 of the table. The Government ownership in such entities should not be less than 50%.
                              7Total exposures under individual categories should be derived from the annexed supporting BRFs as indicated in the Remarks columns.
                               FORM NO: BSD/BRF-76 LE SUMMARY /NOV13

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LE UAE FEDERAL GOVT & THEIR NON-COMMERCIAL ENTITIES- BRF 77
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return):  
                              Name of the borrowing entityFunded O/S (Excl. Debt Securities)Debt securitiesUn-Funded O/SCommitted unused limitsTotal exposures
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
                              Total Exposure     
                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF-77 LE FED GOVT /NOV13 
                              Although such exposures fall in the exempted category, these are required to be reported regardless of amount for information.

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LE UAE LOCAL GOVT & THEIR NON-COMMERCIAL PUBLIC SECTOR ENTITIES - BRF 78
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return):      
                              Non-Commecial public sector entities (25% limit)Funded O/S (Excl. Debt Securities)Debt securitiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommited unused limitsTotal exposuresAs % of capital baseRef No of Central Bank Approval
                              Abu Dhabi(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Dubai(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Sharjah(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Ajman(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              UAQ(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              RAK(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Fujairah(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              A. TOTAL EXPOSURE TO NON-COMMERCIAL ENTITIES      
                              UAE local Governments/ Departments (Aggregate limit for the group= 100% of capital base)      
                              ABU DHABI        
                              DUBAI        
                              SHARJAH        
                              AJMAN        
                              UAQ        
                              RAK        
                              FUJAIRAH        
                              B. TOTAL EXPOSURE TO EMIRATES GOVTS     
                              GRAND TOTAL (A+B) LIMIT 100%      
                              NOTES:1. Entities reported on this list must match CB list of PSE
                               2. All entities falling in this category should be arranged group-wise. O/S must include bonds and sukuks which do not match the criteria of exclusion. Use additional rows as required.
                               3. All exposures are required to be reported regardless of amount.
                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF-78 LE EM & PSE GOVT /NOV13

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LE COMMERCIAL ENTITIES OF FEDERAL & LOCAL GOVT (EXCL STAND-ALONE ENTITIES) - BRF 79
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return):      
                              Individual limit 25% and aggregate limit, 100%Funded O/S (Excl. Debt Securities)Debt securitiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommited unused limitsTotal exposuresAs % of capital baseRef No of Central Bank Approval
                              Abu Dhabi(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Dubai(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Sharjah(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Ajman(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              UAQ(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              RAK(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              Fujairah(sub total)        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                              TOTAL EXPOSURE TO COMMERCIAL ENTITIES (100% aggregate limits)      
                              NOTES:

                              1. All entities falling in this category should be arranged group-wise. Use additional rows if required.

                              2. Exposures must include bonds and sukuks unless they meet the criteria for exclusion.

                              3. All exposures are required to be reported regardless of amount.

                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF-79 LE GREs /NOV13

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS-LE STAND ALONE GREs - BRF 80
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return): 
                              NAME OF STAND ALONE GRE/ ENTITY/GROUPFunded O/S (Excl. Debt Securities)Debt securitiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommitted unused limitsTotal exposuresAs % of capital base (25% limit)Ref No of Central Bank Approval
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                              Total        
                              Entities should be arranged group wise. Exposures must include bonds and sukuks unless they meet the meet the criteria for exclusion  
                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF 80- LE STAND ALONE GREs/NOV13
                                       

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS-LE SINGLE BORROWER OR A GROUP OF RELATED BORROWERS- BRF 81
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return): 
                              A. Exposure to Resident borrowers/ groupsFunded O/S (Excl. Debt Securities)Debt securitiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommitted unused limitsTotal exposuresAs % of capital base (25% limit)Ref No of Central Bank Approval
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                              B. Exposures to Non resident borrowers     
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                              Total (A+B)        
                              Entities should be arranged group wise. Exposures must include bonds and sukuks unless they meet the meet the criteria for exclusion
                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF81- LE SINGLE BORR/NOV13  

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LARGE EXPOSURE TO MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS & RELATED ENTITIES- BRF 82
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return): 
                              Shareholders who own 5% or more of bank's capital and their related entitiesFunded O/S (Excl. Debt Securities)Debt securitiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommitted unused limitsTotal exposuresAs % of capital base (20% limit)Ref No of Central Bank Approval
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
                              Total        
                              Aggregate Exposure Limit50% 
                              Notes: Exposures to all borrowers/ groups falling in this category are required to be reported though exposures to individual shareholders may be below the limit.
                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF 82-LE SHAREHOLDER/NOV13

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LE DOMESTIC INTERBANK EXPOSURE- BRF 83
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return):
                               Exposure to banks operating within UAEFunded O/SInter Bank CDs/Debt SecuritiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommitted unused limitsTotal exposureAs % of capital base (limit 30%)Ref No of Central Bank Approval
                              1Remaining maturity less than one year     
                              2Remaining maturity more than one year     
                              3Total domestic interbank      
                              4List of counter parties where remaining maturity per counterparty is more than one year:
                               Name of banks:       
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                               TOTAL        
                               FORM NO: BSD/BRF 83 -LE DOMESTIC INTERBK/ NOV13    

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- OVERSEAS INTERBANK EXPOSURE- BRF 84
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return):   
                              Exposure to banks operating outside UAEFunded O/SInter Bank CDs/Debt SecuritiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommitted unused limitsTotal exposureAs % of capital base (limit 30%)Ref No of Central Bank Approval
                              1Remaining maturity less than one year      
                              2Remaining maturity more than one year      
                              3Total foreign interbank      
                              List of counter parties where remaining maturity per counterparty is more than one year: 
                              CountryName of banks:       
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                               Total        
                              Notes:         
                              1All foreign banks branches exposure should be reported under the country of their Head Office 
                              2Exposure to a subsidiary of a foreign bank should be reported in the country where subsidiary is registered. 
                               FORM NO: BSD/BRF 84-LE OVERSEAS INTERBK/NOV13   

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LARGE EXPOSURES WITHIN A BANKING GROUP- BRF 85
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return):
                               Name of Entity/ Group% share in capitalFunded O/S (Excl. Debt Securities)Inter Bank CDs/Debt SecuritiesUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommitted unused limitsTotal exposureAs % of capital base (limit 10%)Ref No of Central Bank Approval
                              1Consolidated subsidiaries:         
                              1.1Financial subsidiaries:         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              1.2Non-financial subsidiaries:       
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              1.3Sub-total         
                                         
                              2Non-consolidated entities:       
                               (Parent/ holding company and affiliates)        
                              2.1Financial entities        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              2.2Non-financial entities        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              2.3Sub-total         
                                         
                                         
                              3Grand total         
                               AGGREGATE LIMIT      25% 
                                         
                              Notes:1. Exposure to entities part of a banking group to which the reporting bank belongs, should be reported on this form.
                               2. Equity or quasi equity investments in consolidated/ non-consolidated entities should not be included. Further, only funded exposure should be reported.
                               FORM NO: BSD/BRF 85-LE OVERSEAS INTERBANK/NOV13       

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- LARGE EXPOSURE-BOARD MEMBERS- BRF 86
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return):
                              Exposure to board members and their entities/ related entities and groupFunded O/SUnfunded O/SCCF amountCommitted unused limitsTotal exposureAs % of capital base (limit 5%)Ref No of Central Bank Approval
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                              TOTAL       
                              AGGREGATE LIMIT     25% 
                              Notes:       
                              All exposures to board members are required to be reported even though they may be below the limit. Entities should be arranged group-wise.
                              FORM NO: BSD/BRF 86 -LE BOARD/NOV13    

                               

                              BANKING AND MONETARY STATISTICS- EXPOSURE TO BANK STAFF- BRF 87
                              Name of the bank:For the quarter ending:(AED in 000)
                              Capital Base (as per CAR return): 
                              TOTAL OUTSTANDING LOANS TO BANK EMPLOYEES (UNDER REGULATION NO 29/2011)
                               Loan typeNumber of loansBalance O/SAs % of Capital BaseRemarks
                              1Personal loans (excluding housing)  
                              2Car Loan    
                              3Overdraft    
                              4Credit card outstanding   
                              5Total (Limit 3%)    
                                      
                              6Total Housing loans      
                                      
                              LIST OF LOANS WHICH DO NOT MEET THE CRITERIA LAID DOWN IN REGULATIONS 29/2011 
                              S.N.Name of staffOriginal amountBalance O/SLoan period in monthsMonthly instalmentInterest rateSecurity/ remarks
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                    
                              STAFF HOUSING LOANS WHICH ARE OUTSIDE THE PERVIEW OF BANK'S STAFF HOUSING LOANS POLICY 
                              S.N.Name of staffOriginal amountBalance O/SLoan periodMonthly instalmentInterest rateSecurity/ remarks
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                              FORM NO: BSD/ BRF 87-STAFF LOANS/NOV13
                            • Annexure B-2

                              EXPLANATORY NOTES TO SPECIAL BANKING RETURN FORMS (BRFs) FOR LARGE EXPOSURES
                              (Annexure to Circular No 32/2013)

                              General Instructions for Completing Special Banking Return Forms for Large Exposures

                              1. Banks must refer to Circular No 32/2013 along with Guidelines to Monitoring of Large Exposures and Explanatory Notes to BRFs in order to ensure correct submission of Special Banking Return Forms on Large Exposures.
                              2. The Special BRFs form a part of BRF system and should be uploaded accordingly. BRF 39 is monthly report and BRFs 76 to 87 are quarterly reports which must be submitted along with monthly and quarterly batches as instructed through BRF Platform.
                              3. Except for those exposures secured by cash collaterals, bank guarantees/ stand-by LCs and guarantee from the Federal Government, all other exposures are required to be reported on gross basis.
                              4. BRFs specified hereunder are in the summary form, listing entity/ group exposures and aggregate exposures. Banks however must maintain full details of such exposures including approvals of various types of facilities to group/ relatedentities, collaterals held, status of the accounts, variations and reductions in the exposures, CCF calculations, etc. which will be reviewed by the Central Bank Examiners from time to time.
                              5. All large exposures are required to be reported on consolidated basis (including foreign branches and all financial subsidiaries domestic or international) as per Basel II capital framework. Lending to the same entity by group members that are consolidated, should be reported together and calculated as a percentage of the consolidated capital base. Foreign banks however need not report exposures taken by their head offices or overseas branches.

                              BRF- 39 Large Exposures at 10% / 15% of the Bank's Capital

                              A large exposure is defined as those funded and unfunded outstandings and unused committed limits (less provisions, cash collaterals, bank guarantees and Federal Government guarantee) to a single borrower or his group which in total is equal to or exceeds 10% of the bank’s capital base or AED 750 Mln whichever is lower in case of resident borrowers. For Non-Resident borrowers, the above exposure amount has been fixed at 5% of capital base or AED 500 Million whichever is lower for reporting purposes.

                              In case of group accounts, banks must report the name of the group along with names of 5 largest borrowing entities within the group. Exposures within the banking Group are not to be reported in this form.

                              Unfunded exposure should include committed unused limits of the borrower with adjustments for Credit Conversion Factor (CCF) in accordance with Annexure B-3.

                              BRF- 76 Aggregate Large Exposure Summary Sheet

                              This report lists summary of all large exposures specified in the Article (2) of the Circular on Table of Maximum Large Exposure Limits. The amounts are derived from BRFs 77 to 87 in order to monitor the aggregate exposures under individual categories.

                              BRF 77UAE Federal Government and their Non-Commercial Public Sector Entities: Although exempted, reporting under the category is required for information purposes.Exposure to Federal Government will include deals transacted on behalf of Federal Government.
                              BRF 78UAE Local Governments and their Non-Commercial Entities: Aggregate exposure under this category should not exceed 100% of capital base. The upper limit for individual non-commercial entities is 25%. Borrowing entities falling under this category should be listed Emirate wise. For the purpose of aggregation, all exposures under this category should be reported whether individually they exceed the specified exposure limit or not.
                              BRF 79Commercial Entities of Federal and Local Governments (Excluding stand-alone GREs): This category includes Government Related Enterprises (GREs). Except for “stand alone” GREs as below, all exposures to relative GREs should be reported whether individually they exceed the specified exposure limit or not.
                              BRF 80Stand-alone Commercial Entities of Federal and Local Governments: These include Government Related Entities (GREs) which are profitable and can service their debt obligations from their own resources/ operations, without need for any implicit or explicit Government support and hold a rating of not less than BBB- (or equivalent) from one of the top three rating agencies. These will be treated at par with “single borrower” with individual exposure limit of 25% of bank’s capital. No aggregation is required.
                              BRF 81Single Borrower or a Group of Related Borrowers: This category will include private sector borrowers and companies where the government ownership of shares is less than 50%. In such cases, exposures to an entity or group should not exceed 25% of capital base. No specific aggregate limit has been fixed for this category. Lending to non-residents should be shown separately in the space provided if they exceed specified limit under these regulations.
                              BRF 82

                              Major Shareholders and Their Related Entities: Where exposures to major shareholders and their entities exceed 20% of bank’s capital individually and 50% collectively. If a board member or his entities fall under the major shareholder category, his exposure should be listed here.

                              All exposures to major shareholders whether they exceed the regulatory limit or not, should be reported for calculating the aggregate exposure.

                              BRF 83
                              BRF 84
                              Domestic and Overseas Interbank Exposures: Inter-bank exposures are exempted from the aggregate limit. However exposures to individual banks for a period over 1 year are not allowed to exceed 30% of bank’s capital base. Local banks should report lending by their overseas branches, where applicable. Foreign banks should report only on UAE operations.
                              BRF 85LE to Bank’s Subsidiaries and its Affiliates: Exposures to them are subject to 10% individual limit and 25% aggregate limit. In case a consolidated subsidiary or affiliate falls under other BRF as well, such exposures should be reported only in BRF-1.
                              BRF 86LE to Board Members and Their Related Entities: Their exposure limits are 5% of the bank’s capital base as individual and 25% in aggregate. All exposures to board members whether they exceed the regulatory limit or not, should be reported for calculating the aggregate exposure. If a board member is also a major shareholder of the bank, his exposure should be reported in BRF 86.
                              BRF 87LE to Bank Staff: Exposure to staff members should be incurred in accordance with Regulations No 29/2011 of 23/02/2011. Aggregate of such exposures should not exceed 3% of the bank’s capital base. Staff housing loans are exempted from the computation of large exposures vide Notice No 30/98 dated 17/1/1998 but those outside the bank’s housing loan policy should be reported.
                            • Annexure B-3

                              CREDIT CONVERSION FACTORS (CCF) UNDER BASEL GUIDELINES
                              (Annexure to Circular No 32/2013)

                              In accordance with standardized approach under Basel II, banks may apply CCF percentages for off-balance sheet items determining large exposure limits. Since this is only a summarized list, banks may refer to Basel documents for additional information/ clarification.

                              1. Credit Conversion Factor of 100%

                              • All direct credit substitutes, including general guarantees of indebtedness and all guarantee type instruments, such as standby letters of credit and acceptances, backing the financial obligations of other parties.
                              • Credit derivatives such as credit default swaps where the bank provides credit protection.
                              • Sale and repurchase agreements and asset sales with recourse, where the credit risk remains with the bank.
                              • Forward asset purchases, forward deposits and commitments for the unpaid portion of partly-paid shares and securities which represent commitments with certain draw-downs.

                              2. Credit Conversion Factor of 50%

                              • Transaction-related contingent items e.g. performance bonds, bid bonds warranties and standby letters of credit related to particular transactions.
                              • Underwriting commitments under note issuance and revolving underwriting facilities.
                              • Other commitments -Not unconditionally cancellable with an original maturity exceeding one year.

                              3. Credit Conversion Factor of 20%

                              • Other commitments not unconditionally cancellable with an original maturity of one year or less.
                              • Short-term self-liquidating trade-related contingent items e.g. documentary credits collateralised by underlying shipments.

                              4. Credit Conversion Factor of 0%

                              • Any commitment that is unconditionally cancelable.
                              • Any items of doubt may be referred to Basel Team at the Central Bank for their clarification/ decision.
                          • Amendment of page No. 5 of the Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers No. 29/2011

                            Please note that page number 5 of the Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers No. 29/2011 dated 23 February 2011 is to be replaced by the attached.


                            d) In order to ensure that the monthly installments deducted for repayment of this loan and resulting interest are kept in a reasonable proportion to the customer's income, the deductions from his salary and/ or regular income must not exceed the limits specified under Article (7) of these Regulations.

                            e) Loans extended to sole proprietorship firms and companies, secured by salary of the owner or salaries of the partners shall be treated the same way this loan is treated, and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions.

                            f) This loan shall be extended as per an application by the customer to be approved by the bank or the finance company, and it should be drafted in the manner set out in Article (12) hereof.
                             

                            Article (3)
                            Car Loan

                            a) Car Loan: Is a loan extended by the bank or the finance company to its customer for the purpose of purchasing a private car.

                            b) Car loan shall be treated as separate from the personal consumer loan, and should not exceed (80%) eighty percent of the value of the financed vehicle.

                            c) Repayment Period: The maximum period for repayment of the loan shall be (60) months.

                            d) Security: This loan should be secured by a mortgage over the car.

                            e) Car loans extended to sole proprietorship firms and companies, secured by salary of the owner or salaries of the partners shall be treated the same way this loan is treated, and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions.

                            f) This loan shall be extended as per an application by the customer and approved by the bank or the finance company, and it should be drafted in the manner set out in Article (12) of these Regulations.

                          • Amendment of page (14) of Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers

                            We hereby attach page (14) of the Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers, please replace page (14) in the copy of the Regulations you have with this page, where paragraph (b) was added.

                            This amendment shall become effective from the date of this Notice.

                             


                            Article (19)
                            Interpretation of these Regulations

                            The Legal Development Unit of the Central Bank shall be the reference for interpretation of the provisions of these Regulations.
                             

                            Article (20)
                            Currently Outstanding Loans

                            1. a- The provisions of these Regulations shall apply to all banks and finance companies including Islamic banks and Islamic finance companies in relation to personal consumer loans and car loans granted by these entities currently existing, except for commissions, fees or any fines charged on them prior to the date on which these regulations come into force, which is considered finalized.
                               
                            2. b- Any borrower may transfer his loan / finance from any bank or finance company operating in the UAE against paying of an early payment fee not exceeding 1% of the outstanding balance of the loan, or AED 10,000, whichever is less. Another bank or a finance company operating in the UAE may accept the transfer regardless of the fact that the loan or the finance balance exceeds the limits allowed under these regulations. In case of excess, however, the balance of the loan or the finance may not be increased by extending an additional loan or a finance to the borrower.
                               

                            Article (21)
                            Publication

                            These regulations shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English, and shall come into effect one month after date of its publication.

                          • Additional Clarifications to Regulation No. 29/2011 Regarding Bank Loans & Services Offered to Individual Customers

                            N 4501/2011 Effective from 7/7/2011

                            Further to our Notice No 2901/2011 dated 28/04/2011 on the Clarifications and Guidelines Manual, several banks have sought guidance and clarifications on some additional matters. After reviewing their responses, it has been decided to add the attached clarifications.

                            Other issues, which are currently under discussion with the banks, shall be clarified in due course.

                            • ANNEXURE TO NOTICE NO. 4501/2011 dated 07/07/2011 Clarifications to Regulation No 29/2011 dated 23.02.2011 on Bank Loans and Services Offered to Individual Customers

                              Article (2) - Personal Loan:

                              1. If certain existing personal loans availed by UAE Nationals have been fully or partly utilised for Residential Real Estate purposes, banks may with the explicit consent of the borrower suitably segregate them and set up separate loans in accordance with these guidelines and internal policies of the bank. All real estate loans should be supported by official and other documents regarding purchase, development or improvement of the property. The related installments should not exceed 50% limit alongwith other repayments in accordance with the Regulations.

                              Article (7) - Repayment Installments:

                              1. In existing loans not covered under (1) above where total repayment burden exceeds 50% of gross salary and regular income, banks may agree to restructure/ reschedule the loan for longer than 48 months provided no fresh funds are made available to the borrower till regularization within the laid down criteria.
                                 
                              2. Banks are permitted to defer upto two instalments in a year at their discretion.

                               

                          • Regulations Regarding Bank Loans and Other Services Offered to Individual Customers - UAE Nationals

                            Reference to our letter dated 07/05/2013, regarding the above subject.

                            Please note that the moratorium period to reschedule loans of other banks advanced to national customers has ended today 06/08/2013.

                            Accordingly, you are permitted to buyout and transfer these loans from other banks on condition that you strictly abide by the following:

                            1. 1) Terms of Regulations Regarding Bank Loans and Other Services Offered to Individual Customers.
                               
                            2. 2) Repayment installment for all loans at all banks and lending entities must not exceed 50% of the regular income of the borrower.
                               
                            3. 3) Loan repayment period must not exceed 48 months, expect for certain loans exempted by the Central Bank.

                            Non-compliance with these instructions would subject your bank to severe sanctions, in addition to Government refraining from dealing with your bank.

                            Yours faithfully,

                             

                          • Clarifications regarding Central Bank's Regulations concerning Personal Loans and Mortgage Loans

                            After greetings,

                            The Central Bank would like to clarify the following points regarding Central Bank)s Regulations concerning personal loans and mortgage loans:
                             

                            1. 1- Notice No. 4501/2011 dated 07/07/2011 provided banks and finance companies an option, back then, to separate residential real estate loans from personal loans availed by UAE nationals, with the overall installments not to exceed 50% limit along with other repayments in accordance with the Regulations. This has become clear-cut with the issuance of Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans on 28/10/2013.
                               
                            2. 2- As per the definitions mentioned in the Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans, Mortgage Loan is defined as a loan that is collateralized against a residential property granted for the purpose of constructing, purchasing or renovating a house for owner occupier or investment purposes. It also includes loans granted for the purchase or the development of land for these purposes.
                               
                            3. 3- Under Article (3) of the Regulations regarding Mortgage Loans, the maximum DBR allowed is set out in “Regulations Regarding Bank Loans and Other Services Offered to Individual Customers”- i.e. 50 percent of gross salary and any regular income from a defined and specific source at any time.
                            4.  
                            5. 4- Notice No. 4501/2011 dated 07/07/2011 also gives the banks an option to restructure/reschedule personal loans, which their total repayment burden exceeds 50% of gross salary/regular income, for longer than 48 months provided no fresh funds are made available to the borrower. Therefore, the purpose is to bring down the DBR to 50% and less without any additional finances.
                            6.  
                            7. 5- Central Bank's requirements to buyout and transfer loans from other banks are mentioned in Notice No. 13/1187/2013 dated 06/08/2013 (copy enclosed).

                            Therefore, banks and finance companies must stop marketing or offering any products that are not in line with Central Bank's Regulations and the above clarifications.

                             

                          • Amendments to Regulation No. 29/2011 Regulation regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers

                            N 193/2018 Effective from 25/9/2018

                            After greetings,

                            Reference to Regulation 29/2011 regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers, its amendments and additional clarifications, and in order to stop the unacceptable practices related to the purchase and transfer of UAE nationals’ loans among banks that increase the burdens of UAE nationals, and after consultation with the banking industry, the Board of Directors of the Central Bank has decided to introduce amendments to the above Regulation, its amendments and additional clarifications.

                            We enclose herewith a copy of the Amendments to the Regulation regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers. These amendments are effective from the date of this notice.

                            Please comply with these amendments to avoid regulatory actions, in addition to listing your bank’s name on the list of non-cooperative banks in implementing the Government initiatives focusing on resolving the problem of UAE nationals’ loans burden.

                            Yours faithfully,

                            • Central Bank Board of Directors' Resolution No. 26/3/2018 of Amending Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulation regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers

                              Chairman of the Board,

                              Having perused the provisions of Union Law No. (10) of 1980 concerning the Central Bank, the Monetary System and Organization of Banking; and

                              Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulation regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers, its amendments and additional clarifications.

                              The Central Bank’s Board of Directors has issued the following resolution:

                              • Article One:

                                The texts of paragraph (b) of Article (20) of Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulation regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers shall be replaced with the following texts:

                                (Any borrower may transfer his/her loan/financing from any bank or finance company operating in the UAE against paying of an early payment fee not exceeding 1% of the outstanding balance of the loan, or AED 10,000, whichever is less. Another bank or a finance company operating in the UAE may accept the transfer under the following conditions:

                                1. For loans granted after the issuance of this Regulation, the requirements of the Regulation must be fully complied with, in particular those relating to the loan or financing amount, the repayment period and monthly deduction.
                                   
                                2. For loans granted prior to the issuance of this Regulation, the profit/interest rate should be reduced and the repayment period or loan/financing balance should not be increased by granting an additional loan or financing to the borrower.)
                              • Article Two:

                                To cancel the additional clarifications under the numbers (2.1) and (7.2), issued by Notice No. 4501/2011 of 7/7/2011.

                              • Article Three:

                                This Resolution shall be communicated to whomsoever is concerned for implementation, and shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English.

                          • Amendments to Appendix 2 of Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulations regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers

                            N 3986/2019 Effective from 8/10/2019

                            Please be informed that the Board of Directors of the Central Bank has issued Decision No. 96/By Circulation/2019, regarding the following:

                            1. 1- Amending Appendix 2 of Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulations regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers (Copy enclosed). By this amendment, the early settlement or partial settlement fee applying to home loans has been reverted to maximum 1% of the outstanding balance or AED 10,000, whichever is less.
                            2.  
                            3. 2- Banks and finance companies that arbitrarily changed the stated terms of the fees in existing customer agreements, thus violated item 7 of the amendments of Regulation No. 29/2011 attached to Notice No. 157/2018, are required to respect the original terms of the agreements and refund all overcharges for all customers based on their original fee within 30 days of this notice.

                            We attach herewith a copy of the above Decision and please circulate it internally.

                            The attached Decision comes into force with immediate effect.

                            • Central Bank Board of Directors’ Resolution No. 96/By Circulation/2019 of Amending Appendix 2 of Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulations regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers

                              Governor,

                              Having perused the provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities; and

                              Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulations regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers, its amendments and additional clarifications.

                              The Central Bank's Board of Directors has issued the following resolution:

                              Article One:

                              The Appendix 2 of Regulation No. 29/2011 - Regulations regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers shall be replaced with the enclosed appendix.

                              Article Two:

                              This Resolution shall be communicated to whomsoever is concerned for implementation, and shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English.

                               

                              Amendment to the Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Services Offered to Individual Customers (29/2011)

                              Introduction:

                              Please note that paragraphs 4 and 5 are cancelled by Notice No. (2535/2022). 
                              1. This Amendment applies to and forms part of the Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Services Offered to Individual Customers (29/2011) (the “Regulations”). It applies specifically to Appendix 2 of those Regulations, which set out the “Maximum Limits for Fees and Commissions Charged on Retail Customer Service”. Upon coming into force, this Amendment replaces the previous version of Appendix 2 and is mandatory and enforceable in the same manner as the Regulations. This Amendment also replaces any other fee caps set out by the Central Bank at this time but not future caps set outside of the scope of this document.
                                 
                              2. All fees set out in this Amendment are exclusive of UAE VAT charges.
                                 
                              3. Article 11 of 29/2011 remains in force and banks and finance companies must comply accordingly.
                                 
                              4. Banks and finance companies will need to notify and seek approval from the CBUAE ex-ante for any planned introduction of a new fee or a change in existing fee levels (which are larger than 5%) not capped by this amendment. Such notifications can be submitted to the CBUAE during the first 5 business days of April and October of any given year.
                                 
                              5. The Central Bank will accept ad hoc notifications for exempt fees on an ad hoc basis where it is shown to the Central Bank’s satisfaction that these relate to new products. This will be assessed on a case-by-case basis.
                                 
                              6. The fee caps set out in this Amendment represent the maximum permissible charges. Banks and finance companies must have appropriate product approval processes in place for all products, which include an examination of the basis and appropriateness of a fee calculation and, if applicable, must charge lower fees than those prescribed in these caps.
                                 
                              7. The Central Bank will supervise regulated entities to ensure that rates are applied in a fair and appropriate manner. This will include ensuring that regulated entities do not automatically default to using maximum caps where actual costs may be lower.
                                 
                              8. Regulated entities to which the Regulations apply are required to provide the Central Bank with a full list of the fees they charge no later than 30 days after this Amendment comes into force. Up to date fees should also be made publicly available and should be easily accessible for consumers (e.g. online and in branches).
                                 
                              9. These fee caps will be reviewed on an annual basis for continued suitability.

                               

                              Maximum Limits for Fees and Commissions Charged on Retail Customer Service

                              No.ProductFeeCap (AED)
                              1Personal AccountsAccount closure fee100
                              2Personal AccountsAccount balance letter50
                              3Personal AccountsNo liability certificate60
                              4Personal AccountsRelease letter50
                              5Personal AccountsLiability letter issued to Govt Departments/embassies60
                              6Personal AccountsLiability letter issued to financial institutions60
                              7Debit CardIssuing supplementary ATM Card25
                              8Debit CardReplacing Secret Pin Code25
                              9Debit CardReplacing lost or stolen ATM card25
                              10Debit CardOwn ATM fees0
                              11Debit CardFees for using other bank’s ATM2
                              12Debit CardCopy of sales slip25
                              13Consumer LoansDelayed payment penal interest chargesMax 200
                              14Consumer LoansEarly settlement from other bank loans1% Max 10,000
                              15Consumer LoansFinal settlement from other sources/EOSB1% Max 10,000
                              16Consumer LoansPartial payment1% Max 10,000
                              17Consumer LoansRevolving overdraft fees200
                              18Consumer LoansLoan Cancellation Fee100
                              19Consumer LoansOther (loan copy, issuing redemption statements, audit confirmation etc)25
                              20Car LoansEarly settlement1% outstanding
                              21Car LoansNOC to Traffic Department0
                              22Car LoansAdvance payment of installment1% of installment
                              23Car LoansLate payment penal chargesMax 500
                              24Car LoansIssuance of liability letter to other banks60
                              25Car LoansCancellation fee100
                              26RemittanceSwift copy charges15
                              27RemittanceDemand draft/pay order issuance/cancellation75
                              28Customer Term DepositsAccount closure fees-terms depositsCost (max 2%)
                              29Credit CardsCard replacement fee75
                              30Credit CardsLiability/no liability letter50
                              31Credit CardsDuplicate statement45
                              32Credit CardsCopy of sales voucher65
                              33Credit CardsLate Payment feesMax 230
                              34Home LoansLate payment feesMax 700
                              35Home LoansEarly settlement feesMax 1% of outstanding balance or 10,000, whichever is less
                              36Home LoansIssuance of liability letter85
                              37Home LoansOther certificate75
                              38Home LoansNon-standard statement production/copy of original documentation100
                               Home LoansProperty swaps administration feeMax 1320
                              (valuation included)
                              40Home LoansIssuance of NOC150
                              41Home LoansPartial settlement chargesMax 1% of outstanding balance or 10,000, whichever is less
                              42Home LoansClearance letter95
                              43Home LoansRequest of other letters90

                               

                          • Loans Against Property (Loans to Individuals)

                             

                            It has come to the attention of the Central Bank that many banks are introducing various loans against property schemes as mortgage loans, in violation of Regulations Regarding Mortgage Loans, Circular No. 31/2013 dated 28/10/2013 (Regulation 31/2013).

                            The following guidelines are issued to ensure that banks and finance companies comply with the above Regulations, as well as, Regulations Regarding Bank Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers, Circular No. 29/2011 dated 23/2/2011 (Regulation 29/2011).

                            1. Under Article 1 of Regulation 31/2013, a mortgage loan is defined as: ‘A loan that is collateralized against a residential property granted for the purpose of constructing, purchasing or renovating a house for owner occupier or investment purposes. It also includes loans granted for the purchase or the development of land for these purposes.’ This was further clarified by Central Bank’s Notice No. 22/2017 dated 17/1/2017 (copy enclosed).
                               
                            2. Any other personal loans granted by banks and finance companies using property as collateral for purposes other than those stated in the above definition must not be classified as a mortgage loan and hence fall to be treated in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 29/2011.
                               
                            3. Accordingly, banks and finance companies are not allowed to extend the tenor of such loans beyond 4 years and must not take private houses as security for personal loans, as per Article 15-5 of Notice No 2901/2011 dated 28/4/2011 (copy enclosed).
                               
                            4. Banks and finance companies must ensure, in case of any personal and mortgage loans, that the DBR does not exceed 50% or 30% (in the case of retirees) of salary or regular income as the case may be. As soon as the bank/company is aware that a borrower is retired, immediately the DBR must be reduced to 30% as per Article 7-2 of Notice No. 2901/2011 dated 28/4/2011.

                               In addition, in case of salary reduction for reasons other than retirement, the bank/company could adjust the DBR to 50% of the reduced salary by extending tenor, as per Article 20-3 of Notice No. 2901/2011 dated 28/4/2011, and in both cases, no bank or finance company should provide additional facilities/funds when the remaining tenor of personal/mortgage loans exceeds the respective regulatory limits.
                               
                            5. Personal and mortgage loans should not be structured as an overdraft (OD).

                            Please abide by the above guidelines and ensure full compliance with the above two Regulations at all times.

                             

                          • Amendments to Appendix 2 of the Regulations Regarding Bank Loan & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers and Consumer Protection Standards

                            After greetings,

                            Following a review of the consumer protection regulatory framework, the Board of Directors of the Central Bank has decided to introduce amendments to the Appendix of the above Regulations and Consumer Protection Standards, as follows:

                            1. Amendment of Appendix 2 of the Regulations Regarding Bank Loan & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers (Circular 29/2011) amended via Notice No. 3986/2019 (copy enclosed); and
                               
                            2. Amendment of the Consumer Protection Standards issued via Notice No. 1158/2021 dated 24 February 2021 (copy enclosed).

                            These amendments cancel the requirement for obtaining Central Bank’s approval to impose new fees, or increase existing fees not capped by the Central Bank by more than 5 per cent. The amendments are as follows:

                            1. Paragraphs 4 and 5 of Notice No. 3986/2019 mentioned above are cancelled.
                               
                            2. The text of Paragraph 5.1.1.22 of the Consumer Protection Standards is replaced by the following new text:

                            “Any increase of Fees that are capped by the Central Bank must not exceed the limit imposed by such caps. Please refer to the Maximum Limits for Fees Annexure contained in the Consumer Protection Standards.”.

                            In addition, paragraphs 5.1.1.23 and 5.1.1.24 are cancelled.

                            Licensed Financial Institutions are reminded of their obligations in paragraph 2.1.1.47 of the Consumer Protection Standards which states:

                            “If the Licensed Financial Institution decides to make Permissible changes to the contract, the Licensed Financial Institution must give Consumers a minimum of 60 calendar days’ notice before changes to the terms and conditions of a Financial Product and/or Service, including changes to Fees, can take effect...”

                            The above amendments come into effect immediately.

                            Yours faithfully,

                    • The Insurance Authority's Board of Directors Resolution No (4) of 2010 Concerning the Takaful Insurance Regulations

                      The Minister of Economy, Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority,

                      Having perused:

                      - The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 pertaining to the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Regulation of Insurance Business;

                      - The Federal Law No. (6) of 1985 regarding Islamic Banks, Financial Institutions and Investment Companies;

                      - The Implementing Regulations of the Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 issued under the resolution of the Insurance Authority’s Board of Directors No. (2) of 2009; and

                      Based on the recommendation of the Insurance Authority Director General and the approval of the Board of Directors thereof,

                      Has resolved to promulgate the following Regulations:

                      • Article (1) Terminology Definitions

                        1. The following words and expressions wherever used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto, unless the context requires otherwise:
                          Law
                           
                          The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the establishment of the Insurance Authority and the regulation of the insurance business.
                           
                          Implementing regulations
                           
                          The Implementing regulations for the Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 issued under the resolution of the Insurance Authority’s Board of Directors No. (2) of 2009.
                           
                          Authority or IA
                           
                          The Insurance Authority established under the provisions of the Law.
                           
                          Board
                           
                          The Insurance Authority’s Board of Directors.
                           
                          Chairman
                           
                          The Chairman of the Insurance Authority’s Board of Directors.
                           
                          Director General
                           
                          The Director General of the Insurance Authority.
                           
                          Company
                           
                          The Takaful Insurance company which is incorporated and practicing its business in accordance with the provisions of the Law, the Implementing Regulations and these Regulations, and whose all operations are compatible with the Islamic Shariah provisions.
                           
                          Takaful Insurance
                           

                          A collective contractual arrangement aiming at achieving cooperation among a group of participants against certain risks whereby each participant pays certain subscription fees to form an account called the participants' account through which entitled compensations are paid to the member in respect of whom the risk has realized. The Takaful Insurance company shall manage this account and invest the funds collected therein against certain remuneration.

                          All transactions of the Takaful Insurance company should be compatible with the Islamic Shariah provisions.

                          Shariah Supervision Committee
                           
                          The committee formed within the company to provide opinion on the transactions of the company and their conformity with the Islamic Shariah provisions.
                           
                          Shariah Controller
                           
                          A company employee appointed by the company's board of directors based on the recommendation of the Shariah Supervision Committee to audit the extent and manner in which the company's different functions implement the Shariah Supervision Committee’s resolutions and opinions.
                           
                          Supreme Fatwa and Shariah Supervision Committee
                           
                          A Committee formed within the Insurance Authority and exercises the authorities and powers provided for herein and in the resolutions issued thereunder by the Authority.
                           
                          Participant
                           
                          An individual holding a participation membership policy and a Takaful Insurance contract, who undertakes to regularly pay the subscription fees, and who, and his legal heirs or assignees, where assignment is allowable, shall have the right to receive compensations or benefits provided by the participants account within the company.
                           
                          Contribution
                           
                          The consideration which the participant undertakes to pay on basis of the donation (Tabarru’) commitment for his participation in Takaful Insurance account with the company to compensate the damages or pay the benefits to the eligible beneficiary.
                           
                          Participation Membership Policy
                           
                          The policy containing key fundamentals and principles of Takaful Insurance applied by the company in its relation with the participants and which should be accepted by the participant upon participation.
                           
                          Takaful Insurance Policy
                           
                          The policy concluded between the company and the participant and containing the contract terms and conditions, the rights and obligations of both parties or the beneficiaries of the Takaful Insurance as well as any endorsement to this policy.
                           
                        2. Save as provided for in item (1) above, the words and expressions included herein shall have the same meaning assigned thereto under Article (1) of the Law.
                      • Article (2) Scope of Applicability

                        1. The provisions herein shall apply to all Takaful insurance companies, incorporated or to be incorporated under the laws in force in the State so as to practice Takaful insurance business, as well as foreign Takaful insurance companies licensed to practice their businesses in the State, which are managed and doing the business in accordance with the Islamic Shariah provisions.
                           
                        2. The provisions herein shall not apply to the companies operating in the free zones, except as otherwise provided for in the free zone laws and regulations.
                           
                        3. As to matters not provided for herein, Takaful Insurance companies and their Takaful Insurance business shall be subject to the implementing regulations, bylaws, instructions, and resolutions issued by the Insurance Authority pursuant to the provisions of Law.
                      • Article (3) Practicing Takaful Insurance Business

                        Takaful Insurance business shall be practiced exclusively by Takaful Insurance companies; conventional insurance companies may not practice Takaful Insurance activities, either directly by establishing internal independent entity or indirectly through insurance agent or broker.

                      • Article (4) Types of Takaful Insurance

                        Takaful Insurance activities are classified into three types:

                        1. Personal Takaful Insurance.
                           
                        2. Property Takaful Insurance.
                           
                        3. Liability Takaful Insurance.
                      • Article (5) Classes of Personal Takaful Insurance

                        Personal Takaful Insurance includes the following classes:

                        1. Family Takaful Insurance of all forms.
                           
                        2. Health Takaful Insurance of all forms.
                           
                        3. Personal Accident Takaful Insurance associated with family Takaful insurance.
                      • Article (6) Classes of Property and Liability Takaful Insurance

                        Property and Liabilities Takaful Insurance includes the classes referred to in Article (5) of the Implementing Regulations, provided that they do not include anything that contradicts Islamic Shariah provisions.

                      • Article (7) Not Allowing Combining of Takaful Insurance Types

                        1. The company may not combine the business of Personal Takaful Insurance on one hand, and the business of Property and Liability Takaful Insurance on the other.
                           
                        2. The existing companies practicing both types described in item (1) above must rectify their status to be in line with this requirement within the remaining period of the period specified in item (2) of Article (25) of the Law.

                        This period is subject to any extension to the original period that may be prescribed.

                      • Article (8) Management of Takaful Insurance Operations

                        Risk management and investment operations associated with contributions shall be carried out by the company on the basis of Wakalah (proxy) or Wakalah and Mudaraba simultaneously.

                        The relation between the participant and the company shall be governed by the provisions of the Takaful participation policy.

                      • Article (9) Takaful Insurance Participation Policy

                        1. The company shall develop this policy to offer it to those who wish to participate in the participants’ account for any type or class of Takaful Insurance. The policy must be signed by both parties and a copy should be given to the participant. The following shall be taken in consideration when preparing the policy:
                           
                          1. This policy shall be separate from the Takaful Insurance policy, which must be consistent with the principles included in the participation policy;
                             
                          2. The policy shall address the bases and rules governing the Takaful relationship between the participant and the company, including the legal nature of this relationship;
                             
                          3. The policy shall elaborate that payments made by the participant are made as donation (Tabarru’) obligation;
                             
                          4. The policy shall name the account in which the participant will participate;
                             
                          5. The policy shall disclose the company’s commitment to provide goodwill loan (Qardh Hasan) where the participants’ account assets are insufficient to repay the obligations incurred on such account;
                             
                          6. The amount of Wakalah fees due to company and the method of its calculation, as well as the share of the company from the Mudaraba proceeds or Wakalah fees for investing the participants’ account and the method of calculating such proceeds or fees; and
                             
                          7. Information on the company's policy for investing the portions allocated for investment from the contributions provided such policy is consistent with the Islamic Shariah provisions.

                           
                        2. The policy mentioned in the previous clause shall be submitted to the Company's Shariah Supervision Committee for approval before offering it to those concerned.
                           
                        3. The said policy shall then be presented to the Insurance Authority for approval. After soliciting the opinion of the Supreme Fatwa and Shariah Supervion Committee, the Insurance Authority may object to the policy contents if incorporating any provisions in contrary to legal provisions or Islamic Shariah provisions, or if containing an explicit prejudice to the interests of the participants.
                           
                        4. The company must maintain a record of Takaful Insurance participation policies. Such record shall be subject to inspection and auditing by the Shariah Supervision Commitee and the Insurance Authority.
                      • Shariah Supervision Committee

                        • Article (10) Formation of the Commitee

                          1. The company undertakes to form a committee to be called "the Shariah Supervision Commitee". The committee shall consist of three members nominated and appointed as follows:
                             
                            1. The committee members shall be nominated by the company’s board of directors.
                               
                            2. The candidates' names and qualifications shall be presented to the Insurance Authority forty five days prior to the meeting of the company's general assembly which will consider the nominations.
                              After soliciting the opinion of the Supreme Fatwa and Shariah Supervision Committee at the Authority, the company shall be notified of the Authority’s approval or objection. In case of objection, the company shall nominate a substitute to the disapproved candidate.
                               
                            3. The candidates' names shall be presented to the company's general assembly to approve their appointment as committee members and to inform the Authority of the names of those appointed as committee members within ten days after the general assembly meeting.
                               
                            4. The Committee membership term shall be three renewable years.
                               
                            5. The committee members shall elect a chairman and vice-chairman from amongst them. The chairman shall represent the committee before the company’s board of directors, its general assembly, the Insurance Authority, and the Supreme Fatwa and Shariah Supervision Committee.

                             
                          2. In case a committee membership seat becomes vacant, the company's board of directors shall appoint a member fill in the vacant membership to complete the term provided for in item (D), clause (1) herein; and shall inform the Authority accordingly. Such appointment shall be presented to the general assembly in its first subsequent meeting for approval.
                        • Article (11) Conditions for the Committee Membership

                          A candidate to be a member in the Shariah Supervision Committee shall meet the following requirements:

                          1. Should be a Muslim, enjoying the full legal capacity.
                             
                          2. Should be recognized for his scholarship and knowledge of the Islamic Shariah provisions in general, and of the jurisprudence of Islamic financial transactions, in particular.
                             
                          3. To be conversant with the modern financial and commercial transactions.
                             
                          4. Not a shareholder, a member of the board of directors, or employee of the company.
                             
                          5. A member may not combine membership in two Shariah supervision committee of companies.
                        • Article (12) Undertakings of the Committee

                          The committee undertakes the following:

                          1. Setting the basic Shariah rules for the company’s operations.
                             
                          2. Review all the company's transactions, the Takaful insurance products, contracts, and documents which the company deals with in order to ensure compatibility with the Islamic Shariah provisions; and approve same before placing same into practical use.
                             
                          3. Review the Takaful insurance transactions and the investments conducted by the company, and show to what extent they are consistent with the Islamic Shariah provisions.
                             
                          4. Approve or reject any activity carried out by the company if such activity is inconsistent with the Islamic Shariah provisions.
                        • Article (13) Authorities of the Committee

                          All Committee resolutions shall be binding to the company. The Committee shall have the right to access, at any time, all company's records, contracts, and documents; may require clarifications as it deems necessary to perform its tasks and the company's management should provide such clarifications. In case the Committee was not enabled to perform its functions, it must state such case in a report to the board of directors of the company. If the board of directors fails to meet the Committee’s request, it must notify the Insurance Authority accordingly, in which case the Authority shall refer the issue to the Supreme Fatwa and Shariah Supervision Committee whose decision shall be binding over the company.

                        • Article (14) Annual Report of the Committee

                          The Shariah Supervision Committee shall provide an annual report to the company's general assembly summarizing the Committee's activities along with its observations on the company's transactions and how far the company is in compliance with the Shariah provisions.

                          The Committee’s report should be read in the general assembly’s annual ordinary meeting; and a copy thereof shall be provided to the Insurance Authority along with the documents to be submitted to the Authority before the convening of the company's general assembly.

                        • Article (15) The Committee's By-laws

                          The company shall set, by a resolution of its board of directors, the by-laws for the Shariah Supervision Committee work. The by-laws shall state how the Committee will hold its meetings, what is the quorum, and how it takes decisions. However, the by-laws must provide that deputizing other Committee members to attend its meetings or to vote on the decisions is not permissible. The by-laws must specify the relation of the Committee with the company's various functions and with the Shariah Controller. A copy of the by-laws must be sent to the Authority for approval.

                        • Article (16) The Shariah Controller

                          Under a recommendation from the Shariah Supervision Committee, the company's board of directors shall appoint a staff member specialized in Takaful insurance to act as the Shariah Controller on the transactions inside the company.

                          The Shariah Controller shall review the company's transactions under the direct supervision of the Shariah Supervision Committee to ensure that the Committee opinions and decisions have accurately been implemented. The Shariah Controller shall perform his duties in coordination with the Committee. In addition, he shall assume the duties of the Committee secretary and report to it.

                        • Article (17) Supreme Fatwa and Shariah Supervision Committee

                          1. A supreme commitee called (the Supreme Fatwa and Shariah Supervision Committee) shall be formed within the Insurance Authority of at least three members and no more than five members, to be referred to for the purpose of these Regulations as (the Supreme Committee).
                             
                          2. Members of the Supreme Committee shall be appointed by a resolution of the Authority’s board of directors. The members shall elect one of them as the chairman and another as vice-chairman.
                             
                          3. To be appointed as a member in this Board, the candidate shall meet the same requirements provided for in article (11) herein, in addition to having experience in Shariah business in Takaful insurance or Islamic finance for a period of no less than three years.
                             
                          4. The membership term shall be three renewable years.
                             
                          5. A member in this committee may not be a member in any other Shariah Committee in Takaful insurance companies.
                        • Article (18) Supreme Committee Undertakings

                          The Committee shall have the following powers:

                          1. Issue legal opinions (Fatwa) in the field of Takaful insurance and investment in terms of compatibility of transactions related thereto with the Islamic Shariah provisions. Such Fatwas shall be binding over the companies and their Shariah Supervision Committees.
                             
                          2. General oversight and inclusive Shariah control over the works of the Shariah Supervision Committees in the companies.
                             
                          3. Coordinate the Shariah opinions issued by the Shariah Supervision Committees.
                             
                          4. Settle disputes that may arise between the Shariah Supervision Committees and the companies' boards of directors.
                             
                          5. Adopt the Shariah criteria, which the Shariah Control Committees must comply with in performing their duties.
                             
                          6. Determine the Shariah areas of insurance, where Takaful insurance companies may practice their businesses.
                             
                          7. Review the articles of association of Takaful insurance companies to ensure that they are acceptable in terms of Shariah.
                             
                          8. Collect the Fatwas and jurisprudence opinions with respect to Takaful insurance and investment businesses that are compatible with the Islamic Shariah provisions, classify, explain, and distribute the same to the Takaful insurance companies to serve as a reliable Shariah reference.
                        • Article (19) Joint Meetings

                          The Supreme Committee may invite any Shariah Supervision Committee for a bilateral or collective meeting for deliberations on issues falling under the responsibilities of such Committees.

                        • Article (20) Supreme Board By-Law

                          The Insurance Authority shall set the by-laws for the Supreme Committee undertakings and forward same to the board of directors for approval.

                        • Article (21) Accounting Books and Records, and Final Accounts

                          The Board shall issue special instructions for Takaful insurance financial and accounting operations as follows:

                          1. The accounting policy to be followed by companies, the forms required to prepare the financial reports and statements including the forms for preparing the balance sheet and final accounts.
                             
                          2. The bases for organizing accounting books and the data to be contained therein.
                             
                          3. The records which companies are obligated to organize and maintain.
                             
                          4. Statement and documents which companies should provide to the Insurance Authority.
                        • Article (22) Participants' Accounts

                          An existing company currently practicing all classes of Takaful insurance shall undertake to adopt complete separation between the personal Takaful insurance business on the one hand, and the property and liability Takaful insurance business on the other hand, in terms of technical, financial, and administrative aspects. In particular, there should be two accounts (or more) for the participants completely separated per the type of insurance practiced by the company.

                          The funds available in each account shall be allocated to meet the liabilities incurred by this account and the expenses for the account management.

                        • Article (23) The Account for the Family Takaful Insurance

                          The participations in the family Takaful insurance shall be divided into two accounts:

                          1. Investment Account: to which the portion of participations allocated for investment in this type of Takaful insurance shall be transferred.
                             
                          2. Risk Coverage Account: to which the portion of participations allocated for risk coverage in this type of Takaful insurance shall be transferred.
                        • Article (24) Accounts for Other Takaful Insurance Types and Classes

                          1. One or more accounts called (Takaful Participant Account) shall be opened in the company per the non-family Takaful insurance types and classes. Accrued participations shall be recorded in such account(s), in addition to the investment revenues realized from investing the funds accumulated in the said account(s).
                             
                          2. Due compensations and benefits from the participants' Takaful account shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of Takaful insurance policies.
                             
                          3. Inputs and outputs of such account(s) shall be determined in accordance with the company-established accounting rules which should be consistent with the insurance transactions accounting rules amended in accordance with Takaful insurance principles. A copy of such rules shall sent to the Insurance Authority after having same approved by the Shariah Supervision Committee.
                             
                          4. The assets of the participants' account should be completely separate from the company's assets, and should not include the deposit required in accordance with Article (42) of the Law.
                      • Participants' Rights

                        • Article (25) Sharing in the Participant Accounts' Surplus

                          1. After soliciting the opinion of the Shariah Supervision Committee, the company shall establish the rules under which participants shall share in the surplus realized in the participants' accounts, either collectively for all accounts or individually for each account subject to complete separation between the family Takaful insurance accounts and the accounts of other insurance types and classes; and provided that participants in one account may not share in the surplus realized in the other account.
                             
                          2. The surplus in the family Takaful insurance account shall be determined with the knowledge and approval of the company's actuary.
                             
                          3. The company may retain a portion of the surplus to form a contingency provision to counter future contingent circumstances, in addition to the technical provisions provided for in the Law.
                             
                          4. The company may not distribute profits to the shareholders from any surplus realized by the participants' accounts, except for the consideration collected by the company for managing such accounts as prescribed under the Takaful insurance participation policy.
                        • Article (26) Participation in the General Assembly Meetings

                          1. After obtaining the approval of the Ministry of Economy and the Securities and Commodities Authority, as the case may be, the company shall develop by-laws defining the participants who have the right to attend the company's ordinary or extraordinary general assembly meetings of the company. This shall include setting the criteria to be met by the participant to have the right to attend such meetings, either in terms of the size of his contributions, the period of dealing with the company, or other criteria. Such by-laws shall be forwarded to the Insurance Authority for approval.
                             
                          2. The persons mentioned in the previous clause shall be invited to attend the said meetings via registered mail, provided that they are provides with all documents presented to the general assembly.
                             
                          3. The aforesaid participants shall have the right to attend and discuss without having voting rights in the meetings.
                        • Article (27) The Actuarial Report on Reviewing the Family Takaful Insurance Account

                          A participant in the family Takaful insurance account shall have the right to receive a copy of the Actuary’s report on reviewing the account, and the company shall meet his request within ten business day.

                        • Article (28) The Goodwill Loan (Qardh Hasan)

                          1. In case the participant account assets are insufficient to meet the account liabilities, the company shall provide a goodwill loan (non-interest-bearing loan) to the participants' account.
                             
                          2. The obligation to grant the goodwill loan shall be comprehensive subject to a maximum equal to the total of the company’s shareholders equity.
                             
                          3. The company shall have the right to recover this loan from the surplus(s) realized in subsequent periods whether in one payment or several installments as decided by the company's general assembly.
                             
                          4. In case the company does not provide a goodwill loan to meet a loss realized in the participants' account(s), the company shall be notified by the Director General to do so within fifteen days from the date of notification. If the company fails to do so, the matter shall be referred to the Authority’s board of directors to take a decision to suspend the company for the period the board deems appropriate.
                        • Article (29) Takaful Reinsurance

                          1. The company shall ensure that its outbound or inbound Takaful reinsurance business must be compatible with the Takaful insurance basic principles and in pursuance to the directives and decisions of the Shariah Supervision Committee.
                             
                          2. The company shall cede the outbound reinsurance business to Takaful reinsurance or Takaful insurance companies. In case such companies do not have the adequate capacity, or due to the requirements of distributing the liabilities and risks to a proper number of companies, the company shall have the right to deal with reinsurance companies.
                             
                          3. The company may share the risk liability with Takaful insurance companies or insurance companies inside and outside the State.
                        • Article (30) Zakat Fund

                          1. The company shall establish a Zakat Fund to deposit the Zakat due on the company's transactions as permissible under its articles of association.
                             
                          2. The Zakat Fund shall have an account independent from the other company's accounts, whether those related to the shareholders or participants. The Shariah Supervision Committee shall approve the method of managing the account
                             
                          3. Disbursement from this account shall be made under a decision of the company's board of directors, and in accordance with the Islamic Shariah provisions and as approved by the Shariah Supervision Committee.
                             
                          4. The board of directors of the company shall develop by-laws to regulate the operation and management of this Fund, provided that members appointed to manage it shall not receive any remuneration for their work in managing or supervising the Fund.
                             
                          5. In all cases, the company must calculate the Zakat due on the shareholders and must announce it after the approval of the Shariah Supervision Committee thereon within the final financial statements for the fiscal year.
                      • General Provisions

                        • Article (31) Breaching the Islamic Shariah Provisions

                          Should it be evident that the company has carried out business inconsistent with the Islamic Shariah provisions, the company shall be notified by the Director General, after soliciting the opinion of the Supreme Committee, to rectify its status in line with the Islamic Shariah provisions within thirty days from the date of notification. If the company fails to do so, the matter shall be referred to the Authority’s board of directors to consider suspending the company from doing business for the period the board deems appropriate. Anyone proved to have been involved in an intentional Shariah breach shall be held accountable.

                        • Article (32) Transfer of the Company Control

                          Change in control over the company may not be valid unless approved by the Director General of the Insurance Authority. The control over the company means having the capability whether directly or indirectly, to control the company's decisions and its financial and Takaful policies.

                        • Article (33) Transfer of the Takaful Insurance Portfolio

                          1. The provisions of the Law, in particular the provisions of Articles (71) and (72) thereof, shall apply to the procedures and method of transferring the Takaful insurance portfolio.
                             
                          2. The Takaful insurance portfolio may only be transferred to another Takaful insurance company practicing the same type and class of the Takaful insurance as practiced by the company.
                        • Article (34) Insurance Broker, Surveyor, Adjustor and Consultant

                          1. Each insurance broker, surveyor, adjustor and consultant, associated with a specific Takaful insurance operation in a Takaful insurance company may request, through the same company, the opinion of the Shariah Supervision Committee in the company regarding the Islamic Shariah position on the operation. The Committee must provide them with its opinion through the company.
                        • Article (35) Rectifying the Company's Status

                          Subject to the provisions of Article (7) herein, the currently existing Takaful insurance companies should rectify their status in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations within a maximum period of one year from the date of these Regulations coming into force.

                        • Article (36) Decision Making

                          The Director General shall issue the required decisions to enforce the provisions of these Regulations.

                        • Article (37) Publication and Enforcement of these Regulations

                          These Regulations shall be published in the official gazette and shall come into force from the date of publication.

                    • Regulations of the “Risks Bureau”

                           We are pleased to inform you that the UAE Central Bank decided to put into force the Regulations of the Risks Bureau as at 1st May, 1982. Enclosed please find :

                      1. A copy of the Regulations of the Risks Bureau.
                      2. A copy of the Directives for the Implementation of the Regulations of the Risks Bureau.

                        We, kindly, draw your attention that when you submit the required information, make sure that :

                        The Name of the Customer is exactly the same as the one on the municipality permit.

                        2. Only the following numerals are used, i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, , when reporting amounts.

                        Please, make also sure, that the Head of the risks Bureau receives before or on April 15th, 1982 the following:

                        Your preliminary estimate of the number of Customers who would be subject to reporting out of all Customers.

                        2. A list of your Authorized Personnel who would be engaged in submitting the information, together their specimen signatures. We thank you for your cooperation.
                         

                                                                                                                                       

                      • Part One: Establishment of the “Risks Bureau"

                        • Article 1

                          1. There shall be established at the United Arab Emirates Central Bank, a 'Risks Bureau' :
                          2. In these regulations the word " Institution ( s ) " would refer to the Commercial Banks, Investment Banks, and Financial Institutions operating in UAE.

                          3. The Risks Bureau will undertakes the following tasks:

                            (i) To receive statements and data containing information and data on the various credit facilities granted to the customers of the Institution which should submit the above-mentioned statements and data periodically as required by the provisions of Paragraph (2) of Article (104) and Article (131 of Union Law No. (10) , (1980).

                            (ii)To report to the Institutions, on demand, the sum total of credits extended to each of their customers.

                            (iii) To refer contraventions detected by the Bureau to the Banking Supervision Department for appropriate action.

                        • Article 2

                          The Central Bank shall determine the personnel requirements of the Bureau.

                      • Part Two:General Rules

                        • ( 1 ) Declaration of Banking Risks

                          • Article (3 )

                            Institutions should submit periodic statements containing the amount and type of credits opened in favour of their customers as well as the amount and type of credits used by customers

                          • Article ( 4 )

                            At periods specified in the directives for the implementation of these regulations all institutions shall submit statements to the “Risks Bureau” on each customer, separately when the tot……dit extended to him by the Institution concerned reaches or exceeds, in the last working day of the month being reported, the limit, in UAE Dirhams. determined by UAE Central Bank’s Board of Directors

                          • Article ( 5 )

                            These statements should include all credits meeting the requirements specified under Article ( 4 ) of these Regulations whatever their currency might be, whether in UAE Dirham or in foreign currency, and whoever is the beneficiary, whether or not he be a businessman.

                          • Article ( 6 )

                            The statements shall differentiate between credits according to their types and / or to the collaterals given against them, in accordance with the classification specified in the the directives for the implementation of these regulations .

                          • Article ( 7 )

                            ( i ) To ensure the confidentiality of the operations of the Risks Bureau and the secrecy of the data it receives from Institutions or sends to them a coding system, to be determined by the Central Bank, shall be adopted to denote Institutions and Customers.

                            ii The Central Bank may take any other measure which ensures the secrecy of information pertaining to banking risks.

                          • Article ( 8 )

                            ( Banking Risks Statements should be prepared according to special forms determined by the Central Bank. Institutions should obtain the necessary printed materials from the Central Bank.

                            ( ii ) Each statement should be prepared in two copies stamped with the Institution's seal and duly signed by the Manager and marked to the effect that te information included therein corresponds to the records.

                          • Article ( 9 )

                            The required statement should be handed to the Risks Bureau before the twenty fifth day of the month following the month covered by the statements.

                        • ( 2 ) Reporting Total Banking Risks to Banks

                          • Article ( 10 )

                            The Risks Bureau shall consolidate the data provided by the Institutions according to the rules defined in Articles (3–9) of these regulations, on each of their customers. The Risks Bureau shall, upon demand, inform a requesting institution the total credits granted and used by any customer from all institutions.

                          • Article (11)

                            Reporting referred to in Article (10) of these Regulations shall differentiate between total credits according to their types on the one hand and collaterals given against them on the other hand. Such reporting shall be effected in accordance with the prodedure to be defined in the directives for the implementation of these regulations.

                            All measures to ensure the secrecy of reporting shall also be observed in the same manner followed to assure the confidentiality of the statements provided by the Institutions on the credits extended to their customers.

                        • ( 3 ) Expenses of the Risks Bureau

                          • Article (12)

                            The risks Bureau expenses shall be borne by the Institutions mentioned in Paragraph ( b ) of Article ( 1 of these regul……..

                          • Article ( 13 )

                            The Risks Bureau shall provide the Institutions with the printed matters and forms defined in these regulations and in the directives for their implementation, whether these printed matters concern statements of banking risks or requests for specific information.

                          • Article ( 14 )

                            The Risks Bureau expenses shall be distributed amongst the institutions in proportions equal to the ratio of total loans of each institution to the aggregate consolidated loans of all institutions as at the 31st of December of each year.

                          • Article ( 15 )

                            Each institution should pay annually the amount incurred by it relating to the Risks Bureau expenses within a month of notification.

                          • Article ( 16 )

                            The Central Bank shall bear no responsibility of whatever nature or cause as a result of losses or damage due to delay, negligence or errors by institutions with regard to the data submitted by them or by the Risks Bureau.

                          • Article ( 17 )

                            The provisions of Article (107) of Union Law No. (10), (1980) shall apply in the event of delay by an institution in submitting the data specified in Article ( 3 ) and ( 4 ) of these regulations.

                          • Article ( 18 )

                            The Governor of the Central Bank shall, in accordance with the requirements of public interest lay down the directives necessary for the implementation of these regulations.

                      • Directives For the Implementation of the Regulations of the Risks Bureau

                        • Part One General Provision

                          • Article 1

                            "Institution (s)" in these directiv for the implementation of the regulations of the Risks Bureau would refer to : the commercial banks, in stment banks, and financial institutions operating

                          • Article 2

                            The Risks Bureau shall give eac Institution a code number consisting of two digits be i ported to t Institution concerned.

                          • Article 3

                            (1) Each Institution should ascertain the number of its customers whose credits, whether opened for or used by the customer, amount to or exceed Dh. 500,000 by the end of April 1982. Each Institution should prepare lists for these customers along the lines specified in Part Two of these Directives, then submit them to the Risks Bureau of the UAE Cen Bank, Abu Dhabi, for the first time only, before the tenth of May, 198…..

                            (2) The Risks Bureau shall report to……… Institution the code numbers of its customers …………. first time before the seventeenth of …………

                          • Article 4

                            Each Institution should prepare statements of risks as at the last working day of April 1982, along the lines specified in Part Three of these Directives, and presc them, for the first time only, to the Risks Bureau before the twenty seventh day of May, 1982.

                          • Article 5

                            Lists of customers and statements of banking risks should be prepared by each Institution every 3 months* (following April 1982) and presented to Risks Bureau and reported back within the following time limits

                            (*) ending the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year (circular no.376 dated 16.2.86)

                            A – Institutions must present the additional lists for the new customers’ names before the tenth day of the month following that for which the lists are submitted.

                            B – The Risks Bureau shall return to each Institution the detachable parts of these lists before the fifteenth day of the month following that for which the lists are submitted.

                            C – Each Institution shall submit statements on customers’ risks before the twenty fifth day of t mo th following that for which the statements are submitted.

                            D – The Risks Bureau shall answer the special information request within two days of its receipt

                          • Article 6

                            (1) Each Institution shall directly contact the Risks Bureau of the UAE Central Bank in Abu Dhabi. Contacts, consultations and correspondence shall be effected directly between Institutions and the Risks Bureau without recourse to any other department of the Central Bank.

                            (2) Such contacts, consultations and correspondence shall be effected only with the Coding Section of the Risks Bureau. No contact shall be permitted between the Bureau’s other Sections and Institutions or their customers.

                          • Article 7

                            The regulations of the Risks Bureau and the directives for their implementation have devised a method of work and laid down procedures to communicate information and data that will provide top confidentiality. Therefore, all Institutions are requested to do the same on their part i.e. to make sure that the lists of customers, the statements on banking risks, and all correspondence related to the Risks Bureau are treated top confidential papers and should not be avail... or handle except by specified Institution’s staff. ese Institution’s employees should be highly trustworthy perso All information, lists, statements, …….. and recor should be kept in a safe place unaccessible to anyone except the designated employees.

                          • Article 8

                            The Governor shall set down the internal ……….. for organising the working of the Risks Bureau to achieve the highest efficiency.

                          • Article 9 :

                            The directives for the implementation of th regulations of the Risks Bureau shall come into force i the UAE as of 1.5.1982.

                        • Part Two : Customers’ Lists

                          • Chapter One Preparation of the Lists

                            • Article 10

                              The customers’ list is intended to identify the Institution’s customers on a separate document independent the banking risks statements. The Risks Bureau will give those customers code numbers to assure for its operations top confidentiality.

                            • Article 11

                              (1) The Customers’ list consists of a set of separate sheets numbered serially. Each sheet contains two part separated by a clear broad line. The part to the right of this line contains the Institution’s columns, (i.e. columns from 1 to 7), and that to the left contains the columns of the Risks Bureau (i.e. columns from 8 to 11). Please refer to the attached Form (R.B. –1)

                              (2) Columns 10 and 11 of the part pertaining to Risks Bureau form together a detachable part which can be separated from the other parts of the list. The Risks Bureau shall return this part to the concerned Institution showing therein the code number given to each customer.

                            • Article 12

                              Institutions must fill in their custom ……….. on ……… (R.B.–1) attached hereto. The printed ……………… will be supplied by the Risks Bureau.

                            • Article 13 :

                              The customers who shall be registered in the Customers List are only those to whom the Institution has extend credits whose total reaches or exceeds the amount specified in Article 3 of these directives.

                            • Article 14

                              The Institution shall prepare the first general list of all its customers subject to reporting as at 30 April, 1982. This list shall be supplemented by complementary sheets of the same Form (R.B. –1) on which the Institution shall record its new customers whose total credits opened (or used) has reached or exceeded at the end of the month being reported the limit specified in Article 3 of these directives. Thus the general list of an Institution’s customers, at a given date, shall consist of the first general list and the added complementary sheets submitted by the bank till that date.

                            • Article 15 :

                              An Institution may not reorganize the general list of its customers unless the Risks Bureau requests so and shall be done according to its instructions.

                            • Article 16 :

                              Sheets of the institution’s customers’ general list shall be numbered serially, i.e. the first sheet bears No. 1 the second No. 2 and so on. These serial numbers must continue uninterrupted with respect to the complementary sheets. Therefore the institution may not return to …….. once again unless it is deemed necessary to prepare a new general list for its customers pursuant to the Risks Bureau’s request.

                            • Article 17

                              An Institution must number successively its customers recorded in the list giving each customer a serial number Numbering starts from No.1 and continues in column No. 1 of the list sheets and without interruption.

                              But if the institution deleted one of its customers due to the decrease in the total credits opened in his favour below the limit determined in the directives, or because he has ceased to become a customer of the Institution, it may never give a new customer the same serial number of the deleted one.

                            • Article 18

                              An Institution should fill in the list all required information such as the list serial number, date, Institution’s code number and the customer’s code number; whether the designated columns for such information fall in the part of the institution or the Risk Bureau’s. In general the institution should ……….in all rows and columns of the customers list, except columns 8, 9 and 11 wherein the institution should record nothing.

                            • Article 19

                              The customers list is a principal document on which relies to a great extent the activity of the Risks Bureau

                              Therefore, institutions are requested to pay due attention in preparing it, and ensure correctness of recorded information therein.

                            • Article 20 :

                              Customers list shall be closed on the last day of the month being reported. Each of the list sheets should be duly signed by the Institution’s authorized signatory.

                            • Article 21

                              (1) Each institution should prepare its customers list in duplicate and put them in a sealed envelope, to be put inside another envelope sealed by red wax and despatched with a covering letter inside the sealed envelope to the Risks Bureau before the tenth day of the month following that for which the list is prepared.

                              (2) Each Institution shall prepare a third copy of the list which should be identical in every respect to both copies sent to the Risks Bureau and conformable to the Institution’s records.

                            • Article 22

                              Lists shall be despatched to the Risks Bureau under covering letter according to Form (R.B. –2) wherein the Institution shall indicate the number of the list sheets, the relevant month and total number of customers.

                            • Article 23 :

                              (1) When the Institution deletes – during the three months period — one or more of its customers, whether due to decreasing their credits below the determined minimum limit or because the customer has ceased dealing with it; it should notify the Risks Bureau, before the tenth day of the month following the month being reported, of its deleted customers by a letter, according to Form (R.B. –3) dispatched to the Risks Bureau at the same time the list of customers, for the period during which deletion was effected, is sent.

                              (2) But if the deleted customer becomes one of the Institution’s customers whose credits must be reported, either because the Institution has increased the credits of such customer above the determined minimum limit, or the customer has resumed dealing with the Institution the latter should consider him as one of its new customers, and enters duly his name in a complementary list's sheet and gives him the proper serial number.

                            • Article 24

                              The Risks Bureau shall return to the relevant Institution, before the fifteenth day of the month that follows the month being reported, the detachable part of the list’s second copy only after filling column (11) thereof with customers' code numbers.

                            • Article 25

                              The detachable parts shall be sent to the Institution under covering letter, Form (R.B. –4) which acknowledges receipt of the list and bears the Risks Bureau's stamp and signature of the authorized employee. Furthermore, each of the list's detachable part returned to the Institution should bear the Bureau's stamp and the authorized signature.

                          • Chapter Two Detailed Explanation of the Items and Columns of the Customer's Lists

                            • Article 26 : List's Serial Number

                              According to the preceding Article No. 10, the Institution shall number the list’s sheets serially starting from No. 1. The Institution should write the proper serial number against the word "List’s Serial No." shown in two places of the list, one in the middle and the second in the detachable part to be returned to the bank.

                            • Article 27 Date

                              As the Customers' List's are to be reported as at the last working day of the month being reported, therefore the Institution shall record, against both words "date" situated under "List's Serial No.", only the month and year of the List.

                            • Article 28 : Bank Code Number

                              The Risks Bureau shall report, in advance, this number to the Institution, which consists ……. digits identifying the Institution's name. Therefore, the Institution should record both digits against the word "Institution Code Number" in the assigned place on the List’s original and on the detachable part to be returned to the Institution.

                            • Article 29 : Customer’s Serial No. (columns 1 and 10)

                              The two columns allocated for the customer’s serial number bear No. 1 and No. 10, and the Institution should record therein the serial number of each customer. The serial number should be recorded in both columns and should be continued on the following sheets of the list in accordance with the method shown under the preceding Article 17. It must be observed that the numbers recorded in column (1) should be the same as those recorded in column (10)

                            • Article 30 : Customers Name and his Commercial Address (Column 2)

                              The Institution shall record in this column the customer’ full name. The Institution should write down accurately the correct name of the customer.

                            • Article 31 The Legal type of the customer (Column 3)

                              Institutions should indicate in this column the customer’ legal personality, showing that in detailed writing.

                            • Article 32 : Customer’s Legal address or his Head Office (Column 4) .

                              It shall be mentioned in this column – in full and correct manner – the customer’s legal address. For instance : Abu Dhabi – No …………… Hamdan Street, P.O. Box No ……………. It is meant by the legal address the address considered by the customer as the center to which all notifications related to his business should be addressed. This address might differ from his home address or might be the same in rare cases. Also the legal address might differ from that where he practices his business. For instance, the Head Office of a company may be at (Abu Dhabi) and its business place is (Mussaffah).

                              But if the customer is a company with branches, or an institution or a business with several branches, the address of the Head Office in UAE should be mentioned. In case the legal address is unknown, the Institution must give full description regarding his address, home or the place where the customer practices his business ……… etc.

                            • Article 33 Type of Work practiced (Column 5)

                              All Institutions must indicate very clearly in this column the customer’s professions.

                            • Article 34 : Places where a customer conducts his business (Column 6)

                              The Institution shall mention in this column the place or places where the customer – to the Institution's knowledge – practices his business.

                            • Article 35 Economic Sector Number (Column 7)

                              According to the customer’s profession the Institution shall indicate the type of economic sector to which the customer belongs. The Institution shall mention in this column the number, representing the mentioned sector, selected from the attached annex. If the customer practices several professions at the same time, the number representing each sector should be mentioned.

                            • Article 36 : Customer’s Code Number (Column 8

                              This column is allocated for the Risks Bureau. The Institution may not mention anything therein.

                            • Article 37 Remarks of the Risks Bureau (Column 9)

                              This column is allocated for the Risks Bureau. The Institution may not mention anything therein.

                            • Article 38 Customer’s Serial Number (Column 10)

                              This column is identical to column (1), so the Institution should enter therein the same customers' serial numbers as entered in column (1).

                            • Article 39 Customer's Code Number (Column 11)

                              This column is identical to column (8). It is also allocated for the Risks Bureau, consequently the Institution should mention nothing therein.

                        • Part Three : Reporting Banking Risks and Requesting Special Information

                          • Chapter One : General Provisions

                            • Article 40 :

                              ( 1 ) Banking Risks statements shall be prepared according to Form (R.B. –5). A special statement is prepared for each customer who comes under the provisions of these regulations.

                              ( 2 ) A code number shall be used to identify the reported customer and another code number identifying the Institution. The keys for both code numbers shall be available only to the Risks Bureau and the Institution.

                            • Article 41

                              (1) Banking risks statements shall be prepared according to the positions of such risks at the last working day of the month being reported, i.e. according to the position of credits in the Institution’s records at the mentioned date.

                              (2) Statements shall be prepared in duplicate; each signed by the specially authorized signatory of the Institution, i.e. who is authorized by the Institution to sign these statements which shall be delivered to the Risks Bureau before the twenty fifth day of the month following that of the statements.

                              (3) Statements shall be put in a sealed envelope which shall be put inside another one sealed by red wax and sent under covering letter according to Form (R.B. –6) in duplicate. Each copy bears the Institution’s stamp and signature. The covering letter shall indicate the number of statements contained in the inner envelope and the relevant month.

                            • Article 42 :

                              After receiving the envelope and making sure that the number of statements conforms with that mentioned in the covering letter, the Risks Bureau shall return to the Institution the duplicate copy of the covering letter after entering in the relevant place acknowledgement of receipt of the envelope with the number of statements.

                            • Article 43 :

                              If the Institution deemed it necessary to add some explanations and clarifications on the statement, it should record the same on a separate sheet in duplicate to be attached to both copies of the statement. Both copies shall bear the customer’s code number. Institutions should avoid mentioning any information therein that might identify the customer.

                            • Article 44 :

                              To facilitate the task of the Risks Bureau and to enable it to discover mistakes, all institutions are requested to take the utmost care in preparing statements and securing correct information required to be entered therein.

                            • Article 45

                              Institutions shall be furnished with the printed matter necessary for the preparation of statements by the Risk Bureau exclusively.

                          • Chapter Two : Credits (risks) which should be reported

                            • Article 46

                              In application of Article 4 of the Risks Bureau’s Regulations, each Institution operating in the UAE should submit a statement on each of its customers when total credits extended to him reach or exceed Dh. 500,000

                            • Article 47

                              In order to know if the credits granted to a customer amount to the minimum limit shown in the preceding Article, the Institution shall add all of the various types of credits opened for the customer as indicated in the statement of Form (R.B. –5) whether such credits are used or not and whether the Institution has notified the customer about them or not.

                            • Article 48 :

                              Dirham and foreign currency credits should be reported. Foreign currency shall be converted into dirhams according to exchange rates in force at the date of the report.

                            • Article 49 :

                              Credits extended by the Institution to its customers abroad shall also be reported. Credits extended by a resident Institution to another resident Institution and credits extended to one of the public departments or organizations should be reported also.

                            • Article 50 :

                              Statements shall be made on the customer whom the Institution has extended credit:

                              (1) As regards commercial papers (checks, discounted bills of exchange, etc...) the statement would contain data on the customer who endorses them to the Institution.

                              (2) As regards credits covering acceptances or guarantees the statement shall cover the customer for whom the Institution gave the acceptance or the guarantee.

                              (3) As regards documentary letters of credit, the customer who requested the opening of the documentary letter of credit shall be reported.

                          • Chapter Three : Explanations of Banking Risks’ Statement

                            • Article 51 Economic Sector

                              Institutions should mention the customer's sector according to his practiced profession. Institutions shall use the attached annex to specify s . economic sector. Writing only the number of the economic sector will suffice. In case the customer is practicing various professions at the same time, all of them must be mentioned

                            • Article 52 Code Number

                              (a) the Institution : The code number given by the Risks Bureau for the Institution preparing the statement shall be mentioned.

                              The customer : The customer’s code number given in the detachable part of the customers list by the Risks Bureau shall be mentioned.

                            • Article 53 : Date of Statement

                              End of month for the credits reported in the statement shall be mentioned.

                            • Article 54 Credits

                              Credits reported in the statement shall be detailed according to the following:

                                    Discounts

                              (2) Loans and advances against merchandise, excluding credits extended against import and/or export documents (items 5 and 6 below)

                              Loans and advances secured by real guarantees (excluding those against merchandise).

                              Loans and advances secured by personal guarantees

                              Loans and advances secured by documentary credits for imports.

                              (6) Loans and advances secured by presentation of export documents.

                              (7) Loans and advances against documentary credits for exports.

                              (8) Unsecured loans and advances.

                              (9) Acceptances.

                              (10) Documentary letters of credit

                              ( 1 ) Guarantees.

                              The first eight types (1–8) deal with obligations representing actual credit. But the last three (9–11) do not represent more than a promise given by the Institution to lend its signature to the customer. These types do not lead to an actual credit except in the case of customer’s default.

                            • Article 55 : Discounts

                              It shall be recorded under this item the credits opened and those actually used against commercial papers discounted by the customer in favour of the Institution. Excluded items are discounting collateral merchandise bonds (warrants) which are included under item (2), and discounting of promissory notes which the customer signs in favour of the Institution and which are included under one of the items 2 to 8 according to the guarantees provided to secure debt.

                            • Article 56 : Collateral Merchandise Bonds (Warrants) and Advances against Merchandise

                              Under this item shall be recorded the opened and/or used credits through:

                              ( ) Discounting collateral merchandise bonds (warrants)

                              (2) Loans and advances secured by pledging the customer's merchandise with the Institution.

                            • Article 57 Loans and Advances Secured by Real Guarantees

                              It shall be recorded under this item the opened credits and those used as loans and advances totally secured by real guarantee (movable values, gold, foreign currencies real mortgage, commercial bonds ) established especially to guarantee debt repayment, but excluding loans and advances against merchanise and the like included under item (2)

                              But if the mortgage does not secure more than a part of the credit, the unsecured part shall be recorded either under item (8) – unsecured advances, or under item (4) if secured by personal guarantees.

                              Institutions attention should be drawn to that:

                              ( ) the credits against discounting promissory notes written by the customer in favour of the Institution and secured by real guarantee shall be recorded under item (3) unless the guarantee was merchandise then the credit in this case shall be recorded under item

                              Advances against pledging commercial papers shall be recorded in item (3) unless such papers are discounted then they should be recorded in item (1).

                            • Article 58 Loans and Advances Secured by Personal Guarantees

                              These are the opened or used credits in the form of loans and advances extended by the Institution to a customer and are totally or partially secured by personal guarantees, or by discounting of promissory notes signed by the customer in favour of the Institution and guaranteed by other persons.

                            • Article 59 : Loans and Advances against Documentary Credits For Imports

                              These are credits extended to the customer by the Institution to cover cash payment such is part of the total amount of the documentary credit opened by the customer for imports, or are credits extended by the Institution to the customer when the former pays the cost of the imported goods and delivers shipping documents to the latter who has not yet paid its cost to the Institution.

                            • Article 60 : Loans and Advances Secured by Presentation of Exports Documents

                              These represent credit extended to the exporting customer when he presents the shipping documents to the Institution which pays him its value before the Institution receives its value from the foreign importer.

                            • Article 61 Loans and Advances against Documentary Credits for Exports

                              When the Institution extends a credit to a UAE exporter against a documentary credit opened in his favour with the Institution.

                            • Article 62 : Unsecured Loans and Advances

                              It shall be recorded under this item the credits opened or used by the customer without any guarantee whatsoever or against discounting promissory notes written by the customer in favour of the Institution and secured by no more than the customer.

                            • Article 63 Note relating to Articles 1 to 8

                              If both personal and real guarantees are submitted at the same time against a certain credit, Institutions are required to evaluate in each case separately the nature and weight of the submitted guarantee and under which category the credit should preferably be recorded or to which categories should be distributed. The Institution should be careful not to record a single credit under two different items.

                            • Article 64 : Acceptances

                              It shall be recorded under this item non-cash credit facilities provided by the Institution to their customers in such a manner where the Institution pledges to pay to the beneficiary the value of the commercial papers which shall become due on the customers in a later date.

                            • Article 65 : Documentary Credits

                              It shall be recorded under this item the credits extended by the Institution to the customer in the form of opening documentary credits at the customer’s order without debiting him with the transaction value except in a contra account or without charging him with an advance cash prepayment to cover the opened credit.

                              But when the customer pays an advance cash prepayment or when the Institution debits the customer's account with the amount of the advance cash prepayment, then what should be mentioned in this column will be the remaining balance of the opened documentary credit after deducting the amount of prepayment.

                            • Article 66 Guarantees

                              It shall be recorded under this item the non-cash credit facilities provided by the Institutions to their customers such that the Institution pledges to pay to the creditors of its customers the value of the security asked of them against fulfilment of certain obligations in favour of their creditors. This item covers also the non-cash credit facilities extended as a result of customers guaranteeing other person …….. would have never obtained these facilities had it not for the pledge of those customers. It is required that the customer guarantor should not be originally obligated to pay such debt.

                            • Article 67 Opened Credits – Used Credits

                              In the column of opened credits, the Institution shall record for each of the credit types the maximum limit opened for its customer, whether the latter has used the credit or not, and also whether the Institution has notified the customer in writing of its opening, or it has been opened pursuant to a verbal notice, or just after an internal approval. In all cases the amount of the opened credit should be mentioned even if no part thereof has been used.

                              With regard to the column of used credits, the Institution shall record for each of the credit types the amount actually used by the customer from the credit initial amount at the end of the month of report. Institutions should pay attention in particular to record the amount used by the customer as a used credit irrespective of whether the Institution has secured the credit from other institutions or not. Commercial papers in collection shall be considered as used credits if they were discounted. But if they were deposited by the customer for collection only they shall not be considered as used credits.

                          • Chapter Four : Requesting Special Information

                            • Article 68 :

                              (1) The Risks Bureau may give the Institutions, upon their written application a statement containing the total credits extended to a given person or institution.

                              (2) Request for special information shall be of two types The first is to enquire about total credits extended by all Institutions to a natural or legal person who is not an institution’s customer. The second is to enquire about total credits extended by all Institutions to a natural or legal person who is an Institution's customer

                              (3) An Institution may not apply for special information about a natural or legal person unless such person is one of the Institution’s customers, or is seeking to deal with the Institution, or the Institution is engaged in a transaction with which the customer is related and for this reason the Institution is requesting the special information.

                            • Article 69

                              (1) Applications for special information about credits (banking risks) should be prepared on printed matter o Form (R.B. –7) for requests of the first type, and of Form (R.B. –8) for those of the sec...... type.

                              (2) Such applications shall be in duplicate placed in red wax sealed envelope and shall be answered in accordance with the rules specified for sending statements or answering them.

                            • Article 70

                              The Risks Bureau shall not reply to a verbal request especially those made by telephone. Also it shall not answer verbally or by telephone those duly submitted written requests. Also it shall not reply to request sent by telex.

                          • Chapter Five Miscellaneous Provisions

                            • Article 71

                              The Risks Bureau shall not be held responsible for any error whatsoever that might occur as a result of a mistake or incorrect information reported to it in the statements on banking risks or for delay in reporting such information. Also this Bureau shall not be liable whatsoever for omissions or errors that might be incurred by its employees

                            • Article 72 :

                              (l) Correspondence shall be addressed follows:

                              Central Bank of the UAE – Head of Risks Bureau Risks Bureau – Abu Dhabi P.O. Box 354

                              (2) Envelopes containing banking risks statements or list of code numbers or request for special information should be sealed with red wax.

                    • Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (9) of 2020 on the Amendment of Some provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (33) of 2019 Concerning the Regulation of the Committees for the Settlement and Resolution

                      IA-BOD-RES 9/2020 Effective from 12/3/2020

                      The Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority,

                      Having perused,

                      - Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 on the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of Insurance Operations, its amendments and its Executive Regulation;
                      - Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (33) of 2019 Concerning the Regulation of the Committees for the Settlement and Resolution of Insurance Disputes; and,
                      - Based on the proposal of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and approval of the Board of Directors of the IA,

                      Has resolved:

                      • Article (1)

                        The definition of " Beneficiary “provided under Article No. (1) shall be amended to read as follows:

                        Beneficiary: The person for whom the insurance stipulates for his interest, an amount of money, a fixed payment, or other financial compensation in case an accident happened, or if the insured risk in the insurance contract is realized.

                      • Article (2)

                        Additional paragraphs shall be added to the Article (5): having the numbers (4), (5), (6) and shall read as follows:
                        4. The subrogation of an Insurer (Company), by the amount paid as an insurance for a damage, in the place of the insured or the beneficiary for the rights of any of them before the third party causing the damage for which the insurer is liable or before the insurance company of the third party causing the damage under a legal subrogation right.
                        5. Claims between Insurance Companies and the adjustment of balances .
                        6. Claims between Insurance-Related Professionals and Insurance Companies.

                      • Article (4)

                        This resolution shall take effect as from the date of its issuance and shall be published in the Official Gazette.

                    • Amendment of Circular No. 25/2005 regarding Loans extended to finance purchase of Company Shares

                      After greetings,

                      Reference to Central Bank Circular No. 25/2005 dated 13/4/2005 regarding the above subject, please abide by the said circular except for article no. (5) which has been amended from date until further notice, as follows:

                      1. 5- Loans extended against pledge of shares of companies which have been in operation for more than five years should not exceed 80% of the market value of these shares.

                      Yours faithfully,

                    • Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Resolution No. (18) of 2020 Concerning the Electronic Insurance Regulations

                      Effective from 27/4/2020

                      The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority,

                      Having pursued,

                      - The Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 concerning the promulgation of Civil Transactions Law and the amending laws thereof;
                      - The Federal Law No. (10) of 1992 concerning the promulgation of the Evidence Act for Civil and Commercial Transactions and the amending laws thereof;
                      - The Commercial Transactions Law issued by The Federal Law No. (18) of 1993;
                      - The Federal Law No. (17) of 2002 concerning the regulation and protection of industrial property rights for patents, Industrial Drawings and models;
                      - The Federal Law No. (3) of 2003 Concerning Regulating the Telecommunications Sector.
                      - The Federal Law by Decree No. (3) of 2012 on the establishment of the National Electronic Security Authority (NESA), as amended;
                      - The Federal Law No. (1) of 2006 concerning the Electronic Commerce and Transactions;
                      - The Federal Law No. (24) of 2006 On Consumer Protection;
                      - The Federal Law No.)6( of 2007 on Establishment of the Insurance Authority & Organization of Insurance Operations and the Amendments thereof;
                      - The Federal Law by Decree No. (3) of 2012 on the establishment of the National Electronic Security Authority (NESA), as amended;
                      - The Federal Decree-Law No. (5) of 2012 concerning Combating Cybercrimes and the amendments thereof;
                      - The Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 concerning the Central Bank, the Organisation of Financial Institutions.
                      - The Federal Law No. (20) of 2018 Concerning Confronting Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing and Financing Illicit Organizations.
                      - The Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (2) of 2009Concerning the Issuance of the Executive Regulations of the Law No. (6) of 2007 Concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of Insurance Operations, and theamendments thereof;
                      - The Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (3) of 2010 Instructions Concerning the Code of Conduct and Ethics to be Observed by Insurance Companies Operating in the UAE and theamendments thereof;
                      - And, based on the recommendation of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Board of Directors,

                      Has resolved,

                      • Definitions

                        • Article (1)

                          The following words and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed thereto hereunder unless the context indicates otherwise:

                          State: The United Arab Emirates

                          Law: Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 Cconcerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of Insurance Operations and the amendments thereof.

                          Executive Regulations: The Executive Regulations of the Law.

                          Authority/IA: The Insurance Authority.

                          Board: The Board of Directors of the IA.

                          Director General: The Director General of the IA.

                          Company: The insurance company incorporated in the State and the foreign insurance company licensed to carry out insurance activities in the State either through a branch, or through an insurance agent, including Takaful insurance companies.

                          Insurance-Related Professions: Any person licensed by the Authority to practice any of the activities of Insurance Agent, Actuary, Insurance Broker, Surveyor & Loss Adjuster, Insurance Consultant or any other insurance related profession that the Board decides to regulate.

                          Insured: The person who has concluded an insurance contract with the company.

                          Insurance Proposer: The person who applies to acquire insurance coverage through the website of the insurance company, insurance agent or insurance broker.

                          Insurance Agent: The person approved and authorized by the company to carry out insurance operations on its behalf or on behalf of any branch thereof.

                          Insurance Broker: The person who independently intermediates in insurance and reinsurance operations between the insurance Proposer or reinsurance Proposer on one side and any insurance or reinsurance company on the other side and receives for his efforts commission from the insurance company or the re-insurance company with which the insurance or reinsurance has been concluded.

                          Electronic: What is relevant to new technologies which has electric, digital, magnetic, wireless, visual, electromagnetic, computed, photic capabilities, and the likewise.

                          Electronic Information: Electronic data and information in the form of text, codes, sounds, graphics, images, or otherwise

                          Electronic Insurance Operations: Any business carried out by the company through electronic and smart systems, including but not limited to;

                          insurance coverage offers, insurance premium offers, selling of insurance policies, marketing of insurance policies, collection of premiums, receipt of claims, receipt and handling of complaints.

                          Website: The Company Address on the Web, which is accredited in all company’s publications, advertisements, and electronic documents and authorized by the competent authority, including but not limited to:

                          1. Social networks such as Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter.
                          2. Multimedia sharing networks such as YouTube, Instagram and Snapchat.
                          3. Blogs such as Blogger, Tumblr, and Word Press.
                          4. Participatory work applications such as Google Docs and wiki tools.
                          5. Systems based on artificial intelligence and machine learning.
                          6. Autoreply, chatbot and smart personal assistant.
                          7. SMS.
                          8. Voice, video or audio communication.
                          9. Live chat channels.
                          10. Smart applications.

                          Electronic Copy: A record or document that is created, stored, generated, copied, sent, communicated or received by electronic means, on a tangible medium or any other Electronic medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

                          Illegal Access: A person deliberately accesses a computer, a website, an information system, or a computers network without authorization.

                          Outsourcing Company, Provider or Developer: Any natural or legal person providing, publishing, and interfering with the trading of insurance information and data via the Internet.

                          Price Comparison Websites: The registered company at the Authority to provide insurance premium price comparison services, using the internet.

                          Competent Authorities: government entities concerned with the regulation of the businesses identified in the laws for their establishment.

                      • Chapter One General Provisions

                        • Article (2)

                          1. These regulations shall apply to all electronic and smart insurance operations practiced by licensed Insurance Companies, Insurance-related Professions and marketing insurance policies through banks to the extent applicable to their nature.
                          2. The provisions of the Federal Law concerning the Electronic Commerce and Transactions and other related laws in force shall apply to the conclusion of an insurance contract electronically or any other matters related to the electronic insurance operations, excluding the matters that are specifically addressed hereunder.
                          3. Insurance Companies, and Insurance-related Professions must comply with the application of Protection of Confidential Information, issued by the Competent Authorities.
                      • Terms of Approval

                        • Article (3)

                          Before submitting an application to obtain the approval of the Insurance Authority to practice electronic insurance operations, Companies shall develop a specific action plan for electronic insurance operations, approved by the company’ board of directors, or signed by the owner of the Sole Proprietorship or signed by the same person, in the event that he is a natural person or Sole Proprietorship, as appropriate, prior to submitting it to the Authority. This plan shall include but not limited to the following:

                          1. An analysis of the projected volume of electronic insurance operations for the next three years;
                          2. An analysis of the risks associated with electronic transactions and the necessary precautionary measures and procedures to mitigate those risks, including, but not limited to – risks of cyber security, risks of adverse selection, money-laundering and terrorist financing offenses in insurance activities, strategic risks and illegal access to the website.
                          3. A contingency plan, including the actions that should be taken in case one or more element of the electronic or smart system are disrupted. The plan should include the corrective measures to ensure continuity of business, and reporting to the authorised officials within the company and the Authority.
                      • Chapter Two: Electronic Insurance Strategy & Risk Management

                        • Responsibilities of the Board of Directors/ Mangers Committee

                        • Article (4)

                          1. The adoption of the electronic insurance strategy in the company and providing the necessary directives to the executive management to ensure the proper implementation thereof.
                          2. The adoption of the risk management strategy related to electronic insurance, the development of the related internal supervisory controls, and supervising the executive management in the course of their implementation of these requirements.
                      • Responsibilities of Executive Management

                        • Article (5)

                          The Executive Management shall commit to the following: -

                          1. Ensure that online insurance products and services are in line with the strategy adopted by the Board of Directors in this respect.
                          2. Ensure that the level of risks arising from electronic insurance remains within the acceptable risk level stated in the risk strategy adopted by the Board of Directors or the Managers Committee, as the case may be.
                          3. Take the necessary actions to implement the internal supervisory controls to minimize the risk of exploitation from inside and outside the Company.
                          4. Ensure the availability of adequate expertise and resources for the business and sustain the electronic insurance system.
                          5. Develop a written policy adopted by the Board of Directors that establishes a clear separation between the executive and the supervision powers of the electronic insurance and related risk management strategies, so as to determine persons and their powers to access and view the stored files and possibility to make changes to the data contained therein, as well as saving the logs that reflect any access and change to the data of those systems.
                          6. Develop a policy for advertising and use of price comparison services, obtaining data, sharing data with InsureTech companies, electronic channels developers, manufacturers and suppliers.
                      • Addition of Permitted Lines of business

                        • Article (6)

                          The company shall apply the resolutions in force and submit an application to obtain the Insurance Authority’s approval on the classes of insurance products that will be sold through its website and comply with the following conditions:

                          1. The Company shall not sell insurance policies of persons and funds accumulation operations and life insurance products, if linked to investment instruments, through the Company's website or any other website.
                          2. Subject to what is stipulated in paragraph (1) of the Article herein, the Company may sell life and personal insurance policies, which don’t require specific underwriting to each individual case.
                          3. The Company and Insurance Related Professions may sell Liability and Property insurance products through their website, in the following lines:

                            a. Health Insurance.
                            b. Fire insurance and associated perils.
                            c. Land vehicles and related liabilities.
                            d. Personal accidents.
                            e. Comprehensive household insurance.
                            f. Travel insurance.
                            g. Guarantee insurance and fidelity guarantee.
                            h. Robbery and theft insurance.
                            i. Glass insurance.
                            j. Professional indemnity insurance including liabilities of those professionals in the fields of heath, engineering, finance, accountancy, law and other professions.
                            k. Workman’s compensation and employer liability insurance.
                            l. Agriculture and livestock insurance and insurances of other animals.
                            m. Other insurances normally falling under miscellaneous accident insurance.
                            n. Marine cargo insurance.
                            o. Insurance related to housing loans, credit, personal loans, credit cards and similar perils such involuntary loss of employment and wallet insurance.
                            p. Any other insurance that the Authority approves.

                          4. The Company shall meet the requirements stipulated in Articles (3), (4) and (5) of in the Regulations herein.
                      • Chapter Three: Website

                        • Management of the Website

                        • Article (7)

                          When managing the website, the Company shall comply with the following:

                          1. The Company shall establish an IT department that shall be responsible for the managing of the official website.
                          2. The Company shall obtain the Authority's prior approval before assigning the management of the website to any other party, and must verify the compliance of the contracting party with the provisions of the Regulations herein and related legislation.
                          3. The Company shall appoint of a Communication Officer with the organization to which the management of the website was outsourced. The Communication Officer’s responsibility shall - include but not limited to - monitoring the contents of the website, responding to the enquiries and requests of customers, verifying that the other party is adhering to application of the outsource contract terms and conditions, verifying the commitment and adherence of the other party to the Regulation hereunder and other related legislation.
                          4. Companies and related professions shall regularly conduct tests for Illegal Access and assessing vulnerabilities for the website or smart application to guarantee the soundness of such and to fill any potential gaps (if any).
                          5. Compliance with cyber security standards and requirements issued by the Competent Authorities, to protect data, systems and networks issued by the Competent Authorities.
                          6. Take the necessary measures, adhere to the data confidentiality of customer and visitor, adhere to the laws related to privacy as soon as they are issued, and put in place the necessary technical measures to prevent the leak of customer or visitor data, whether such thing happened intentionally or unintentionally.
                      • Transparency and Disclosure

                        • Article (8)

                          1- The Company or related profession shall comply to directly provide all necessary information to enter into a contract through its website, including the following as a minimum:

                          • Name of the Company or Related Professions that owns the website or the smart application.
                          • A Declaration to show the website or smart application belongs to the Company that is carrying the risk or it is one of the insuranceRelated Professions. In the latter case, it is mandatory to declarethe name of the company that is carrying the insured risks.
                          • The Company or Related Profession ’s registration number with the Authority.
                          • Contact details through phone and by electronic means.
                          • An explanation on how to register a complaint so that procedures are clear.

                          2- The Company shall continuously update the data and information stipulated in Para (1) of this Article on its website or smart application.

                      • Information Security and Integrity

                        • Article (9)

                          1- The company shall maintain the confidentiality of the Electronic Information obtained through the website, and shall not disclose this information to any other party except by judicial or security order. Accordingly, the company shall establish the necessary procedures and controls to maintain the confidentiality of information.

                          2- The Company and Related Professions shall ensure the security and integrity of the information provided through its website, through applying the measures and criteria determined by the competent authorities in the state, including storing data inside the State and in the cloud.

                          3- The commitments of the Company and Related Professions and persons responsible of such for maintaining the confidentiality of Electronic Information pursuant to this Regulation shall remain in force and indefinite.

                          4- The Company and Insurance-related Professions shall protect the confidentiality of personal data and shall not share it with third parties, except within the scope of the provisions specified in this resolution. Further, the Company and Insurance-related Professions shall not disturb customers when promoting products by SMS or frequent emails, unless with prior approval of the Customer for that.

                          5- establish different levels of supervision and control of the electronic insurance operations carried out through its website as follows:

                          • Application of the minimum security measures and procedures to prevent the alteration of content of the fixed information displayed on the website by unauthorized individuals.
                          • Taking security measures and procedures to protect the shared Electronic Information with customers or visitors of the website from alteration, theft or illegal usage.
                          • Application of measures and procedures and provision of the latesttechnologies and programs to ensure the security of the paymenttransactions carried out through the company's website, by using payment systems that are adopted and licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates for paying the amounts of issuing orrenewing the insurance policy.

                          6- The department responsible for the website shall supervise the design, implementation, follow - up and update the security system of the Company’s website.

                          7- The Company and Insurance-Related Professions shall establish the necessary measures to deal with emergency cases or disasters. They shall also maintain backup copies of all data and Electronic Information displayed or obtained through their website and shall establish a clear mechanism for restoring the website systems in case of failure of one or more elements of the automated system of the website.

                          8- Insurance companies and Insurance-Related Professions shall take the necessary measures to prevent any viruses from accessing devices, networks, and databases through which the data of customers or visitors to the website may be leaked, whether such thing happened intentionally or unintentionally. They shall also take the necessary measures to not use any storage tools, disks, software, or networks containing viruses, whether such thing happened intentionally or unintentionally.

                      • Duties of the Companies and Related Professions

                        • Article (10)

                          The Company and Related Professions shall make sure of the following:

                          1. Verify its website or smart application's capacity to expand and absorb any additions that may arise in the future, such as the capacity of the website to handle any increase in the number of users, and the absorption of additional electronic insuranceoperations resulting from selling insurance policies or receivingclaims and handling complaints.
                          2. The website or smart application shall be made available for use on a 24 hours’ basis and throughout the year and the responsible department for the website shall supervise and ensure that. In the event that the website is subject to maintenance processes, these responsible departments shall ensure that maintenance period shall not exceed one working day as maximum. In case of failure to complete maintenance operations during this period, the company shall notify the Authority in writing of the reasons that led to the website failure and determine the expected period of time to reboot the website.
                          3. Ensure that the electronic content on the website does not fall under any of the prohibited content categories.
                          4. Ensure that the website does not violate any laws, regulations and legislation in force in the UAE.
                          5. Ensure the collection and processing of the sensitive data of users in a secure manner (Including: using SSL techniques / Encryption to prevent illegal collection of usernames, credit card information and bank information).
                          6. Ensure that servers and website systems are secure, the use of antivirus and malware software, and shall perform security audits according to the best practices of management and operations.
                      • Pre-contract Phase

                        • Article (11)

                          1. The Company shall illustrate its website with a description of the nature of the products that the company sells and markets electronically, and with self-assessment tools which enable the Insurance Proposer to assess his insurance needs, and eventually enable him to make an informed decision to conclude the contract.
                          2. The Company is committed to draw the attention of the Insurance Proposer to the following information in a timely manner during the purchase process and before concluding the contract:

                            a. Nature of the product countering the insurance risk.
                            b. Main benefits of the product.
                            c. Options of the insurance product and the insurance coverage.
                            d. Exclusions of coverage and restriction of the product.
                            e. If there are waiting periods for specific covers.
                            f. Total premiums, VAT and any other expenses, in an accurate and clear manner.
                            g. Warning the Insurance Proposer of the consequences of providing incorrect data and information.
                            h. Showing the outcome of cancelling the contract, in particular the manner premium refunds are calculated.
                            i. Informing the Insurance Proposer about the importance of acquiring insurance consultancy from a licensed and registered Insurance Consultant.

                      • Declarations of the Insurance Proposer

                        • Article (12)

                          The Company, through its website is committed to use "step by step" approach for the disclosure of essential individual information (rather than providing information in full) to ensure that the Insurance Proposer acknowledges and signs the same, and that he has read the essential information related to the insurance application, and that he comprehends and understands legal consequences of his declaration.

                      • Outsourcing of Electronic Insurance Operations

                        • Article (13)

                          1. The Company and Insurance -Related Professions, after satisfying the procedures set forth in the Regulations herein- when outsourcing the electronic insurance operations to other party, outsourcing the development, management or maintenance of its website or outsourcing any other operations related to its website, shall develop a special provision in the Outsourcing Contract thereunder the other party shall commit to apply the provisions of the Regulations herein, the code of professional practice issued by the Insurance Authority, and other related legislation. The Company and Insurance-Related Professions shall remain accountable to the IA.
                          2. It is permissible to execute contracts through electronic automated means, including two or more electronic information systems that are prepared and programmed to do such in advance. The contracting shall be valid and has legal grounds, even if no direct personal interference was done in the process of executing the contract between these systems.
                          3. It is permissible to enter into a contract through an electronic automated system in the possession of a Company and Related Professions and other party, provided the other party knows or is expected to know that the system will automatically handle entering and executing the contract.
                          4. The Company and Related Professions, that wish to sell their insurance products through a website owned by other party licensed for this purpose, shall obtain the prior approval of the Insurance Authority. The Company and Related Professions shall verify that the website of the other party meets the following conditions:
                             
                            • If the other party's website is used to sell the insurance products of other companies, each insurance product must be clearly linked to the company providing it.
                            • The website shall include all the information and data that need to be disclosed by the company, such as; the Company name,address, license status, classes of insurance activities, channels of communication with the Company.
                            • The Website of the other party shall clarify the role of this party, its obligations towards customers such as the insured and whether this party is a broker or insurance agent licensed by the Insurance Authority or any other authority.
                      • Advertising and Marketing

                        • Article (14)

                          The Company and Insurance-Related Professions or the party outsourced to perform the business related to the company’s website, when conducting advertisement and promotion of the electronic operations shall comply with the provisions of the code of professional practice, and must obtain the prior written approval of the Insurance Authority.

                      • Chapter Four: Price Comparison Websites

                        • Article (15)

                          1. Insurance Companies and Insurance-Related Professions are prohibited from dealing with Price Comparison Websites, except for Insurance Brokers.
                          2. In the event that the company deals with an Insurance Broker that deals with Price Comparison Websites, the company shall abide by the prices and coverage that appears on the Price Comparison Websites.
                          3. When dealing with Price Comparison Websites, Insurance Brokers are obliged to do the following:

                            a. Not to deal with websites not registered with the Authority.
                            b. Providing the Authority with a copy of the agreement signed between the Insurance Broker and the owner of the Price Comparison Website, containing the terms and conditions, including not allowing them to issue or market any kind of insurance policies, and that the service provided by the website is to compare prices only and that the right to communicate with customers is limited to the Insurance Broker. The Insurance Broker shall also refrain from granting price comparison websites any authority to issue an insurance certificate. The agreement shall also indicate the amount of the allowance received by the Price Comparison Website which must be as a referral allowance in the form of a lump sum only.

                          4. The Price Comparison Websites that handle insurance, for the purposes of registration, shall satisfy the following:

                            a. To be a company registered in the State according to the Commercial Companies Law or one of the financial free zones in the State.
                            b. Submit a registration application to the Authority in accordance with the approved regulations.
                            c. Providing the Authority with a copy of the agreement concluded with the Insurance Broker, provided that it includes referral fees for Price Comparison Websites provided that they are in the form of lump sums and it is prohibited to charge a commission for the services they provide.
                            d. To have one of the goals of the company in its memorandum of incorporation is to provide a service for comparing insurance premium rates.
                            e. Insofar as the issue relates to insurance, the company should not extend its work on anything other than providing premium comparison services.
                            f. Not to engage in the activity of the Insurance Agent, insurance Broker, or any other insurance-related professions, or carry out insurance underwriting operations or receive insurance premiums.
                            g. The Website clearly and explicitly and legibly included that the website only provides insurance policy price comparison services.
                            h. Refrain from maintaining, storing or copying any electronic data or information related to potential clients or clients and such information must be transferred electronically to the company in question without making copies thereof.
                            i. Submit an undertaking to the Authority to abide by Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and organization of Insurance Operations, the amendments thereof, its regulations, instructions, decisions and circulars issued pursuant thereto.
                            j. Designating an employee who is concerned with communicating with the Authority, and providing the Authority with his contact information and updating it periodically.

                          5. Price Comparison Websites must apply to renew the registration annually, including the following: -

                            a. A list of the brokers contracted with during the year.
                            b. Any changes to the agreement concluded with the Broker.
                            c. A statement of the revenues generated by the Brokers.
                            d. A list of the insurance lines that are compared.
                            e. Any matters decided by the IA.

                          6. Price Comparison Websites are prohibited from communicating with the customer, and communication shall only be made through an Insurance Broker.
                          7. The provisions of the Regulations herein shall be applied to Price Comparison Websites, to the extent that they are applied to them, and according to what is decided by the Authority in this regard.
                          8. In the event that any of the violations of the Price Comparison Websites are proven according to evidence available to the IA or the Competent Authorities, the IA may take any of the following measures and penalties:
                          1. Warning the Price Comparison Website to take appropriate measures to rectify its conditions during a specific period.
                          2. In the event that the conditions are not rectified within the specified period, the Price Comparison Website is prohibited from dealing with the Insurance Broker for a period not exceeding six months.
                          3. In the event of repeating the violation, the website shall be blocked for a temporary period in coordination with the Competent Authorities, or the website shall be completely blocked, according to the discretion of the IA.
                      • Chapter Five: Selling and Marketing Insurance Policies

                        • Identifying the Customer

                        • Article (16)

                          1. The Company and the Insurance Agent, prior to selling or issuing any insurance policy through its website, shall verify the identity of its customers and the documents submitted by them and develop the necessary procedures in this regard. The Insurance Broker shall comply with the aforementioned rules when issuing the insurance certificate.
                          2. The Company and the Insurance Agent shall apply what is included in the legislations of anti- money laundering, combating the financing of terrorism and financing illegal organizations crimes, and they must inform the Competent Authority in accordance with electronic regulations or other approved means for any suspected activities that take place through its website.
                          3. The Company, Insurance Related Professions and Insurance Agent shall maintain proper records of customers’ documents and identities obtained through its website for a period of at least 10 years.
                          4. The Company, Insurance-Related Professions and Insurance Agent shall establish an electronic account for each customer and shall develop the following procedures to protect the customer's account:
                          • Change the password of the customer's account periodically.
                          • Request to re-enter the password after lapse of a fixed period of inactivity.
                          • Validate the customer's email address by sending a verification link (activation).
                          • A unified policy approved by the company’s board of directors, which includes insuring the insurer has two factors upon logging in.
                      • Rules of Selling the Insurance Policy

                        • Article (17)

                          1. The Company and Insurance Agent shall issue dated electronic insurance policies and the issued electronic version shall include all the contents of the policy, including the insurance application, policy terms, limits of coverage and the annexes. They shall provide the customer with a copy of the entire policy in all available ways and means. Additionally, they must provide the customer with a thorough electronic copy of the policy in (PDF) format, which shall be sent by e-mail or other electronic means as soon as they are issued. The commencement date of and expiry date of the insurance coverage shall be clearly stated in the policy. The Insurance Broker shall comply with the aforementioned rules when issuing the insurance certificate.
                          2. The Company and Insurance Agent shall enable the customer to view, print and download a complete electronic copy of the policy through his electronic account on the Company's website at any time. In the event that the format of the electronic policy requires the use of special software, the company shall provide the necessary software on its website.
                          3. The Company and Insurance Agent shall provide the customer at his request with a paper copy of the insurance policy issued electronically signed and stamped by the Company or any other document directly related to this policy through its branches or its agent’s branches, or by sending it by registered mail within a period not exceeding seven working days from the date of customer application.
                          4. The Company and Insurance Agent shall provide the Insurance Authority with the electronic websites addresses through which the insurance policies will be sold, or through the Agent or the Broker.
                      • Payment of the Due Premiums

                        • Article (18)

                          The payment of electronic policies premiums may be paid by the applicable electronic means of payment, including direct debit from a bank account or credit card payment and other payment methods adopted by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates.

                      • Post-sale Provisions - Services

                        • Article (19)

                          1. The Company and the Insurance Agent –as case may be - shall abide by all legislations in force related to the electronic operations in the State, when selling any insurance policy through its website. The Insurance Broker shall comply with the aforementioned rules when issuing the insurance certificate.
                          2. The Company, The Insurance Agent and the Insurance Broker shall develop clear procedures for the cancellation of the policy through their website.
                        • Article (20)

                          1. The Company and Insurance Agent shall communicate with the customer by using at least two means of communication preferred by the customer, such as; E -mail, registered mail, SMS and telephone.
                          2. The Company and Insurance-Related Professions, when sending notification or announcement to more than one customer by E - mail or any other means of communication, shall verify and ensure that the notification or announcement does not contain any personal information relating to any customer and in a way that prevents the recipients of the notification or announcement to identify the identity of any other recipient.
                          3. The Company, the Insurance Agent and the Insurance Broker, when issuing the insurance policy through their website, shall provide a special section for post sales services on the website, whereby the customer can perform any of the following operations:
                          • Render any additional services related to the valid policy.
                          • Demand to Make any amendments to the policy, such as; addition, renewal or cancellation.
                          • Verify the status of the policy (valid, expired or cancelled).
                          • Know the date of commencement of the insurance coverage, the expiry date, insurance amount and insurance policy number.
                          • View the premiums schedule.
                          • View the paid premiums, payment dates and amounts.

                          4. The Company, the Insurance Agent and the Insurance Broker shall inform the customer one month at least before the expiry date of the insurance policy
                          to enable the customer to renew the policy or obtain insurance coverage from another company. The Customer shall be informed through all the available means of communication referred to in Para (1) of the Article herein.

                           

                      • Registering Complaints and Claims

                        • Article (21)

                          Without prejudice to the provisions of the Code of Professional Practice and the legislations in force, the Company, the Insurance Agent and the Insurance Broker shall provide through their website, all the information necessary to the customer or the third party (the injured third party) to lodge complaints and follow - up their status. The information shall include the following as a minimum:

                          1. Complaint/Claims Forms.
                          2. Contact details of the concerned department for receiving complaints in the Company, the Insurance Agent and the Insurance Broker.
                          3. Available communication channels to inquire about complaints (email, fax, phone, postal address).
                          4. A general description of complaints handling procedures, including the estimated time to address a complaint.
                          5. The Company and the Insurance Agent are obliged to provide a written response to the claim, whether by accepting the claim or part of it or rejecting the claim in full, with an explanation of the reason.
                          6. Contact information of Customer Happiness Department in the Insurance Authority.
                      • Claims Handling

                        • Article (22)

                          1. The company shall provide electronic claim forms for submitting claims and uploading electronic copies of the claim documents. After accepting the electronic claim, the company shall provide the claimant with a reference number of his claim.

                          2. Before reimbursement of the claim submitted online, the Company may require the original claim documents from the claimant to match them and verify their validity.

                      • Chapter Six: Final Provisions

                        • Supervision and Inspection

                        • Article (23)

                          1. The Insurance Authority shall supervise and conduct periodical or challenge inspections in order to ensure compliance with the legislation issued by the Authority and to verify any irregularities resulting from the inspection or contained in the complaints received by the Authority.

                          2. The Insurance Authority may request all information and documents for the purposes of supervision and auditing.

                      • Violations and Penalties

                        • Article (24)

                          1. If it was substantiated by evidence to the Authority and any othercompetent authorities, that the Company, Insurance Agent or Insurance Broker committed a violation, then the Authority may take one of the following actions and penalties:

                          a. Warning that appropriate measures shall be taken to rectify conditions within a specified period.

                          b. Suspend the electronic system for a period not exceeding six months in cooperation with the related Competent Authorities, and in case of repeating the violation, the period of suspension shall be doubled, and the public shall be notified of such by an announcement which shall bepublished by the Insurance Authority on its website or any other means.

                          c. In case of failure to rectify conditions within the specific period, adecision to cancel the approval granted shall be taken, and all Insurance Companies, Agents, Brokers and competent authorities shall be informed of the decision and the public shall be informed by an announcementpublished by the Insurance Authority on its website.

                          d. In the event the approval granted is cancelled pursuant to the provisionof the Article herein, the entity against which the decision was issued may not submit a new application for approval before the lapse of one year from the date of issuing the cancellation decision.

                          1. Websites that carry out insurance operations inside the State without obtaining a required license by the IA shall be blocked, in coordination with the Competent Authorities in the state.
                      • Grievance

                        • Article (25)

                          The decision issued by the Authority according to Article (24) of the Regulations herein may be appealed within (20) days from the date of notification thereof. The appeal request shall be submitted to the IA’s Board of Directors to decide within (60) working days of submitting the complete request, and the decision of the Board on such appeal shall be final.

                      • Final Provisions

                        • Article (26)

                          Insurance Companies and Insurance Related Professions registered by the Authority shall rectify their conditions pursuant to the provision of the Regulations herein within six months from their entry into force.

                        • Article (27)

                          The Director General shall issue the decisions and circulars necessary to implement the provisions of the Regulations herein.

                        • Article (28)

                          These Regulations shall be published in the Official Gazette and shall come into force as from the following day of its publication.

                    • The Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Decision No. (42) of 2019 On the Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Decision No. (13) of 2018 Instructions Concerning Marketing Insurance Policies through Banks

                      The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority,

                      Having pursued;

                      - Federal Law No. (1) of 2006 concerning Electronic Transactions and Commerce;
                      - The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of Insurance Operations, the amendments thereof and its Executive Regulations;
                      - Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Concerning the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities;
                      - Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Decision No. (13) of 2018, Instructions Concerning Marketing Insurance Policies through Banks;
                      - And, based on the proposal of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Insurance Authority's Board of Directors,

                      Has decided:
                       

                      Article (1)

                      To amend Paragraph No. (2) of Article (5) to read as follows:
                      “To acquire practical training for a period of (30) hours at any insurance company in the same insurance products he is going to market.”
                       

                      Article (2)

                      Article No. (9) of Board’s Decision No. (13) of 2018 shall be cancelled and replaced by the following text:

                      “The Insurance Company shall have a point of sales in the Emirate where the Bank is marketing its insurance policies or shall have electronic services that enable customers to communicate with the company to receive their feedback, inquiries and complaints, within the following conditions:

                      1. Providing the service of communication with the company through telephone, website or through an electronic application that can be downloaded on smartphones.
                      2. Easiness to use website or application.
                      3. Responding to customer complaints and inquiries within one day.
                      4. The electronic services shall be in Arabic and at least one other language.
                      5. The company shall maintain a special record inside it showing the details of complaints, inquiries and the results.”
                         

                      Article (3)

                      The period granted to insurance companies to rectify their status, at the time the Board of Directors’ Decision No. (13) of 2018 entered into force, shall be extended, in accordance with the provisions contained therein for an additional period of (six months) as from the effective date of this Decision.
                       

                      Article (4)

                      The companies practicing the marketing of insurance policies through banks shall rectify their status in accordance with the provisions of this Decision.
                       

                      Article (5)

                      The provisions of this Decision shall come into force from the date of its issuance and shall be published in the Official Gazette.

                    • Board of Directors' Decision No. (42) of 2017 on the amendment of some provisions of Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Decision No. (25) of 2016 Pertinent to Regulation of the Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policies

                      Chairman of the Board of the Insurance Authority;

                      Having perused:

                      - The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007, concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Organization of Insurance Operations , its amendments and its Executive Regulation ;
                      - The Federal Law No (21) of 1995 concerning the Federal Traffic Law ,its amendments;
                      - Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Decision No. (25) of 2016 Pertinent to Regulation of the Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policies
                      - And, based on the approval of the Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority and the proposal of the Director General of the Authority,

                      Has decided:

                      Article 1

                      The Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policy against Third Party Liability shall be amended as follows:

                      1. Article (13) of Chapter one (General Conditions) shall be renumbered as paragraph (a) of the said Article, and the clause "for the type and year of manufacture of the vehicle" shall be inserted after the words "suitable repair shops ....".
                         
                      2. A paragraph (b) shall be added to Article (13) as follows:

                        (b) For the damaged motor vehicle, insured against loss and damage at an insurance company with the condition of repair within the Agency, the repair shall be carried out within the Agency's repair shops pursuant to this condition. The insurance company insuring the loss and damage has the right of recourse against the Third Party liability insurance company in accordance with the following reimbursements basis:

                        1) The reimbursement for the motor vehicle that has passed more than one year from its first registration or its use and until the end of the second year shall be after deduction of 15% of the value of the final repair bill.

                        2) The reimbursement for the motor vehicle that has passed more than two years from its first registration or its use and until the end of the third year shall be after deduction of 30% of the value of the final repair bill.

                        3) In case more than three years have lapsed since the first registration or use of the motor vehicle, the company shall abide by repairing the damaged vehicle at suitable repair shops for the type and year of manufacture of the vehicle. The damaged parts shall be replaced with original parts of the same standard, provided that, if the agreement between the Loss and Damage Insurance Company and the insured has the condition that "repair shall be within the agency", this condition shall remain effective.

                        4) The existing rights between companies prior to the implementation of this regulation shall be observed.

                        3. A clause (fourth) shall be added to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Chapter Two "Obligations of the Insurance Company" as follows:

                        "Fourth: In case of the entitlement to the loss of benefit allowance (substitute motor vehicle) and the Affected Third Party has insurance against loss and damage and Third Party Liability , he shall be entitled, for the purpose of obtaining the loss of benefit allowance (substitute motor vehicle) to claim directly to his company, which has the right of recourse for same amount paid against the insurance company of the insured ,who caused the accident and has insurance against Third Party Liability"

                      Article (2)

                      Amendments of some provisions of Chapter One "General Conditions of the Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policy against Loss and Damage to read as follows:

                      1. To delete paragraph (b) of Article (8) and replace it with the following text: "The Insured shall be liable to pay the dues arising on the vehicle before receiving the compensation and to submit the required papers and power of attorney and attend before the competent departments, if necessary in order to transfer the ownership of the motor vehicle to the company. Whereas, in case there is mortgage, the company shall undertake without delay the communication with the competent entity (the owners of mortgages) to obtain a non-objection letter to transfer the ownership of the salvage of the vehicle to the company.

                      2. Two new paragraphs (13) and (14) shall be added as follows:

                      (13) In case of the entitlement to the loss of benefit allowance (substitute motor vehicle) and the Affected Third Party has insurance against loss and damage and Third Party Liability , he shall be entitled, for the purpose of obtaining the loss of benefit allowance (substitute motor vehicle) to claim directly against his company ,which has the right to claim the for same amount paid to the insurance company of the insured ,who caused the accident and has insurance against Third Party Liability in accordance with the rules specified in the Third Party Liability policy"

                      (14) If the fixed and irreplaceable parts of the motor vehicle such as chassis or pillars are damaged and need cutting, tightening or welding as a result of the accident, the motor vehicle shall be considered total loss and the Company shall be obliged to pay the compensation according to the value specified in the policy between the Company and the insured"


                      Article (3)

                      This decision shall take effect as of 01/01/2018 and shall be published in the Official Gazette.

                      • Regulation to Impose Financial Sanctions for Strict Liability Violations

                        The Central Bank of the UAE (CBUAE) is pleased to announce the issuance of the ‘Regulation to Impose Financial Sanctions For Strict Liability Violations’ (the Regulation) (Circular No. 22/2021) under which financial sanctions are to be imposed on specific regulatory obligations.

                        The objective of the Regulation is to establish a regime for imposing financial sanctions on strict liability violations.

                        Once a violation has been committed, the appropriate financial sanction will be applied to the Licensed Financial Institution (LFI). No further enquiry, review, representations, or appeal process will be applicable.

                        The Regulation is annexed to this Notice and was published on 28th February 2022 in the Official Gazette and comes into effect one month after its publication.

                        All LFIs must on-board themselves onto the Licensing Automation Portal to ensure that they can gain access to the Strict Liability Regulation (UAESLR) portal.

                        All LFIs must create an internal email distribution list as follows. “UAESLR@<DOMAINNAME>”

                        The LFIs must include the names of the individuals responsible to be included on the distribution list. This email address must be created and communicated to the CBUAE no later than 13th April 2022. All further communication with regard to the UAESLR will be sent to the specified email address.

                        • Introduction

                          The effective implementation of administrative and financial sanctions is necessary for the proper functioning of the enforcement of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities as amended (the Central Bank Law).

                          The Central Bank Law set out the administrative and financial sanctions to be applied to Licensed Financial tostitutions. Those sanctions apply to all violations under the Central Bank Law and require a reasoned assessment of the appropriate sanction and the level at which it is to be applied٠ However, some violations, by their very nature, do not require such an assessment, as the responsibility on the Licensed Financial Institution to comply with the legal requirement does not necessitate any excuse or explanation, except in case of an event of force majeure. Such violations are strict liability violations.

                          Strict liability is imposed on elements of a variety of regulatory obligations. Typically, such obligations relate to routine, administrative activities that have to be performed often, if not at appointed periods of time. The repetitive nature of the activity does not however belie its importance on the regulatory obligation of the Licensed Financial Iostitutions.

                        • Objective

                          The objective of this Regulation is to establish a regime for imposing financial sanctions for strict liability violations.
                          Once a violation has been committed, the appropriate financial sanction will be applied immediately and the Licensed Financial Institution will be informed accordingly. No further investigation, review, representations or appeal process will be applied.

                        • Article (1): Definitions

                          The following terms and phrases shall have the definitions assigned to them for the purpose of this Regulation:

                          1. UAE; The United Arab Emirates.
                             
                          2. Central Bank: The Central Bank of the UAE.
                             
                          3. Central Bank Law: Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, as amended).
                             
                          4. Licensed Financial Institution: as defined in the Central Bank Law.
                             
                          5. Working day/s: Monday to Friday excluding public holidays.
                             
                          6. The weekends: Saturday and Sunday.
                             
                          7. The Integrated Regulatory Reporting System: (https://131.5.15.15/cbuaeirr/) is a unified data collection & reporting framework to collect & analyse data submitted by all the Licensed Financial Institutions.
                             
                          8. Card Transactions: All cashless payment modes including but not limited to virtual wallets, digital cards, plastic cards e.g. debit cards, credit cards, store cards, prepaid cards and all other such card payments.
                             
                          9. ATM: Automated Teller Machine.
                             
                          10. CDM: Cash Dispensing Machine, Cash Deposit Machine, and/or Cheque Deposit Machine.
                             
                          11. CARD BINS: Bank Identification Number (“BIN”)

                            The terms mentioned in the Central Bank Law shall bear the same meanings ascribed thereto in the said Law when used in this Regulation, unless a definition otherwise is stated herein.
                        • Article (2): Circulation of Counterfeit/Forged) UAE Currency

                          1. The official currency of the UAE is the Dirham and the issuance of the currency shall be the exclusive right of the UAE.
                             
                          2. That right is exercised exclusively and solely by the Central Bank.
                             
                          3. Article 55 (2) of the Central Bank Law states that “No person shall issue or put into circulation Currency Notes, Currency Coins, or any instrument or token payable to bearer on demand having the appearance of, or purporting to be, or are likely to pass as, or be confused with legal tender in the State or in any other country.”
                             
                          4. Accordingly, all Licensed Financial Institutions are required to ensure that they do not circulate counterfeit and/or forged notes, at the point of collection or at the point of transaction or by delivery to its account at the Central Bank.
                             
                          5. If counterfeit and/or forged notes are circulated by the Licensed Financial Institution, whatever the circumstances, whether deliberately, recklessly or negligently, the Licensed Financial Institution will be in violation of Article 55(2) aforementioned.
                             
                          6. Currency notes or currency coins which are legally in circulation in the UAE but are subsequently withdrawn or replaced, are not counterfeit notes or counterfeit currency coins.
                             
                          7. Failure to prevent the circulation of counterfeit and/or forged currency will result in a fine of AED 10,000 for counterfeited note and/or currency plus the face value of the currency and/or currency coin.
                        • Article (3): The Court Cases Management System

                          1. On 18 March 2018, the Central Bank introduced the Court Cases Management System, an automated process to facilitate the monitoring of the processing of court orders by stakeholders issued against all Licensed Financial Institutions operating in the UAE. The stakeholders are the courts under the Ministry of Justice, the Dubai Courts, the Ras Al Khaimah Courts and Prosecution and the Rental Disputes Centrel of Dubai.
                             
                          2. Despite the introduction of the Court Cases Management System, numerous orders, issued by different courts were not being processed in a timely manner.
                             
                          3. To address this matter, on 15 October 2018, the Central Bank issued Notice No. CBUAE/BSD/2018/3004, to inform the banks of their obligations to process court orders within the time limits set out in the Notice.
                             
                          4. The Notice also informed the banks that the Central Bank would send reminders about the court orders that become due and would take appropriate measures if no action is taken to comply with the Notice.
                             
                          5. Accordingly, failure to comply with the Notice will result in the Central Bank imposing a fine of AED 1,000 per violation against the concerned bank.
                             
                          6. A daily rate of AED 1,000 will be applied for the delay of each working day that continues after the violation, with a maximum threshold of AED 50,000 for each violation.
                        • Article (4): Data Reporting on Cross Border Transactions (SWIFT Cross-Border Payment Transactions)

                          1. The Central Bank has the mandate to prepare and publish the statistics of the balance of payments and the international investment position for the UAE in line with international standards.
                             
                          2. To enhance the quality of the data for cross-border transactions and ensure better control of the relevant flows, instituting a purpose of payment is critical. To that end, the Central Bank has established a mandatory requirement in its reporting process to capture the purpose of the payment for all cross-border transactions in a reliable and accurate way. This facilitates the collection of the required information directly from the customers of the Licensed Financial Institutions and facilitates the collection of information to account for all transactions in and out of UAE borders by residents of the UAE.
                             
                          3. The Licensed Financial Institutions are required to provide customers with the full list of purpose codes as published by the Central Bank without merging or amending the list and to comply with the following requirements:

                            a) To provide purpose codes when initiating SWIFT cross-border payment transactions under Central Bank Notice No. CBUAE/BSD/N/2018/759 dated 23 May 2018; that is: “to assist the Central Bank in the compilation of the balance of payments, all SWIFT transfers messages need to include a payment purpose code according to the list of codes that are published on the Central Bank’s website under the balance of payments guidelines, along with a description, explanation by code and examples”;

                            b) To register for the Fin-toform services as required, enabling the Central Bank to collect information from the SWIFT messages initiated by the Licensed Financial Institutions as required, under Central Bank Notice No. CBUAE/BSD/N/2018/759 dated 23 May 2018, that is: “the Licensed Financial Institutions need to report to the Central Bank on a transaction by transaction basis:
                             
                            1. i. Swift messages: All customer transfer messages between Licensed Financial Institutions from the UAE to overseas institutions in all currencies (Outflows) or from overseas institutions to the UAE (Inflows)

                              ii. Non-Swift messages: All customer transfer messages between Financial Institutions in the UAE from resident accounts to non-resident accounts within the UAE banking system in all currencies and from nonresident and resident accounts; And/or cross border transactions between their own branches, residents in the UAE and outside the UAE”

                            2.  
                            c) To provide the required information by using the required purpose codes as specified in the official list of SWIFT Scope purpose codes.

                            d) Licensed Financial Institutions can provide the required purpose codes by using any of the following options:
                             
                            1. i. Option 01: using TAG 77B
                              ii. Option 02: using TAG 72
                              iii. Option 03: using TAG 70
                              iv. Option 04: using TAG 26T

                            2.  
                            “TAG” in this Article refers to a specific place holder in a SWIFT message that contains specific data.

                            e) Technical notes on transaction codes for the compilation of the balance of payments is published on the Central Bank website: Document Code - UAEFTS- AUX700 - 2018-001-01 dated November 2018.

                            f) The exchange houses that send transfer messages from the UAE, to institutions outside the UAE, in all currencies or receive transfer messages from institutions outside the UAE, in all currencies, must report to the Central Bank, transaction by transaction including the purpose code.
                             
                          4. Failure to provide the required information and to use the designated TAG with the correct purpose codes is a violation of the aforementioned Notice and will result in a fine of AED 1,000 for each violation.
                        • Article (5): Data Reporting on Card Transactions

                          1. The Central Bank has the mandate to prepare and publish the statistics of the balance of payments for the UAE in line with international standards. To assist the Central Bank in the compilation of the balance of payments and enhance the quality of the information of all Card Transactions, particularly in relation to travel services, the information must be reported on a transaction by transaction basis.
                             
                          2. Under Notice No. CBUAE/BSD/- N/2018/758 dated 23 May 2018, the Licensed Financial Institutions are required to notify the Central Bank of all Card Transactions conducted at:

                            a. ATM/CDM/KIOSKs
                             
                            1. i. where the transaction is for the customer of the bank owning the terminal and/or

                              ii.the transaction is not routed to the issuer via the UAE SWITCH to the issuer for authorization

                            b. Point of Sale terminals:
                             
                            1. i. where the transaction is for the customer of the bank owning the terminal and/or

                              ii. the transaction is routed to the issuer via the schemes to the issuer for authorization
                             
                          3. Licensed Financial tostitutions are required to upload the files of NON-UAE SWITCH and point of sale transactions on a daily basis even if there are no transactions to report.
                             
                          4. Licensed Financial Institutions are required to use format and variables for each of the files at paragraph 2 (a & b) of this Article following technical details provided in the Document Code U.FS-AUX884- Version 2017-001 UAE Funds Transfer System NON-UAE SWITCH Transaction Details Upload.
                             
                          5. In addition to allowing the Central Bank to identify the issuing countries and the usage countries on Card Transactions, the Central Bank issued Notice No. CBUAE/BSD/N/2019/2900 dated 18 July 2019, requiring Licensed Financial Institutions to:

                            a. provide CARD BINS information to the Central Bank of all Card Transactions issued in the UAE;

                            b. provide Customer Account Details for all Card Transactions issued by banks in the UAE; and

                            c. report data on Card Transactions conducted through e-commerce (online transactions).
                             
                          6. Failure to provide the required information aforementioned in accordance with the Central Bank’s Notices and the Document Code mentioned in this Article, is a violation and will result in a fine of AED 1,000 for each violation.
                        • Article (6) Sale and Purchase Currency Notes Reporting

                          1. Licensed Financial Institutions must report to the Central Bank the following:

                            a. Currency notes (cash); and

                            b. Sales and purchases of foreign currency classified by currency.
                             
                          2. The above report shall be sent to the Central Bank by the end of the working day every Friday. Failure to submit the report/reports as required will result in a fine of AED 1,000 for each violation.
                        • Article (7): Issuing Certificates to Customers Within 7 Working Days

                          1. A routine function of all banks in the UAE is to provide their customers with liability statements and clearance letters, otherwise known as a certificate, within 7 working days of the customer’s application.
                             
                          2. The purpose of the certificate is to provide confirmation of the customer’s financial position with the bank to enable the customer to rely on the confirmation for personal reasons or to terminate their financial relationship with the bank and to move their account to another bank.
                             
                          3. Article 9 (b) of Regulation No. 29/2011 states that “Commercial banks may open all types of accounts for their customers, but in such cases, they must abide by the standard agreement mentioned under Article (12) [Conditions for Opening of Accounts, Providing Credit Cards and Granting Loans & Bank Facilities] of these Regulations. In case a customer requested closing of the account and termination of the business relationship with the bank, the bank should do that without imposing a penalty if the account opening date goes back to more than one year. In all cases, an account must be closed and an appropriate certificate must be issued within, maximum, seven days (7) from date of submission of the application”
                             
                          4. In addition, Central Bank Circular No. 13/189/2013 dated 2 December 2013 states that “As a normal banking practice, issuance and delivery of certificates and letters should not take more than 7 working days”.
                             
                          5. Accordingly, banks are required to provide certificates to their customers within 7 working days of the customer’s request. For the purposes of this Article, customers are retail customers, not corporate customers.
                             
                          6. Failure by the bank to issue the certificate within the requisite period is a violation and will result in a fine of AED 10,000 for each violation.
                             
                          7. A daily rate of AED 10,000 will be applied for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 100,000 for each violation.
                        • Article (8): Reporting Requirements

                          1. An important function of the Central Bank is to receive data from Licensed Financial Institutions on various aspects of the Licensed Financial Institution’s activities by way of the Licensed Financial Institution’s reporting requirements. The reporting requirements relate to a broad range of the Licensed Financial Institutions’ business activities and it is critical to receive complete and accurate information in a timely manner to enable the Central Bank to maintain effective supervision of regulated entities.
                             
                          2. The obligation to file regulatory returns or reports to the Central Bank is set out in Central Bank Notice No. 157/2013 dated 11 April 2013.
                             
                          3. All Licensed Financial Institutions are under an obligation to file regulatory returns or reports under the Central Bank’s Integrated Regulatory Reporting System as per the required frequency and format.
                             
                          4. The reporting obligations stated in this Article are subject to change as notified by the Central Bank to Licensed Financial Institutions. Such changes will be informed to all Licensed Financial Institutions via https://13L5.15.15/cbuaeirr/ under “Alerts”.
                             
                          5. It is mandatory for Licensed Financial Institutions to monitor the “Alerts” during the working day to ensure that the reporting obligations are met.
                             
                          6. Licensed Financial Institutions must have a formal process to ensure they are able to comply with the reporting requirements. Failure to meet the filing requirements is a violation of the Licensed Financial Institutions’ obligations.
                             
                          7. Licensed Financial institutions reporting requirements are as follow:

                            a. The Bank’s Reporting Requirements are as follows :
                             
                            1. i. Monthly Reports - The first batch of monthly reports must be filed within 7 working days (excluding weekends and public holidays) after the month end;

                              ii. Monthly Reports - The second batch of monthly reports must be filed within 11 working days (excluding weekends and public holidays) after the month end;

                              iii. Monthly Reports - The third batch of monthly reports must be filed by the 25th following each month end or the following working day if the 25th is a holiday;

                              iv.Quarterly Reports - The first batch of quarterly reports must be filed by the 25th following each calendar quarter end or the following working day if the 25th is a holiday;

                              v. Quarterly Reports - The second batch of quarterly reports must be filed by the 30th/31st following each quarter end or the following working day if the 30th or 31st is a holiday;

                              vi. Half Year Reports - The first batch of half-yearly reports must be filed by 31st July and 31st January or the following working day if the 31st is a holiday;

                              vii. Half Year Reports - The Second batch of half-yearly reports must be filed by 31st July and 31st January or the following working day if the 31st is a holiday;

                              viii. Yearly Reports- Must be filed by 31st January following the year end or the following working day if the 31st is a holiday;

                              ix. Quarterly Islamic Returns - Must be filed by 30th or 31st of the month end following the quarter end; or the following working day if the 30th or 31st is a holiday;

                              X. To submit any additional daily, weekly, fortnightly and other reports as required in the Integrated Regulatory Reporting System, or by law as applicable;

                              xi. Failure of the bank to comply with its reporting obligations will result in a fine of AED 1,000for each violation.

                              xii. A daily rate of AED 1,000 will be applied for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED for each violation; and

                              xiii Submitting erroneous data in any of its reporting requirements will result in a fine of AED 50,000for each violation.

                            2.  
                            b. The Exchange House’s Reporting Requirements are as follows:
                             
                            1. i. Monthly reports: The first batch of monthly reports must be filed within 15 working days (excluding weekends and public holidays) after the month end;

                              ii. Monthly reports: The second batch of monthly reports must be filed within 15 working days after the month end;

                              iii. Monthly reports: The third batch of monthly reports must be filed within 15 working days after the month end;

                              iv. Quarterly reports: Must be filed within 15 working days after the quarter end;

                              v. To submit a Certificate of Remittance Value issued by the External Auditor, within two (2) months from the end of every financial year;

                              vi. To submit any additional daily, weekly, fortnightly and other reports as required in the Integrated Regulatory Reporting System or by law as applicable;

                              vii. Failure of the Exchange House to comply with its obligations to submit their reporting requirements in a timely manner as required is a violation of the Standards and will result in a fine of AED 250 for each violation;

                              viii A daily rate of AED 250 will be applied for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 25,000 for each violation; and

                              ix. Submitting erroneous data in any of its reporting requirements will result in a fine of AED 12,500 for each violation.

                            c. The Finance Company’s Reporting Requirements are as follows:
                             
                            1. i. Monthly reports: The first batch of monthly reports must be filed within 14 working days (excluding weekends and public holidays) after the month end;

                              ii. Monthly reports: The second batch of monthly reports must be filed within 20 working days (excluding Saturdays and public holidays) after the month end;

                              iii. Quarterly reports: Must be filed by the 25th following each quarter or the following working day if the 25th is a holiday;

                              iv. Half-yearly reports: Must be filed by the 25th following each half year-end or the following working day if 25th is a holiday;

                              v. Yearly reports: Must be filed by the 25th of the following month or the following working day if the 25th is the holiday;

                              vi. To submit any additional daily, weekly, fortnightly and other reports as required in the Integrated Regulatory Reporting System or by law as applicable;

                              vii. Failure of the finance company to comply with its obligations to submit their reports in a timely manner as required is a violation, and will result in a fine of AED 500 for each violation;

                              viii. A daily rate of AED 500 will be applied for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 50,000 for each violation; and

                              ix. Submitting erroneous data in any of its reporting requirements will result in a fine of AED 25,000 for each violation.

                            d. Other Licensed Financial Institution’s reporting requirements are as follows:
                             
                            1. i. To submit any reporting requirements for daily, weekly, fortnightly reporting and other reports as required in the Integrated Regulatory Reporting System or by Law as applicable;

                              ii. Failure of other Licensed Financial Institutions to comply with its obligations to submit their reporting requirements in a timely manner as required is a violation, and will result in a fine of AED 500 for each violation;

                              iii. A daily rate of AED 500 will be applied for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 50,000 for each violation; and

                              iv. Submitting erroneous data in any of its reporting requirements will result in a fine of AED 25,000 for each violation.
                        • Article (9): The Higher Shari’ah Authority

                          1. Licensed Financial tostitutions that conduct all or part of their activities and businesses in accordance with Islamic Shari’ah Law are required to provide the Higher Shari’ah Authority with an annual Shari’ah report that is prepared by the Internal Shari’ah Supervision Committee.
                             
                          2. According to Article 80 of the Central Bank Law, the annual Shari’ah report is required to be provided to the Higher Shari’ah Authority before the end of February every year. The toternal Shari’ah Supervision Committee shall provide the Higher Shari’ah Authority with a copy of its report, no later than 2 months from the end of the financial year, in order for the Authority to express its remarks prior to the meeting of the general assembly of the concerned institution.
                             
                          3. Failure of the Licensed Financial Institutions to comply with its obligation to submit the annual Shari’ah report is a violation and will result in a fine of AED 5,000.
                             
                          4. A daily rate of AED 5,000 will be applied for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 500,000 for each violation.
                             
                          5. A fine of AED 50,000 will be applied if the Licensed Financial Institution submits erroneous data in any of the regulatory returns.
                        • Article (10): Enforcement and Sanctions

                          1. Financial sanctions imposed on Licensed Financial Institutions under this Regulation will accrue as a debt of the Licensed Financial fostitutions. The Central Bank will notify the Licensed Financial Institution of the debt, as relates to the period of default deemed appropriate by the Central Bank. The debt will be automatically debited from the Licensed Financial fostitution’s account at the Central Bank 28 days after the notification or such alternative means of settlement of the debt as advised to the Licensed Financial Institutions.
                             
                          2. Each obligation is considered separately and the appropriate fine will be applied for violating the specific regulatory obligation. A summary of the financial sanctions is attached at Appendix 1. Continued regulatory violations may result in further enforcement action under the Central Bank Law.
                             
                          3. In the event the Central Bank introduces new reporting requirements or alters the obligations set out in this Regulation, by legislation, decree, notice, circular, or other notification and as amended in the Integrated Regulatory Reporting System, Licensed Financial Institutions are required to comply with those reporting requirements and obligations. Such reporting requirements and obligations shall fall within the scope of this Regulation.
                        • Article (11): Force Majeure

                          1. In case of extraordinary events orcircumstances beyond the Licensed Financial Institution’s control that prevent the timely submission of the required information, such as contingencies regarding the Licensed Financial Institutions information technology system/s or the Central Bank’s inability to receive the same, the Licensed Financial Institutions must immediately notify the Central Bank and seek the Central Bank’s approval for the delay.

                        • Article (12): Interpretation of Regulation

                          1. The Regulatory Development Division of the Central Bank shall be the reference for the interpretation of the provisions of this Regulation.
                        • Article (13): Publication of Regulation

                          1. The Regulation shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English and shall come into effect one month from the date of publication.
                        • Appendix 1

                          Summary of Financial Sanctions

                          ArticleViolationFines
                          Article(2) Failure to prevent the circulation of counterfeit/forged UAE CurrencyAED 10,000 for each counterfeited note plus the face value of the currency note and/or currency coin.
                          Article (3)Failure to comply with the Central Bank Court Cases Management System.AED 1,000 per violation and a daily rate of AED 1,000 for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation, with a maximum threshold of AED 50,000 for each violation.
                          Article (4)Failure to comply with the requirements of data reporting on cross border transactions (SWIFT Cross-Border Payment Transactions)AED 1,000 per violation
                          Article (5)Failure to comply with the requirements of data reporting on Card TransactionsAED 1,000 per violation
                          Article (6)Failure to comply with the requirements of sale and purchase currency notes reportingAED 1,000 per violation
                          Article (7)Failure to issue liability statements and clearance letters to customers within 7 working days of the customer’s application.AED 10,000 per violation and a daily rate of AED 10,000 for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 100,000 for each violation.
                          Article (8)7.a.Failure of the bank to comply with its reporting obligations on time per the required frequency.AED 1,000 per violation and a daily rate of AED 1,000 for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 100,000 for each violation.
                          Article (8)7.a.Failure of the bank to submit correct data in any of its reporting obligationsAED 50,000 per violation.
                          Article (8)7.b.Failure of the exchange house to comply with its reporting obligations on time per the required frequencyAED 250 per violation and a daily rate of AED 250 for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 25,000 for each violation.
                          Article (8)7.b.Failure of the exchange house to submit correct data in any of its reporting obligationsAED 12,500 per violation.
                          Article (8)7.c.Failure of the finance company to comply with its reporting obligations on time per the required frequencyAED 500 per violation and a daily rate of AED 500 for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 50,000 for each violation.
                          Article (8)7.c.Failure of the finance company to submit correct data in any of its reporting obligationsAED 25,000 per violation
                          Article (8)7.d.Failure of other Licensed Financial Institutions to comply with its reporting obligations on time per the required frequencyAED 500 per violation and a daily rate of AED 500 for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 50,000 for each violation.
                          Article (8)7.d.Failure of other Licensed Financial Institutions to submit correct data in any of its reportingAED 25,000 per violation
                          Article (9)Failure to file the annual Shari’ah report by the end of February every yearAED 5,000 per violation and a daily rate of AED 5,000 for the delay of each working day that continues after the initial violation with a maximum threshold of AED 500,000 for each violation.
                          Article (9)Failure of the Licensed Financial Institution to submit correct data in the annual Shari’ah reportAED 50,000 per violation

                           

                      • Consumer Protection Standards

                        C 8/2020 STA Effective from 25/12/2020
                        • Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Decision No. (40) of 2019 Concerning the Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board Decision No. (3) of 2010 On the Instructions Concerning the Code of Conduct and Ethics

                          Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Decision No. (40) of 2019 Concerning the Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board Decision No. (3) of 2010 On the Instructions Concerning the Code of Conduct and Ethics to be Observed by Insurance companies operating in the UAE

                          Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority,

                          Having perused:

                          - The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Organization of Insurance Operations, the amendments thereof and its Executive regulations;
                          - The Federal Law No. (2) of 2015 On Commercial Companies;
                          - The Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Promulgation of the Civil Transactions Law;
                          - The Federal Law No. (18) of 1993 Concerning the Promulgation of the Commercial Transactions Law;
                          - The Insurance Authority Board Resolution No. (3) of 2010 On the Instructions Concerning the Code of Conduct and Ethics to be Observed by Insurance Companies Operating in the UAE;
                          - And, based on the proposal of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors,

                          Has decided:

                          Article (1)

                          1. The phrase "and Insurance-Related Professions" shall be added to the title of the Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority Resolution No. (3) of 2010 on the Instructions Concerning the Code of Conduct and Ethics to be Observed by Insurance Companies Operating in the UAE so that the title shall read as follows:

                            “The Insurance Authority Board Resolution No. (3) of 2010 On the Instructions Concerning the Code of Conduct and Ethics to be Observed by Insurance Companies and Insurance-Related Professions Operating in the UAE”

                          Article (2)

                          The following shall be added to Article No. (1) “Definitions”:

                          1. The phrase " including insurance-related professions where necessary” shall be added to the definition of “Company”, so that the definition of a Company shall read as follows: -
                            Company: An insurance company incorporated in the State and a foreign insurance company licensed to operate in the State either through a branch or an insurance agent, including insurance-related professions where necessary.
                            2. The definition of Insurance-Related Professions shall be added as follows:
                            Insurance-Related Professions: Any person licensed by the Authority to practice any of the activities of Insurance Agent, Actuary, Insurance Broker, Surveyor & Loss Adjuster, Insurance Consultant or any other insurance-related profession that the Board decides to regulate.

                          Article (3)

                          The text of Article No. (2) “Scope of Application” shall be replaced by the following:

                          1. The provisions of these Instructions shall apply to all companies registered by the Insurance Authority and operating in the State and which are marketing their products and services, directly or indirectly, thought an insurance agent or insurance broker.
                          2. The provisions of these Instructions shall apply to insurance-related professions licensed and registered by the Insurance Authority, to the extent appropriate to the nature of the business of each profession.

                          Article (4)

                          Insurance-related professionals shall rectify their status in accordance with the provisions of this Decision within one month as from the date of its publication.

                          Article (5)

                          This Decision shall be published in the Official Gazette and shall come into force as from the day following the date of publication.

                          • Introduction

                            These Regulatory Standards form part of the Consumer Protection Regulation (Circular No. 8 – 2020). All Licensed Financial Institutions must comply with these Standards when the Licensed Financial Institution carries out licensed financial activities. These Standards are mandatory and enforceable in the same manner as the Regulation.

                            The Standards follow the principles-based structure of the Regulation, with each Article corresponding to the specific Article in the Regulation.

                            This document must be read in conjunction with other regulations, including Shari’ah compliance regulations and the Standard Re. Shari’ah Governance For Islamic Financial Institutions.

                          • Article 1: Definitions

                            The Definitions set out in Article 1 of the Consumer Protection Regulation (Circular No. 8 – 2020) apply to these Standards

                          • Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency

                            • 2.1 Disclosure

                              • 2.1.1 General Provisions for all Financial Products and/or Services

                                General Requirements

                                1. 2.1.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions must apply the Disclosure and Transparency requirements to all Financial Products and/or Services provided through all communication channels of service including branches, telephone banking, mobile applications, internet banking and all other channels.
                                2. 2.1.1.2All disclosure information must be available in Arabic and English. Refer to Clause 2.3.1.3.
                                3. 2.1.1.3Disclosure information must be easily available in all branches and all other communication and distribution channels.
                                4. 2.1.1.4Information must be available in a format accessible and in a manner suitable for People of Determination or a representative nominated by such a Consumer. The Licensed Financial Institutions must assess and provide the information in the format best suitable for the Consumer.
                                5. 2.1.1.5Information must be in clear and plain language and presented using user-friendly sized font, color and spacing. It should incorporate appropriate visual graphics and provide examples using text boxes and tables to help educate Consumers about key financial concepts.
                                6. 2.1.1.6Licensed Financial Institutions must use official documents for all transactions when dealing with its Consumers. In particular, the name of the Licensed Financial Institution and a regulatory disclosure statement stating that the Licensed Financial Institution is licensed by the Central Bank must be accurately displayed in the documents. Documents must not use any other term that might indicate any out of scope unlicensed activities.
                                7. 2.1.1.7Licensed Financial Institutions must clearly and prominently display the full legal/trade name of the Licensed Financial Institution on the main signage of the licensed premises, websites, letterheads, business cards, transaction receipts and all other marketing/branding materials.
                                8. 2.1.1.8When Licensed Financial Institutions provide Advice of any kind, they must not make statements that are untrue, misleading or omit information that is necessary to understand the nature, costs, risks, terms and conditions of the Financial Products and/or Services.
                                9. 2.1.1.9When Specific Advice is provided to a Consumer by the Licensed Financial Institution, the Specific Advice must be documented. If a Financial Product and/or Service is sold, a copy of the Specific Advice must be provided to the Consumer.
                                10. 2.1.1.10Licensed Financial Institutions must continuously monitor and, improve the effectiveness of its disclosures with techniques such as Complaint analysis, Consumer satisfaction surveys, mystery shopping and Call- backs to Consumers.
                                11. 2.1.1.11Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers about account services that are included and the account services that are optional and if there is an additional fee.
                                12. 2.1.1.12Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers about the terms and conditions related to termination, expiry date, unclaimed balances and Fees for all payment instruments that it offers.
                                13. 2.1.1.13Where Licensed Financial Institutions are offering any form of rebate, gift or other incentive on their Financial Products and/or Services, Licensed Financial Institutions must clearly disclose separately the terms and conditions associated with that rebate, gift or incentive and highlight any conditions and/or restrictions. Easy and direct access must be provided to obtain the specific terms and conditions related to the rebate, gift or incentive.
                                14. 2.1.1.14Licensed Financial Institutions must include statements in terms and conditions, financial product disclosure documents, Key Facts Statements and application forms that will warn Consumers of consequences in the event of a Consumer’s failure to meet the Licensed Financial Institution’s terms and conditions before and during the Consumer’s relationships with Licensed Financial Institutions.
                                15. 2.1.1.15Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that all warning statements required by these Standards are prominently and clearly displayed in the disclosure document, i.e. they must be in a highlight box and in bold type. Warning statements, as specified in this Standard, are to be provided during all communications with the Consumer regarding a product or service. Additional warning statements must be provided regarding potential negative financial implication on the Consumer.
                                16. 2.1.1.16Information on Base Lending / base financing rates or other reference rates including the effective dates of these rates must be made available on the Licensed Financial Institution’s website and mobile application and be displayed at the Licensed Financial Institution’s branch. The posting of the rates must be updated on a regular basis with each change in rates.
                                17. 2.1.1.17Where a contract with a Consumer has a provision for annual automatic renewal of the contract, the Licensed Financial Institution must send a written notice to the Consumer at least 30 calendar days in advance from the date of renewal. The notice must also inform the Consumer how and when the automatic renewal can be cancelled.
                                18. 2.1.1.18Licensed Financial Institution’s schedule for Fees, including Third Party Fees, must be clearly on display in all branches and on the Licensed Financial Institution’s website.
                                19. 2.1.1.19Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with a Key Facts Statement prior to providing a Financial Product and/or Service or on the Consumer’s request.
                                20. 2.1.1.20The Key Facts Statement should be the first document provided to the Consumer during the sales process and must be individually and clearly presented. Prior to signing the contract, the Consumer must sign to acknowledge receipt of a Key Facts Statement for the product or service being purchased.
                                21. 2.1.1.21Key Facts Statements specific for a Financial Product and/or Service must be offered to Consumers for any Financial Product and/or Service that is being distributed, advertised, marketed, sold or otherwise provided by Licensed Financial Institutions (including insurance/takaful and structured products).
                                22. 2.1.1.22The Key Facts Statement must:
                                  1. a.Be a stand-alone document;
                                  2. b.Be concise (preferably within 2 pages) and use plain language which is easy to understand;
                                  3. c.Provide an accurate description of each Financial Product and/or Service;
                                  4. d.Specify whether the Licensed Financial Institution reserves the right to change terms and conditions at a later date;
                                  5. e.Specify the notice period to be provided before implementing any future and Permissible change in terms and conditions;
                                  6. f.Specify, as applicable, related interest/profit rates, Fees, key terms & conditions, key obligations, limitations and key requirements of the financial product in a legible font size;
                                  7. g.Use “Warning” boxes to highlight key risks related to the purchase of Financial Products and/or Services. This should include disclosure of any assumptions made that may affect the performance of the Financial Product and/or Service, any risks that would create the potential for monetary losses or the lack of any potential gains/profit and any limitations on potential monetary gains; and
                                  8. h.For loan/financing products, Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to Consumers the expected Annual interest/profit rate, any possible fees on the Credit Product and the standard formula of computing interest/profit amount as may be prescribed by the Central Bank. In addition, Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose in a prominent manner in the Key Facts Statement whether the product has a fixed, variable or a combination of fixed and variable interest/profit rate basis.

                                  Section 2.1.2, 2.1.3, 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 of this Article apply to Key Facts Statements.

                                23. 2.1.1.23Licensed Financial Institutions must provide appropriate information to the potential and existing Consumer at all stages of the relationship. All information, disclosures and other communications by Licensed Financial Institutions to Consumers must be accurate and comprehensive at each of the following 3 stages of the Consumer relationship:
                                  1. a.Prior to providing a Financial Product and/or Service to a Consumer: The information gathering stage before the point of sale or at the application stage. Disclosure should be made so that the Consumer has an understanding of the financial product’s features, pricing, benefits, risks, Fees and Consumer’s rights and obligations before making a decision;
                                  2. b.At point of entering the contract: The stage in which the Consumer is being provided with an offer and is at the stage of accepting the Financial Product and/or Service offer made by the Licensed Financial Institution; and
                                  3. c.During the term of the contract: The stage after the acceptance of the contract and until the end of the contract.
                                24. 2.1.1.24Disclosures relating to the privacy and use of personal information must be made to the Consumer in accordance with Article 6: Protection of Consumer Data and Assets of these Standards.

                                Prior to Providing a Financial Product and/or Service

                                1. 2.1.1.25Licensed Financial Institutions must provide inquiring Consumers with a copy of the terms and conditions of the Financial Product and/or Service that pertains to the inquiry. Licensed Financial Institutions must answer in Writing, any queries of Consumers relating to terms and conditions.

                                At Point of Entering the Contract

                                1. 2.1.1.26In case of rejection of any Consumer’s application for a Financial Product and/or Service by the Licensed Financial Institution, the Licensed Financial Institution must disclose the reason for rejection to the applicant except where the reason of rejection is related to Financial Crime Compliance risks or as may be prohibited by law.
                                2. 2.1.1.27Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with a copy of the contract to read and with appropriate time to review before signing it.
                                3. 2.1.1.28Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with all final documents involved in a transaction including any document that contains the signature or indication of approval of the Consumer. This applies to all documents including but not limited to the offer, contract, terms and conditions, security and guarantee. Documents must be provided free of charge regardless of how they are provided.
                                4. 2.1.1.29Where there is a guarantor or more than one Person signing a contract for a Financial Product and/or Service, each Person must be given copies of the documents free of charge.
                                5. 2.1.1.30Consumers must be offered a choice of which document format they wish to receive the initial copies of the documents.
                                6. 2.1.1.31Where a Cooling-off Period is required to be provided by these Standards or prescribed by the Central Bank, Consumers must be informed of their right to a Cooling-off-Period at time of signing the contract for the purchase of a Financial Product or Service. Where a longer Cooling-off period is specified by way of other legal or regulatory requirements, the longer period must be applied.
                                7. 2.1.1.32Consumers may waive the Central Bank’s required Cooling-off Period of complete 5 business days by signing a written waiver provided by the Licensed Financial Institution containing a warning about agreeing to an immediate commitment.
                                8. 2.1.1.33The underlying Shari’ah contracts for Shari’ah-compliant financial products should include a clause granting the Consumer Cooling-off option (Khiyar Al-Shart) for a period of 5 complete business days in accordance with the provisions contained in the Civil Transactions Law and the relevant Shari’ah standards.
                                9. 2.1.1.34Where a Licensed Financial Institution is required to carry out an assessment of a Consumer regarding the suitability, affordability and/or appropriateness of a Financial Product and/or Service, a copy of the summary of the results of the assessment must be provided to the Consumer without charge except as may be prohibited by law.
                                10. 2.1.1.35Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose in a prominent manner to a Consumer whether the interest/profit rate charged on a Credit Product is variable or fixed or a combination of the variable and fixed rate, where applicable, and the method of calculation of the rate.
                                11. 2.1.1.36Where a Base Lending / base financing Rate forms part of the final interest/profit rate offered to a Consumer, Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to the Consumer the separate components of the rate i.e. Base Lending / base financing Rate + X basis points. Licensed Financial Institutions must explain and provide a clear example of the concept of the Base Lending / base financing Rate and the potential frequency at which the rate will be revised as well as where the rates will be publicly posted.
                                12. 2.1.1.37Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose all Fees that are applicable to Consumers and provide Consumers with a copy of the Fees specific to the Financial Product and/or Service, at the time of signing a contract or upon a Consumer’s request at any time. Licensed Financial Institutions must explain the amount and calculation methodology of all applicable Fees. The Licensed Financial Institution must disclose to the Consumer that Third Party Fees may apply and disclose the amount. If the amount is not known, the Licensed Financial Institution should endeavor to provide an estimate or range.
                                13. 2.1.1.38Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose whether the Fees to be charged to the Consumer are one time or recurring. In cases where Fees are recurring, Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose the frequency of recurrence and the time period over which the amount will continue to be charged to the Consumer.
                                14. 2.1.1.39Licensed Financial Institutions must advise Consumers on what they can do to protect their accounts from fraud and misuse and must ensure that Consumers are fully aware of the consequences of granting an unauthorized Person and/or Third Parties access to their bank accounts and any other Financial Product and/or Service. In particular, Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers of the consequences of sharing their personal information, personal identification number (PIN) and other security information.
                                15. 2.1.1.40Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers of the process and contact method to follow in reporting a lost or a stolen card and in case of Unauthorized Transactions on their accounts.
                                16. 2.1.1.41Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers that they are responsible for:
                                  1. a.Keeping their banking correspondence secure for future reference;
                                  2. b.Verifying the accuracy of any account / transaction statements sent to them; and
                                  3. c.Confirming to the Licensed Financial Institution, their contact information and identification when changes occur or as requested. Requests for subsequent confirmation of information from a Licensed Financial Institution must be executed in a secure manner.
                                17. 2.1.1.42Islamic Financial Institutions (IFIs) which offer Shari’ah compliant products must disclose the Shari’ah basis of the Financial Product and/or Service and the approval from the Internal Shari’ah Supervision Committee. The Shari’ah basis should also be included in the Key Facts Statement.

                                During the Term of the Contract

                                1. 2.1.1.43During the term of the contract, Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with a regular detailed statement including all transactions that occurred in an account for a Financial Product and/or Service:
                                  1. a.The statement must include key information that fully informs the Consumer as to the amount, type and status of the transactions in the account(s); and
                                  2. b.No Fees can be charged for original statements provided to the Consumer.

                                Sections 2.1.2, 2.1.3, 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 of this Article contain further details on statements to be shared during the term of the contract.

                                1. 2.1.1.44Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers of all transactions on their accounts as they occur, by sending a free SMS to a mobile phone or, if requested, to the Consumer’s email address. The details of such transactions must be available on the Consumer’s mobile or internet banking platforms.
                                2. 2.1.1.45In case of digital transactions, the Licensed Financial Institution must communicate specific information to the Consumer upon receiving transaction requests and upon execution of the transaction as prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                3. 2.1.1.46Licensed Financial Institution cannot change terms and conditions of a contract unless this has been clearly, separately, and prominently disclosed and agreed by way of expressed consent by the Consumer.
                                4. 2.1.1.47If the Licensed Financial Institution decides to make Permissible changes to the contract, the Licensed Financial Institution must give Consumers a minimum of 60 calendar days’ notice before changes to the terms and conditions of a Financial Product and/or Service, including changes to Fees, can take effect, with exception provided by Clause 2.1.1.36 and 2.1.3.21 regarding lending Rates.
                                5. 2.1.1.48In the notification to Consumers of Permissible changes to the terms and conditions of a contract, the Licensed Financial Institutions must provide a plain language summary of the key changes along with a copy of the revised Terms and Conditions.
                                6. 2.1.1.49Where there is a Permissible change in the methodology to calculate rates and Fees, the Licensed Financial Institution must disclose the revised methodology to the Consumer by way of written notice that must be provided 60 calendar days in advance of the change taking effect.
                                7. 2.1.1.50When a Consumer or the Licensed Financial Institution transfers or closes a Consumer’s account except for credit cards and investment accounts, the Licensed Financial Institution must issue to the Consumer a final closing account statement, identified as such, within 7 complete business days of the Consumer requesting the transfer or closure of the account.
                                8. 2.1.1.51When intending to close, merge or move a branch of a Licensed Financial Institution, the Licensed Financial Institution must:
                                  1. a.Notify the Central Bank immediately in the manner as may be prescribed by the Central Bank;
                                  2. b.Provide at least 60 calendar days’ written notice to affected Consumers to enable them to make alternative arrangements;
                                  3. c.Post a notice that is clearly visible to Consumers in the closing branch and stating the date of closing of the branch;
                                  4. d.Disclose how continuity of service will be provided to the Consumer; and
                                  5. e.Disclose this information on their website.
                              • 2.1.2 General Provisions for Deposit Products

                                General Requirements

                                1. 2.1.2.1Licensed Financial Institutions that offer Deposit Products must comply with the requirements in Section 2.1.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the requirements of this Section.

                                Prior to Providing a Deposit Product and/or Service

                                1. 2.1.2.2Where a Licensed Financial Institutions offers low cost savings account and / or current account, they must be transparent and inform the Consumer of the availability of a low cost savings account and / or current account and disclose the key features of such accounts.
                                2. 2.1.2.3Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose if the account type requires an initial deposit to open the account and a minimum balance to be maintained in that type of account. The disclosure must warn the Consumer of the consequence of not maintaining a minimum (daily / monthly) balance in the account including the imposition of any Fee.
                                3. 2.1.2.4Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose the expected Annual Interest/Profit Rate that will be paid on the deposit, the frequency of interest/profit payments and any circumstances that might affect the amount or frequency of the interest/profit payments.
                                4. 2.1.2.5Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose all Fees on both standard and additional/optional services applicable to the deposit account to Consumers.

                                At Point of Entering the Contract

                                1. 2.1.2.6Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers of the implication of redeeming a fixed deposit before maturity. Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose any penalty applied to the interest/profit rate or Permissible Fees applicable to early closure of deposit account within a specified time frame.
                                2. 2.1.2.7For accounts with a cheque book facility, Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers in Writing of:
                                  1. a.Any limit on the number of cheques permitted in their cheque book; and
                                  2. b.The repercussions of returned cheques including fees, closure of the current account and / or a negative report to the Credit Information Agency.
                                3. 2.1.2.8Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers of the communications channel that Consumers can use to obtain periodic transaction account statements on their deposit accounts.

                                During the Term of the Contract

                                1. 2.1.2.9Licensed Financial Institutions must, at minimum on a monthly basis, provide the Consumer with a free transaction account statement (electronic or paper) which must include, where applicable:
                                  1. a.Account Number/ID;
                                  2. b.Name(s) on the Account;
                                  3. c.The time period covered by the statement;
                                  4. d.The opening balance;
                                  5. e.Each deposit;
                                  6. f.Each withdrawal;
                                  7. g.Breakdown of any interest/profit credited;
                                  8. h.Breakdown of all Fees by amount and type;
                                  9. i.The end of statement period closing balance;
                                  10. j.Term dates on fixed deposits;
                                  11. k.Early redemption penalties;
                                  12. l.Explanations of the interest/profit rate applied if fixed, or if variable, the annual rate on the account during the period covered by the statement; and
                                  13. m.Information on how to file a Complaint with the Licensed Financial Institution which includes, at minimum, the contact details of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint function, channels for lodging Complaints (e.g. by email, phone, fax etc.) and response time to address Complaints.
                                2. 2.1.2.10Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers of any Permissible changes in Annual Interest/Profit Rates on their deposit products. Refer to Clause 2.1.3.21.
                                3. 2.1.2.11If an account is to become dormant, free reminders must be sent to the Consumer informing them about the impending dormancy, as may be prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                4. 2.1.2.12Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers of their decision to close a Consumer’s account 60 calendar days in advance of the account being closed and provide in Writing, the reasons for closure. If the Licensed Financial Institution has reasonable grounds to believe there may be financial crime risks and potential fraud, Licensed Financial Institutions can immediately close or block an account without providing the advanced notice or reasons to the Consumer.

                                Disclosure Requirements for Shari’ah Deposit Products

                                1. 2.1.2.13IFIs which offer Shari’ah compliant Deposit Products must comply with the requirements in Section 2.1.2 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the below requirements.
                                2. 2.1.2.14IFIs which offer Shari’ah compliant Deposit Products to Consumers must:
                                  1. a.Explain briefly the Shari’ah concepts applicable to the Deposit Product, including the rights and obligations of the Consumer;
                                  2. b.Disclose that funds are invested and managed in accordance with Shari’ah requirements;
                                  3. c.Disclose the profit-sharing ratio, weights and profit distribution method by the Licensed Financial Institution for deposits under the mudarabah concept, including the frequency of profit payment. For Deposit Products with fixed tenor, the Licensed Financial Institution should disclose the historical profit rates to facilitate comparison by the Consumer; and
                                  4. d.Disclose if a minimum deposit amount is required for the account to be eligible for profit sharing.
                              • 2.1.3 General Provisions for Credit / Financing Products

                                General Requirements

                                1. 2.1.3.1Licensed Financial Institutions that offer Credit Products must comply with the requirements in Section 2.1.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the requirements of this Section.

                                Prior to Providing a Credit Product and/or Service

                                1. 2.1.3.2Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with the expected Annual Percentage Rate that will be charged on the offered Credit Product to facilitate comparison between Credit Products and between institutions.
                                2. 2.1.3.3Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose whether security, a guarantor, co-signer or collateral is required for a Credit Product before the consumer signs the contract. Licensed Financial Institutions must fully disclose the purpose of these requirements and the conditions placed on the pledging of security and any other collateral including the Licensed Financial Institution’s rights to dispose of them and the manner in which they may be disposed.

                                At Point of Entering the Contract

                                1. 2.1.3.4Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose:
                                  1. a.How the interest/profit on the Credit Product will be calculated (including the date from which interest/profit is incurred) and provide an example of the calculation to the Consumer; and
                                  2. b.How the payments are allocated between outstanding balance and interest / profit as per the Reducing Balance Method.
                                2. 2.1.3.5Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose that they are not permitted to charge interest/profit on accrued interest/profit of any Credit Product granted to Consumers in accordance with Article (121), Clause 3 in Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities.
                                3. 2.1.3.6For variable rate loans/financing, Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to Consumers the potential impact of an increase in the Annual Interest/Profit Rate on the loan/financing. The disclosure must explain via an illustrative example:
                                  1. a.The potential consequences of an increase to the rate on the loan/financing payment amounts;
                                  2. b.The change in the allocation of the payment between interest/profit amount and a reduction in outstanding balance;
                                  3. c.The impact on the tenor if any; and
                                  4. d.The consequences of any increase in rates on the amount of a deferred payment or an accumulated balloon payment during or at the end of the loan/financing tenor.
                                4. 2.1.3.7Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose whether early settlement is possible and which Permissible Fees are payable if the Credit Product is terminated before the end of the tenor along with, how the Fees will be calculated and when they are payable.
                                5. 2.1.3.8The Key Facts Statement on a financing product must set out a detailed example relevant to the product with the calculation and cost of the applicable Early Settlement Fees where applicable.
                                6. 2.1.3.9When a Licensed Financial Institution decides to sell a Credit Product to a Consumer, the Licensed Financial Institution must issue a written offer that contains the approved loan/financing amount, all the terms and conditions and for financing with a tenor, the cumulative total of all repayment/payment amounts to be paid by the end of the tenor based on the initial interest / profit rate, and a separate amount that will total the expected amount of interest/profit that would be paid over the tenor.
                                7. 2.1.3.10Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers that funds approved on a Credit Product, except for mortgages and credit cards, will be disbursed within 10 complete business days of signing the contract or within such other time frame that is agreed to and specified in the contract. Complying with the period of time for disbursement of funds is subject to the Consumer and / or third party providing the required and properly completed documents and meeting the agreed conditions. If it is not possible to release the funds within the time limit, the Licensed Financial Institution must advise the Consumer in Writing immediately as to the reason for the delay and the date by which the funds will be available. As a consequence of the delay caused by the Licensed Financial Institution, the Consumer retains the option to cancel the contract without cost or penalty before the funds are made available.
                                8. 2.1.3.11At the point of entering the contract, except for credit cards, Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with a complete repayment/payment schedule document including the following but as may be applicable:
                                  1. a.The initial amount of the loan/financing;
                                  2. b.The Annual Interest/Profit Rate including whether it is fixed or variable;
                                  3. c.The expected tenor;
                                  4. d.The date of the first installment;
                                  5. e.The number of installments to be paid;
                                  6. f.The frequency of repayment/payment;
                                  7. g.The amount to be paid for each installment;
                                  8. h.The allocation of each installment between the principal and interest/profit payments;
                                  9. i.The decline in principal amount of the loan/financing with each payment; and
                                  10. j.The total cost of the loan/financing in terms of the total interest/profit paid by the Consumer.
                                9. 2.1.3.12For Shari’ah compliant financing products:
                                  1. a.Licensed Financial Institutions must inform a Consumer when late payment Fees/commitment for contribution towards charity will be imposed and the amount to be imposed. Licensed Financial Institutions must also disclose to Consumers the manner in which the late payment Fees/commitment for contribution towards charity will be calculated; and
                                  2. b.Late payment Fees/commitment for contribution towards charity must be based on an administrative cost and must not include any remuneration to the Licensed Financial Institution that could be considered unlawful charging of interest/profit on accrued interest/profit.
                                10. 2.1.3.13Where Licensed Financial Institutions offer or market insurance/takaful products and/or services associated with the credit/financing product, Consumers must be informed in Writing that they have the choice to accept or reject the offer of insurance/takaful.
                                11. 2.1.3.14In addition to any other UAE regulator’s requirements regarding the sale and marketing of insurance/takaful, Licensed Financial Institutions must at a minimum:
                                  1. a.Explain the nature, purpose, coverage and limitations of coverage;
                                  2. b.Disclose its suitability for the Consumer;
                                  3. c.Disclose termination conditions including any obligations related to future insurance/takaful payments/ premiums; and
                                  4. d.Disclose the Fees (including associated commissions) paid with the sale of such an insurance/takaful product.

                                The Licensed Financial Institution must obtain the Consumer’s expressed consent for insurance/takaful independently of signing application forms or the contract for offering insurance/takaful. The appropriate Cooling-off Period will apply. This Section must be read in conjunction with the Section on Cooling-off Period of Article 5: Business Conduct of these Standards. Refer to Clause 2.1.1.31.

                                1. 2.1.3.15Where insurance/takaful coverage is a mandatory component of the Credit/Financing Product and/or Service, the Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose the purpose of the insurance/takaful. The Licensed Financial Institution must disclose the costs of the Licensed Financial Institution’s insurance/takaful product in Writing to the Consumer and inform the Consumer that the Consumer has the right to choose an insurance/takaful provider from minimum choice of 3 insurance/takaful providers approved by the Licensed Financial Institution. The Consumer should inform the Licensed Financial Institution of the choice of insurance/takaful provider within a reasonable period of time. If the Consumer does not inform Licensed Financial Institutions of the choice of a provider, the Licensed Financial Institution has the right to choose an insurance/takaful provider from the approved insurance/takaful providers presented to the Consumer.

                                The Licensed Financial Institution must also disclose to the Consumer if the insurance/takaful provider belongs to the same group of institutions as the Licensed Financial Institution.

                                1. 2.1.3.16If the Consumer decides to acquire insurance/takaful through the Licensed Financial Institution, the Consumer must be informed of any additional costs that may be incurred if the insurance/takaful costs are added to the loan/financing principal and thereby incurring the additional interest/profit costs.
                                2. 2.1.3.17When a Credit Product that is offered to a Consumer includes a balloon or deferred payment(s), or the option of a balloon or deferred payment, Licensed Financial Institutions must explain to the Consumer verbally and in Writing the concept of a balloon or deferred payment and the risks associated with the credit/financing product. Specifically before entering the contract, Licensed Financial Institutions must provide the Consumer with an explanation of the repayment/payment schedule and clearly outline the scheduling and amount of the balloon or deferred payments. The Consumer must acknowledge in Writing that this has been fully disclosed to him/her by the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                3. 2.1.3.18Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to Consumers that a Credit Product cannot exceed its authorized limit or be allowed to draw on an overdraft facility and that any transaction resulting in the limit being exceeded may be rejected and may incur Fees.

                                During the Term of the Contract

                                1. 2.1.3.19Licensed Financial Institutions must, at minimum, on a quarterly basis for credit/financing facilities and at minimum on a monthly basis for credit / payment instruments, provide Consumers with a free statement of transactions (electronic or paper) which must include:
                                  1. a.Account Number/ID or Card Number/ID;
                                  2. b.Name(s) of Consumer(s);
                                  3. c.The date of the statement and the period covered by the statement;
                                  4. d.Next payment due date;
                                  5. e.The opening balance;
                                  6. f.Each transaction and the date of the transaction;
                                  7. g.The allocation of each payment between the outstanding balance and interest/profit payments (for loan/financing facilities);
                                  8. h.All interest/profit charged (for credit cards, Annual Interest/Profit Rate charged must be disclosed separately);
                                  9. i.All Fees transactions identified and totaled separately;
                                  10. j.Foreign exchange rate applied to each foreign exchange transaction (applicable to credit / payment card statements);
                                  11. k.The outstanding balance due;
                                  12. l.In case of balloon payments, the statement must clearly identify the balloon payment and future date due;
                                  13. m.In case of deferred payments, the statement must clearly identify the deferred amount and future date due;
                                  14. n.Details of the Annual Interest/Profit Rate applied during the period covered by the statement; and
                                  15. o.Information on how to file a Complaint with the Licensed Financial Institution which includes, at minimum, the contact details of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint channels for reporting disputed transactions and lodging Complaints (e.g. by email, phone, fax etc.) and response time to address Complaints.
                                2. 2.1.3.20In addition to the above, a Credit Product statement for credit cards must also explain the cost that would be incurred if the Consumer does not make a full payment for the total amount outstanding by the payment due date by disclosing:
                                  1. a.The length of time it would take to fully settle the cardholder’s actual existing balance outstanding including the costs of total interest/profit if the Consumer only pays the minimum payment and there is no new transaction on the credit card during that period;
                                  2. b.The minimum payment amount that would be due; and
                                  3. c.The following warning statement:

                                Warning: If you make only the minimum repayment/payment each period, you will pay more in interest/profit/fees and it will take you longer to pay off your outstanding balance.

                                1. 2.1.3.21Where any change in the Annual Interest/Profit Rate of a Credit Product is permitted, Licensed Financial Institutions must notify Consumers of the change. Where the rate change is an increase to the part of the Consumer’s interest/profit rate that is added to the variable Base Lending Rate/Financing Rate, the Licensed Financial Institution must not increase that part of the interest/profit rate until after the 30 calendar days’ notice period. This notification must include:
                                  1. a.The date from which the new rate will change;
                                  2. b.Details of the old and new rate;
                                  3. c.The details of the impact on the allocation of payments towards principle and interest/profit amount;
                                  4. d.If applicable, the revised repayment/payment amount; and
                                  5. e.The contact information for the unit in the Licensed Financial Institution that will respond to Consumers regarding the change and / or where the Consumer anticipates difficulties meeting any resulting higher repayments/payments.
                                2. 2.1.3.22Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that a Consumer is immediately advised in Writing when a payment is missed for more than calendar 30 days past its due date.
                                3. 2.1.3.23When the Consumer is 2 payments in Arrears, the Licensed Financial Institution must advise the Consumer in Writing of the possible consequences of the Arrears as deemed appropriate by the Licensed Financial Institution, including:
                                  1. a.Legal action;
                                  2. b.Foreclosure;
                                  3. c.Redemption of security;
                                  4. d.Demand for payment from the guarantor; and
                                  5. e.Negative reporting with the Credit Information Agency.
                                4. 2.1.3.24Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to Consumers the amount of late payment Fees and the dates they were incurred.
                                5. 2.1.3.25In the event of sale or transfer by a Licensed Financial Institution of a Consumer’s Credit Product to a Third Party, the Licensed Financial Institution must ensure that a Consumer is advised in Writing, 60 calendar days in advance of the sale or transfer and notified of the name of the Third Party unless otherwise instructed by the Central Bank.

                                Disclosures Requirements for Shari’ah Financing Products

                                1. 2.1.3.26IFIs which offer Shari’ah compliant financing products must comply with all the requirements in Section 2.1.3 of this Article, in addition to complying with the below requirements.
                                2. 2.1.3.27IFIs which offer Shari’ah compliant financing products to Consumers must:
                                  1. a.Explain briefly the Shari’ah concepts applicable to the financing product; and
                                  2. b.Indicate any takaful/insurance that is required as a condition of the financing product.
                                3. 2.1.3.28IFIs must comply with the specific early settlement disclosure requirements set by the Central Bank.
                              • 2.1.4 General Provisions for Structured Investment Products /Shari'ah Compliant Structured Products

                                General Requirements

                                1. 2.1.4.1Licensed Financial Institutions that offer structured investment products must comply with the requirements in Section 2.1.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the requirements of this Section.

                                Prior to Providing a Structured product

                                1. 2.1.4.2Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to the Consumers the details of the bank or entity issuing the structured product including the name and contact information of the entity.
                                2. 2.1.4.3Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to the Consumers the responsibilities of the Consumer’s Licensed Financial Institution and that of the entity issuing the product regarding the sales, performance and management of the structured product.
                                3. 2.1.4.4Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose the name of the regulatory entity who regulates the product. Where a Licensed Financial Institution intends to use a Third Party to develop a structured product on its behalf for its Consumers, it must disclose this fact and whether the Third Party is regulated within the UAE.

                                At Point of Entering the Contract

                                1. 2.1.4.5Licensed Financial Institutions offering any structured product must provide Consumers with disclosure information on the structured product as may be relevant to the Consumer including:
                                  1. a.Capital security (any guarantee provided on the whole or portion of the principal amount of investment);
                                  2. b.The level, nature, extent and limitations of any guarantee on the principal and/or returns;
                                  3. c.The name of the guarantor of any guarantees and the credit worthiness of the guarantor if rated by an accredited credit rating agency;
                                  4. d.The risk that some or all the investment may be lost;
                                  5. e.The risk of using leveraging on an investment and an explanation with an example as to the full cumulative effects on losses of initial capital investment, the potential extraordinary losses possible due to leveraging and that it could result in the possible liquidation of the Consumers pledged assets;
                                  6. f.Any limitations/restrictions on the sale or early redemption of the funds invested;
                                  7. g.The consequences, including the cost, of exiting the product early;
                                  8. h.Description of any assumptions or calculations used to determine performance/cost of the investments including detailed, clear examples where the assumptions are met and failed to be met, and the consequences it has on the investment;
                                  9. i.The risk or likelihood that the estimated or anticipated return on the product will not be achieved;
                                  10. j.The potential effects of volatility in price and fluctuation in interest/profit rates and/or movements in exchange rates and underlying securities on the value of the investment; and
                                  11. k.Separate disclosure of each type of fee and amount associated with the management, purchase, sale, set up and administration of the product and investment account.
                                2. 2.1.4.6Licensed Financial Institutions must provide a copy of its assessment as to the suitability of the product based on the financial and risk profile of Consumer including the following warning statement with all numerical illustrations of investment performance:

                                Warning: These figures are estimates only. They are not a reliable guide to the future performance of your investment.

                                During the Term of the Contract

                                1. 2.1.4.7Licensed Financial Institutions must, at minimum, on a quarterly basis, provide to Consumers a statement on their investment which must include, as applicable:
                                  1. a.The date of the statement and the period covered by the statement;
                                  2. b.The initial value of the investment at the time the investment was first made;
                                  3. c.The opening balance or value at the start of the quarter;
                                  4. d.Each addition to the account including additional amounts invested and the respective dates of the transaction;
                                  5. e.Each withdrawal and the respective dates of the transaction;
                                  6. f.The total actual balance at end of the quarter;
                                  7. g.The number of units held;
                                  8. h.Disclosure as to the net interest/profit and loss when comparing the cumulative total amount invested at the start against the market value of the investment shown at the end of this quarterly statement;
                                  9. i.Separate disclosure of each type of Fee and amount associated with the management, administration, sale, set up and ongoing administration of the structured product and investment account; in addition, a cumulative total of these Fees since the investment was initiated must also be disclosed; and
                                  10. j.Information on how to file a Complaint with the Licensed Financial Institution which includes, at minimum, the contact details of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint function, channels for disputing a transaction or lodging Complaints (e.g. by email, phone, fax etc.) and response time to address Complaints.

                                Disclosure Requirements for Shari’ah Compliant Structured products

                                1. 2.1.4.8IFIs which offer Shari’ah compliant structured products must comply with the requirements in Section 2.1.4 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the below requirements.
                                2. 2.1.4.9IFIs which offer Shari’ah compliant structured products to Consumers must:
                                  1. a.Explain in plain language the Shari’ah concepts applicable to the investment accounts including the rights and obligations of Consumers;
                                  2. b.Disclose to Consumers that any losses arising from the investment (other than losses caused by misconduct, negligence or breach of terms and conditions by the Licensed Financial Institution) must be borne by the Consumers;
                                  3. c.Disclose that investment account funds are invested and managed in accordance with Shari’ah requirements; and
                                  4. d.Disclose the minimum amount required to open an investment account. Consumers should also be warned of the consequences of premature termination of the investment account, including forfeiture of profits.
                                3. 2.1.4.10In the case of a Licensed Financial Institution offering Shari’ah compliant profit-sharing investment account to Consumers, Licensed Financial Institutions must provide:
                                  1. a.The profit-sharing ratio between the Licensed Financial Institution and Consumer;
                                  2. b.The profit distribution method;
                                  3. c.How and when the Licensed Financial Institution will pay profit and repay the principal;
                                  4. d.How funds may be dealt with upon maturity; and
                                  5. e.Additional Fees or change in profit rate resulting from a withdrawal in advance of maturity.
                              • 2.1.5 General Provisions for Remittances, Transfers and Foreign Exchange

                                General Requirements

                                1. 2.1.5.1Licensed Financial Institutions that offer remittance, transfer and foreign exchange products and/or services must comply with the requirements in Section 2.1.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the requirements of this Section.
                                2. 2.1.5.2Licensed Financial Institutions must provide to Consumers clear information about all applicable Fees imposed on any services and the applicable buy and sell exchange rate. Where available, the Licensed Financial Institution should endeavor to disclose the Fees imposed by the correspondent bank or financial institution or the disbursing remittance service provider. Where Fees are not available, the Licensed Financial Institution should endeavor to provide an estimate or range and provide a disclaimer that states that the transfer may be subject to additional charges.
                                3. 2.1.5.3Licensed Financial Institutions must prominently display the following at all public locations where consumers are served, during working hours and in a prominent place of the Licensed Institution’s premises clearly visible to Consumers:
                                  1. a.Buy and sell rates for money exchanged against the local currency (i.e. AED) for all major foreign currencies that the Licensed Financial Institution deals and posted under the headings “we buy” and “we sell”; and
                                  2. b.Buy rates for remittances in major foreign currencies that the Licensed Financial Institution deals in against the local currency.

                                Pre-Transaction

                                1. 2.1.5.4Licensed Financial Institutions who carry on money changing and / or other foreign exchange activities must disclose the exchange rate, the difference between the buy and sell rate on a transaction and the Fees imposed by the Licensed Financial Institution for transactions prior to providing the money exchange, remittance, transfer and foreign exchange product and/or service. The exchange rate, the difference between the buy and sell rate on a transaction and Fees must be shown separately to the Consumer.
                                2. 2.1.5.5Licensed Financial Institutions who carry on remittance activities, must, where possible, disclose to Consumers the following prior to undertaking any remittance transaction:
                                  1. a.The information set out in Clause 2.1.5.4;
                                  2. b.The amount in the currency that is expected to be paid to the beneficiary with a warning box that the amount may be subject to additional costs;
                                  3. c.The Fees imposed by the correspondent bank or financial institution, if known;
                                  4. d.A clear warning that there may be additional and significant costs charged by the receiving entities should there be Errors / omissions in the remittance information provided by the Consumer causing a rejection of, or delays in the transfer;
                                  5. e.The estimated time for the funds to be transferred to the beneficiary with a warning box that the time taken to transfer funds can be delayed;
                                  6. f.The name of the correspondent bank or financial institution, contact information and location where the funds will be available for collection by the beneficiary; and
                                  7. g.Clear information on procedures for the cancellation of transactions by Consumers which must include the period of time within which the cancellation request can be made by a Consumer, the fact that exchange rate used for the refund of money paid by the Consumer may differ from the original rate used for the transfer, and any costs which could be incurred for the cancellation caused by the Consumer.

                                Post Transaction

                                1. 2.1.5.6Licensed Financial Institutions must include the following information in a receipt issued to its Consumers:
                                  1. a.Licensed Financial Institutions who carry on money changing or wholesale currency activities:
                                    1. i.The legal name and contact details (address, phone and email address of the branch) of the Institution;
                                    2. ii.The date and time of the transaction;
                                    3. iii.The remittance, transfer and foreign exchange product name;
                                    4. iv.The serial number for the receipt;
                                    5. v.The amount paid and the type of currencies tendered by the Consumer;
                                    6. vi.The amount and the type of currencies issued to the Consumer;
                                    7. vii.The rate of exchange applied and the buy and sell rate;
                                    8. viii.The transaction Fees for services rendered to the Consumer including where possible charges that maybe levied by correspondent banks or financial institutions or agents;
                                    9. ix.Terms and conditions and additional Consumer information as prescribed by the Central Bank; and
                                    10. x.Information on how to file a Complaint with the Licensed Financial Institution which includes, at minimum, the contact details of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint function, channels for lodging Complaints (e.g. by email, phone, fax etc.) and response time to address Complaints.
                                  2. b.Licensed Financial Institutions who carry on remittance activities:
                                    1. i.Requirements outlined in sub-clause a.;
                                    2. ii.The name of the sender;
                                    3. iii.The name of the beneficiary;
                                    4. iv.The beneficiary bank account details (account number and branch name);
                                    5. v.The destination country;
                                    6. vi.The amount paid of funds to be remitted in AED and its equivalent in foreign currency to be received by the beneficiary;
                                    7. vii.Where the correspondent institution is not a bank, the name of the correspondent institution or the name of the instant money transfer service provider through which the remittance is routed, contact information and location, where known; and
                                    8. viii.Information on how to file a Complaint with the Licensed Financial Institution which includes, at minimum, the contact details of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint function, channels for lodging Complaints (e.g. by email, phone, fax etc.) and response time to address Complaints.
                            • 2.2 Transparency

                              • 2.2.1 General Provisions for Transparency

                                1. 2.2.1.1The Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards focus on the best interests of Consumers by ensuring that Licensed Financial Institutions:
                                  1. a.Provide competent Advice that is sound, constructive and understandable;
                                  2. b.Advise Consumers of all reasonable options, substitutes and choices available from the Licensed Financial Institution based on Consumer needs;
                                  3. c.Eliminate the use of fine print and legal jargon;
                                  4. d.Correspond in clear and plain language;
                                  5. e.Explain the full impact of any risks, key restrictions and obligations;
                                  6. f.Explain the possible negative impact of fluctuations in interest/profit rate and exchange rates on remittances, transfers and foreign exchange products and/or services; and
                                  7. g.Disclose and explain any potential conflicts of interest between the Consumer and the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                2. 2.2.1.2Information must be timely, up-to-date and provided at each stage of the contractual process to ensure Consumers have the information required to facilitate informed decision-making.
                              • 2.2.2 Providing Comparative Information/Options

                                1. 2.2.2.1Before the sale of a Financial Product and/or Service, Licensed Financial Institutions must present all reasonable product comparisons/options for the type of products that are being considered by the Consumer. This will include comparison of benefits, options, pricing, Fees, risks, terminations costs etc. of the various Financial Products and/or Services that the Licensed Financial Institution offers.
                                2. 2.2.2.2Licensed Financial Institutions must not deliberately withhold or conceal the existence of reasonable alternative Financial Products and/or Services that may be appropriate to the Consumer including those with lower costs, financing rates and Fees.
                            • 2.3 Responsible Advertising

                              • 2.3.1 General Provisions for Responsible Advertising

                                1. 2.3.1.1This Section must be read in conjunction with Article 5: Business Conduct of these Standards.
                                2. 2.3.1.2Licensed Financial Institutions must apply these Standards to any Advertising activity through any and all channels, including branches, websites, mobile applications, ATMs, telephone banking, account statements, social media and public media comprised of any form of audio, visual and print content.
                                3. 2.3.1.3All advertisements must be available in both Arabic and English. At the discretion of the Licensed Financial Institution, other languages can be chosen based on the Consumer target market. Where advertisement is targeted to one linguistic market, Licensed Financial Institutions can target and tailor the advertisement for that linguistic market.
                                4. 2.3.1.4An advertisement by the Licensed Financial Institution must:
                                  1. a.Be accurate, honest and understandable and not be misleading or contrary to actual factual information. An advertisement is misleading if, in any way, its presentation deceives or is likely to deceive the Person to whom it reaches;
                                  2. b.Highlight key information and, display it prominently;
                                  3. c.Ensure that all information, including footnotes, qualifiers, or disclaimers, is clearly visible, legible and understandable;
                                  4. d.Ensure any footnotes, qualifiers, or disclaimers in Advertising are prominently and clearly displayed and of a font size that is clearly readable by Consumers;
                                  5. e.Ensure that all written text and numbers are of a sufficient font size, minimum 10; and
                                  6. f.Not contain any false statement of fact, or conceal important facts or information that may be deceptive or create a false impression.
                                5. 2.3.1.5An advertisement must be designed and presented in a manner that allows Consumers to immediately identify it as promotional material.
                                6. 2.3.1.6Where Licensed Financial Institutions advertise or promote any Financial Product and/or Service, they must disclose the name and logo of the Licensed Financial Institution and its contact details in a prominent manner in the advertisement. The advertisement must also provide the means and manner of easily accessing the details of any qualifying criteria the Consumer will need to meet before obtaining the Financial Product and/or Service. Where the full information is provided through a link on a Digital Channel, the link must provide the ability to re-direct Consumers specifically to the qualifying criteria relevant only for that advertisement/financial promotion.
                                7. 2.3.1.7Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that Advertising or promotional material which contains acronyms (e.g. APR) clearly states the full form of the acronym.
                                8. 2.3.1.8When contacting or meeting Consumers, Licensed Financial Institutions’ sales and Advertising/marketing Staff must clearly identify themselves and the Licensed Financial Institution being represented.
                                9. 2.3.1.9Pursuant to 2.3.1.8 above, Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that Advertising/marketing Staff explain the key terms, benefits and risks of the financial product being offered to Consumers.
                                10. 2.3.1.10Where Licensed Financial Institutions use advertisement or promotional material that:
                                  1. a.Advertises any kind of bonus, gifts, points or any other incentives, such advertisement must clearly present and convey information that is required by these Standards to be disclosed. For special financial promotions, contests etc., all rules, entry instructions, dates or deadlines and factors likely to influence Consumers’ understanding of the financial promotion must be clearly stated and advertisements must explain these requirements accurately, unambiguously and completely. If it is not practical, for valid reasons, to include all such details in the advertisement, then the means, manner and channel of directly accessing the full information must be included in all material featuring the financial promotion;
                                  2. b.Offers introductory low/zero cost Fees, interest/profit rates or pricing, Licensed Financial Institutions must clearly state the expiry date or the specific time period of such an offer and what the regular amount of Fees, interest/profit or pricing will revert to on expiry;
                                  3. c.Advertises offers of interest/profit rates with terms such as “rates as low as” on credit/financing facilities or deposit/investment rates advertised as “rates as high as”, Licensed Financial Institutions must also state in clear and plain language the conditions, assumptions and chances of the Consumer receiving the lowest interest/profit rate on credit/financing or the highest rate for deposits or investments; and
                                  4. d.Describes a Financial Product and/or Service as ‘free’, the Financial Product and/or Service must in its entirety be free of all Fees and/or interest/profit rates. If the financial product and/or service is ‘free’ for a certain time period, the advertisement must prominently disclose that the Financial Product and/or Service will not be free upon conclusion of the time period. The Consumer will be advised 30 calendar days in advance before being subject to the amount of expected Fees or the application interest/profit rates. The material must disclose if the product and/or service can be cancelled after the offer had been accepted by the Consumer. If cancellation is possible, disclose how to cancel and the Fees or penalties which apply.
                                11. 2.3.1.11Where Licensed Financial Institutions advertise or promote any Financial Product and/or Service that will require the payment of Fees, they must disclose the details of the fees in the advertisement. If it is not practical, for valid reasons, to include the fees in the advertisement, Licensed Financial Institutions must include:
                                  1. a.An explanation of the means and manner of easily accessing the information in that advertisement; and
                                  2. b.Where the complete information is provided through a link on a Digital Channel, the link must provide the ability to re-direct Consumers specifically to the terms and conditions or fees relevant only for that advertisement/financial promotion and that specific product and/or service. Key information must be prominently displayed. When the Fee is not a set amount, the disclosure must provide the basis on which the Fee is determined.
                                12. 2.3.1.12Advertising material must include statements to warn Consumers of the consequences of a Consumer’s failure to meet the conditions and requirements before and during his/her relationships with Licensed Financial Institutions. If it is not practical, for valid reasons, to include this information in the advertisement, Licensed Financial Institutions must apply the condition stated in Clause 2.3.1.11.b.
                                13. 2.3.1.13Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that where advertisement materials include an Annual Percentage Rate, the rate must clearly be labelled as an Annual Percentage Rate and inclusive of all related Fees. It must clearly state if the interest/profit rate is fixed or variable. In the case of a fixed interest/profit rate, the tenor of the fixed interest/profit rate must be displayed. It must state any conditions on which the advertised rate is based upon.
                                14. 2.3.1.14Where Licensed Financial Institutions have a relationship with a Third Party provider for a particular Financial Product and/or Service, the Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose this fact in all advertisements for the advertised Financial Product and/or Service.
                                15. 2.3.1.15If advertisement material contains a statement, promise or forecast based on assumptions, Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure those assumptions are reasonable, up to date with market trends and clearly disclosed and labelled as assumptions in the advertisement.
                                16. 2.3.1.16Advertisements promoting the potential returns of a financial product must state that the forecast is for illustrative purposes only and is not indicative or construed as likely returns. A warning statement must be prominently displayed beside any statement regarding potential returns that states the potential risks of a loss as well. Any statement or forecast must not mislead at the time it is made.
                                17. 2.3.1.17Where the Advertising material does not refer to the benefits or returns but only names the Financial Product and/or Service and/or invites a Consumer to discuss the Financial Product and/or Service in more detail, a Licensed Financial Institution need not display the related warning statements required by Section 2.3 of Article 2: Disclosure & Transparency of these Standards.
                                18. 2.3.1.18Where the warning statements required by these Standards do not cover the Licensed Financial Institution’s products and services, the Licensed Financial Institution must devise their own with respect to raising awareness of potential risks associated with the product or service.
                              • 2.3.2 Advertisement of Deposit Products

                                1. 2.3.2.1Licensed Financial Institutions which offer Deposit Products must comply with all the requirements in Section 2.3.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with all the requirements of this Section.
                                2. 2.3.2.2Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that where the interest/profit rate for a Deposit Product is quoted in advertisement materials, the advertisement materials must include the following:
                                  1. a.Whether it is fixed or variable and if fixed, for what period of time;
                                  2. b.Where more than one term (period of time) is advertised, it must disclose the relevant Annual Interest/Profit Rate for each term and each rate must be displayed in equal font size and prominence;
                                  3. c.The minimum tenor and/or minimum amount required to qualify for a specified rate of interest/profit, if applicable;
                                  4. d.The frequency in which the accrued interest/profit will be paid to the Consumer;
                                  5. e.The basis on which the interest/profit calculation will be made (e.g. monthly/quarterly/annual compounding); and
                                  6. f.Any other conditions that are required to be met in order to obtain the rate.
                              • 2.3.3 Advertisement of Credit Products

                                1. 2.3.3.1Licensed Financial Institutions which offer Credit Products must comply with the requirements in Section 2.3.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the requirements of this Section of this Article.
                                2. 2.3.3.2When displaying the Annual Percentage Rate for a term loan/financing in advertisement materials, Licensed Financial Institutions must also display the total interest/profit and Fees to be paid over the term of the loan/financing by means of an example and disclose any conditions that are required to be met in order to obtain the rate. This provision does not apply to the provision of loans/financing for residential mortgages.
                                3. 2.3.3.3Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials for a residential mortgage contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: If you do not keep up your repayments/payments, you may lose your property.

                                1. 2.3.3.4Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials for a loan/financing contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: You may have to pay penalties if you pay off a loan/financing early.

                                Warning: If you do not meet the repayments/payments on your loan/financing, your account will go into arrears. This may affect your credit rating, which may limit your ability to access financing in the future.

                                1. 2.3.3.5Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials for a debt consolidation loan/financing contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: Refinancing your loans/financing may take longer to pay off than your previous loan/financing and may result in paying more in interest/profit.

                              • 2.3.4 Advertisement of Structured Products

                                1. 2.3.4.1Licensed Financial Institutions which offer structured products must comply with the requirements in Section 2.3.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the requirements of this Section.
                                2. 2.3.4.2Licensed Financial Institutions must assess the suitability of the structured product to the targeted Consumer segment prior to launching the product advertisement and limit the Advertising to that appropriate Market segment.
                                3. 2.3.4.3Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose the name of the entity issuing the structured product in the advertisement and promotional material and the regulator of the structured product.
                                4. 2.3.4.4Licensed Financial Institutions must not advertise a structured product solely based on the projected or expected return of the structured product.

                                Where a Consumer may not receive 100% of the initial capital invested, Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials for a structured product, contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: If you invest in this product, you may lose some, all or more than the amount of money you invested.

                                1. 2.3.4.5Where the invested funds provide for early redemption, Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials for the structured product contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: If you cash in your investment before [specify the particular time], you may lose some or all of the money you invest and incur early redemption fees.

                                1. 2.3.4.6Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement for a structured product where the funds are locked in i.e. no access to funds for the term of the product contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: If you invest in this product, you will not have any access to your money for / until [insert time required before the product matures].

                                1. 2.3.4.7Where Licensed Financial Institutions give information about past performance when Advertising a structured product and/or service, this information must:
                                  1. a.Be based on actual performance;
                                  2. b.Be based on a structured product similar to that being advertised;
                                  3. c.Not be selected so as to exaggerate the success or disguise the lack of success of the advertised structured product and/or service;
                                  4. d.State the source of the information relied on regarding the performance;
                                  5. e.State clearly the period chosen during which the actual performance occurred and how it relates to the structured product being advertised;
                                  6. f.Include the actual performance during the most recent period;
                                  7. g.Indicate, where they arise, details of all transaction costs, Fees and interest/profit that have been taken into account or not taken into account in the calculation of the actual performance; and
                                  8. h.State, where applicable, the assumptions upon which the actual performance was calculated.
                                2. 2.3.4.8Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials which contain information on past performance, must also contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: Past performance is not a reliable guide to future performance.

                                1. 2.3.4.9Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials which contain illustrations or information on simulated performance must also contain the following warning statement:

                                Warning: These figures are estimates / examples only. They are not a reliable guide to the future performance of this investment.

                                1. 2.3.4.10Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement materials do not describe a structured product as guaranteed or partially guaranteed unless:
                                  1. a.There is a legally enforceable contract with a credible Third Party who undertakes to meet, to whatever extent is stated in the advertisement and marketing materials, the Consumer's claim under the guarantee;
                                  2. b.The Licensed Financial Institution has made and can demonstrate that it has made an assessment of the quality and value of the guarantee;
                                  3. c.It clearly states the level, nature and extent of limitations of the guarantee and the name of the guarantor; and
                                  4. d.Where it is the case, the advertisement materials must state that the guarantee is from a Third Party approved by a Licensed Financial Institution.
                              • 2.3.5 Advertisement of Remittances, Transfers and Foreign Exchange

                                1. 2.3.5.1Licensed Financial Institutions that offer remittance, transfer and foreign exchange products and/or services must comply with the requirements in Section 2.3.1 of this Article as applicable, in addition to complying with the requirements of this Section.
                                2. 2.3.5.2Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that advertisement material contains the following warning statement:

                                Warning: Additional fees may be levied by the correspondent bank/financial institution or entity providing financial services to the beneficiary of remittances.

                                Warning: Penalties and Fees may be applied if there is a customer error or omission in providing correct or incomplete information for remittances.

                                1. 2.3.5.3Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that where an advertised remittance, transfer and foreign exchange product and/or service is denominated or priced in a foreign currency, or where the value of an advertised remittance, transfer and foreign exchange product and/or service may be directly affected by changes in foreign exchange rates, the advertisement contains the following warning statement:

                                Warning: This product/service may be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

                                1. 2.3.5.4Where Licensed Financial Institutions advertise an attractive promotional foreign exchange rate, Licensed Financial Institutions must specify the period of applicability and any restrictions/conditions/assumptions associated with the offer.
                                2. 2.3.5.5Where the estimated time for completing a remittance is advertised, it must include the following statement:

                                Warning: The actual time to complete a transaction may differ from estimates due to increased scrutiny of transactions by the correspondent bank/financial institution or entity providing financial services to the beneficiary of remittances.

                          • Article 3: Institutional Oversight

                            • 3.1 Institutional Oversight and Governance

                              • 3.1.1 Monitoring by Central Bank

                                General

                                1. 3.1.1.1Regulatory oversight of Licensed Financial Institutions by the Central Bank is an essential pillar of strengthening Consumer confidence and trust in the financial services. The Central Bank expects Licensed Financial Institutions to be effectively managed by establishing appropriate organizational oversight and structure, a supportive and constructive corporate culture, engaging well-qualified Staff, defining clear policies and procedures and creating proper monitoring and control frameworks supported by proper overall governance oversight.
                              • 3.1.2 General Provisions

                                Effective Institutional Oversight

                                1. 3.1.2.1Effective Oversight includes requiring Licensed Financial Institutions to:
                                  1. a.Integrate into the management of the Licensed Financial Institution, the general principles which the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards are based upon;
                                  2. b.Maintain effective Board governance and oversight of the management of conduct and compliance risks. With respect to the term Board and any assigned roles or responsibilities required by these Standards, these shall, for the purpose of licensed foreign bank branches, be the same requirements of the foreign bank branch representative or committee that have been designated by Licensed Financial Institution in accordance with the Central Bank Regulation on Corporate Governance;
                                  3. c.Establish a governance structure that provides assurance and evidence that there is effective oversight of conduct risks. The governance structure must cover the breadth of the Licensed Financial Institution’s financial products, services and related Retail Operations including the use of Third Parties;
                                  4. d.Develop and implement an effective control framework to manage conduct risks and ensure compliance with the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards. The control framework must be approved by the Board of the Licensed Financial Institution; e. Develop, document and integrate conduct risk tolerance into the Licensed Financial Institution’s decision-making process and overall strategy;
                                  5. f.Ensure the Licensed Financial Institution’s key control and assurance functions, Compliance, Risk and Audit, are each mandated appropriately for the identification, prevention, monitoring, detection, verification and mitigation/resolution of conduct and related risks;
                                  6. g.Ensure all appropriate Staff are qualified at all times to perform their responsibilities and are competent in their understanding and application of the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards;
                                  7. h.Establish management and Staff remuneration structures that promote responsible business and Market Conduct with the aim of preventing mis-selling practices, unreasonable risk taking, or other irresponsible actions and or behaviors;
                                  8. i.Apply strict product and/or service approval processes that must be carried out before a new or updated Financial Product and/or Service is released to the Market;
                                  9. j.Establish effective and efficient Complaint management processes and systems to ensure resolution, analysis and reporting of Complaints;
                                  10. k.Implement appropriate control framework, security and monitoring measures to protect Consumers’ Data and information against misuse, unauthorized access and undue processing and analysis;
                                  11. l.Establish a comprehensive Data collection process for Consumer Complaints and inquiries to enable effective trend analysis and the identification of issues regarding Financial Products and/or Services, non-compliance matters, Staff misconduct and the fair treatment of Consumers. The Central Bank may prescribe templates to Licensed Financial Institutions to standardize Data collection, classification and reporting;
                                  12. m.Instill a culture in the Licensed Financial Institution that promotes fair dealing, transparency and behavior that protects the interests of Consumers first;
                                  13. n.Ensure the Licensed Financial Institution’s governance framework encompassing the above components is commensurate with the size, complexity and risk profile of the Licensed Financial Institution; and
                                  14. o.Ensure that Islamic Financial Institutions comply with Islamic Shari’ah.
                                2. 3.1.2.2Licensed Financial Institutions must apply the principles and the requirements of the Consumer Protection Regulation and accompanying Standards to any new product or service, activity, action, change, event or any other situations.
                                3. 3.1.2.3Licensed Financial Institutions must file by January 31st each year an annual letter of attestation confirming compliance with Article 98 of the Decretal Law and specifically addressing matters related to Chapter 6 of the Decretal Law and the supporting Regulation and Standards. The letter must be filed by the Licensed Financial Institution’s most senior compliance officer and approved by the Board. The Central Bank may prescribe the form and details as to the content of the letter.
                            • 3.2 Governance of Retail Operations

                              • 3.2.1 Governance Framework - Roles and Responsibilities

                                The Board and Senior Management

                                1. 3.2.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions must have a Board approved governance framework in place that provides the Board with assurance and evidence that they have effective oversight and control frameworks over Retail Operations. The governance framework must detail the roles and responsibilities for all business, control and assurance functions as well as for the senior management.
                                2. 3.2.1.2The Board and Senior Management are responsible for overseeing conduct of the Licensed Financial Institution within the financial marketplace in which it operates. The Board must approve the Market Conduct compliance policy that states how the Licensed Financial Institution will comply with the regulatory principles. An annual report on Consumer Protection & Conduct Risk Management must be submitted to the Board or a Committee of the Board of the Licensed Financial Institution and the Board’s response must be documented.
                                3. 3.2.1.3The governance framework must specifically establish and maintain oversight over the design, production, Advertising, marketing, distribution and sales of Financial Products and/or Services with the objectives:
                                  1. a.To minimize potential harm to Consumers;
                                  2. b.Avoid potential Conflicts of Interest with Consumers; and
                                  3. c.Ensure that the best interests and well-being of the Consumers are appropriately addressed.
                                4. 3.2.1.4The Board and Senior Management must adopt and promote a culture that will protect the interests of their Consumers by promoting principles of Consumer service, fairness, transparency and disclosure.
                                5. 3.2.1.5The Board and Senior Management are accountable for setting the culture and direction of the Licensed Financial Institution to align business practices with the consumer protection regulatory requirements. This requires concerted and wide-ranging measures, in particular:
                                  1. a.Ensuring legal and regulatory requirements are being complied with;
                                  2. b.Establishing complete and up-to-date control frameworks;
                                  3. c.Executing effective monitoring, analysis and regular management reporting;
                                  4. d.Ensuring competent frontline Staff, independent control and assurance functions and annually evaluating their effectiveness;
                                  5. e.Establishing a Staff performance evaluation and remuneration system to promote and incentivize treating Consumers fairly;
                                  6. f.Ensuring that Staff have the required qualifications and training to perform their responsibilities in a fully competent manner;
                                  7. g.Establishing effective Complaint management, resolution, analysis and reporting;
                                  8. h.Implementing comprehensive Financial Products and/or Services approval processes;
                                  9. i.Ensuring accessibility to branches and ATMs by People of Determination;
                                  10. j.Carrying out effective Consumer education and awareness programs; and
                                  11. k.Addressing issues related to Conflicts of Interest.
                                1. 3.2.1.6As part of the Consumer Protection & Conduct Risk Management annual report required by Clause 3.2.1.2 the Senior Management must assess and report therein of their activities to support positive conduct and risk culture with evidence of support of the Consumer Protection Regulatory Principles. The review should also assess how Board and corporate messages about conduct and risk are permeated within the organization.
                                2. 3.2.1.7The Board and Senior Management must ensure independent control and assurance functions of Risk, Compliance and Audit are appropriately resourced to effectively execute at all times the Central Bank’s consumer protection regulatory framework and its supervisory requirements.

                                Control and Assurance Functions (Risk, Compliance and Audit)

                                1. 3.2.1.8Licensed Financial Institutions must have robust and effective controls to prevent inappropriate conduct and risks towards Consumers.
                                2. 3.2.1.9The Licensed Financial Institution’s control functions are required to be competent in the interpretation and application of the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards. The Board must clearly define the role and responsibilities of the control functions. They must jointly:
                                  1. a.Be held accountable for supporting the Retail Operations by providing active oversight and challenge, not just performing an advisory role;
                                  2. b.Be held accountable for their carrying out their assigned roles in the identification, prevention, monitoring, detection, robust controls and resolution of risks that Retail Operations create; and
                                  3. c.Promote a corporate culture of protecting the best interests of Consumers first.
                                3. 3.2.1.10Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor compliance with the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards. The Licensed Financial Institution’s Compliance function must:
                                  1. a.Inform and educate operational units of their responsibilities under the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards;
                                  2. b.Ensure the Licensed Financial Institution’s code of conduct is complied with within the organization;
                                  3. c.Conduct regular monitoring including mystery shopping, thematic reviews and Complaint Data analysis to monitor adherence to the Consumer Protection Regulation, the accompanying Standards and the Licensed Financial Institution’s code of conduct;
                                  4. d.Ensure that individual Staff performance includes measurements of non-financial (qualitative) parameters that promote ethical conduct of Staff during their interactions with Consumers;
                                  5. e.As a part of the Consumer Protection & Conduct Risk Management annual report required by Clause 3.2.1.2, evaluate and report on the state of the organization’s compliance culture and provide recommendations for improvements.; and
                                  6. f.Escalate material non-compliance matters with the code of conduct and the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards to Senior Management and the Board, together with rectification plans. Such matters must also be reported to the Central Bank in accordance with Article (98), Clause 1.b in Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities.
                                4. 3.2.1.11Licensed Financial Institutions must conduct regular conduct audits of this area. The Internal Audit function must:
                                  1. a.Independently assess the effectiveness and efficiency of the Licensed Financial Institution’s codes of conduct, the Consumer protection governance, systems, procedures and policies;
                                  2. b.Independently assess the effectiveness of Retail Business line functions, Control functions and Senior Management in fulfilling their responsibility to effectively monitor and oversee conduct and regulatory requirements; and
                                  3. c.Identify weaknesses in the effective implementation of control framework and regulatory requirements.

                                Risk Mitigation

                                1. 3.2.1.12Licensed Financial Institutions must:
                                  1. a.Establish an approved conduct risk framework which enables them to identify, assess, monitor, mitigate and control conduct risk;
                                  2. b.Define and document the risk appetite and risk limits that articulate the level and types of conduct risk the Licensed Financial Institution is willing to assume;
                                  3. c.Develop mitigation strategies for the conduct risks that are identified; and
                                  4. d.As part of the Consumer Protection & Conduct Risk Management annual report required by Clause 3.2.1.2, review and report on the type and level of conduct risks to the Board to ensure they are aligned with the Licensed Financial Institution’s risk tolerance and regulatory requirements.

                                Oversight of Financial Products and/or Services

                                1. 3.2.1.13Licensed Financial Institutions must have a comprehensive and effective product approval framework documented in policies and procedures that are approved by the Board of Directors.
                                2. 3.2.1.14The product approval framework must cover all new Financial Products and/or Services as well as subsequent amendments to existing products and/or services.
                                3. 3.2.1.15Policies must ensure inherent risks are properly assessed.
                                4. 3.2.1.16Policies must define all the pertinent procedures with checks and balances that must be complied with before a Licensed Financial Institution launches a Financial Product and/or Service into the financial marketplace. This includes defining the roles and responsibilities of each function involved in the creation, updating and launching a Financial Product and/or Service including the Control functions, the Retail Management, Legal services, marketing, Sales, Information – Technology services, etc.
                                5. 3.2.1.17The product approval process must include a documented sign-off by all relevant authorized Staff, Senior Management and Control functions.
                            • 3.3 Regulatory Reporting

                              • 3.3.1 Fees

                                1. 3.3.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions must submit their up to date schedule of fees and amounts annually to the Central Bank by January 31 of each year in a manner as may be prescribed by the Central Bank from time-to-time.
                              • 3.3.2 Financial Products and/or Services

                                1. 3.3.2.1Licensed Financial Institutions must report to the Central Bank annually by January 31st with the list of Financial Products and/or Services offered to Consumers in the UAE in a manner as may be prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                2. 3.3.2.2The Central Bank may require detailed information and Data on all Financial Products and/or Services offered by Licensed Financial Institutions. All Licensed Financial Institutions are required to comply with such requests within the stipulated timeframe.
                                3. 3.3.2.3Licensed Financial Institutions must submit an application to request a “No Objection Letter” from the Central Bank for any new or revised Financial Product and/or Service that the Central Bank may prescribe as requiring an application for a “No Objection Letter”. Where there is a requirement for a “No Objection Letter”, the CBUAE will establish appropriate turnaround times / response times.
                                4. 3.3.2.4The Central Bank will publish periodically its procedural time frames for the matters required to be submitted and considered by the Central Bank.
                                5. 3.3.2.5The application for a “No Objection Letter” by the Licensed Financial Institution must include information as may be prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                6. 3.3.2.6The Central Bank or The Higher Shari’ah Authority may issue additional guidance or standards for certain types of Financial Products and/or Services offered by Islamic Financial Institutions.
                              • 3.3.3 Undue Delays in Filing

                                1. 3.3.3.1Where Licensed Financial Institutions do not comply with the service standards established by the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards, or with any other time requirements for filing or reporting set by the Central Bank, Licensed Financial Institutions may be subject to enforcement measures.
                          • Article 4: Market Conduct

                            • 4.1 Responsible Market Conduct

                              • 4.1.1 General Provisions for Responsible Market Conduct

                                Appropriate Market Conduct

                                1. 4.1.1.1To encourage Consumers’ trust in the safety and the integrity of the financial marketplace, Licensed Financial Institutions must conduct themselves with integrity and in a fair, honest, competent and transparent manner at all times.

                                Appropriate location for carrying out Business

                                1. 4.1.1.2When meeting Consumers in person on any location/premise for carrying out any business, the Licensed Financial Institution must ensure that the location/premise provides an appropriate physical space and environment that ensures confidentiality of the exchange of personal information and security in carrying out transactions.

                                Qualified Retail Staff

                                1. 4.1.1.3Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that their Staff do not have any past criminal record for fraud or financial crimes or have been previously terminated for misconduct. Stated qualifications by Staff must also be verified.
                                2. 4.1.1.4Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that Staff are appropriately qualified to fulfil their duties and remain at all times fit & proper.

                                Disclosure of Employer

                                1. 4.1.1.5Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that their Staff clearly disclose their employee identification and whom they work for to the Consumer.
                                2. 4.1.1.6Licensed Financial Institutions must require Authorized Agents to ensure that their representatives disclose and explain to Consumers the relationship between the Licensed Financial Institution and the Authorized Agents.

                                Sales, Pricing and Financial Promotional Activities

                                1. 4.1.1.7Licensed Financial Institutions must act with integrity and in a fair, honest, transparent manner, and must take into account the best interests of Consumers in their sales and financial promotional activities. This Section must be read in conjunction with Article 5: Business Conduct of these Standards.

                                Monitoring of Market Conduct by Management

                                1. 4.1.1.8Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor their marketplace behavior of sales, marketing, financing / lending and advisory services. They must conduct and document, at minimum, monthly call backs on a sample of Consumers to detect any inappropriate conduct by Staff.
                                2. 4.1.1.9Licensed Financial Institutions must conduct regular mystery shopping and site visits of locations where the Licensed Financial Institution’s business is carried out in order to monitor and ensure that the Advertising, sales, financing / lending and advisory practices are conducted in line with their internal standards and control framework.
                                3. 4.1.1.10Monitoring must include collection and analysis of Consumer Complaints. Trend analysis reports from all monitoring activities must be reported monthly to Senior Management.
                                4. 4.1.1.11Licensed Financial Institutions must document their control framework for the monitoring activities described above. The findings and management reporting on monitoring must be documented and available to Central Bank for inspection on a demand basis.
                            • 4.2 Promoting Competition

                              • 4.2.1 General Provisions for Promoting Competition

                                Competitive and Level Playing Field

                                1. 4.2.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions must not collude to limit competition in any manner including the fixing of prices, fees, or limiting contract terms or financial product features which are not in the best interest of the Consumers. This provision does not include any Fee, tariff or premium/takaful contribution rates or policy/takaful certificate terms that have been approved by the Central Bank or any other lawful authority.
                                2. 4.2.1.2Collusion that results in detriment to Consumers must not be undertaken including actions such as:
                                  1. a.Agreements between Licensed Financial Institutions to restrict the rate of interest/profit offered on Deposit Products for Consumers;
                                  2. b.Setting lending/financing rates;
                                  3. c.Setting currency and foreign exchange Fees, spreads and rates; and
                                  4. d.Coordinated efforts among Licensed Financial Institutions to charge maximum allowable Fees regardless of differences in actual costs between Licensed Financial Institutions.

                                Promoting Consumer Mobility in the Marketplace

                                1. 4.2.1.3This Section must be read in conjunction with the Consumer Mobility Section of Article 5: Business Conduct.
                                2. 4.2.1.4Licensed Financial Institutions must not have policies, procedures, requirements, Fees or any other barrier that unfairly limits or delays Consumers in their ability to transfer their financial activities to another Licensed Financial Institution or other financial service provider of their choice.
                                3. 4.2.1.5Consumers must be permitted to close or switch accounts (current and saving account) without Fees any time after 6 months of opening the account with the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                4. 4.2.1.6Licensed Financial Institutions must facilitate the transfer of the Consumer’s Product and/or Services to another Licensed Financial Institution or other financial service provider by providing the necessary information, letters, certificates, etc. within the specified time frames in these Standards or as may be prescribed by the Central Bank.

                                Intervention by Central Bank

                                1. 4.2.1.7The Central Bank supports a fair and competitive marketplace but may intervene where abuse, unfairness, collusion and/or imbalance occurs. In accordance with the Decretal Law, intervention may include:
                                  1. a.Setting limits on unfair Fees including Fees for early Financial Product and/or Service terminations;
                                  2. b.Limitations on bundling of Financial Products and/or Services;
                                  3. c.Limitations on interest/profit rates;
                                  4. d.Limitations on specific terms and/or conditions in Consumer contracts;
                                  5. e.Limitations on Advertising;
                                  6. f.Limitations on policies and practices by Licensed Financial Institutions which have the impact of unfairly limiting Consumers’ ability to easily switch or close accounts in a reasonable time; and
                                  7. g.Other matters the Central Bank may determine necessary to promote fair competition and uphold its Regulatory Principles and Standards and the protection of Consumers.
                          • Article 5: Business Conduct

                            • 5.1 Responsible Business Conduct

                              • 5.1.1 General Provisions for Promoting Competition

                                General Requirements

                                1. 5.1.1.1This Article must be read in conjunction with Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency that sets out the related Disclosure and Transparency requirements applicable to this Section.
                                2. 5.1.1.2The Board and Senior Management must serve as positive role models in demonstrating the types of behavior expected by the principles set out in the Regulation. Positive behavior and actions should be aligned to the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards and reinforced by regular communication between Senior Management and Staff.
                                3. 5.1.1.3Licensed Financial Institutions must:
                                  1. a.apply the principles of the Regulation in their business conduct by establishing appropriate standards of organizational behavior, control frameworks and functions, employee training; and
                                  2. b.develop and provide appropriate Financial Products and/or Services that are focused on serving the best interests of the Consumer.
                                4. 5.1.1.4Pursuant to Article (123) in Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, Licensed Financial Institutions must respect the Consumer’s right to access to all or part of Financial Products and/or Services from Licensed Financial Institutions suited to his/her needs upon presentation of adequate identification and in accordance with UAE laws and Regulations.
                                5. 5.1.1.5Licensed Financial Institutions must establish and track service performance standards for activities including time to open accounts, approval and disbursement of credit/financing facilities and funds, closure of accounts, issuance of documents including liability and clearance letters and time to acknowledge, respond to and resolve Consumer Complaints. The Central Bank may prescribe service performance standards with which Licensed Financial Institutions must comply.
                                6. 5.1.1.6Licensed Financial Institutions must endeavor to adopt the highest standards of practices to extend quality Consumer service and achieve high levels of Consumer satisfaction.
                                7. 5.1.1.7Responsible business conduct requires that the designing, marketing, sales and distribution of Financial Products and/or Services are appropriate for the targeted Consumer segments. There is a duty of care that requires Licensed Financial Institutions to determine the appropriateness and suitability of financial products for their clients and to protect Consumers from mis-selling.
                                8. 5.1.1.8All direct contact with Consumers for the purpose of Advertising/marketing communications must be conducted in accordance with any Applicable Laws and with the expressed consent and preferences of Consumers.
                                9. 5.1.1.9Unless Consumers have given expressed consent to ‘opt in’, they are regarded as having ‘opted out’ from receiving promotional communication of any kind. Consumers who have ‘opted out’ of receiving promotional communications must not be contacted by the Licensed Financial Institution with regards to future sales, Advertising or financial promotional activities.
                                10. 5.1.1.10Licensed Financial Institutions are prohibited from marketing loans/financing and other services offered to individual Consumers through direct contact by telephone.
                                11. 5.1.1.11Licensed Financial Institutions must conduct themselves in a professional manner at all times when dealing with Consumers. They must not be unreasonably persistent or place Undue Pressure on Consumers to purchase any Financial Product and/or Service.
                                12. 5.1.1.12Licensed Financial Institutions must not send direct Advertising and promotional material to Consumers under the age of 18 years.
                                13. 5.1.1.13Licensed Financial Institutions must have in place policies, procedures, controls and trainings that will assist Staff with a consistent approach to assessing the Consumer’s financial needs and objectives as well as carrying out an assessment as to the appropriateness, suitability and affordability of products and / or services. Any assessments conducted for profiling Consumers for the purposes of sales and marketing initiatives must be documented and retained for a minimum of 5 years. Only relevant information must be requested from the Consumer for carrying out such assessments and all information must be treated as confidential. The assessment and/or profile of the Consumer should be updated as appropriate by the Licensed Financial Institutions.

                                Best Interest of the Consumer

                                1. 5.1.1.14Licensed Financial Institutions must have a corporate objective clearly stated in its codes of conduct that it will work in the best interest of their Consumers.
                                2. 5.1.1.15Licensed Financial Institutions must, with due skill, care and diligence, act at all times with integrity and in a fair, honest and professional manner in their relationship with Consumers.
                                3. 5.1.1.16Acting in the best interest of Consumers starts from the beginning of any relationship with the Consumer and continues for as long as the Consumer remains with the Licensed Financial Institution. It includes assessing the Consumers’ financial needs, current and future financial situation, financial dependencies, attitude towards incurring risk and the Consumers’ level of literacy and understanding of the Financial Product and/or Service being requested or offered.
                                4. 5.1.1.17Where Financial Products and/or Services are not suitable or appropriate for certain groups of Consumers, Licensed Financial Institutions must not target those groups and must not carry out the distribution of marketing and sales efforts for such Financial Products and/or Services to those groups. This requirement must be considered in the product approval processes to ensure that the Financial Products and/or Services are fit for the targeted groups.
                                5. 5.1.1.18All Licensed Financial Institution Staff that provide Specific Advice on financial or investment matters must have the appropriate experience, current knowledge and qualifications to provide Specific Advice and to assess what is suitable for a Consumer.

                                Fees

                                1. 5.1.1.19Licensed Financial Institutions must comply with the directions issued by the Central Bank regarding the charging of Fees on products and services.
                                2. 5.1.1.20Licensed Financial Institution must not exceed the maximum Fee limits as prescribed by the Central Bank from time-to-time.
                                3. 5.1.1.21Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with a copy of the schedule of applicable Fees when providing a Financial Product and/or Service, signing a contract or as requested by a Consumer at any time.
                                4. 5.1.1.22Licensed Financial Institutions must apply for and have Fee approval from the Central Bank in relation to any Fees for products and services that are subject to the authorities of the Central Bank. Fees or increases in fees must be appropriate and justified. Approval is required for:
                                  1. a.Introduction of a new Fee; or
                                  2. b.Increases of any existing Fee greater than 5%.

                                Any increase of Fees that are capped by the Central Bank must not exceed the limit imposed by such caps.

                                Refer to Maximum Fees Annexure contained in the Consumer Protection Standards.

                                1. 5.1.1.23The Fee approval application form and required documentation must be submitted to the Central Bank during the first 5 complete business days of April and October of any given year.
                                2. 5.1.1.24As an exception to Clause 5.1.1.23, the Central Bank will accept a Licensed Financial Institution’s application for approval of new Fees on an ad hoc basis where it is shown to the Central Bank's satisfaction that these relate to new Financial Products and/or Services. This will be assessed on a case-by-case basis.
                                3. 5.1.1.25Licensed Financial Institutions cannot impose a transaction or payment Fee on any transfers or payments between a Consumer’s accounts within a Licensed Financial Institution, including credit and payment card accounts issued by that Licensed Financial Institution.
                                4. 5.1.1.26Islamic Financial Institutions must comply with the specific Early Settlement Fee requirements prescribed by the Central Bank and comply with disclosure requirements as provided in Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency.
                                5. 5.1.1.27Pursuant to Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency, Licensed Financial Institutions must provide a statement to Consumers that includes clear explanation for Fees related to the Financial Products and/or Services held.

                                Cooling-off Period

                                1. 5.1.1.28When an agreement, in principle, has been reached with a Consumer to purchase a credit, insurance/takaful, structured product or any other product regulated by the Central Bank, the Licensed Financial Institution must provide the Consumer with copies of all related documentation and disclosures. Licensed Financial Institutions must inform the Consumer as to the right to a Cooling-off Period of 5 complete business days after the signing of the contract unless a longer Cooling-off Period is required/allowed for that product and/or service by way of other legal or regulatory requirements. The Consumer may be advised of the right to waive the Central Bank’s Cooling-off when permitted. For investment and structured products that may be price sensitive to the time of execution, Licensed Financial Institutions must warn Consumers about the potential change in pricing and costs that may occur when the Consumer requires the Cooling-off Period and that it may be unable to execute the purchase until the expiry of that period. Refer to Clause 2.1.1.31 and 2.1.1.32 of Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency.
                                2. 5.1.1.29The Consumer may choose to consult other persons including a lawyer or any advisor in order to make an informed decision. By the 6th business day, the Consumer must decide to choose to reject or negotiate an amendment to the contract or otherwise the contract may be in force in accordance with its terms and conditions.
                                3. 5.1.1.30If the Consumer decides not to proceed with the Financial Product and/or Service within the Cooling-off Period, Licensed Financial Institutions must refund any related Fees net of any reasonable and direct costs already incurred. The Licensed Financial Institution must have disclosed to Consumers in advance and in Writing, any details of those costs that could be deducted from the amount of refund.
                                4. 5.1.1.31With regard to transactions that require immediate implementation including foreign exchange, the Licensed Financial Institution must disclose such circumstances to the Consumer and that the Consumer will need to waive the Cooling-off option for the transaction to occur. Refer to Article 2.1.1.32 of Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency.

                                Consumer Mobility

                                1. 5.1.1.32Consumer Request for account closure: Upon receiving an account closure request from a Consumer, Licensed Financial Institution must:
                                  1. a.Acknowledge in Writing within 2 complete business days, the account closure request by the Consumer;
                                  2. b.Disclose to the Consumer the process for account closure;
                                  3. c.Not exert Undue Pressure to cancel the request;
                                  4. d.Not impose a closing fee / penalty if the account has been open for a period of 6 months or more;
                                  5. e.With the exception of credit card, payment and investment accounts (as defined by the Central Bank from time to time), close all other accounts within the prescribed time limit of 7 complete business days from the date of the Consumer’s request. By the 8th business day, the Licensed Financial Institution must also:
                                    1. i.Produce and provide the Consumers with all documentation including clearance and liability letters that are required to facilitate the closure and transfer; and
                                    2. ii.Provide the Consumer with Written confirmation of the closure;
                                  6. f.With respect to credit card and payment accounts, Licensed Financial Institution must close the account within 45 calendar days and provide the Consumer with Written confirmation of the closure except where there is a negative balance outstanding. The credit card / payment accounts should be frozen or blocked once the Consumer has requested the closure. During this interim period no unauthorized Fees can be charged.

                                    Where an account cannot be closed due to an outstanding balance remaining after 45 calendar days, the Licensed Financial Institution must provide a written notice to the Consumer and may follow normal collection procedures.
                                1. 5.1.1.33Licensed Financial Institutions cannot require Consumers to provide information regarding their decision to transfer their financial activities to another Licensed Financial Institution or to require Consumers to provide information regarding the competing offer from the other Licensed Financial Institution. Consumers can be asked to provide this information only when the Licensed Financial Institution has evidence for suspecting a risk of financial crime.
                                2. 5.1.1.34Licensed Financial Institutions may communicate with and make offers to retain Consumers who wish to transfer or end their relationship with the Licensed Financial Institution. Any such offers by the Licensed Financial Institution in relation to the retention of the Consumer must be provided to the Consumer in Writing. Unless the Consumer withdraws the request for transfer/closure, the Licensed Financial Institution must complete the transfer/closure formalities within the prescribed time.

                                Service Interruptions

                                1. 5.1.1.35Licensed Financial Institutions must advise their Consumers in advance of any planned interruption to digital services of more than 4 hours, e.g. online banking, ATM system, card payment system. Such interruption includes any foreseen events, such as planned system updates and maintenance and must be properly planned to limit disruption to Consumers.
                                2. 5.1.1.36For unforeseen events where the interruption for services is expected to last more than 4 hours, a notice must be posted on the Licensed Financial Institution’s website if available and by way of sending a short message service (SMS)/email if possible. Where possible, Consumers must be provided with or advised of alternative service solutions during the interruption. The Licensed Financial Institution must inform and provide an incident report to the Central Bank when such an event is occurring.

                                Errors or omissions by Licensed Financial Institutions

                                1. 5.1.1.37Licensed Financial Institution must monitor and document the trends in Errors or omissions to identify systemic issues within the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                2. 5.1.1.38Where an Error or omission by the Licensed Financial Institution involves one or more Consumers, the Licensed Financial Institution must correct the Error or omission for all affected Consumers. When a Consumer has incurred a deduction from their accounts or incurs costs due directly to the Error or omissions, a refund must be paid to the Consumer immediately.
                                3. 5.1.1.39Licensed Financial Institutions must issue a communication to any affected Consumer within 10 complete business days of identifying the Error or omission to advise of the matter and the steps to be taken for corrective action, including the amount of the refund to be provided to the Consumer(s).
                                4. 5.1.1.40Licensed Financial Institutions must not benefit from any amounts due to their Error or omission. The full sum must be returned to the affected Consumer’s account or in cash immediately and without requiring an affected Consumer to register a claim with the Licensed Financial Institution or to agree to forgo their right for legal redress.
                                5. 5.1.1.41In case of Errors or omissions by the Licensed Financial Institution with respect to making timely foreign exchange transfers, the Licensed Financial Institution must not pass on the cost or differences associated with any change in exchange rates to the Consumers.
                                6. 5.1.1.42Licensed Financial Institutions must consider the cause of an Error or omission and ensure appropriate action is taken to mitigate the chance of re-occurrence. In case of a system wide Error or omission, the Licensed Financial Institution must immediately report the incident to the Central Bank with a description and explanation of the incident and corrective actions taken.

                                Unauthorized Transactions

                                1. 5.1.1.43Licensed Financial Institutions must provide appropriate and responsive digital and phone channels to assist Consumers 24 hours and 7 days a week to easily report loss, theft, fraud or misuse of their account and/or credit/payment cards/digital instruments.
                                2. 5.1.1.44The Unauthorized Transaction reporting service must have performance standards and tracking of responsiveness so as not to cause undue delay for the Consumer in blocking further Unauthorized Transactions. All calls or reports must be monitored and regular quality control checks must be conducted on these calls including monitoring waiting times and hang ups. Records of the monitoring must be retained for a period of 1 year. Licensed Financial Institutions must also document the action taken on poor service and performance. Response times towards Consumers must also be recorded.
                                3. 5.1.1.45All transactions will be considered as authorized if proper and secure validation procedures have been applied by the Licensed Financial Institution, unless prima facie evidence can be provided by the Consumer to establish reasonable doubt that the transaction in dispute was not executed by the Consumer.
                                4. 5.1.1.46For reporting Unauthorized Transactions, Consumers must be allowed a minimum of 30 business day to report the transaction to their Licensed Financial Institution after the Consumer has been properly informed of the transaction. When an Unauthorized Transaction is reported to a Licensed Financial Institution or an Authorized Agent, the Licensed Financial Institution must:
                                  1. a.Document the reported transaction including date and time it is received and any pertinent information provided by the Consumer;
                                  2. b.Inform the Consumer as to the options of blocking the account / credit/payment card/digital instrument while the matter is being investigated, having the account/card/instrument closed or cancelling and replacing the account /card/instrument; and
                                  3. c.Take all appropriate actions deemed necessary to protect the Consumer from further Unauthorized Transactions.
                                5. 5.1.1.47Unauthorized payments must be reimbursed to the Consumer after the completion of the investigation or within 30 calendar days of the day the matter was first reported by the Consumer or identified by the Licensed Financial Institution, whichever period of time is shorter. This provision does not apply where there is evidence that the Consumer has acted fraudulently or with gross negligence.
                                6. 5.1.1.48If no Consumer transaction or payment authorization can be clearly confirmed and documented by the Licensed Financial Institution and there remains a dispute as to the liability and the quality of proof, the complaint shall be immediately referred to a complaint resolution mechanism.

                                Training, Competency and Ethical Conduct

                                1. 5.1.1.49The Board is ultimately responsible for ensuring that the Licensed Financial Institution’s business is conducted with due skill, care and diligence, integrity and in a fair, honest and professional manner towards Consumers.
                                2. 5.1.1.50Developing and maintaining the proper level of Staff competence must be integrated into a Licensed Financial Institution’s operational risk and conduct risk policies and be reflective of its corporate values and standards.
                                3. 5.1.1.51Where gaps in Staff competencies are identified and/or fail to meet qualification standards, a Licensed Financial Institution must address them immediately through additional education and training.
                                4. 5.1.1.52Licensed Financial Institutions must verify and document that their Staff (including Authorized Agents) are properly trained, qualified and fully understand their obligations regarding the Financial Products and/or Services being offered and the standards of assessing Financial Product and/or Service for appropriateness, suitability and affordability.
                                5. 5.1.1.53Licensed Financial Institutions must demonstrate compliance with the training requirements set out by other responsible UAE regulators of insourced products and services.
                                6. 5.1.1.54Licensed Financial Institutions must provide suitable training to all Staff to raise awareness of the principles and guidelines relating to treating all Consumers fairly including assistance to People of Determination. Specific sensitivity training programs and helpful aids must be designed for Staff that interact with these Consumers.
                                7. 5.1.1.55Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that Staff, especially those who interact directly with Consumers, are required to update and enhance their professional knowledge through programs of professional development on an ongoing basis. The training must enable Staff to acquire and maintain the appropriate level of knowledge and competence.
                                8. 5.1.1.56The Central Bank may prescribe appropriate qualifications, training and development programs for the Staff of the Licensed Financial Institutions.
                                9. 5.1.1.57Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure Staff involved in the sale or marketing of any products or services from third parties including insurance/takaful products or structured / investment products must demonstrate appropriate and current qualifications and training requirements as set out by the responsible UAE regulator.
                                10. 5.1.1.58Licensed Financial Institutions must document and retain a record of an individual Staff person’s training and qualification while that Person is employed by the Licensed Financial Institution including Staff of Authorized Agents.
                                11. 5.1.1.59Licensed Financial Institutions must have in place, methods for ensuring all levels of Staff within Licensed Financial Institutions act with integrity, due skill, care and diligence in carrying and in a fair, honest and professional manner while carrying out their role and responsibilities.

                                Monitoring Performance and Remuneration

                                1. 5.1.1.60Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor Staff performance and competence during the course of the Staff’s work and their performance must be reviewed in the regular Staff performance appraisal at least once a year.
                                2. 5.1.1.61In response to changing circumstances, including Market developments, financial product innovation and changes in the regulatory requirements, Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor and review regularly the type and levels of competence that Staff are required to have in order to remain fit and proper for their role of serving Consumers.
                                3. 5.1.1.62Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that their remuneration arrangements with Staff in respect of providing, arranging or recommending a Financial Product and/or Service to a Consumer, are not structured in such a way as to potentially impair the Licensed Financial Institution’s responsibilities to Consumers. The remuneration arrangements must provide incentives:
                                  1. a.To act in the best interests of Consumers;
                                  2. b.To carry out and apply in a competent manner the assessment of appropriateness, suitability and affordability requirements for all Financial Products and/or Services as set out in the Standards; and
                                  3. c.To encourage responsible business conduct, fair treatment of Consumers and to avoid conflicts of interest.
                                4. 5.1.1.63Licensed Financial Institutions must have adequate policies, procedures and controls in place, so that Staff are not remunerated solely, or in large part, on criteria such as, but not limited to, volume of solicitations, sales, amount of credit financing. Staff performance assessments must include factors such as consumer satisfaction, loan/financing repayment/payment performance, loan/financing delinquency rates, consumer retention, substantiated Complaints, compliance with regulatory requirements/best practices guidelines and codes of conduct.
                                5. 5.1.1.64Effective Senior Management oversight is required to detect any biases or inappropriate behavior that may be caused by remuneration & incentive schemes. There must be monitoring of actions or activities that may indicate abusive practices such as the volume and type of Consumer Complaints, abnormal sales variance and trends, results of audit/compliance review, etc. Licensed Financial Institutions must be able to demonstrate that such monitoring is in place and effective. Corrective actions taken must be documented and available for review by the Central Bank.
                                6. 5.1.1.65Staff misconduct identified with respect to aggressive sales behavior and unfair or unethical treatment of Consumers must be addressed and taken into account during Staff appraisals/remuneration and promotional considerations. Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure and be able to demonstrate greater emphasis on proper conduct related performance indicators during appraisal/remuneration consideration of the Senior Management.

                                Sales, Marketing, Advertising and Financial Promotional Activities:

                                1. 5.1.1.66This Section must be read in conjunction with Section 2.3 of Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency.
                                2. 5.1.1.67Licensed Financial Institutions must not apply Undue Pressure or coercion on Consumers to purchase any Financial Product and/or Service.
                                3. 5.1.1.68Licensed Financial Institutions must not engage in marketing and / or sales conduct that is misleading or deceptive. The following actions fall within the prohibitive practices:
                                  1. a.Making repeated solicitations through any channel of communications to promote Financial Products and/or Services to Consumers who have previously opted out of these communications and/or communicated their disinterest in the Financial Product and/or Service;
                                  2. b.Conducting one or more personal visits to the Consumer’s home or workplace without the Consumer’s permission;
                                  3. c.Exploiting a Consumer’s lack of knowledge, apathy or ability to understand the Financial Product and /or Service or the proposed transactions;
                                  4. d.Falsely stating that the offer regarding Financial Products and/or Services that includes any promotional gifts, incentives, bonuses is only available for a limited time or is in limited supply, to elicit an immediate decision, when in fact there is no such limitation;
                                  5. e.Misrepresenting conventional products as being Shari’ah-compliant funds or products;
                                  6. f.Omitting material facts that are relevant for the Consumer to make an informed decision, including the use of small print to obscure such facts; and
                                  7. g.Soliciting Consumers with incentives or attractive promises, for example financial promotions or gifts, when the Licensed Financial Institution is aware that it is not able to reasonably fulfil the demand for such promises.
                                4. 5.1.1.69Where Financial Products and/or Services are promoted or associated with a raffle/draw/lottery/give-away, the Licensed Financial Institution must ensure easy access to clearly disclosed rules, terms and conditions and any cost before registration in the promotional activity by the Consumer. Such an activity must be compliant with the rules and requirements (including prior authorization/approval) of any State law or regulatory authority.
                                5. 5.1.1.70Licensed Financial Institutions must not issue or distribute any marketing or sales information on Financial Products and/or Services publicly or to Consumers that:
                                  1. a.Does not provide the required disclosure information and is not in the format as prescribed in this Regulation and its accompanying Standards;
                                  2. b.Gives prominence to and/or exaggerates the returns on a Financial Products and/or Services without giving adequate or equal prominence to significant terms and conditions, risk warnings, or that obscures the terms or conditions, as this may mislead Consumers to form unrealistic expectations on the returns that will be earned;
                                  3. c.Misrepresents the benefits, advantages, conditions or terms of any Financial Products and/or Services;
                                  4. d.Misrepresents the actual pricing, costs or interest/profit rates for acquiring a Financial Product and/or Service; and
                                  5. e.Misrepresents any incentives, gifts, bonuses offered to the public or an individual Consumer.

                                Solicitation

                                1. 5.1.1.71When Consumers are presented documentation that requests their approval for solicitations, Consumers must also be informed at the same time of their right to opt out at any time including any previously expressed consent granted to a Licensed Financial Institution regarding the distribution of sales or solicitation material and electronic messages sent to the Consumer.
                                2. 5.1.1.72Licensed Financial Institutions must not make unsolicited calls to Consumers by any means for the purpose of marketing their Financial Products and/or Services. Licensed Financial Institutions must obtain expressed consent from the Consumer if the Consumer wishes to be informed about Licensed Financial Institution’s Financial Products and/or Services through promotional contacts.
                                3. 5.1.1.73Exchange Houses must not solicit their Consumers or any other party for selling Credit Products on behalf of local or foreign banks or finance companies and must not be involved in or assist its Consumers or any other party to open bank accounts with local or foreign banks unless otherwise permitted by the Central Bank.

                                Consent for Financial Products and/or Services:

                                1. 5.1.1.74When a Licensed Financial Institution offers a Consumer a new Financial Product and/or Service through any channel, the Licensed Financial Institution must not interpret a Consumer's failure to respond or take an affirmative response or action as an affirmative consent to accept the new/modified Financial Product and/or Service, an option, or to be charged any Fee or other cost.
                                2. 5.1.1.75Licensed Financial Institutions cannot provide any new or optional Financial Products and/or Services to a Consumer without expressed consent provided by the Consumer.
                                3. 5.1.1.76If expressed consent is given verbally, the Licensed Financial Institution must provide the Consumer with immediate confirmation of the Consumer’s expressed consent in Writing and inform the Consumer that he/she retains the right of refusal as well as the 5 complete business days Cooling Off period. The confirmation must include a method of contacting the Licensed Financial Institution, should the Consumer subsequently decide to refuse the Financial Product and/or Service.
                                4. 5.1.1.77Where expressed consent is given, this Section must be read in conjunction with the sub-section on Cooling-off Periods in the Section 5.1.1 of Article 5: Business Conduct.

                                Bundling of Financial Products and/or Services

                                1. 5.1.1.78Licensed Financial Institutions must not apply Undue Pressure or coerce Consumers into obtaining a Financial Product and/or Service from them or anyone else as a condition for obtaining another Financial Product and/or Service from them.
                                2. 5.1.1.79Licensed Financial Institutions are allowed to offer Consumers, in conjunction with one of their Financial Products and/or Service, another Financial Product and/or Service on more favorable terms than they normally would, provided the more favorable terms are clearly disclosed. The Consumer has the right to acquire separately one of proposed bundled Products and or Services and forgo the favorable terms.

                                Accountability for Authorized Agents

                                1. 5.1.1.80Licensed Financial Institutions must have a fit and proper policy and perform appropriate due diligence and verification before contracting with their potential Authorized Agents or renewing contracts. These policies must be reviewed on a periodic basis. Licensed Financial Institutions must apply the fit and proper policy based on the type of activity being insourced or outsourced and document the process and results.
                                2. 5.1.1.81Licensed Financial Institutions are accountable and liable for ensuring that Authorized Agents remain fit and proper and fully understand the Licensed Financial Institutions’ control framework and agree to comply with all Applicable Laws and Regulations applicable to the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                3. 5.1.1.82Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure they include provisions in the contract that provides the Licensed Financial Institutions and the Central Bank the ability to access, verify and ensure compliance with all Applicable Laws and Regulations applicable to the Licensed Financial Institution.
                              • 5.1.2 General Provisions for Deposit Products

                                Current and Saving Accounts

                                1. 5.1.2.1Opening Accounts:
                                  1. a.Commercial banks can open all types of accounts for their retail Consumers, but in such cases, they must abide by the Consumer Protection Regulation and the accompanying Standards;
                                  2. b.Accounts must be opened within 2 complete business days from the date of application except as noted as follows. An exception is provided where the Licensed Financial Institution is acting accordance with UAE’s Financial Crime Compliance requirements. Where other valid circumstances require additional time to allow the account to function, the Licensed Financial Institution must explain the delay to the Consumer and document the reason for the delay. The account may still be opened and the low risk Consumer may be provided with the account number, however, the account may have limited transactions until the circumstances or the lack of certain documentation causing the delay are resolved. Licensed Financial Institutions may refuse to open an account when the Licensed Financial Institution has reasonable and justifiable grounds;
                                  3. c.When a Licensed Financial Institution refuses to open an account, it must provide a written notice to the Consumer immediately stating that the application to open an account has been refused and that the Consumer may file a Complaint with the Central Bank or any other relevant or delegated authority. The Licensed Financial Institution must internally document the specific reason for refusal for review by the Central Bank;
                                  4. d.Licensed Financial Institutions must develop risk-based policies and procedures for account opening for Consumer accounts and in applying Know Your Customer (KYC) requirements. Such risk based policies and procedures should provide for account opening with limited features and Permissible transactions for low risk Consumers. Limitations may include limits on the number of transactions, the amount and types of transactions, prohibit transfers, remittances, use of cheques, etc. Licensed Financial Institutions must use their internal controls and monitoring to mitigate risks in account openings for Consumers; and
                                  5. e.Licensed Financial Institutions must inform a Consumer of the requirements and procedures to open and operate a bank account. As part of the process, Licensed Financial Institutions must disclose to the Consumer all Fees that would be applied and ensure that Consumers are fully aware of the consequences of granting third parties access to their bank accounts, cheques or debit cards.
                                2. 5.1.2.2Account closure by the Licensed Financial Institution:
                                  1. a.Licensed Financial Institutions must inform Consumers in Writing of their decision to close a Consumer’s account 60 calendar days in advance of the account being closed;
                                  2. b.The Licensed Financial Institution must provide in Writing, the reasons for the closure except where the Licensed Financial Institution has suspicion as to the use of the account by the Consumer to carry out financial crimes; and
                                  3. c.An exception is provided where the Licensed Financial Institution is acting accordance with UAE’s Financial Crime Compliance requirements.
                                3. 5.1.2.3Account blockage:
                                  1. a.A Licensed Financial Institution must not block a Consumer’s account, block debit and/or credit transactions; hold funds or remove certain privileges for reasons other than the following or otherwise prescribed by the Central Bank:
                                    1. i.The Licensed Financial Institution may block the Consumer’s account privileges and funds when the Licensed Financial Institution is acting in accordance with Central Bank’s request and/or relevant UAE laws and Regulations. (refer to Article 6.2.1.5). Licensed Financial Institutions must maintain detailed records of such events for review by the Central Bank;
                                    2. ii.The Licensed Financial Institution may block the account, a privilege on an account or a determined amount of funds in a Consumer’s account for a set period of time in the following scenarios:
                                      1. oA court order served on the Licensed Financial Institution to block the account and/or a defined amount;
                                      2. oUpon instructions from the Central Bank;
                                      3. oRecovery of amount of funds owed to the Licensed Financial Institution by the Consumer relating to credit facilities and/or unpaid Fees;
                                      4. oEvidence that a Consumer has acted dishonestly, fraudulently, or is convicted of a crime; or
                                      5. oEvidence that the Consumer has died.
                                  2. b.When a Licensed Financial Institution blocks the use of a Consumer’s account, or blocks all or a defined amount of funds, or suspends certain privileges on an account, the Licensed Financial Institution must provide a written notice to the Consumer within 24 hours to inform the Consumer of the blockage details, the action the Consumer is expected to take and the contact information for the Licensed Financial Institution regarding the blockage. This provision is not applicable in instances when Licensed Financial Institutions have a reasonable basis of considering the transaction is related to risks of financial crime or as may be prohibited by law;
                                  3. c.The Licensed Financial Institution must not:
                                    1. i.Apply any account related Fees to a Consumer account that will result in an overdraft in the account while it is being blocked, including returned cheques Fees caused as a result of the blockage by the Licensed Financial Institution. Once the blockage has been removed, such fees may be collected and the Consumer informed;
                                    2. ii.Block an amount of funds greater than the actual outstanding liability owed to the Licensed Financial Institution by the Consumer at the time of the blockage; and
                                    3. iii.Block funds from a Consumer’s end of service payment for repayment/payment of a Consumers’ mortgage loan/financing.

                                Digital Instruments

                                1. 5.1.2.4Where there is an expiry date associated with a Digital Instrument product that stores or uses digital money, the Licensed Financial Institution that has issued the product must continue to provide a method of access to those funds and to safeguard any remaining balance of funds on behalf of the Consumer.

                                Debit Cards

                                1. 5.1.2.5Licensed Financial Institutions can issue debit cards in a secure manner that are linked to any type of accounts. They may charge approved Fees for issuance of new cards, replacement of lost cards or renewal of expired cards. However, they must disclose these Fees in the manner specified in Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency.
                                2. 5.1.2.6Licensed Financial Institutions cannot issue the Consumer’s initial debit card without expressed consent from the Consumer. Licensed Financial Institutions cannot issue a replacement for a lost or stolen debit card unless authorized by the Consumer. A replacement card can be issued automatically to the Consumer due to the expiry date of the current card or as agreed to by the Consumer. If the Licensed Financial Institution must issue new cards due to its own procedural changes, then the Consumer must be provided with a separate and advanced notice in Writing.
                                3. 5.1.2.7Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that cards are issued and delivered to the Consumer named on the card, or to an authorized Persons as approved by the Consumer.
                                4. 5.1.2.8Licensed Financial Institutions must obtain the Consumers approval of the daily transaction limits that apply to the debit card for use with Automated Teller Machine (ATM) and Point of Sale (POS) transactions at time of issuing of the initial card or the reissuing of cards. If the Licensed Financial Institution has decided to reduce the limit of the Permissible daily transactions or the terms and conditions of the card, the Licensed Financial Institution must provide 60 calendar days’ notice in Writing to the Consumer and explain the change and what Consumers can do if they do not agree.

                                Automated Teller Machines and Point of Sale

                                1. 5.1.2.9Licensed Financial Institutions must fully investigate problems, Complaints and claims from Consumers, regarding incorrect transactions or any difficulties encountered when using any ATM or POS and where appropriate take corrective action:
                                  1. a.In relation to provision of POS products or services, Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor whether the merchant clients impose any additional and unauthorized Fees onto Consumers when they use the Licensed Financial Institutions’ card/digital payment methods for the purchase of goods or services from the merchants; and
                                  2. b.Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor for evidence of fraudulent use of ATMs and POS Terminals. Proof of the monitoring must be documented for review by the Central Bank. Where there is evidence of tampering with an ATM or POS Terminal, a Licensed Financial Institution must review its records and related Consumer Complaints for possible identification of past transactions previously deemed authorized transactions that need to be reversed due to the evidence of tampering.
                              • 5.1.3 General Provisions for Credit Products

                                1. 5.1.3.1Refer to Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency for applicable requirements.
                                2. 5.1.3.2The criteria for Business Conduct are prescribed by Article 7: Responsible Financing Practice of these Standards.
                                3. 5.1.3.3Licensed Financial Institutions must in accordance with Article 7 and without undue delay, allow Consumers to transfer their loan/financing from any bank or finance company operating in the UAE. Licensed Financial Institutions may require payment of an Early Settlement Fee as prescribed by the Central Bank.
                              • 5.1.4 General Provisions for Structured Products

                                1. 5.1.4.1Refer to Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency for applicable requirements.
                                2. 5.1.4.2Licensed Financial Institutions are required to submit an application for approval with the relevant details and rationale of the proposed product to the Central Bank for consideration before selling and/or marketing structured products.
                              • 5.1.5 General Provisions for Remittances, Transfers and Foreign Exchange

                                1. 5.1.5.1Licensed Financial Institutions may impose Fees on Consumers for transferring funds external to the Licensed Financial Institution. These Fees must be a fixed amount and not a percentage of the amount being transferred.
                                2. 5.1.5.2Licensed Financial Institutions must inform the Consumer of the amount of their Fees before confirming the transfer of funds. The Consumer must be informed of the potential of Fees being charged by the receiving correspondent bank or financial institution. This Section is to be read in conjunction with Clause 2.1.5.5 of Article 2: Disclosure & Transparency.
                                3. 5.1.5.3Licensed Financial Institutions must be transparent and disclose options for low cost services for remittances of funds and avoid excessive Fees that may limit use by low income Consumers.
                                4. 5.1.5.4Licensed Financial Institutions must provide an official receipt of the transaction including details of all the Fees. Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that the Consumers receive an official receipt for all the transactions in a manner that allows the Consumer to retain a record of the transaction details.
                                5. 5.1.5.5Licensed Financial Institutions are responsible for validating the accuracy of payment instructions, specifically the International Bank Account Number (IBAN) and Bank Identifier Code (BIC), before completing the transfer of the funds.
                                6. 5.1.5.6Licensed Financial Institutions must advise a Consumer within 2 complete business days of the return of funds by a correspondent bank or financial institution. The funds returned must be credited to the Consumer’s account as soon as received from the correspondent bank or financial institution. Where the Consumer does not have an account, the returned funds must be available in cash or by cashier’s cheque within the 2 complete business days. If Licensed Financial Institutions are required to undertake financial crime investigations, Licensed Financial Institutions are exempt from the 2 complete business days refund requirement.
                            • 5.2 Fair Treatment of Consumers

                              • 5.2.2 General Provisions for Fair Treatment of Consumers

                                1. 5.2.2.1The Board of Licensed Financial Institutions, must establish a control framework that articulates and demonstrates clearly its values and culture with respect to treating the Consumer fairly and address such matters as:
                                  1. a.Good ethics, values and transparency in promoting and selling Financial Products and/or Services to Consumers;
                                  2. b.Positive Consumers relations, Complaint management and Complaint resolution;
                                  3. c.Assisting People of Determination;
                                  4. d.Equal, Fair treatment of all Consumers;
                                  5. e.Confidentiality and safeguarding of Consumers’ information and assets;
                                  6. f.Addressing conflicts of interest;
                                  7. g.Service performance standards that provide timely delivery of Financial Products and/or Services; and
                                  8. h.Identifying and addressing Errors or omissions including systemic and administrative Errors/omissions expeditiously.
                                2. 5.2.2.2Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure Staff are provided with a copy of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Code of Fair Treatment of Consumers that summarizes the Licensed Financial Institution’s policy and procedures. Staff must be trained on the Code. Each year, Senior Management must send a reminder to all Staff of their responsibility to comply with the Code.
                                3. 5.2.2.3The Code of Fair Treatment of Consumer should be a basis for evaluating the annual performance of Staff.
                                4. 5.2.2.4Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor the performance of Staff regarding the fair treatment of Consumers by undertaking periodic mystery shopping, review of Consumer Complaints and annual Consumer satisfaction surveys.
                              • 5.2.3 Conflict of Institution's Interest with Consumers

                                1. 5.2.3.1Licensed Financial Institutions must have in place and operate in accordance with a written Conflict of Interest policy appropriate to the nature, scale and complexity of the Licensed Financial Activities carried out by the Licensed Financial Institution. The conflicts of interest policy must:
                                  1. a.Identify the circumstances which constitute or may give rise to a Conflict of Interest entailing a risk of harm done to the interests of its Consumers; and
                                  2. b.Specify procedures to be followed, and measures to be adopted, in order to mitigate such conflicts and to address non-compliance.
                                2. 5.2.3.2Where conflicts of interest arise and cannot be reasonably avoided, Licensed Financial Institutions must:
                                  1. a.Disclose the general nature and/or source of the conflicts of interest to the Consumer. Licensed Financial Institutions must only undertake those businesses with or on behalf of a Consumer where that Consumer has acknowledged in Writing that the Consumer is fully aware of the Conflict of Interest and agrees to proceed; and
                                  2. b.In case a Conflict of Interest cannot be avoided, Licensed Financial Institutions must put in place proper disclosure and controls to mitigate them.
                                3. 5.2.3.3Where Licensed Financial Institutions distribute their Financial Products and/or Services to Consumers through an Authorized Agent and pay commission based on levels of business introduced, Licensed Financial Institutions must be able to demonstrate that these arrangements:
                                  1. a.Are disclosed to the Consumer;
                                  2. b.Confirm the agent’s duty to act in the best interests of Consumers;
                                  3. c.Do not give rise to a Conflict of Interest between the agent and the Consumer and controls are set in place to mitigate any Conflict of Interest which may arise; and
                                  4. d.Provide for effective monitoring for potential/actual abusive sales and disclosure practices.
                                4. 5.2.3.4Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that there are effective controls in place between the different business lines of the Licensed Financial Institution, and between the Licensed Financial Institution and its connected parties, in relation to access and the use of personal information that could potentially give rise to a Conflict of Interest or abuse of Consumers’ Personal Data.
                                5. 5.2.3.5Licensed Financial Institutions must take reasonable steps to ensure that it or any of its Staff do not offer, give, solicit or accept any gifts or rewards (monetary or otherwise) that are likely to be perceived or are a potential conflict with any duties of the recipient in relation to his /her activities involving Consumers or/and the policies of the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                6. 5.2.3.6The Board of Licensed Financial Institutions must have in place adequate control framework to ensure that any Outsourcing or insourcing arrangement does not create situations of Conflict of Interest. Any Outsourcing or insourcing arrangement must be subjected to appropriate due diligence, fit and proper approvals and ongoing monitoring in order to identify and mitigate risks of any Conflict of Interest.
                                • 5.2.4 Fair Treatment of Financially Distressed Consumers

                                  Debt Counselling

                                  1. 5.2.4.1Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers with qualified credit counselling services on debt problems and encourage Consumers to feel confident about approaching the Licensed Financial Institutions and openly discussing their financial concerns. When approached by a Consumer, the Licensed Financial Institution must give reasonable consideration to alternative arrangements that could enable Consumers to overcome their repayment/payment difficulties.
                                  2. 5.2.4.2Licensed Financial Institutions must proactively provide assistance to Consumers when initial irregularities in payments are observed. Licensed Financial Institutions must encourage Consumers to reach out to them to discuss their financial difficulties.
                                  3. 5.2.4.3Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure their counselling Staff is qualified and adequately trained to handle Consumers facing financial difficulties and treat them with respect and empathy.

                                  Revised Payment Arrangements

                                  1. 5.2.4.4Where Licensed Financial Institutions reach an agreement on a revised repayment/payment arrangement with a Consumer, the Licensed Financial Institution must, within 10 complete business days, provide the Consumer in Writing, with a clear disclosure and explanation of the revised repayment/payment arrangement. The Licensed Financial Institution will provide the Consumer with a copy of detailed and revised payment schedule, and a breakdown of how payments will be allocated to interest/profit and the outstanding balance owing. The Licensed Financial Institution must disclose to the Consumer that reporting relating to the Consumer’s Arrears must be shared with the Credit Information Agency.
                                  2. 5.2.4.5Where Arrears arise on an account and a Consumer makes an offer of a revised repayment/payment arrangement that is rejected by the Licensed Financial Institution, the Licensed Financial Institution must internally document its reasons for rejecting the offer and communicate to the Consumer in Writing why the matter was rejected.
                                  3. 5.2.4.6Licensed Financial Institutions must make the following information available for Consumers, including on a dedicated section of its website for debt management that provides the following:
                                    1. a.General information to encourage a Consumer to deal with debt issues and problems of Arrears, and stating the benefits of doing so;
                                    2. b.Licensed Financial Institutions’ contact information for Staff that deal with debt issues and Arrears management including Staff dealing with counselling;
                                    3. c.Details on the Fees that may be imposed on Consumers in Arrears; and
                                    4. d.Self-help tools for budgeting and managing money.
                                  4. 5.2.4.7The information on the website must be easily accessible with a prominent link on the homepage.
                                • 5.2.5 Debt Collection Practice

                                  General Requirements

                                  1. 5.2.5.1Licensed Financial Institutions must have in place written policies and procedures for managing the collection of debts owed to the Licensed Financial Institution by a Consumer. To the extent reasonably possible, Licensed Financial Institutions must discuss financial difficulties with their Consumers before proceeding with collection efforts, redemption of collaterals/guarantees and/or taking legal proceedings. Licensed Financial Institutions must document these discussions.
                                  2. 5.2.5.2Where an account is in Arrears, Licensed Financial Institutions must approach a Consumer, or through the Consumer’s authorized representative and discuss options that will assist the Consumer in resolving the Arrears.
                                  3. 5.2.5.3Where an account remains in Arrears 30 calendar days after the date on which the Arrears first arose, Licensed Financial Institutions must immediately communicate with the Consumer to establish why the Arrears have arisen. At the Consumer’s request and with the Consumer’s expressed consent, Licensed Financial Institutions must liaise with the Consumer’s authorized representative who may act on the Consumer’s behalf in relation to addressing the Arrears.
                                  4. 5.2.5.4Where an account remains in Arrears more than 60 calendar days after the date on which the Arrears first arose, Licensed Financial Institutions must immediately issue a notice in Writing to inform the Consumer, authorized representative and/or any guarantor of the loan/financing of the status of the account.

                                    The information in the notice must include the following, as may be applicable:
                                    1. a.The date the account fell into Arrears;
                                    2. b.The number and total amount of repayments/payments (including partial repayments/payments) missed (this information is not required for credit card accounts);
                                    3. c.The amount of the Arrears as of a specified date;
                                    4. d.The interest/profit rate;
                                    5. e.Details of any Fees in relation to the Arrears that may be applied;
                                    6. f.Request that the Consumer begin engaging with the Licensed Financial Institution in order to address the Arrears;
                                    7. g.The contact information for the responsible Person / function within the Licensed Financial Institution or where an external collection agent is assigned, the name and contact information of the authorized collection agent representing the Licensed Financial Institution;
                                    8. h.The consequences of continued non-payment, including:
                                      1. i.Where relevant, sharing of Data relating to the Consumer’s Arrears with the Credit Information Agency;
                                      2. ii.Any impact the non-payment may have on other accounts held by the Consumer with that Licensed Financial Institution including the potential for off-setting accounts, where it is Permissible under existing agreed terms and conditions;
                                      3. iii.Potential for the sale of collateral and security;
                                      4. iv.Demand for payment from guarantors and co-signers;
                                      5. v.Legal proceedings; and
                                      6. vi.Continued accumulation of interest charges and related fees.
                                    9. i.A statement that advises the Consumer to seek assistance from the Licensed Financial Institution for credit counselling and provides the contact details for the responsible Staff to provide the assistance.
                                  5. 5.2.5.5Where Arrears persist, the Licensed Financial Institution must send the Consumer an updated disclosure notice of Arrears regarding the state of the Arrears. The notice of Arrears is to be sent monthly confirming any payments received by the Licensed Financial Institution or its Authorized Agent and the allocation of those payments between interest/profit, principle and related Fees as well as detailing the balance of accumulated payment Arrears, Fees and interests/profits and the outstanding balance owing on the loan/financing facility.

                                  Communication with the Consumers

                                  1. 5.2.5.6Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that the frequency and manner of contact and communications of a Licensed Financial Institution with a Consumer regarding Arrears is proportionate and not excessive. A Licensed Financial Institution must apply a fair and due process when communicating with a Consumer before seeking recourse with competent judicial authorities, while observing the following:
                                    1. a.A Licensed Financial Institution may communicate with a Consumer or his/her guarantor using the following approved methods:
                                      1. i.E-mail;
                                      2. ii.Registered mail;
                                      3. iii.Courier;
                                      4. iv.SMS messages;
                                      5. v.Phone calls; or
                                      6. vi.Such other method as consented to by the Consumer.
                                    2. b.The Licensed Financial Institution must not:
                                      1. i.Visit the Consumer’s place of employment or the Consumer’s home unless expressed consent is given by the Consumer or by permission of a court order;
                                      2. ii.Visit the Consumer outside the hours of 9 AM to 8 PM; and
                                      3. iii.Disclose any of the Consumer’s information to any Third Party other than a Credit Information Agency, an authorized debt collection agent, as may be legally required or where expressed consent is given by the Consumer.
                                    3. c.In its attempts to contact a Consumer by telephone, a Licensed Financial Institution must not make unreasonable and excessive number of communication attempts /actual communications with the Consumer. Such attempts / actual contact must only be made during the hours of 9 AM to 8 PM. Where the Consumer has not been reached, a mesasge should be left by the Licensed Financial Institution and/or authorized debt collection agent, so that the Consumer will have the ability to Call-back the same number used by the Licensed Financial Institution and/or authorized debt collection agent; and
                                    4. d.During any communication with Consumer the communication message must include, at minimum:
                                      1. i.The name of the Licensed Financial Institution and its collection department or authorized agent concerned with the collection of defaulted payments;
                                      2. ii.The contact number of the concerned department / agent;
                                      3. iii.Working hours of the concerned department; and
                                      4. iv.Name of the employee / agent who contacts a Consumer through a phone call.
                                  2. 5.2.5.7All communications with Consumers must be recorded and records maintained within Licensed Financial Institutions for 5 years after the credit amount due has been settled or the debt is written off.
                                  3. 5.2.5.8A Licensed Financial Institution must inform the concerned Consumer, if it has appointed a Third Party to engage with the Consumer in relation to collection of Arrears and must disclose who the Third Party is, the amount that they are to collect and explain the authority granted to the Third Party to act on behalf of the Licensed Financial Institution including the receiving of payments.

                                  Default on Residential Mortgage Loan/Financing

                                  1. 5.2.5.9In respect of residential mortgages, where a full or partial repayment/payment is missed and remains outstanding and an alternative repayment/payment arrangement has not been put in place, Licensed Financial Institutions must notify the Consumer, in Writing, of the following:
                                    1. a.The potential for legal proceedings for collection of payments and proceedings for repossession of the property;
                                    2. b.The importance of the Consumer seeking independent Advice;
                                    3. c.That, irrespective of how the property is repossessed and disposed of, the Consumer may remain liable for the outstanding debt after consideration of any proceeds of sale of a property and including accrued interest/profit, Fees, legal, selling and other related costs, as may be the case; and
                                    4. d.The costs and Fees related to default proceedings charged to the Consumer must be fair, transparent and reasonable.

                                  Licensed Financial Institutions must comply with the above requirements taking into consideration the characteristics of the underlying contracts for such financing.

                          • Article 6: Protection of Consumer Data and Assets

                            • 6.1 Consumer Data Protection

                              • 6.1.1 Policies, Procedures and Systems

                                1. 6.1.1.1Pursuant to Article (120) in Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, Licensed Financial Institutions must have policies, procedures and control frameworks regarding the collection, protection, confidentiality and authorized use of Consumers’ Data. Consumers must be informed in Writing with respect to how their personal information will be processed, e.g. collected, used, disclosed, Data mined and profiled.
                                2. 6.1.1.2Licensed Financial Institutions must protect Consumer Data and maintain the confidentiality of the Data, including when it is held, accessed or used by Authorized Agents.
                                3. 6.1.1.3Licensed Financial Institutions are responsible for ensuring Data protection and individual Consumer confidentiality with respect to any profiling, Data mining, marketing and sale of financial services through use of new technologies and social media.
                                4. 6.1.1.4Licensed Financial Institution must provide a safe, secure and confidential environment in all of its delivery channels to ensure a high level of confidentiality and privacy of Personal Data.
                                5. 6.1.1.5Licensed Financial Institutions have a legal obligation of confidentiality towards a Consumer except:
                                  1. a.When disclosure of Consumer Data is properly imposed by a legal authority; or
                                  2. b.When disclosure is made with the expressed consent of the Consumer, or through a representative nominated by the Consumer.
                                6. 6.1.1.6Licensed Financial Institutions must have a proper Data Management Control Framework with policies, procedures, system controls, and checks and balances to protect Consumer Data and to identify and resolve any incidents of information security breaches, when they may occur.
                                7. 6.1.1.7Where the Consumer’s identity verification is conducted online, the Licensed Financial Institution must apply more than one evidence of identity verification for electronic services. Licensed Financial Institutions must advise Consumers regarding any directed and repeated attempts of online fraud on their accounts for the Consumers to take additional precautions.
                                8. 6.1.1.8Licensed Financial Institutions must secure digital transaction processing and controls, implement detailed activity monitoring and enhance Consumer identification methods in accordance with the Central Bank’s requirements for strengthening Digital Channels.
                                9. 6.1.1.9Licensed Financial Institutions must provide employee training and awareness programs on their Data control framework for accessing and handling Consumer Data and reporting security and policy breaches. The Licensed Financial Institution must promote the importance of protecting Consumer’s Data as an ongoing responsibility of Staff with reminders sent on an annual basis.
                                10. 6.1.1.10Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that access to personal information and Personal Data of Consumers is limited to authorized business lines and their Staff only. Licensed Financial Institutions must maintain logs for audit and supervisory purposes, recording the names of Staff who have accessed Consumer databases and the timing. Such records must be provided to the Central Bank as and when requested.
                              • 6.1.2 Data Management of Data Protection

                                1. 6.1.2.1The Board must designate responsibility and accountability for the Data Management and Protection function to a senior position in management who reports directly to Senior Management. The function is responsible for ensuring oversight of and compliance with the Data Management Control Framework and any related requirements for Data protection and privacy laws of the UAE and the Central Bank.
                                2. 6.1.2.2The Data Management and Protection function must ensure that:
                                  1. a.Adequate monitoring and preventive controls are in place to detect any unauthorized or accidental loss, misuse, modification, access, disclosure or destruction of Personal Data;
                                  2. b.Verifications are regularly carried out on the legitimacy of Data collection, access to Data, Data integrity and the electronic procedures and address any issues identified;
                                  3. c.Controls are commensurate with the criticality and sensitivity of the relevant systems and Data handled; and
                                  4. d.Detailed monitoring of records and the actions taken are maintained for 5 years.
                                3. 6.1.2.3The Data Management and Protection Function must:
                                  1. a.Annually review and improve the adequacy of the Data Management Control Framework for the collection, classification, storage, usage, transfer, protection, correction and destruction of Personal Data;
                                  2. b.Monitor, investigate and report to Senior Management any material incidents of accidental or unauthorized access, loss, alteration, transfer, destruction, use, modification or disclosure of Data; and
                                  3. c.Participate in the handling and investigation of privacy related Consumer Complaints and must report the conclusion of the investigation to the head of the Complaint Management function, who will then correspond with the Consumer and provide the Institution’s findings in Writing.
                                4. 6.1.2.4The Data Management and Protection function must issue reports to the Senior Management and the Board on significant Data management violations and breaches immediately. Senior Management must ensure proactive measures are taken to address the violation / breach and to improve Data management systems and safeguard the confidentiality and privacy of Consumers’ Personal Data.
                                5. 6.1.2.5Licensed Financial Institutions must, without delay, inform their Consumers of unauthorized access to, and/or loss, destruction or alteration of Consumers’ Personal Data where it may reasonably pose a risk to the Consumer’s financial and personal security and/or where it may pose reputational harm to a Consumer.
                                6. 6.1.2.6Licensed Financial Institutions must notify the Central Bank immediately of all significant breaches of Personal Data.
                              • 6.1.3 Expressed Consent by Consumers

                                1. 6.1.3.1Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure Personal Data is:
                                  1. a.Collected for a lawful purpose directly related to the Licensed Financial Activities of the Licensed Financial Institution;
                                  2. b.Adequate and not excessive in relation to the stated purpose; and
                                  3. c.Collected with appropriate security and protection measures against unauthorized or unlawful processing and accidental loss, destruction, or damage.
                                2. 6.1.3.2Before requesting the consent of a Consumer to share Personal Data, the Licensed Financial Institution must proactively disclose in Writing to a Consumer its intent to use and/or share Personal Data and with whom the Consumer’s Personal Data will be shared.
                                3. 6.1.3.3The Consumer must give his/her expressed consent freely and explicitly to a request for the use and/or sharing of Personal Data by the Licensed Financial Institution. The request for consent must be expressed in clear and plain language and inform the Consumer of his/ her right to refuse to provide expressed consent.
                                4. 6.1.3.4Licensed Financial Institutions must obtain informed and expressed consent before using and sharing a Consumer’s Personal Data for direct marketing or transferring the Personal Data to Authorized Agents for direct marketing. A copy of the expressed consent must be retained for 5 years after the relationship with the Consumer has terminated.
                                5. 6.1.3.5The Consumer shall have the right to withdraw expressed consent for the following at any time:
                                  1. a.The processing of Personal Data by the Licensed Financial Institution except where Persona Data is required for business operations related to the Consumer’s Products and Services; and
                                  2. b.Personal Data sharing with Authorized Agents and other third parties for purposes such as but not limited to sales and marketing.
                                6. 6.1.3.6Prior to a Consumer entering any contract with a Licensed Financial Institution, the Licensed Financial Institution must provide the following disclosures to the Consumer:
                                  1. a.That Licensed Financial Institutions will only collect Data / Personal Data for a lawful purpose directly related to a function or activity of the Consumer;
                                  2. b.Whether the collection is obligatory or voluntary for the Consumer to provide the Data / Personal Data;
                                  3. c.Where it is obligatory for the Consumer to provide the Data / Personal Data, the consequences for the Consumer for failing to provide the Data / Personal Data as required;
                                  4. d.A future withdrawal of expressed consent by a Consumer shall not affect the lawfulness of Data processing based on the prior expressed consent. Unless specified otherwise, the withdrawal must take effect within complete 30 calendar days of the Consumer requesting the withdrawal with the Licensed Financial Institution;
                                  5. e.When Data / Personal Data of the Consumer is being processed by or on behalf of the Licensed Financial Institution, provide a description of the Data / Personal Data being processed;
                                  6. f.When other external information on the Consumer is collected by the Licensed Financial Institution and the source of that Data / Personal Data;
                                  7. g.The Consumer’s right and means to request access to and to request correction of the Data / Personal Data and how to contact the Licensed Financial Institution with any inquiries or Complaints in respect of the Data / Personal Data; and
                                  8. h.The choices and means the Licensed Financial Institution offers the Consumer for limiting the processing of Data / Personal Data.
                              • 6.1.4 Sharing with Authorized Agents

                                1. 6.1.4.1Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that any Authorized Agent to whom some part or the entire delivery of the Financial Product and/or Service is outsourced meet the fit and proper policy regarding Data management and protection including secure handling procedures and applying proper controls.
                                2. 6.1.4.2Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that access to a Consumer’s Personal Data by Authorized Agents is properly authorized in Writing by the Licensed Financial Institution, regularly monitored, and appropriately restricted in line with the purpose of the access given. All legal contracts with Authorized Agents relating to the Outsourcing of functions and services must include appropriate provisions for safeguarding confidentiality of Personal Data and must prohibit the unauthorized disclosure of confidential Personal Data by Authorized Agents. The Authorized Agents must report to the Licensed Financial Institutions Data Management and Protection function significant breaches of Personal Data. The Licensed Financial Institution’s obligation to protect all Consumer Data extends to the actions of all Authorized Agents.
                                3. 6.1.4.3Where Personal Data is shared and retained outside of a Licensed Financial Institution’s own network such as with Authorized Agents, Licensed Financial Institutions and Authorized Agents must use encryption techniques to suitably encrypt Consumer Data and take measures for the secure transfer of Data.
                                4. 6.1.4.4Licensed Financial Institutions are responsible for ensuring any outsourced technology using or retaining Personal Data meets the highest standards of security, encryption and protection and are regularly audited and verified for vulnerabilities.
                                5. 6.1.4.5In the event of a termination of an Outsourcing contract with a Third Party, Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure and be able to demonstrate that all Personal Data is either retrieved from the Third Party and/ or is destroyed.
                                6. 6.1.4.6Where the Consumer provided expressed consent to the Licensed Financial Institution for sharing Data to a Third Party, the Licensed Financial Institution must confirm in any contract with a Third Party that the Third Party has no further right to share the Data or use it for other unauthorized purposes unless required by the laws in UAE.
                              • 6.1.5 Sharing with Authorized Credit Information Agencies

                                1. 6.1.5.1Licensed Financial Institutions are required to provide Consumer Data to government-authorized Credit Information Agencies as may be prescribed. Consumers must be informed of this requirement and be advised as to the possible limitations of accessing future Financial Products and/or Services based on the Consumer records provided to these agencies.
                                2. 6.1.5.2Correction of Reported Credit Information:
                                  1. a.With respect to any Errors, omissions or inaccuracies of Consumer information and Personal Data provided to the Credit Information Agencies by a Licensed Financial Institution, the Licensed Financial Institution must correct any Errors, omissions and inaccuracies within 7 complete business days of becoming aware of it;
                                  2. b.For Personal Data unlawfully collected and reported by Licensed Financial Institutions, the Licensed Financial Institution must request the deletion of such Data in order to reduce the permanence of erroneous Personal Data in the Credit Information Agencies; and
                                  3. c.When Consumers notify and request a Licensed Financial Institution to make updates or corrections to their Data reported to Credit Information Agencies, the Licensed Financial Institution must acknowledge receipt and verify if the request is accurate. If an update or correction is required, the Licensed Financial Institutions must report the update or correction to the Credit Information Agencies within 7 complete business days of the Licensed Financial Institution having been notified by the Consumer.
                              • 6.1.6 Standards for Retention of Consumer Records

                                1. 6.1.6.1All Personal Data, documents, records and files must be securely retained for a minimum of 5 years. The retention period begins, depending on the circumstances, from the date of the most recent of any of the following events:
                                  1. a.Termination of the Business Relationship or the closing of a Consumer’s account with the Licensed Financial Institution; and
                                  2. b.Completion of a casual transaction (in respect of a Consumer with whom no Business Relationship is established).

                                All Standards related to confidentiality and security must be maintained after the termination of the relationship until the Personal Data is destroyed.

                                1. 6.1.6.2Licensed Financial Institutions must not process or use Personal Data for any period longer than is necessary for the fulfillment of the purpose for which that Personal Data is required. After the lapse of the mandatory retention period for retaining Consumer records, Licensed Financial Institutions must take all reasonable steps to ensure that all Data / Personal Data is destroyed or permanently deleted if it is no longer required for the purpose for which it was collected and processed or no longer required by law.
                                2. 6.1.6.3All Licensed Financial Institutions must hold and store all Consumer and transaction Data within the UAE as prescribed by the Central Bank. At a minimum, Licensed Financial Institutions must also establish a safe and secure backup of all the Consumer Data and transactions in a separate location for the required period of retention specified in Section 6.1.6.
                                3. 6.1.6.4Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure there is secure retention of Consumer Data that would prevent any unauthorized or accidental loss, misuse, modification, access, disclosure or destruction. Licensed Financial Institutions must review their procedures and methods for retention of Consumer Data on an annual basis.
                              • 6.1.7 Notification to the Central Bank

                                1. 6.1.7.1Where breaches of the Data Management Control Framework occur regarding the unauthorized access or release of Consumer Personal Data, the Licensed Financial Institution must record any disciplinary actions taken against any Staff, agents or contractors responsible for the breach. The Licensed Financial Institution must maintain records of such events for 5 years after the event being recorded. The records must be made available to Central Bank upon request.
                                2. 6.1.7.2Licensed Financial Institutions must notify the Central Bank of any material Data breaches, losses, destruction or alteration when they occur, in a manner, as may be prescribed by the Central Bank.
                            • 6.2 Protection of Consumer Assets, Information and Data Against Fraud, Misappropriation and Misuse

                              • 6.2.1 Protection of Assets

                                1. 6.2.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure that they have clearly assigned responsibility and accountability for security of assets to Senior Management who must ensure internal control structures are in place and monitored including:
                                  1. a.The proper segregation of duties, roles and responsibilities of management and Staff within the Licensed Financial Institution;
                                  2. b.Operational risk mitigation;
                                  3. c.Application of logistical access security;
                                  4. d.Access rights and security on electronic Data and to assets;
                                  5. e.Physical security of the Consumer assets and records; and
                                  6. f.Completeness of documentation relating to business processes, policies, controls, and technical requirements in accordance with UAE’s anti-money laundering and terrorism financing guidelines.
                                2. 6.2.1.2Licensed Financial Institutions must implement stringent safeguards and verifications in order to protect unclaimed assets including the assets in the form of Stored Value Facilities, digital money, and dormant accounts and to ensure effective monitoring and reporting of any attempts to access them.
                                3. 6.2.1.3Collateral provided by the Consumer / guarantor must be properly secured and protected by the Licensed Financial Institution. The Licensed Financial Institution must act honestly, fairly and professionally and take into account the best interests of Consumer, while managing the collateralized assets.
                                4. 6.2.1.4Unclaimed Funds: Exchange Houses must ensure that unclaimed funds are assessed, documented, monitored and disclosed on a monthly basis as prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                5. 6.2.1.5Licensed Financial Institutions must have a robust internal risk based policy to update Consumers’ KYC documents, including expired identification documentation. Where Consumers have failed to respond to the Licensed Financial Institution’s written notices requesting the Consumer to provide required identification details to update the Licensed Financial Institution’s records, banks must after a notice period of 90 calendar days or after such period as may be prescribed by the Central Bank, temporarily block Debit & Credit Cards for all types of transactions, including ATM withdrawals. However, all other operations in the accounts of the Consumers are permitted through the branch. Licensed Financial Institutions must not levy any charges on such temporary blockage of the Consumers’ use of their cards.
                                6. 6.2.1.6Licensed Financial Institutions must undertake Consumer education initiatives and undertake fraud awareness campaigns every year and more frequently if there is evidence of heightened fraudulent activity.
                                7. 6.2.1.7Licensed Financial Institutions have an ongoing duty to educate and advise Consumers in Writing as to the security precautions that need to be taken to access their financial services including:
                                  1. a.Avoidance of using simple passwords or numbers associated with personal dates;
                                  2. b.The financial liability on the Consumers if they provide their password or personal identification number (PIN) to anyone or leave them written down and accessible to others to observe;
                                  3. c.Advising Consumers on how they should and can change passwords and PINs periodically;
                                  4. d.Cautiously entering the PIN at an ATM or POS Terminal to ensure they are not being observed; and
                                  5. e.Protecting access to their cheque book.
                                8. 6.2.1.8Payment instruments/terminals (such as ATMs) and online banking channels must be progressively upgraded with the latest technology, particularly to prevent the use of counterfeit cards, and inspected regularly in accordance with the Central Bank’s guideline on preventing ATM Card frauds.
                                9. 6.2.1.9Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure ATMs are secure. They must:
                                  1. a.Install and maintain pin pad shields to prevent the recording of Consumer PINs while using ATMs or POS terminals;
                                  2. b.Install Anti-Skimming devices to prevent the magnetic stripe being read. Operators must immediately withdraw from service any ATM that has been compromised;
                                  3. c.Install sensors to detect the presence of skimming devices and to send alerts to the operator and/or shutdown the ATM;
                                  4. d.Ensure digital security cameras are within the ATM;
                                  5. e.Apply any other advances in security as deemed necessary to protect Consumers; and
                                  6. f.Monitor and investigate reported ATM issues from Consumers.
                                10. 6.2.1.10Licensed Financial Institutions must conduct periodic maintenance of all ATMs including verification of its proper functionality and ensuring security has not been breached (e.g. illegal keypad replicators and cameras). A record of the verifications on each machine must be maintained for a period of one year and made available for inspection by the Central Bank.
                                11. 6.2.1.11Licensed Financial Institutions may be liable for any direct losses incurred as a result of any breaches of the Licensed Financial Institutions’ security controls.
                                12. 6.2.1.12Licensed Financial Institutions must effectively perform and document their due diligence measures when verifying the background and competence of any Third Party that will represent the Licensed Financial Institution and/or have access to or possession of the Consumer’s assets, information and Data.
                                13. 6.2.1.13Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure their Authorized Agents have equivalent level of fraud control, coordination and monitoring for all activities performed by their Staff on behalf of the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                14. 6.2.1.14Licensed Financial Institutions must perform due diligence before hiring Staff and ensure verification of all fit and proper requirements are fully commensurate with responsibilities and functions of the positions.
                                15. 6.2.1.15Licensed Financial Institutions must provide adequate and up to date Staff training on its control framework to ensure Consumers’ assets are securely handled.
                              • 6.2.2 Fraud Detection

                                1. 6.2.2.1Licensed Financial Institutions must have adequate systems and processes in place to monitor and respond to external fraud activities commensurate with the type of risk associated with the Financial Product or Service and the frequency of Consumer transactions.
                                2. 6.2.2.2Licensed Financial Institutions must inform the Consumer of the procedures for reporting cases of theft, loss and fraud.
                                3. 6.2.2.3Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor and document trends on the number and type of incidents for fraud, attempted frauds and Consumer Complaints in order to determine if there is any evidence of weakness in the security and detection measures. Licensed Financial Institutions must report significant fraud events immediately to the Central Bank in a manner as it may be prescribed.
                              • 6.2.3 Fraud Investigation and Reporting

                                1. 6.2.3.1Licensed Financial Institutions must have a fraud reporting function to investigate Financial Crime Compliance.
                                2. 6.2.3.2When a specific pattern of frauds or deception is identified, a Licensed Financial Institution shall issue timely notifications to Consumers to promote awareness and preventative measures. The Licensed Financial Institution’s notice must provide a contact method for Consumers to report fraud incidents or make inquiries.
                                3. 6.2.3.3Licensed Financial Institutions must report all Consumer Complaints arising from external, internal and attempted frauds, as well as any apparent vulnerabilities in the security and online systems to the Central Bank on a quarterly basis.
                                4. 6.2.3.4Licensed Financial Institutions must file a summary annual report by January 31st to the Central Bank on the trends and significant incidents of fraud and attempted frauds including a description of the preventative measures taken.
                          • Article 7: Responsible Financing Practice

                            • 7.1 Responsible Financing

                              • 7.1.1 General Provisions for Responsible Financing

                                1. 7.1.1.1This Article must be read in conjunction with Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency and Article 5: Business Conduct of these Standards and the Regulation regarding lending/financing and related services offered to Consumers.
                                2. 7.1.1.2The provisions of this Article apply to any form of lending/financing/Credit Products granted by Licensed Financial Institutions to Consumers through any channel of distribution (e.g. online, mobile apps, branch walk-in, etc.).
                                3. 7.1.1.3Providing lending/financing to Consumers must be subject to the credit risk policies of the Licensed Financial Institution. The Licensed Financial Institution must assess the ability of its Consumers to meet credit obligations and comply with Debt Burden Ratio (DBR) limits prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                4. 7.1.1.4The required Consumer assessments in these Standards assists in determining if a Borrower/Financee could meet both current and future repayment/payment obligations, thereby reducing issues of over indebtedness, insolvency and vulnerability to unexpected adverse events and income shocks.
                                5. 7.1.1.5Before granting any Credit Product, Licensed Financial Institutions must educate their Consumers by:
                                  1. a.Explaining in plain language the application and approval process;
                                  2. b.Explaining and providing a copy of the Licensed Financial Institutions’ offer to provide credit as well as the Key Facts Statement for the type of Credit Product being offered;
                                  3. c.Clearly informing Consumers of any risks associated with the use of lending/financing, including the variance of interest/profit rates/costs, consequences of violating the terms and conditions, late payment Fees, Early Settlement Fees, for Shari’ah financing any Commitment to Donate to charity, etc.;
                                  4. d.Explaining to Consumers and guarantors the implications of pledging any collateral, post-dated payment cheques or other guarantees that are required in obtaining the loan/financing; and
                                  5. e.Informing Consumers of the potential consequences of late payments or non-payment of their liabilities. The consequences to be explained may include, but should not be limited to:
                                    1. i.A negative Credit Information Agency rating and the possible limitations on the ability to borrow/obtain financing in the future;
                                    2. ii.Collection measures involving collateral, collection Fees and claim on guarantees; and
                                    3. iii.Legal actions through the courts.
                                6. 7.1.1.6Prior to offering, recommending, arranging or providing a Credit Product to Consumers for the purpose of consolidating / refinancing existing loan/financing, Licensed Financial Institutions must provide Consumers, in Writing, a comparison of the total interest/profit charged over the tenor of the loans/financing payable if they continue with the existing facilities versus the total interest/profit payable based on the consolidated facility being offered. Any assumptions used in calculations must be reasonable, justifiable and clearly stated and communicated. The comparison must be retained and a copy is to be provided to the Consumer for review during the Permissible Cooling-off Period.
                                7. 7.1.1.7Licensed Financial Institutions may agree to defer installment(s) as they deem appropriate, provided that such deferments do not result in the amount of future deductions from salary being in excess of the DBR percentage as prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                8. 7.1.1.8Licensed Financial Institutions must only take from the Consumer the number of post-dated cheques covering the instalments and of value not exceeding 120% of value of the loan/financing or the debit balance. It is prohibited to take signed blank cheques. When one or more cheques are provided to the Licensed Financial Institution, the Licensed Financial Institution must provide the Consumer with a photocopy of all the properly completed cheques that were provided to the Licensed Financial Institution. The copies are to be stamped as accepted by the Licensed Financial Institution and given to the Consumer as proof of possession. When the lending/financing is paid off early, the remaining postdated cheques must be returned to the Consumer within 7 complete business days of the loan/financing being paid off.
                                9. 7.1.1.9Consumers can request a written confirmation at any time from their Licensed Financial Institutions confirming if there are any liabilities owing or not. Licensed Financial Institutions must provide a Consumer with a “letter of no liability” in such cases in accordance with Article 5: Business Conduct of these Standards. If liabilities are owed, the Licensed Financial Institution must instead issue a “letter of liability” stating the details and amounts of the liability still owing. The relevant letter must be issued to the Consumer within 7 complete business days from the date of the Consumer’s request.
                              • 7.1.2 Training and Remuneration

                                1. 7.1.2.1Representatives of the Licensed Financial Institution involved in providing lending/financing must be properly trained and qualified in assessing and approving the suitability, affordability and appropriateness of applications for credit/financing using established criteria and applying the Licensed Financial Institution’s lending/financing policies and procedures. Training of the Staff must cover the characteristics of the Credit Products sold/extended financing, identification of Consumer risks and procedures for carrying out proper verification of Consumer information.
                                2. 7.1.2.2The remuneration structure for Staff of the Licensed Financial Institutions must be designed to encourage responsible business conduct in lending / financing and fair treatment of Consumers and to avoid conflicts of interest. Refer to Article 5, Clause 5.1.1.62.
                                3. 7.1.2.3Licensed Financial Institution must monitor their sales representatives’ conduct to ensure they do not apply any unethical measures to profit from volume sales based incentives or commission based lending/financing objectives.
                              • 7.1.3 Consumer Assessment for Suitability

                                1. 7.1.3.1Staff of Licensed Financial Institutions responsible for assessing suitability and granting credit to Consumers must be qualified for the level of credit granting authority that the Person is authorized to give.
                                2. 7.1.3.2Suitability is defined as the degree to which the Financial Product and/or Service offered by the Licensed Financial Institution matches the Consumer’s financial situation, investment objectives, level of risk tolerance, financial need, knowledge and experience.
                                3. 7.1.3.3Where a Licensed Financial Institution is required to carry out an assessment of a Consumer regarding the suitability, affordability and/or appropriateness of a Credit Product and/or Service, a summary copy of the assessment must be provided to the Consumer without charge.
                                4. 7.1.3.4The Licensed Financial Institutions’ Consumer assessment control framework must include:
                                  1. a.Methods for assessing the profile and circumstances of the Consumer for which a Credit product would be suitable; and
                                  2. b.Clear lines of authority for approving the offer of a Credit Product and/or Service to a Consumer and the parameters for allowing exceptions from the assessment policy, procedures and established criteria. The basis for the approval or exceptions should be properly documented and supported with information relevant to the decision. Such approvals or exceptions should be subject to independent reviews by appropriate Control functions of the Licensed Financial Institution to ensure that they do not undermine the Consumer assessment procedures that are in place.
                                5. 7.1.3.5When providing a Credit Product, Licensed Financial Institutions must:
                                  1. a.Assess the purpose of the credit/financing and the appropriate amount required;
                                  2. b.Verify personal information, employment income and any other sources of regular income and revenue;
                                  3. c.Assess the status of the Consumer’s credit worthiness including verifying information with the Credit Information Agency;
                                  4. d.Provide General Advice on the appropriateness of the lending/financing request and provide any other reasonable options that the Consumer may or should consider; and
                                  5. e.Not issue or bundle a credit card with the Credit Product or automatically increase a credit card limit, except upon expressed consent of the Consumer.
                                    1. Licensed Financial Institutions may offer a Consumer an increase in the limit of an existing credit card but must comply with the following:
                                    2. i.Must perform a new check with the Al Etihad Credit Bureau for an updated credit history of the Consumer; and
                                    3. ii.Must obtain expressed consent of the Consumer before applying the increase in credit/financing to the card.
                                6. 7.1.3.6Licensed Financial Institutions may decrease the credit limit on a card or close the card due to business reasons; Consumers must be provided a notice and the reason for limit decrease or closure.
                                7. 7.1.3.7If a Licensed Financial Institution engages in bundling of products and/or services with a Credit Product of any kind, it must provide the Consumer with the option to refuse the other bundled product(s) and retain the right to obtain the amount of credit based on the original offer from the Licensed Financial Institution. Offering Shari’ah compliant products and/or services must comply with the relevant Shari’ah requirements. The Licensed Financial Institution must disclose, in Writing, and explain the benefits of accepting a bundled product. As an exception, where credit insurance/takaful is a requirement of a proposed Credit Product, the Consumer must be informed in Writing that the Consumer must obtain the insurance/takaful from regulated companies proposed by the Licensed Financial Institution.
                              • 7.1.4 Consumer Assessment for Affordability

                                General Requirements

                                1. 7.1.4.1Affordability refers to the ability of a Consumer to reasonably afford the costs of existing and/or additional liabilities given the Consumer’s level of stable income, financial obligations/dependencies and basic personal and life style expenditures.
                                2. 7.1.4.2A Financial Product and/or service is considered affordable based on compliance with the DBR prescribed by the Central Bank as well as consideration of the level of basic personal and life style expenditures and other financial obligations and dependencies. Affordability assessment methodologies may be prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                3. 7.1.4.3Licensed Financial Institutions must assess the financial stability and needs of their Consumers before offering them a Credit Product. Licensed Financial Institutions must:
                                  1. a.Assess that the Consumer will be able to make the payments without suffering substantial hardship given the Consumer’s financial, personal commitments and potential to retire in the near term;
                                  2. b.Apply an appropriate level of stress testing to assess affordability given a scenario of increased interest /profit rates:
                                    1. i.The results of the testing must be taken into consideration by the Licensed Financial Institution before granting the credit;
                                    2. ii.If the stress testing results shows that the potential increase of a future interest/profit means the Consumer would exceed DBR set by the Central Bank, the Licensed Financial Institutions must document the reasons why they still provided the Credit Product; and
                                    3. iii.Licensed Financial Institutions must provide a written summary of the results of the stress testing to the Consumer so that the Consumer is informed of the potential risks of an increase in the interest/profit rate. The Consumer must sign an acknowledgement of receiving the summary.
                                4. 7.1.4.4Licensed Financial Institutions must examine the credit record of the Consumer to verify his/her solvency, ability to meet monthly credit obligations and past credit behavior. The information obtained must be documented by the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                5. 7.1.4.5The Licensed Financial Institution must determine the level of affordability of a Consumer from the information collected by the Licensed Financial Institution including information provided by the Consumer and the Credit Information Agency.
                                6. 7.1.4.6A summary of the completed affordability assessment should be dated and signed by the Consumer and the Licensed Financial Institution credit granting Staff. The Consumer must be given a copy.

                                Debt Burden Ratio (DBR)

                                1. 7.1.4.7Licensed Financial Institutions must comply with the DBR prescribed by the Central Bank for Consumers. Licensed Financial Institutions must take reasonable steps to establish that Consumers are offered financing products that are appropriate to their financial circumstances and ability to repay by observing a prudent level of DBR. Licensed Financial Institutions must not grant excessive credit only on the basis of the Consumer’s affordability criteria (e.g. attempting to lend/finance in excess of what is required or requested by the Consumer).

                                Assessment of a Consumer’s Debt Repayment/Payment Obligations

                                1. 7.1.4.8Licensed Financial Institutions must conduct a comprehensive due diligence on the Consumer’s overall indebtedness by obtaining information on the Consumer’s outstanding debt obligations, including both secured and unsecured financing. Verification with the Credit Information Agency must also be completed.
                                2. 7.1.4.9With respect to the assessment of the Consumer’s credit application, the amount of credit to be approved, shall take into consideration the following:
                                  1. a.The amount of the proposed scheduled repayment/payment of principal and interest/profit (including any Fees as part of the financing amount);
                                  2. b.For interest/profit-only residential mortgages extended during the construction phase of new housing development projects, Licensed Financial Institutions must include both the principal and interest/profit payment that would apply at the end of the interest/profit-only period;
                                  3. c.Where discounted interest/profit rates apply in the early part of a financing plan, the highest applicable rate that will apply to the financing at the point of assessment should be used. Should the higher rate result in payments that will exceed the DBR, this type of financing is not permitted;
                                  4. d.Licensed Financial Institutions cannot use balloon structures/facilities to circumvent any existing or future forecasted DBR, personal loan/financing limits, or loan/financing to value ratio;
                                  5. e.Where discounted rates and/or lower introductory payments are offered by re-allocating a portion of the front-end interest/profit and/or principal by scheduling a large re-payment at a future point in time within the tenor (balloon payments), the Licensed Financial Institution must demonstrate and document how the applicable balloon payment will reasonably be within the Consumer’s DBR at that future date when it is due. Where it is not reasonable that the Consumer would be under the DBR when the balloon payment is due, this type of financing is not permitted and Licensed Financial Institutions cannot use balloon structures/facilities to circumvent any existing or future forecasted DBR, personal loan/financing limits, or Loan/financing to Value (LTV) ratio;
                                  6. f.Where there is evidence of financing granted by the Consumer’s employer, friends, or relatives and any other finance that must be repaid through instalments on a monthly, semi-annual, or other basis, it must be considered in the assessments; and
                                  7. g.Evidence of financial obligations such as being a guarantor on other debts, having margin and leveraged loans/financing for investments, court order payments, etc. must also be considered in an affordability assessment.

                                Income Assessment

                                1. 7.1.4.10In assessing income for the determination of the DBR, Licensed Financial Institutions must consider:
                                  1. a.If variable income is taken into account, Licensed Financial Institutions are to evaluate the variability of such income and only include a prudent portion of the average amount as the Consumer’s income while assessing affordability. This flexibility should not be used to manipulate the DBR calculation. Where the Consumer has no permanent employment or is self-employed, Licensed Financial Institutions must evaluate the stability of the primary sources of income by requiring the Consumer to provide reasonable evidence of income;
                                  2. b.Where a high month-to-month variance is observed for Consumers, a longer period of evidence of variable income than that specified in the previous paragraph must be applied to establish the amount that may be regarded as the Consumer’s stable income; and
                                  3. c.The Licensed Financial Institution should exclude one-off variable income such as windfall gains in the assessment of income.
                                2. 7.1.4.11The Licensed Financial Institutions must obtain a signed confirmation from the Consumer identifying all his/her sources of income and existing liabilities.
                                3. 7.1.4.12Licensed Financial Institutions must, where reasonably possible, verify the Consumer’s income against reliable sources and must not rely solely on the Consumer’s self-declaration of income. If the Licensed Financial Institution finds material discrepancies in the information provided by the Consumer, the Licensed Financial Institution must perform further verification. The Licensed Financial Institution must document its verification findings.

                                Assessing Life Style Expenditures

                                1. 7.1.4.13The concept of affordability considers the DBR calculation based on income but must also assesses the Consumer’s monthly basic personal and life style expenditures and obligations and whether they exceed the level of Disposable Income.
                                2. 7.1.4.14Licensed Financial Institutions must calculate the Consumer’s level of affordability by identifying and classifying the Consumer’s basic personal and life style living expenses as well any family and financial dependencies/obligations. The calculation should cover, at a minimum, the following groups of expenses as may be applicable:
                                  1. a.Monthly food expenses, which are affected by the number of dependents;
                                  2. b.Housing (rent) and maintenance services’ expenses, which depend on whether the Consumer is the owner or tenant of the house or otherwise;
                                  3. c.Property taxes;
                                  4. d.Wages to be paid for domestic workers;
                                  5. e.Average Education expenses, which are affected by the number of dependents;
                                  6. f.Average Healthcare expenses, which are affected by the number of dependents;
                                  7. g.Travel expenses;
                                  8. h.Insurance/takaful expenses (cars, health, life, property);
                                  9. i.Utility, internet and mobile costs;
                                  10. j.Child and spousal maintenance, support for extended family;
                                  11. k.Costs of maintaining services of other owned properties; and
                                  12. l.Any other expected costs or expenses.
                                3. 7.1.4.15With the calculation of the basic personal and life style expenditures, the Licensed Financial Institution must determine if it exceeds Consumer’s Disposable Income. A copy of the calculation must be given to the Consumer.
                                4. 7.1.4.16If the life style expenditures and dependencies exceed Disposable Income, the Licensed Financial Institution must discuss with the Consumer and evaluate whether the Consumer can make reasonable reductions in expenses, to an acceptable level. Such agreed to changes must also be documented and signed by the Consumer with a copy maintained on the Licensed Financial Institution credit file.
                              • 7.1.5 Terms of Financing

                                Financing Decision

                                1. 7.1.5.1Licensed Financial Institutions must comply with the DBR and loan to value (LTV) limits prescribed by the Central Bank when advancing loans/financing to the Consumers and must not lend/finance to the Consumer beyond his/her affordable limit. Licensed Financial Institutions must set a prudent level of DBR & LTV in their risk policies for financing decisions that allows sufficient buffers for expenditures and contingencies, having regard to the stress test results and the relevant circumstances of the Consumer. This may include appropriate consideration of the nature and security of employment, number of dependents, location of residence and other relevant factors that have a bearing on the Consumer’s financial obligations and the level of expenditures.
                                2. 7.1.5.2Licensed Financial Institutions must establish a control framework and systems that include the required financial assessment tools to measure the Consumer’s ability to meet monthly credit obligations and to what extent such Credit Products are suitable based on the Consumer’s profile, needs and circumstances.
                                3. 7.1.5.3Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure both the efficiency and effectiveness of their financial assessment tools that are used to measure the Consumer’s ability to repay the finance being provided.
                                4. 7.1.5.4The basis for a financing decision shall be properly documented and backed with information that supports the decision. This should facilitate internal risk management and supervisory reviews of the Licensed Financial Institution’s credit underwriting standards and compliance with these guidelines. The consideration of collateral alone should not lead the Licensed Financial Institution to extend financing to a Consumer who has otherwise been assessed by the Licensed Financial Institution to be unable to afford the financing.

                                Tenor of Financing

                                1. 7.1.5.5Licensed Financial Institutions must abide by the lending/financing tenor as prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                2. 7.1.5.6Licensed Financial Institutions must not increase the tenor of the loan/financing to decrease the DBR, with an intention to lend/finance further to the Consumer. For compliance purposes, the Central Bank will supervise loans/financing that have extended the tenor and increased the amount borrowed.
                                3. 7.1.5.7Licensed Financial Institutions must not purposely avoid the prescribed DBR by closing off a loan/financing as paid only to open another with an extended tenor and amount greater than the closed loan/financing. Licensed Financial Institutions must document from where the funds for the payment to close out the loan/financing came from.
                                4. 7.1.5.8Licensed Financial Institutions must provide borrowers / financees the funds approved on a Credit Product, except for mortgages and credit cards, within 10 complete business days of Consumer signing the contract or within such other time frame that is agreed to by the Consumer and specified in the financing contract. Complying with the period of time for making funds available by the Licensed Financial Institution is subject to the Consumer and / or third party providing the required and properly completed documents and meeting agreed to conditions. If it is not possible to release the funds in the agreed time limit, the Licensed Financial Institution must advise the Consumer in Writing immediately as to the reason for the delay and the date by which the funds will be available. As a consequence of any delay caused by the Licensed Financial Institution, the Consumer retains the option to cancel the contract without cost or penalty before the funds are to be made available.

                                Interest/Profit Rate

                                1. 7.1.5.9This Section should be read in conjunction with Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency of these Standards.
                                2. 7.1.5.10The Annual Percentage Rate (APR) which includes the total amount of the interest/profit payable and the cost of other Fees compounded over a year must be disclosed.
                                3. 7.1.5.11Licensed Financial Institution must not charge excessive margins or interest/profit rates.
                                4. 7.1.5.12Pursuant to Article (121) in Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, Licensed Financial Institutions are not permitted to charge interest/profit on accrued interest/profit on any Credit Products granted to Consumers. In addition, Licensed Financial Institutions are not permitted to charge future unearned interest from the date of full early settlement of the credit facility. In the event of a partial early settlement, the interest must be proportionately adjusted based on the principal remaining.
                                5. 7.1.5.13Licensed Financial Institutions must calculate the APR/profit amount charged for the loans/financing and overdraft facilities as well as unpaid credit card balances using the Reducing Balance Method.
                                6. 7.1.5.14Licensed Financial Institutions, in case of credit cards, must not levy interest/finance Fees on the outstanding balance (excluding cash advance transactions) when the new balance outstanding shown in the statement is paid in full by the payment due date. In the event of part payment of the balance on or before the maturity date (excluding cash advance transactions), interest/finance fees are to be calculated on the outstanding balance from the period from the contractual due date to the date on which payment of the outstanding amount is made.

                                Fees on Financing Facilities

                                1. 7.1.5.15Refer to the Annexure on Maximum Limits for Fees and Commission Charged on Retail Customer Service of the Consumer Protection Regulations for the application of approved Fees.
                                2. 7.1.5.16Also refer to Article 2: Disclosure and Transparency and Article 5: Business Conduct of these Standards.
                          • Article 8: Complaint Management and Complaint Resolution

                            • 8.1 Complaint Management and Complaint Resolution

                              • 8.1.1 Complaints Management Function

                                1. 8.1.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions must have in place a Consumer Complaint Management function situated in the UAE. A Licensed Financial Institution may combine this function with another suitable function within its organization depending on the nature, size, potential for Conflict of Interests, and complexity of the business.
                                2. 8.1.1.2The Complaint Management function must be independent of management of Retail Operations and able to carry out independent review of the escalated Complaints and make its recommendations to resolve a Complaint including provision of redress.
                                3. 8.1.1.3This Complaint Management function is responsible for:
                                  1. a.Defining the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint handling principles;
                                  2. b.Monitoring all channels for reporting Complaints;
                                  3. c.Defining roles and responsibilities of units involved in the Complaint process including Retail Operations, Risk, Compliance, Audit, etc.;
                                  4. d.Adhering to service standards for turnaround times (TAT) for each step of the Complaint process;
                                  5. e.Providing governance, oversight and regulatory reporting;
                                  6. f.Monitoring, analysis, reporting of all Complaints;
                                  7. g.Promoting Complaint resolution and recommending appropriate redress by the Licensed Financial Institution for harm done; and
                                  8. h.Escalation of Complaints to the separate Complaint Resolution Mechanism.
                                4. 8.1.1.4The Complaint Management function must ensure:
                                  1. a.The Licensed Financial Institution’s written Complaint process and procedures are publicly available in branches and given to new Consumers with contact information including an email address and phone number for Consumers to file a Complaint. The email address and phone number must also be printed on all receipts handed over to Consumer, be present on the Licensed Financial Institution’s website and be displayed at a prominent location in the Licensed Financial Institution’s premises;
                                  2. b.Easy and convenient access for Consumers to file a Complaint;
                                  3. c.Proper processes for the registration all the Complaints received from the various channels, the classification and tracking of Complaints and the monitoring of TAT;
                                  4. d.Acknowledgement of the Complaints with a unique service request (SR) number. The SR number shall be used for tracking and escalating the Complaints;
                                  5. e.A written response is provided to the Consumer on the decision of the Licensed Financial Institution regarding the Complaint and include full and complete reasons for the decision, subject to lawful obligations;
                                  6. f.The Consumer is informed in Writing if there is a violation of the TAT for issuing a final decision and provide the reasons;
                                  7. g.The timed performance standards of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint process are monitored and reported quarterly on the adequacy of the actual performance to Senior Management;
                                  8. h.Potential breaches of the law are reported to the Licensed Financial Institution’s Compliance function without delay; and
                                  9. i.The tracking and analysis of Complaint trends and issues and reporting to Senior Management on a monthly basis.
                              • 8.1.2 Filing of a Complaint

                                1. 8.1.2.1When the Consumer has verbally expressed dissatisfaction with a Financial Product and/or Service and the matter cannot be resolved by frontline Staff to the Consumer’s satisfaction, Licensed Financial Institutions must inform the Consumer of his/her right to file a written Complaint through the Licensed Financial Institutions’ Complaint management process.
                                2. 8.1.2.2When a Consumer’s dissatisfaction with a Financial Product and/or Service is verbally expressed but the Consumer does not wish to pursue it as a formal Complaint, Licensed Financial Institutions must maintain a log of the Consumer’s expression of dissatisfaction. The log will detail the date, issue and outcome and should form part of the analysis of the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                3. 8.1.2.3A Consumer may file a Complaint through various communication channels that the Licensed Financial Institution may have including, but not limited to, emails, calls or on-line portals.
                                4. 8.1.2.4When a Consumer wants to pursue a Complaint, the Complaint must be submitted to the Licensed Financial Institution. A Consumer may designate a person who is authorized by the Consumer to present a Complaint on the Consumer’s behalf.
                                5. 8.1.2.5A written acknowledgment of the Complaint filed with the Licensed Financial Institution must be given to the Consumer within 2 complete business days.
                                6. 8.1.2.6If for any reason the Complaint cannot be filed through the official channels provided, the Licensed Financial Institution must assist and document the Complaint on behalf of the complainant and register it under its Complaint management process.
                              • 8.1.3 Complaint Management Process

                                1. 8.1.3.1The Complaint Management Process and Staff training must take into consideration and apply the Licensed Financial Institution’s Code of Fair Treatment of Consumers.
                                2. 8.1.3.2Licensed Financial Institutions must have an efficient, well-resourced and dedicated phone line for Consumer Complaints and offer services on their secure web based portal system for receiving and communicating with consumers on the Complaints process.
                                3. 8.1.3.3Licensed Financial Institutions must have Senior Management approval of the Complaint management policies and procedures that:
                                  1. a.Establish the role, responsibilities and authorities of the Complaint Management function;
                                  2. b.Are clear, complete and accessible for retail Staff;
                                  3. c.Establish the Licensed Financial Institution’s Consumer Complaint process that is simplified and Consumer friendly;
                                  4. d.Address the confidentiality of Consumer Complaint information;
                                  5. e.Require proper record keeping of Consumer Complaints including secure retention for 5 years;
                                  6. f.Require ongoing training programs for retail management and Staff;
                                  7. g.Centralize the monitoring, oversight and supervision of the Complaint management in the Complaints Management function;
                                  8. h.Require reporting to Senior Management on the progress of Complaints and on noticeable trends; and
                                  9. i.Establish performance time frames for each step of the Complaint process including those prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                4. 8.1.3.4Licensed Financial Institutions must set up effective procedures to monitor Complaints as specified in Section 8.2 of this Article and to make regular reports to their Senior Management for review (refer to Clause 8.1.1.4 g. and i). Information to be reported must include:
                                  1. a.Statistics on the volume and type of Complaints;
                                  2. b.An analysis on how well the internal Complaint management system meets prescribed performance standards;
                                  3. c.The results of any survey, root cause analysis and verifications conducted to gauge the level of Consumer satisfaction on Complaints handling; and
                                  4. d.Whether repetitive Consumer related problems are being effectively identified and corrected.
                                5. 8.1.3.5Licensed Financial Institutions must take appropriate steps to handle anonymous Complaints. Any problems alleged by the complainant and substantiated by investigation must be rectified as soon as possible.
                                6. 8.1.3.6Ensure that Complaints received are acknowledged as received within 2 complete business days and Consumers are advised of the Complaint process.
                                7. 8.1.3.7Within 30 complete business days of receiving a Complaint, or such other time limit as may be prescribed by the Central Bank, Licensed Financial Institutions must send the complainant in Writing, its final response with detailed reasons.
                                8. 8.1.3.8A final response from the Licensed Financial Institution must:
                                  1. a.Clearly accept or reject the validity of the Complaint in whole or in part (and where appropriate state offers of redress);
                                  2. b.Provide detailed reasons for the rejection except where the reason of rejection is related to obligations with respect to Financial Crime Compliance or as may be prohibited by law; and
                                  3. c.Inform Consumers of the process for escalation of unresolved Complaints to the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint Resolution Mechanism.
                                9. 8.1.3.9Licensed Financial Institutions must have in place a verification process to monitor the fairness and adequacy of the Complaint management process and the decisions issued.
                              • 8.1.4 Resources and Training

                                1. 8.1.4.1Licensed Financial Institutions must make available the resources needed to ensure the efficiency and effectiveness of a Complaint management system.
                                2. 8.1.4.2Licensed Financial Institutions must take reasonable steps to ensure that all relevant Staff are aware of the internal Complaint handling procedures and that they act in accordance with them. In particular, the front line Staff must be provided with training on how to handle and process Complaints.
                                3. 8.1.4.3Licensed Financial Institutions must monitor the quality of how the Staff handles Complaints. The knowledge level and the service level standards for relevant Staff must be monitored on an ongoing basis and the standards set as Key Performance Indicators of the Complaint handling Staff.
                              • 8.1.5 General Provisions for Complaint Resolution

                                1. 8.1.5.1Recourse to a fair and efficient Complaint Resolution Mechanism must be made available by the Licensed Financial Institution free of cost to the Consumer to address Complaints that are not resolved. The Central Bank will supervise the fairness, effectiveness and efficiency of the Complaint Resolution Mechanism.
                            • 8.2 Complaint and Inquiries Management Data

                              • 8.2.1 Monitoring & Analysis of Data by Licensed Financial Institutions

                                1. 8.2.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions must carry out Complaint Data monitoring that includes information and related statistics on the following:
                                  1. a.Complaints received, closed and pending on a quarterly basis;
                                  2. b.Complaints substantiated;
                                  3. c.Complaints acknowledged outside target time;
                                  4. d.Complaints resolved and closed outside target time;
                                  5. e.Overdue Complaints;
                                  6. f.Complaints before the courts;
                                  7. g.Complaints referred to the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaint Resolution Mechanism;
                                  8. h.Complainants who remain dissatisfied with the results of investigation of the Complaint;
                                  9. i.The nature and the value of redress provided;
                                  10. j.Suggestions from Consumers arising from Complaints; and
                                  11. k.Errors / omissions identified as either Systemic or non-systemic Errors.
                                2. 8.2.1.2Details of all unresolved Complaints pending for each month must be reported to the Senior Management within 5 complete business days from the end of every month.
                                3. 8.2.1.3Licensed Financial Institutions must undertake root cause analysis to identify the source of Complaint, e.g. Staff conduct issue, financial product issue, system issues, systematic issues etc. The Licensed Financial Institution must take corrective measures expeditiously and without delays.
                                4. 8.2.1.4Complaints Data analysis must be augmented with thematic reviews, surveys and mystery shopping to develop a holistic understanding of Complaint trends.
                                5. 8.2.1.5In addition to Complaints being monitored, the Consumer inquiries received should also be analyzed as this type of Data provides information on common issues which may indicate poor disclosure material, a misunderstood Financial Product and/or Service or other common issues that raise Consumer inquiries.
                                6. 8.2.1.6The information gathered from the Data analysis, thematic reviews, mystery shopping or surveys must be utilized to improve the Licensed Financial Institution’s control framework and conduct.
                              • 8.2.2 Reporting of Data

                                1. 8.2.2.1Licensed Financial Institutions must submit semi-annual reports to the Board and the response from the Board must be recorded.
                                2. 8.2.2.2Senior Management must decide on the course of action that may be required based on the reports and information received and record all actions undertaken.
                                3. 8.2.2.3Licensed Financial Institutions must submit through the Central Bank’s Complaints Data Management System monthly reports on Complaint data by the 15th day of the month. Reporting must be in a manner and format prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                4. 8.2.2.4The Central Bank will hold periodic meetings with managers of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Complaints Management function to discuss the main trends and challenges and ways to address them.
                              • 8.2.3 Data Retention & Coverage

                                1. 8.2.3.1Licensed Financial Institutions must record and retain details of registered Complaints for a minimum period of 5 years from the date of resolution or closure, whichever is latest.
                                2. 8.2.3.2The details to be retained must include, where applicable:
                                  1. a.The complainant's name;
                                  2. b.The substance of the Complaint;
                                  3. c.The root cause of the Complaint; and
                                  4. d.How the Complaint was resolved, and details of any redress offered by the Institution.
                                3. 8.2.3.3Such Data maybe requested by the Central Bank at its discretion.
                          • Article 9: Consumer Education and Awareness

                            • 9.1 Consumer Education and Awareness

                              • 9.1.1 General Provisions for Consumer Education and Awareness

                                1. 9.1.1.1In support of Article (121), Clause 2 in Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, Licensed Financial Institutions must establish a Consumer Education and Awareness (CEA) function responsible for educational and awareness programs for Consumers and the general public. All educational and awareness programs should limit the amount of promotion of the Licensed Financial Institution’s Financial Products and/or Services and refer to choices as to the types and characteristics of Financial Products and/or Services in a generic manner.
                                2. 9.1.1.2Licensed Financial Institutions may collaborate and / or coordinate programs with other organizations but must ensure their respective consumer base have full access to programs. A CEA function responsible for such programs must be designated within the Licensed Financial Institution.
                                3. 9.1.1.3By January 31st of every year, a Licensed Financial Institution must file a summary report with the Central Bank setting out its past year’s educational and awareness activities. The report must also contain its proposed program for the coming year.
                                4. 9.1.1.4The CEA function should, when feasible, test the content and delivery of all initiatives before customer / public release on a broadly representative sample of audience to ensure each initiative is suitable for its target audience and achieves its objectives.
                                5. 9.1.1.5The CEA function must conduct an annual review of its educational initiatives. The initiatives are to be assessed on their impact and reach. Based on the assessment of initiatives, the function should make adjustments as necessary.
                                6. 9.1.1.6The Central Bank may issue guidance recommending the focus, content or approach of the educational and awareness programs to be provided by Licensed Financial Institutions.
                          • Article 10: Financial Inclusion

                            • 10.1 Inclusion

                              • 10.1.1 General Provisions for Inclusion

                                1. 10.1.1.1Vulnerable Consumers are Consumers who, due to their personal circumstances, are particularly susceptible to abuse, discrimination and harm, especially when Licensed Financial Institutions do not act with appropriate levels of fairness and due care. Vulnerable Consumers normally encompass low-income, Minority Groups, People of Determination or any other disadvantaged groups.
                                2. 10.1.1.2Licensed Financial Institutions must demonstrate to the Central Bank their compliance with the provisions of Federal Law No. (29) of 2006, In Respect of the Rights of People with Special Needs and any subsequent amendments or relevant laws.
                                3. 10.1.1.3Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure vulnerable Consumers have access to services provided by Licensed Financial Institutions on equivalent terms with others Consumer.
                                4. 10.1.1.4Licensed Financial Institutions must incorporate anti-discrimination principles into their internal code of conduct in accordance with Article 3: Institutional Oversight. The anti-discrimination principles are to ensure that Licensed Financial Institutions must, with due skill, care and diligence, act fairly, honestly and professionally in their relationship with all Consumers, regardless of their religion, gender, age, income level, and marital status.
                                5. 10.1.1.5Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure their public information is available in written, verbal and/or digital formats that are suitable to Consumers from vulnerable groups. The use of plain language content and method of delivery of information to such Consumers should be focus tested before distribution.
                                6. 10.1.1.6The Board and the Senior Management of Licensed Financial Institutions must ensure financial product and service design, business operations, premises and processes are made suitable and accessible to Consumers across different vulnerable groups.
                                7. 10.1.1.7Licensed Financial Institutions must review its Retail Operations annually for the purpose of identifying and eliminating any unreasonable barriers to the use of the Financial Products and/or Services that may be faced by Consumers who are People of Determination.
                                8. 10.1.1.8Relevant Staff of Licensed Financial Institutions must be trained on an annual basis to identify, assist and serve Consumers in vulnerable groups. Staff are expected to adhere to the Institution’s service standard for Consumers in vulnerable groups.
                              • 10.1.2 Inclusion of Vulnerable Groups

                                1. 10.1.2.1This Section must be read in conjunction with Fair Treatment of Financially Distressed Consumers of Article 5: Business Conduct of these Standards.
                                2. 10.1.2.2Pursuant to Clause 5.1.2.1 of Article 5: Business Conduct, Licensed Financial Institutions must be transparent and always disclose the lowest cost option of its Financial Products and/or Services to Consumers. Such Financial Products and/or Services include, but are not limited to, current, savings and/or call accounts. Licensed Financial Institutions should provide products and services that have minimum requirements such as minimum salary, minimum balance and can offer low fees.
                                3. 10.1.2.3Licensed Financial Institutions should respect the intended Consumer rights set out in Article (123) on Inclusion, Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018, Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities.
                                4. 10.1.2.4Licensed Financial Institutions should ensure branches and points of services used for public access and ATMs can accommodate the needs of vulnerable Consumers. The Central Bank may carry out periodic verification in line with the international standards of public access.
                                5. 10.1.2.5Licensed Financial Institutions must undertake regular reviews of all publicly available information and contracts to ensure that the content and delivery of information is suitable to People of Determination. All information regarding financial product features, risks, terms and conditions must be suitable for and comprehensible to vulnerable Consumers.
                                6. 10.1.2.6Licensed Financial Institutions must consider the provision of Financial Products and/or Services for residents in remote regions. Licensed Financial Institutions must assess when locating and relocating Consumer service location, the distance Consumers’ in remote locations must travel to access financial product and/or services and consider options to service those needs.
                                7. 10.1.2.7Licensed Financial Institutions must serve elderly and technologically illiterate Consumers with trained Staff and interactive guides to help them use mobile applications and online services. Service must include awareness of ways to protect Consumers from fraud and cyber-attacks.
                                8. 10.1.2.8Provision of services for Consumers who are illiterate and do not have a nominated representative must include, but not be limited to, audio information about financial products and contracts that do not exclude or distort any information to ensure that such Consumers make informed decisions.
                                9. 10.1.2.9Licensed Financial Institutions should inform illiterate Consumers that they may choose to conduct interactions with their Licensed Financial Institution in the presence of their trusted Person such as an advisor, family member or friend.
                            • 10.2 Gender and Racial Equality

                              • 10.2.1 General Provisions for Gender and Racial Equality

                                1. 10.2.1.1Licensed Financial Institutions, without prejudice to Data privacy and confidentiality, must regularly collect, analyze, and track Data aggregated by gender, income level, age and marital status in order to assess the differences in access to services and quality of services provided based on this Data. The analysis will identify any possible issues of inequality on the grounds of gender, income level, age and marital status. Licensed Financial Institutions must document its evaluations and findings for review by the Central Bank.
                                2. 10.2.1.2Licensed Financial Institutions must establish and implement a procedure to annually train Staff to provide service equally regardless of family status, gender, Minority Group status or age of Consumer.
                          • Article 11: Shari'ah Compliance for Financial Services

                            • 11.1 Regulation on Shari'ah Compliance for Financial Services

                              • 11.1.1 General Provisions for Inclusion

                                1. 11.1.1.1Where IFIs offer Islamic Financial Products and/or Services, the Board and Senior Management must monitor and ensure that they are fully compliant with Shari’ah principles and governance. Shari’ah governance rules are set out in separate Regulation issued by the Central Bank.
                                2. 11.1.1.2ISSC is responsible for the Shari’ah compliance and the fairness of the Financial Products and/or Services offered by IFIs in accordance with the Shari’ah Governance Standard for IFIs.
                                3. 11.1.1.3IFIs must establish an effective and fair distribution of profit between the IFIs (shareholders) and investment accountholders (profit distribution mechanisms) in accordance with the applicable, relevant standards. IFIs and their respective ISSC should have effective oversight over profit distribution.
                                4. 11.1.1.4IFIs must integrate Shari’ah compliance into their culture, processes, operations and code of conduct.
                                5. 11.1.1.5IFIs must establish effective and independent oversight to ensure Shari’ah compliance throughout the organization.
                                6. 11.1.1.6IFIs must educate Consumers on the differences between conventional and Islamic financial products as well as the principles and the contracts that their Financial Products and/or Services are based on.
                                7. 11.1.1.7IFIs must disclose to Consumers the legal consequences of the contracts used in the financing provided to the Consumer.
                                8. 11.1.1.8IFIs must disclose to Consumers the legal consequences of their choices.
                                9. 11.1.1.9IFIs must ensure that the Consumers are presented with adequate information in regards to the Financial Products and/or Services they offer, including Shari’ah Certificates and grant access to the internal Shari’ah functions in case the Consumers have doubts about the Shari’ah compliance of the Financial Products and/or Services.
                                10. 11.1.1.10ISSC must ensure that obligation to pay charity in case of a Consumer's default is not abused by the IFIs and the relevant departments.
                                11. 11.1.1.11ISSC must ensure that the obligation set out above is not exercised if the Consumer is insolvent or bankrupt (not Mumatil).
                              • 11.1.2 Early Settlement Fee

                                1. 11.1.2.1IFIs must adhere to the Early Settlement Fee requirements set by the Central Bank and disclose this fact to their Consumers.
                                2. 11.1.2.2In the event that the Central Bank mandates the IFI to waive a part of the outstanding debt in case of early settlement, the IFI must comply with the Permissible limits of debt/liability IFIs are allowed to retain prescribed by the Central Bank in accordance with the relevant HSA resolutions.
                                3. 11.1.2.3Licensed Financial Institutions must not impose Early Settlement Fees except in relation to the actual costs incurred by the Licensed Financial Institutions as a result of the early settlement process and in accordance with the HSA resolution on early settlement No. (76/3/2019), and these principles should be considered in the product disclosure statements while ascertaining transparency and truthfulness of the information.
                          • Annexure

                            Maximum Limits for Fees and Commissions Charged on Retail Customer Service

                            No.ProductFeeCap (AED)
                            1Personal AccountsAccount closure fee100
                            2Personal AccountsAccount balance letter50
                            3Personal AccountsNo liability certificate60
                            4Personal AccountsRelease letter50
                            5Personal AccountsLiability letter issued to Gov’t Departments/embassies60
                            6Personal AccountsLiability letter issued to financial institutions60
                            7Debit CardIssuing supplementary ATM Card25
                            8Debit CardReplacing Secret Pin Code25
                            9Debit CardReplacing lost or stolen ATM card25
                            10Debit CardOwn ATM fees0
                            11Debit CardFees for using other bank's ATM2
                            12Debit CardCopy of sales slip25
                            13Consumer Loans/FinancingDelayed payment penal interest chargesMax 200
                            14Consumer Loans/FinancingEarly settlement from other bank loans1% Max 10,000
                            15Consumer Loans/FinancingFinal settlement from other sources/EOSB1% Max 10,000
                            16Consumer Loans/FinancingPartial payment1% Max 10,000
                            17Consumer Loans/FinancingRevolving overdraft fees200
                            18Consumer Loans/FinancingLoan Cancellation Fee100
                            19Consumer Loans/FinancingOther (loan copy, issuing redemption statements, audit confirmation25
                            20Car Loans/FinancingEarly settlement1% outstanding
                            21Car Loans/FinancingNOC to Traffic Department0
                            22Car Loans/FinancingAdvance payment of instalment1% of instalment
                            23Car Loans/FinancingLate payment penal chargesMax 500
                            24Car Loans/FinancingIssuance of liability letter to other banks60
                            25Car Loans/FinancingCancellation fee100
                            26RemittanceSwift copy charges15
                            27RemittanceDemand draft/pay order issuance/cancellation75
                            28Customer Term DepositsAccount closure fees-terms depositsCost (max 2%)
                            29Credit CardsCard replacement fee75
                            30Credit CardsLiability/no liability letter50
                            31Credit CardsDuplicate statement45
                            32Credit CardsCopy of sales voucher65
                            33Credit CardsLate payment feesMax 230
                            34Home Loans/FinancingLate payment feesMax 700
                            35Home Loans/FinancingEarly settlement feesMax 1% of outstanding balance or 10,000, whichever is less
                            36Home Loans/FinancingIssuance of liability letter85
                            37Home Loans/FinancingOther certificate75
                            38Home Loans/FinancingNon-standard statement production/copy of original documentation100
                            39Home Loans/FinancingProperty swaps administration feeMax 1320 (valuation included)
                            40Home Loans/FinancingIssuance of NOC150
                            41Home Loans/FinancingPartial Settlement ChargesMax 1% of outstanding balance or 10,000, whichever is less
                            42Home Loans/FinancingClearance letter95
                            43Home Loans/FinancingRequest of other letters90

                             

                        • Board of Directors' Decision No. (41) of 2017 on the amendment of some provisions of The Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Resolution No.(30) of 2016 to issue the regulations of "Tariffs" of vehicle Insurance

                          Chairman of the Board of the Insurance Authority;

                          Having perused:

                          - The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007, concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Organization of Insurance Operations , its amendments and its Executive Regulation ;
                          - The Federal Law No (21) of 1995 concerning the Federal Traffic Law ,its amendments and its executive regulations,
                          - Insurance Authority Board of directors' Resolution No. (3) of 2010 on Instructions Concerning the Code of Conduct and Ethics to be Observed by Insurance Companies Operating in the UA ;
                          - Insurance Authority Board of Directors Resolution No. (11) of 2016 Concerning the Revision of the Pricing Policy Applied by a Company in the Classes of Property and Liability Insurance;
                          - Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Decision No. (25) of 2016 Pertinent to Regulation of the Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policies
                          - The Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Resolution No.(30) of 2016 to issue the regulations of "Tariffs" of vehicle Insurance;
                          - And, based on the approval of the Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority and the proposal of the Director General of the Authority,

                          Has decided:

                          Article 1

                          Firstly: Amending the tariff (minimum premium) of the Motorcycle insurance in Table (2) to be as follows:

                          1. - Up to 200 CC, the "tariff' will be 800 UAE dirhams.
                          2. - More than 200 CC, the "tariff'' will be 850 UAE dirhams.

                          Secondly: Payment of the insurance premium for (the passenger) in Table (2) shall apply only to individuals who work for the insured.


                          Article 2

                          Article (2) of the Regulations shall be amended as follows:

                          Firstly: The paragraph (2) shall be deleted and replaced by the following text:

                          "Insurance companies are free to compete by offering tariffs within the limits set forth in tables (1) and (2) attached to the Regulations herein. If the company decides to compete in offering tariffs, each company shall be fully and directly liable for the soundness of its decision from the technical and actuarial aspects pursuant to the Insurance Authority Board of Directors Resolution No. (11) of 2016 Concerning the Revision of the Pricing Policy Applied by a Company in the Classes of Property and Liability Insurance and the underwriting policy of the actuary in a way that reflects its previous experience with its customers and does not endanger its financial position or lead to the loss of the insured rights."

                          Secondly: The following paragraphs (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) shall be added respectively, as follows:

                          (3) The Company may grant a reduction to the insurance applicant (Individual) with claim-free record according to the following percentages:

                          1. a) 10% of the minimum premium to the owner of the vehicle that did not cause an accident leading to a claim during the previous insurance year.
                          2. b) 15% of the minimum premium to the owner of the vehicle that did not cause an accident leading to a claim during the previous two years.
                          3. c) 20% of the minimum premium to the owner of the vehicle that did not cause an accident leading to a claim during the previous three years.
                          4. d) 10% of the minimum premium as "a loyalty reduction to the company's' customers". The reduction shall be granted to the owner of the vehicle at the time of renewing his policy with the same insurance company, provided that the insurance is not transferred to another person.

                          (4) The insurance company shall comply to immediately provide the customer who was insured with it with a free of charge certificate showing the insurance experience for the previous years electronically or in writing, where the company shall be liable for the data contained therein.

                          (5) The Company may grant a reduction to the fleet of vehicles or the fleet of motorcycles by not more than 30% of the minimum premium. The fleet means: "five or more of vehicles or Motorcycles owned by one natural person or a legal person, including ministries, federal and local authorities, official government or semi- official government bodies, an independent body, a charity or nongovernmental organization, a company or individual institution, etc."

                          (6) The company may grant a reduction for the vehicles running by gas or by electricity at the renewal time of not more than 25% of the insurance premium taking into account the accidents caused by the vehicle and led to claims. Nevertheless, when there is more than one reason for reduction, only the highest rate of reduction shall apply.

                          7. The provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to the vehicle insurance against Third Party Liability and the vehicle insurance against loss and damage.

                          8. The salon Taxi and rental vehicles: As an exception from the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, the Company may agree with the Owner on the insurance tariff of this type of vehicles which shouldn't exceed (6.5%) of the value of the vehicle, based on the loss ratio, the technical opinion and its previous experience.

                          9. The "tariff'' of the Third Party Liability insurance shall apply to the "classic and old vehicle", provided that the determination of the premium of the vehicle insurance against loss and damage shall be subject to the agreement between the owner of the vehicle and the insurance company. The classic and old vehicle means "an old vehicle of historical value not less than 30 years old, has artistic industrial value, or has a unique design that is different from its like."


                          Article (3)

                          The provisions stipulated in this Decision shall be read and considered as an integral part of the provisions of The Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Resolution No. (30) of 2016 to issue the regulations of "Tariffs" of vehicle Insurance.


                          Article (4)

                          This decision shall take effect as of 01/01/2018 and shall be published in the Official Gazette.

                        • Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (26) of 2020 On the Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (25) of 2016 Concerning the Issuance of the Unified Motor Insurance Policy

                          Chairman of the Insurance Authority,
                          Having perused:

                          - Federal Law No. (21) of 1995 Concerning Traffic and the Amendments thereof;
                          - Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Organization of Insurance Operations, the amendments thereof and its Executive Regulation;
                          - Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (25) of 2016 Concerning the Issuance of the Unified Motor Insurance Policy and the amendments thereof;
                          - And, based on the recommendation of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Board of Directors;

                          Has resolved,


                          Article (1)

                          The Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policy Against Third Party Liability shall be modified as follows:

                          1. Clause No. (16) of (Chapter One: General Conditions) shall be replaced by the following text:

                          (The Injured Third Party may repair the damages that occur to the Motor Vehicle as a result of the accident, provided that the estimated repair costs do not exceed the value of repair agreed upon with the Company. The Company may require, if it wishes so, a proof that the Motor Vehicle repairs have been completed.)

                          1. Clause No. (17) of (Chapter One: General Conditions) shall be replaced by the following text:

                          If the motor vehicle “chassis” whether can be replaced or irreplaceable is damaged or the durable parts, such as pillars are damaged and need cutting, tightening or welding as a result of the accident, the Motor Vehicle shall be considered a Total Loss and the Company shall make compensation according to the market value of the Motor Vehicle at the time of the accident.

                           

                          1. Paragraph No. (a) of Clause No. (19) Of (Chapter One: General Conditions) shall be replaced by the following text:

                          “19. In case of any conflict between the Company and the Injured Third Party concerning the value of damages, the amount of compensation or determination of the market value of the damaged Motor Vehicle, the Authority shall appoint a licensed and registered Surveyor and Loss Adjuster, specialized in this matter, to determine the value of the damages or the amount of compensation at the Company’s expense for the purpose of resolving the dispute.”

                          1. Paragraph (b) of clause No. (19) Shall be deleted from (Chapter One: General Conditions).
                             
                          2. The text of paragraph (a) of clause No. (1) of (Chapter Two: Obligations of the Insurance Company) shall be replaced by the following text:

                          “A- First: Death or any bodily injury caused to any person, including the Motor Vehicle Passengers, except for the Insured and the Driver of the Motor Vehicle that has caused the accident, and the passengers employed by the Insured if they are injured during and because of work. A person is considered a passenger if they are inside, getting in or out of the Motor Vehicle. The Maximum Liability of the Company for any claim or total claims arising from one accident is the value judicially awarded without any limit whatsoever.

                          Second: In case of death of a spouse, a parent or a child, the maximum limit shall 200,000 AED ((Two Hundred Thousand Arab Emirates Dirhams) per each deceased person. In case of disability, the compensation shall be adjusted by the percentage of disability to the amount of AED 200,000 (Two Hundred Thousand Arab Emirates Dirhams), in addition to medical treatment expenses.

                          Third: In all cases, and in the event of injury, the Company shall pay all treatment expenses towards the provider of any of the medical services, including all government and private hospitals, pharmacies, and any treatments necessary for the case. And, in case the treatment is not completed, the Insurance Company shall issue a letter of commitment directed to entity that will provide the treatment.

                          Fourth: Paragraph (d) of Clause (1) of (Chapter Two: Obligations of The Insurance Company) shall be canceled.

                          1. The following clause with number (6) shall be added to (Chapter Two: Obligations of the Insurance Company) and shall read as follows:

                          “6. The Company shall pay an amount of AED 6,770 (Six Thousand Seven Hundred and Seventy Dirhams) to the provider of ambulance services and medical transportation to hospitals. The amount is per each injured person that suffers from a bodily injury or death and is being given first aid and transported to a hospital as a result of an accident caused by a Motor Vehicle insured by the Company against Third Party Liability. This obligation shall include all the deceased or injured from those accidents, including those excluded from the covered risks in paragraph (a) of clause (1). The capacity and readiness of the ambulance and the medical transportation to handle more than one injured person shall be taken into consideration in determining the amount of the ambulance allowance and medical transportation.”

                          1. The text pf paragraph (e) of Clause (1) of (Chapter Two: Obligations of The Insurance Company) shall be replaced by the following text:

                          “e. The Injured Third Party (the owner of a private motor vehicle) is entitled to a loss of benefit (use) allowance (Substitute Motor Vehicle) as follows:
                          First: If the Injured Third Party chooses cash compensation, no loss of benefit allowance shall be paid.
                          Second: If the damaged Motor Vehicle is to be repaired at a repair shop, as the case may be, the period of loss of benefit allowance shall be calculated in days from the date of delivery of the damaged Motor Vehicle, the accident report and deed of title to the Company.
                          Third: The liability of the Company for loss of benefit allowance shall be calculated per day per damaged Motor Vehicle according to the rental fare of a similar Motor Vehicle rental of the same make, considering the prevailing and common price in the vehicle rental market in that Emirate, not to exceed three hundred dirhams per day. The Maximum period for loss of loss of benefit allowance fifteen days.
                          Fourth: If the Company chooses not to pay the amount at prevailing price, the Company shall provide -to the injured party residency location- a similar substitute Motor Vehicle of the same made of the damaged motor vehicle in very good working condition for road traffic. Fifth: In case of the entitlement to the loss of benefit allowance and the Injured Third Party has insurance against loss and damage and Third Party Liability, he shall be entitled, for the purpose of obtaining the loss of benefit allowance (substitute motor vehicle) to claim directly to his company, which has the right of recourse for same amount paid against the insurance company of the insured, who caused the accident and has insurance against Third Party Liability.


                          Article (2)

                          The Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policy Against Loss and Damage shall be amended as follows:

                          1. The text of clause (14) of (Chapter One: General Conditions) shall be replaced by the following text:

                          “14. If the motor vehicle “chassis” whether can be replaced or irreplaceable is damaged or the durable parts, such as pillars are damaged and need cutting, tightening or welding as a result of the accident, the Motor Vehicle shall be considered a Total Loss and the Company shall make compensation according to the value agreed upon between the Company and the Insured in the Insurance policy.”

                          1. The text of clause (8) of (Chapter Two: Obligations of the Insurance Company) shall be replaced by the following text:

                          “8. In case of any conflict between the Company and the insured concerning the value of damages or the amount of compensation, the Authority shall appoint a licensed and registered Surveyor and Loss Adjuster, specialized in this matter, to determine the value of the damages or the amount of compensation at the Company’s expense for the purpose of resolving the dispute.”

                          1. A clause with number (9) shall be added at the end of (Chapter Two: Obligations of the Insurance Company) and shall read as follows:

                          "9. In the case of the Insured wishes at the time of concluding the contract to repair the motor vehicle inside the Agency workshops after the lapse of the first three years of using the motor vehicle on the road, the Insurance Company may respond to the request and the determine an appropriate premium not exceeding the maximum tariff limit.”

                          1. A clause with number (9) shall be added to (Chapter Three: Obligations of the Insured) and shall read as follows:

                          “9. In case of Total Loss of the Motor Vehicle, the Deductible Percentages shall not be applied.

                          1. Clause (6) of (Chapter Four: Exclusions) shall be amended by replacing the phrase “for the Kind / category” by “for the Kind”, and by adding the following phrase at the end of the article “This exclusion shall not apply in case the motor vehicle is intended for rental, as long as the leasing contract is concluded with a person who holds a valid driving license ".
                          1. Clause (4) of (Chapter Five: Recourses against to the Insured) shall be amended to read as follows “(4.) If it is proven that loss or damage that occurred to the Motor Vehicle, or any part thereof, arose from driving the motor vehicle by a person who is not authorized to drive in accordance with the Traffic Law or without obtaining a driving license, or his driving license has expired, or the Insured or any other person allowed to drive it is driving under the influence of narcotics, alcohol or drugs that undermine the driver’s ability to control the Motor Vehicle, if this is proven to the concerned authorities or confessed by the Motor Vehicle Driver. In case of rental vehicles, recourse will be against the Motor Vehicle Driver (renter).


                          Article (3)

                          The provisions of this resolution shall be applied on the insurance policies issued as from the date of entering into effect. Whereas, the insurance policies issued before the provisions of this resolution enter into effect shall remain in force until the expiry date.


                          Article (4)

                          This resolution shall be published in the Official Gazette and shall take effect after two months from the date of its publication.

                        • Insurance Authority Board of Directors Resolution No. 20 of 2014 On the Amendment of Some Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors Resolution No. 15 of 2013 Concerning the Insurance Brokerage Regulations

                          The Chairman of the Insurance Authority,

                          Having perused:

                          - The Federal law No. 6 of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations;

                          - The Insurance Authority Board of Directors Resolution No. 15 of 2013 Concerning the Insurance Brokerage Regulations; and

                          - Based on the recommendation of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Board of Directors;

                          Decided:


                          Article 1

                          The term “natural or corporate person” shall be added to sub-clause (c) of clause (1) of Article (6) of the above-indicated Resolution to read as follows:

                          c) “Internal Auditor, (natural or corporate person)”.


                          Article 2

                          The sub-clauses (a. and b.) of clause (12) of Article (14) of the above-indicated Resolution shall be replaced with the following two sub-clauses:

                          1. a) A quarterly report signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Director General or the Chief Executive Officer on the Insurance Brokerage business and the accounts related thereto, to be submitted within a maximum period of 30 days from the end of the quarterly term.
                             
                          2. b) An annual report signed by the Board of Directors or Management Board, containing all Insurance Brokerage business carried out by the Broker during the year, and the audited final annual financial statements, enclosing the External Auditor’s Report, to be submitted within a maximum period of 90 days from the end of the fiscal year, as well as providing the Authority with copies of insurance brokerage agreements signed with insurance companies during the fiscal year.


                          Article 3

                          Clause (7) of Article (15) of the above-indicated Resolution shall be replaced with the following provision:

                          “Transfer the received premiums to the Company within the period set forth in the agreement signed with the Company without deducting any amounts or interests due from such premiums; in addition to providing the Company with a detailed report thereon.”


                          Article 4

                          This Resolution shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall come into effect on the next day following its publication.

                        • The Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policy Against Loss and Damage issued pursuant to the Regulation of Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policies according to Insurance Authority Board of Directors' Decision No. (25) of 2016

                          Effective from 22/9/2016

                          Whereas the Insured has applied to ……………….. Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") for the insurance set herein below, and has agreed that the application is considered as the basis for and integral part of this Policy, and has paid or agreed to pay the applicable premium, and the Company has accepted and represented to pay compensation to the Insured in case of any damage to the Motor Vehicle subject to this insurance, whether it emerges from the use or parking of the Motor Vehicle in the UAE during the insurance period, whether the Insured caused the accident or was an injured party;

                          Therefore, this Policy was entered into to cover the damages that befall on the Insured Motor Vehicle in the UAE during the insurance period according to the terms, conditions and exclusions in or appended to this Policy.

                          • Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (15) of 2020 on the Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (49) of 2019 Concerning Instructions for Life Insurance and Family Takaful Insurance

                            Chairman of the Insurance Authority,

                            Having perused:

                            - Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Organization of Insurance Operations, the amendments thereof and its Executive Regulation;
                            - Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (49) of 2019 Concerning Instructions for Life Insurance and Family Takaful Insurance;
                            - Based on the recommendation of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Board of Directors;

                            Has resolved,


                            Article (1)

                            The period granted to the entry into force of the provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (49) of 2019 Concerning Instructions for Life Insurance and Family Takaful Insurance shall be extended for an additional period of (six of months), starting from 16/4/2020.


                            Article (2)

                            The Director General shall issue the necessary decisions and circulars to implement the provisions of the resolution herein.


                            Article (3)

                            The provisions of the Resolution herein shall come into force as from the day of its issuance and shall be published in the Official Gazette .

                            • Definitions:

                              The following terms and phrases shall have the meanings indicated beside each of them unless the context provides otherwise:

                               

                              Policy:

                              The Unified Motor Vehicle Insurance Policy against Loss and Damage and any rider to it, which governs the relationship between the Insured and the Company, and whereby the Company undertakes to compensate the Insured, on the occurrence of the damage hereby covered, in return of the premium paid by the Insured.

                              Company (Insurer):

                              The insurance company that is licensed to operate inside the State according to the laws and regulations issued in the State and accepts to insure the motor vehicle and has issued the Policy.

                              Insured:

                              A natural or corporate person that has applied for insurance, entered into an insurance contract with the Company, and paid or has agreed to pay the premium.

                              Motor Vehicle Driver (Licensed Driver):

                              The insured or any person who drives the Motor Vehicle by the permission or order of the Insured, provided that they are licensed to drive according to the Motor Vehicle category pursuant to the Traffic Laws and other laws and regulations, and that the granted license has not been cancelled by a court's order or by virtue of the Traffic Laws and its Executive Regulations. This definition includes the driver whose driving license has expired if they manage to renew it within thirty days from the date of accident.

                              Motor Vehicle:

                              A mechanical machine, motorcycle or any other device that works through a mechanical force, and its specifications are described in the Policy.

                              Insurance Application:

                              The application that includes the details of the Insured, the details of the Motor Vehicle and the type of required coverage, and is filled in by or with the knowledge of the Insured electronically or in writing.

                              Rider:

                              Every special agreement between the parties in supplement to the basic coverages under this Policy.

                              Premium:

                              The consideration that is paid or undertaken to be paid by the Insured in return for insurance coverage.

                              Basic Deductible:

                              The amount paid by the Insured according to the Schedule of Deductibles attached to this Policy per accident.

                              Ancillary Deductible:

                              The amount paid by the Insured according to the Policy in addition to the Basic Deductible.

                              Natural Disatar:

                              Any general phenomenon that arises from nature such as floods, tornados, hurricanes, volcanoes, earthquakes and quakes, and leads to extensive and widespread damage, and in respect of which a decision is issued by the concerned authority in the country.

                              Flood:

                              An event that occurs within the concept of Natural Disasters.

                              Road:

                              Every road open and available to the public without need to get special permission, and every place that is made available for the crossing of motor vehicles, and is made available to the public by a permission or license from a concerned authority or otherwise, for or without consideration according to the definition mentioned in the applicable Traffic Laws.

                              Depreciation Percentage:

                              The percentage payable by the injured party on the occurrence of an accident, and who requests the replacement of new parts in lieu of the used parts in case of partial loss according to the schedules of depreciation.

                              Insurance Period:

                              The period of time of motor vehicle insurance up to the end of the thirteenth month from the commencement of the insurance.

                              • Chapter One: General Conditions

                                1. The Policy and its schedules shall constitute one integral contract, and any Rider to this Policy shall constitute an integral part hereof, and every term or phrase to which a special meaning has been given in any part of the Policy or its schedules shall have the same meaning elsewhere, unless the context otherwise requires.
                                   
                                2. Any notice or notification of an accident that is required by this Policy shall be served to the Company in writing by e-mail, facsimile or by hand delivery to the address designated in the Policy as soon as practically possible.
                                   
                                3. Any external agreement between the Insured and the Company that will reduce the coverages hereunder shall be deemed void.
                                   
                                4. In case of several insurances with more than one insurance company, the Company will only be committed to compensate damages in the percentage of the amount insured with it to the total insured amounts against the insured risk.
                                   
                                5. The Company and the Insured may agree, using riders in return for an additional premium and within the scope of the terms and conditions herein, that the Company shall insure against the other damages not provided for in this Policy, in particular:
                                   
                                  1. Insurance against the damages to the properties of the Insured or the Motor Vehicle Driver at the time of the accident or the properties kept with them in trust, or in their guardianship or possession under a rider to this Policy or a separate policy.
                                  2. Coverage of the damages or risks which occur outside the roads.
                                     
                                6. Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of this Policy, the Insurance Company may not refuse to compensate the Insured as a result of late notification of the accident, if the delay is attributed to an acceptable excuse.
                                   
                                7. With respect to a fleet insurance policy or any Motor Vehicle insured under this Policy, the Company may not enter into any external agreement that may reduce the coverage provided under this Policy or depriving the Insured or the Beneficiary of this Policy from exercising the right to claim for compensation hereunder, including depriving a claim for compensation for any reason not related to the accident such as age, gender, or otherwise, or the agreement will be deemed void.
                                   
                                8. a. If the Insured Motor Vehicle is a total loss, and the Company compensates the Insured on that basis, the salvage will be deemed property of the Company. The Insured may not be charged any expenses related to the transfer of the Motor Vehicle title or issuance of a certificate of ownership of the Motor Vehicle.
                                  b. Before receiving compensation, the Insured shall pay all amounts due on the Motor Vehicle and submit evidence of no objection from the concerned authority(ies) to transfer title of the salvage to the Company. In case of lienholders, if any, they shall provide support, paperwork, power of attorney, etc. and appear before the concerned departments, if necessary for transfer of title of the Motor Vehicle to the Company.
                                   

                                9. The Company may, at its expense, assume the judicial and settlement proceedings to represent the Insured or the Motor Vehicle Driver through an attorney in any investigation or interrogation and before any court in any lawsuit or intervention in any phase of the lawsuit in relation to a claim or accident for which the Company may be held liable under this Policy and which may give rise to the payment of compensation according to this Policy. The Company may settle or enter into a reconciliation for such claim. The Insured shall provide every possible cooperation with the Company by signing a power of attorney to the attorney or otherwise to enable the Company to initiate any proceedings.
                                   
                                10. For the purpose of verifying the details of the Insured Motor Vehicle, all details in Schedule (5) of this Policy shall be an integral part hereof.
                                   
                                11. No lawsuit arising from this Policy may be filed after the elapse of three years after the occurrence which has given rise to the lawsuit or the related parties become aware of its occurrence.
                                   
                                12. The courts of the United Arab Emirates shall be competent to determine any disputes arising from this Policy.
                              • Chapter Two: Obligations of the Insurance Company

                                1. The Company shall compensate the Insured for loss or damage that occurs to theInsured Motor Vehicle and its accessories while in the vehicle, includingdamaged parts and spare parts, in the following cases:
                                  1. If loss or damage arises from an accidental run-over, collision, turnover, orincident, or as a result of an unexpected mechanical breakdown or as a resultof wear and tear of parts by use;
                                  2. If loss or damage arises from an external fire or explosion, spontaneouscombustion or lightning;
                                  3. If loss or damage arises from robbery or theft;
                                  4. If loss or damage arises from a third party willful act;
                                  5. If loss or damage occurs during land transport, inland water transport,elevators or lifting machinery including loading and unloading processesrelated to the aforementioned transport processes; and
                                  6. Any additional coverage to be agreed upon under this Policy or special ridersto it.
                                     
                                2. Upon the occurrence of an accident, the Company shall:
                                  1. e. Repair the Motor Vehicle or any of its parts, accessories, or spare parts andrestore the vehicle to its pre-accident condition.
                                  2. f. Pay the amount of loss or damage in cash to the Insured if this is agreed onwith the Insured.
                                  3. g. Replace the damaged Motor Vehicle in case of a total loss, unless the Insuredrequests the Company to pay them the amount in cash. In this case, theCompany shall respond to the Insured's request.
                                     
                                3. If the Insured requests that new original parts are to be installed in lieu of theparts damaged during the accident or are to be paid for in cash, the Insured willbear the Depreciation Percentage set in Schedule (1) of the final value of thepurchase invoice. In case of taxi vehicles, public transport vehicles and rentalvehicles, the Insured will bear the Depreciation Percentage set in Schedule (2).
                                   
                                4. The Insured may assume the repair of damages that occur to the Motor Vehicle as a result of an insured accident hereunder, provided that the estimated repair costs do not exceed the value of repair agreed upon in writing with the Company.
                                   
                                5. If the Insured Motor Vehicle is lost, proves to be irreparable, or that costs of repair exceed 50% of the Motor Vehicle value before the accident, the insured value of the Motor Vehicle agreed upon between the Insurer and the Insured on signing of the Insurance Policy will be the basis of calculation of the compensation of loss and damage insured hereunder after deduction of the Depreciation Percentage of 20% from the insured value, and taking into account the fraction of insurance period (i.e., the proportion of the period from the commencement date of the insurance period to the date of the accident to the total insurance period).
                                   
                                6. If the Motor Vehicle becomes unroadworthy due to loss or damage insured hereunder, the Company will bear the necessary costs of safeguarding and transporting the Motor Vehicle to the nearest repair shop, in order to deliver it to the Insured after repair.
                                   
                                7. If the damaged Motor Vehicle is repaired with repair shops approved by the Company, the Company shall insure that the Motor Vehicle is repaired properly, carefully and professionally and that the work is warranted by the repair shops. The Company shall ensure that the Insured is enabled to have the Motor Vehicle checked by any approved motor vehicle examination agency in the UAE to make sure that the Motor Vehicle has been properly repaired without affecting the technical examination of the damaged Motor Vehicle at the concerned official authorities. If it is found that the repairs are below required and recognized technical standards, the Company shall address the issue(s) with the repair shop until the Motor Vehicle is professionally repaired and delivered to the Insured.
                                   
                                8. In case of any conflict between the Company and the Insured concerning the value of damages or the amount of compensation, the Company will appoint an Authority-licensed and registered Surveyor and Loss Adjuster to determine the value of these damages or the amount of compensations at the Company's expense. If the expert's opinion is disapproved, either party may request the Authority to appoint an expert licensed by it at the expense of that party, and that the expert's charges will be eventually borne by the party for whom the report was not in their favor.
                              • Chapter Three: Obligations of the Insured

                                1. To pay the Agreed upon Premium.
                                   
                                2. All reasonable precautions must be taken to keep and protect the Insured Motor Vehicle from loss or damage and maintain the same in a good working condition. In case of any accident or breakdown of the Motor Vehicle, the Insured may not leave the Insured Motor Vehicle or any part thereof without taking necessary precautions to prevent the aggravation of damages. If the Insured Motor Vehicle is driven before making necessary repairs by the Insured or the Motor Vehicle Driver, every increase of damage or every damage to the Insured Motor Vehicle arising from the same will not be the responsibility of the Company pursuant to this Policy.
                                   
                                3. The Insured shall remain the sole owner of the Insured Motor Vehicle throughout the Insurance Period, and may not lease the vehicle to any third party or sign any contract which may restrict their absolute ownership and possession of the Motor Vehicle without the prior written consent of the Company.
                                   
                                4. In case of any accident which may give rise to a claim according to the provisions of this Policy, the Insured shall immediately notify the concerned official authorities, and shall promptly notify the Insurer and furnish all information related to the accident without unjustifiable delay. The Insured shall furnish the Insurer as soon as possible for every claim, notice or judicial papers once they receive them.
                                   
                                5. The Company shall be notified as soon as practically possible once they become aware of any lawsuit, investigation or detections concerning the accident. In case of theft or any other criminal act which may give rise to a claim according to this Policy, the Insured shall notify the police and the Company promptly and as soon as practically possible and cooperate with the Company in this respect.
                                   
                                6. The Insurer may charge the Insured that has caused the accident with a deductible amount to be deducted from the due amount of compensation due with respect to any accident which is caused by them personally or by the person authorized by them to drive the Motor Vehicle or cases that are deemed committed by an unknown person, according to Schedule (3).
                                   
                                7. In addition to the deductible amounts set in Schedule (3), the Insured may charge the Insured who caused an accident an additional deductible as follows:
                                  1. Maximum 10% of the amount of compensation if the Motor Vehicle Driver is below the age of 25 years.
                                  2. Maximum 10% of the amount of compensation in case of taxi and publictransport vehicles.
                                  3. Maximum 15% of the amount of compensation of sports cars and modifiedvehicles.
                                  4. Maximum 20% of the amount of compensation of vehicles modified outsidethe factory.
                                  5. Maximum 20% of the amount of compensation of rental vehicles.
                                     
                                8. For application of paragraph (7) of this Chapter, application of Deductible Percentages shall apply the highest percentage in the case of several deductibles for one accident.
                              • Chapter Four: Exclusions

                                The Company will not pay any compensation for the following issues:

                                1. Indirect losses that occur to the Insured or devaluation of the Motor Vehicle as a result of its use, breakdown, defect or breakage of the mechanical or electrical devices.
                                   
                                2. The damage arising as a result of overload or excess of the limits of permissible width, length or height or the excess of the number of passengers beyond the licensed number, provided that it is proved that this is the proximate cause of damage.
                                   
                                3. The damage of tires if it does not occur at the same time as damage to the Insured Motor Vehicle.
                                   
                                4. The loss or damage which occurs to the Motor Vehicle with respect to accidents resulting from:
                                  1. Use of the Motor Vehicle for purposes other than those mentioned in theInsurance Application attached to this Policy.
                                  2. Violation of laws if the violation implies an intentional felony ormisdemeanor according to the definition mentioned in the applicable FederalPenal Code.
                                     
                                5. If it is proven that the Motor Vehicle has been used or utilized in a speed race ortest, provided that this is proved to be the proximate cause of the accident.
                                   
                                6. The damage to the Motor Vehicle from the accidents which occur during the Motor Vehicle being operated by a driver who is not licensed to drive according to the Traffic Laws or without obtaining a driving license for the kind / category of the Motor Vehicle according to the Traffic Laws and Regulations and the provisions of this Policy, or the driver holding an expired Driver’s License who fails to renew it within thirty days from the date of the accident, or the license granted to them has been suspended by the court or competent authorities or according to the Traffic Regulations.
                                   
                                7. Loss or damage that occurs to the Motor Vehicle, or any part thereof, with respect to accidents while the Motor Vehicle is being driven under the influence of narcotics, alcohol or drugs that undermine the driver's ability to control the Motor Vehicle if this is proven to the competent authorities or confessed by the Motor Vehicle Driver. This exclusion does not apply in case of rental vehicles.
                                   
                                8. Loss or damage that occurs to the Motor Vehicle outside the geographical territory set out in this Policy, unless a rider is issued to extend coverage to this territory.
                                   
                                9. The accidents that have occurred, caused, resulted or are related directly or indirectly to natural disasters such as floods, tornados, hurricanes, volcanoes, earthquakes and quakes.
                                   
                                10. Invasion, foreign enemy hostilities or warlike operations, whether war is declared or not, civil war, strike, civil commotion, insurrection, revolution, coup d'état, usurped power, confiscation, nationalization, radioactive substances and radioisotopes, atomic or nuclear explosions, or any factor directly or indirectly related to any of the foregoing causes.
                                   
                                11. Loss or damage that occurs to the Insured Motor Vehicle if the Company loses the right of subrogation to the damage causer due to the Insured's declaration of being responsible for the accident, which they have not caused. If this is proven after payment of compensation to the Insured, the Company may have recourse to it for recovery of amounts paid to them.
                                   
                                12. Loss or damage that occurs to the Motor Vehicle off the road, as defined, unless a rider is issued extending coverage to drive outside the road.
                              • Chapter Five: Recourses against the Insured

                                The Company may have recourse to the Insured or the Motor Vehicle Driver or both, as the case may be, in the amount of compensation paid in the following cases:

                                 

                                1. If it is proven that the insurance was concluded based upon the Insured's misrepresentation and non-disclosure of material facts that affect the acceptance by the Company to cover the risks or insurance rate.
                                   
                                2. If following payment of compensation, it is proven that the Motor Vehicle was used for purposes other than those set out in the Insurance Application attached to this Policy, or the maximum number of passengers was exceeded, or the Motor Vehicle was overloaded, or its loading was not secured correctly or exceeds the limits of permissible width, length or height, provided that this is proven to be the proximate cause of the accident.
                                   
                                3. If following payment of the compensation it is proven that there is a violation of the law, if the violation involves a willful felony or misdemeanor, as defined in the UAE's applicable penal code.
                                   
                                4. If it is proven that loss or damage that occurred to the Motor Vehicle, or any part thereof, arose from the Insured or another person driving under the influence of narcotics, alcohol or drugs that undermine the driver's ability to control the Motor Vehicle, if this is proven to the concerned authorities or confessed by the Motor Vehicle Driver. In case of rental vehicles, recourse will be against the Motor Vehicle Driver (renter).
                                   
                                5. If the accident is proven to have occurred intentionally by the Insured or the Motor Vehicle Driver.
                                   
                                6. If the trailer, half-trailer or semi-trailer causes an accident, and the Insured has not agreed with the Company on the existence of such a trailer.
                                   
                                7. If loss or damage that occurs to the Motor Vehicle is a result of theft or robbery, recourse will be against the thief.
                              • Chapter Six: Policy Termination

                                1. The Company may terminate this Policy on the condition that there are serious grounds for termination during the Policy Period by a notice in writing to be sent to the Insured via e-mail, facsimile, hand delivery or registered letter thirty days prior to the fixed date of termination to the latest address of the Insured known by the Company. The Insurance Authority shall be advised of the grounds of such termination. In this case, the Company shall refund to the Insured the paid premium after deducting a portion in proportion to the period during which the Policy has remained in effect.
                                   
                                2. The Insured may terminate this Policy by a notice in writing to be sent to the Company via e-mail, facsimile, hand delivery or registered letter seven days prior to the fixed date of termination. In this case, the Company shall refund to the Insured the paid premium after deducting a portion in proportion to the period during which the Policy has remained in effect subject to the Short Rate Schedule No. (4), provided that there is no compensation paid to the Insured or pending claims in relation to this Policy during the period of time the Policy is valid, if the Insured has caused the accident or in cases that are deemed committed by unknown persons.
                                   
                                3. This Policy shall be considered terminated in case of a total loss to the Motor Vehicle, provided that its registration is deleted with a report issued by the Road and Traffic Department confirming that it is unroadworthy, and the Company shall compensate the Insured according to the provisions of this Policy.
                                • Schedule No. (1)

                                  Depreciation Percentages, Except for Taxi Vehicles, Public Transport Vehicles and Rental Vehicles, According to the Date of First Registration and Use

                                  Year

                                  Percentage

                                  First

                                  -

                                  Second

                                  5%

                                  Third

                                  10%

                                  Fourth

                                  15%

                                  Fifth

                                  20%

                                  Sixth and above

                                  30%

                                • Schedule No. (2)

                                  Depreciation Percentages for Taxi Vehicles, Public Transport Vehicles and Rental Vehicles According to the Date of First Registration and Use

                                  Year

                                  Percentage

                                  Last six months of the first year

                                  10%

                                  Second

                                  20%

                                  Third

                                  25%

                                  Fourth

                                  30%

                                  Fifth

                                  35%

                                  Sixth and above

                                  40%

                                • Schedule No. (3)

                                  Deductibles

                                  Motor Vehicle

                                  Deductible

                                  Private vehicles where the permissible number of passengers of which does not exceed (9) passengers and its value does not exceed AED 50,000

                                  Maximum AED 350/per each accident

                                  Private vehicles where the permissible number of passengers of which does not exceed (9) passengers and value of which exceeds AED 50,000 and not exceeding AED 100,000

                                  Maximum AED 700/per each accident

                                  Private vehicles where the permissible number of passengers of which does not exceed (9) passengers and value of which exceeds AED 100,000 and not exceeding AED 250,000

                                  Maximum AED 1,000/per each accident

                                  Private vehicles where the permissible number of passengers of which does not exceed (9) passengers and value of which exceeds AED 250,000

                                  Maximum AED 1,200/per each accident

                                  Private vehicles where the permissible number of passengers of which does not exceed (9) passengers and value of which exceeds AED 500,000

                                  Maximum AED 1,400/per each accident

                                  Private vehicles where the permissible number of passengers of which exceeds (9) passengers does not exceed AED (12) passengers

                                  Maximum AED 1,500/per each accident

                                  Private vehicles the permissible number of passengers of which exceeds (12) passengers, Taxis, and trucks where the tonnage of which exceeds (3) tons

                                  Maximum AED 1,700/per each accident

                                  Trucks where the tonnage of which exceeds (3) tons and passenger buses and industrial vehicles for construction and agricultural works

                                  Maximum AED 4,500/per each accident

                                • Schedule No. (4)

                                  Short Rate Schedule – Percentages of Recoverable Premium

                                  Policy Validity Period

                                  Recoverable Premium

                                  A period not exceeding one month

                                  80%

                                  A period exceeding one month and not exceeding four months

                                  70%

                                  A period exceeding four months and not exceeding six months

                                  50%

                                  A period exceeding six months and not exceeding ten months

                                  30%

                                  A period exceeding ten months

                                  Nil

                                • Schedule No. (5)

                                  Schedule of Details of the Insured Motor Vehicle in the Insurance Policy against Loss and Damage

                                  Details of Motor Vehicle

                                  Country of Manufacture

                                  Plate Number

                                  Make, Model

                                  and Color

                                  Motor

                                  Vehicle

                                  Classification

                                  Registration Type

                                  Purpose of use

                                  Manufacturing Year

                                  Tonnage or Weight

                                  Number of Passengers with Driver

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                  Engine Number:

                                  Chassis Number:

                                   

                                  ……………………….. Company declares that the Motor Vehicle detailed above inthis Schedule is insured with it according to the provisions of this Policy.

                                  Issued By:              Issuance Date:

                                   

                                  Policy Number:
                                   

                                  The term of insurance begins at …………. on …/…/….., and expires at …………. on …/…/…..

                                  Agreed upon premium:

                                  Issuance date: …/…/…..

                                  Insured's Details

                                  Company's Details

                                  Insured's Name

                                  :

                                   

                                  Company's Name

                                  :

                                   

                                  Address

                                  :

                                   

                                  Address

                                  :

                                   

                                  E-mail

                                  :

                                   

                                  E-mail

                                  :

                                   

                                  Postal Address

                                  :

                                   

                                  Postal Address

                                  :

                                   

                                  Identification Number

                                  :

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                   

                                  Phone

                                  :

                                   

                                  Phone

                                  :

                                   

                                  Name and signature of the Insured or their representative:

                                  Signature and stamp of the Company:

                                  • Motor Vehicle Insurance Application

                                    Applicant's Details

                                    Name according to ID

                                    First

                                    Second

                                    Third

                                    Family Name

                                     

                                     

                                     

                                     

                                     

                                    Date of Birth

                                    / /

                                    P.O. Box

                                     

                                    Postal Code

                                     

                                    ID Number

                                     

                                    E-mail

                                     

                                    Home Phone

                                     

                                    Office Phone

                                     

                                    Mobile

                                     

                                    Address/Emirate

                                     

                                    Profession

                                     

                                    Employer

                                     

                                    Driving License Number

                                     

                                    Expiration Date

                                     

                                    Trade Name (if any)

                                     

                                    Commercial Register Number

                                     

                                     

                                    Head Office

                                     

                                     

                                    Insurance Service Details

                                    Registration Mark

                                    Truck

                                    Small Truck

                                    Large Truck

                                    Other

                                    Model/Use

                                    Private

                                    Commercial

                                    Rental

                                    Driving Education

                                    Other

                                    Body Number

                                     

                                    Engine Number

                                     

                                    Chassis Number

                                     

                                    Engine Capacity (CC)

                                     

                                    No. of Passengers

                                     

                                    Manufacturing Year

                                     

                                    Current Value without Accessories

                                     

                                    Current Value, including Accessories (to be elaborated)

                                     

                                    Insurance Period

                                     

                                    Insurance Type

                                     

                                    Insured/Representative

                                     

                                    Signature

                                     


                                    /Stamp: Insurance Authority/

                          • Insurance Authority Board of Director’ Resolution No. (13) of 2020 On the Amendments of Some Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (9) of 2011

                            Insurance Authority Board of Director’ Resolution No. (13) of 2020 On the Amendments of Some Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (9) of 2011 Concerning the Instructions for Licensing Health Insurance Third Party Administrators and Regulation and Control of their Business

                             

                            Chairman of the Insurance Authority,

                            Having perused:

                            - Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the Organization of Insurance Operations, the amendments thereof and its Executive Regulation;
                            - Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (9) of 2011 Concerning the Instructions for Licensing Health Insurance Third Party Administrators (TPAs) and Regulation and Control of their Business and the amendments thereof; and,
                            - Based on the recommendation of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Board of Directors;

                            Has resolved,

                            Article (1)

                            Article No. (13) shall be amended as follows:

                              1. Paragraph No. (2) shall be replaced by the following text:
                            2. ” The Health Insurance Third Party Administrator (TPA) shall provide the IA with an annual report signed by the Board of Directors. This report shall include all business performed by the company during the year and the duly audited closing financial statements for the fiscal year and enclosed by the report of the External Auditor within four months as from the end of the fiscal year.”


                              2. Paragraph No. (3) shall be added to Article No. (13) as follows:
                            3.” The TPA company shall provide IA with a quarterly report signed by the Chairman, the Director General or Chief Executive Officer. This report shall address the business of the company and the accounts related thereto, and shall be submitted within a maximum period of (45) days from the end of the quarterly period.


                            Article (2)

                            The provisions of the Resolution herein shall come into force as from the day of its issuance and shall be published in the Official Gazette .

                          • Insurance Authority Board Resolution No. 7 of 2015 On the Amendment of Some Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board Resolution No. 9 of 2011

                            Insurance Authority Board of Director’ Resolution No. (13) of 2020 On the Amendments of Some Provisions of the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. (9) of 2011 Concerning the Instructions for Licensing Health Insurance Third Party Administrators and Regulation and Control of their Business

                             

                            The Chairman of the Insurance Authority – Ministry of Economy,

                            Having perused:

                            - The Federal law No. 6 of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations;

                            - The Insurance Authority Board of Directors Resolution No. 9 of 2011 Concerning the Instructions for Licensing Health Insurance Third Party Administrators and Regulation and Control of their Business; and

                            - Based on the recommendation of the Director General of the Insurance Authority and the approval of the Board of Directors;

                            Decided:


                            Article 1

                            1. The following phrase shall be added to the end of Clause (1) of Article (5):

                              “… or a branch of a company incorporated and licensed in one of the financial free zones in the State …”, to be inserted after the phrase “… or a branch of a company incorporated outside the UAE …”
                               
                            2. The following clause shall be added to Article (5) and shall be numbered as (7):

                              “7. Submit a letter of bank guaranty in favor of the Chairman in his capacity, subject to the following conditions:
                               
                              1. To be issued by a bank operating in the State, according to the form designated by the IA;
                              2. Be unconditional and unrestricted, payable on demand by the Authority at any time, and shall not be revoked except with the written approval of the IA;
                              3. Be issued for the purpose of securing the settlement of transactions and fulfilling the obligations arising from practicing the activity towards insurance companies, medical service providers, customers and beneficiaries or to implement the decisions of IA;
                              4. Its value may not be less than AED 1,000,000 (One Million Dirhams) for the head office and the branch of a company incorporated in the financial free zones or a branch of the company incorporated outside the State; and may not be less than AED 250,000 (Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dirhams) for each branch affiliated thereto;
                              5. The IA shall have the right to liquidate the letter of guaranty submitted by the Health Insurance TPA, in whole or in part, at any time to ensure that the Company fulfills its obligations due to the IA and those arising from practicing the activity.”


                            Article 2

                            The following clause shall be added to Article (13) and shall be numbered (3):

                            The fiscal year shall start on January 1st and end on December 31st of each year, provided the financial statements of the Company shall be prepared in UAE Dirham.


                            Article 3

                            A new article shall be added under number (14 repeated) after Article (14) and shall read as follows:

                            1. The Health Insurance TPA Company may open a branch or more inside the State after obtaining the approval of IA for each individual branch, subject to the following conditions:
                               
                              1. A decision by the Board of Directors or the Management Board of the Health Insurance TPA Company is issued to open the branch;
                              2. An officer and specialized staff shall appointed for the branch subject to satisfying the conditions set forth in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of Article 7 of these Instructions. The Branch Manager shall submit a declaration acknowledging his full responsibility for the actual management of the branch;
                              3. A period of no less than one year must have elapsed since the licensing of the TPA Company, during which the Company has actually conducted the activity within the State and has not been subject to any serious administrative sanctions or violations.
                               
                            2. The Health Insurance TPA Company may request the closure of the branch under a decision to be issued by the Director General;
                               
                            3. Any other controls or conditions set by the IA.


                            Article 4

                            A new article shall be added under number (14 repeated1) after Article (14 repeated) added to Article (14) of these Instructions and shall read as follows:

                            The Health Insurance TPA Company may open a branch or more outside the State provided the IA shall be notified of all the procedures from date of obtaining the license to the end of its business for any reason, in addition to indicating the approval of the regulators in the host country.


                            Article 5

                            The provision of Article (22) of these Instructions shall be replaced with the following:

                            I. In the event of breach by the Health Insurance TPA Company of the provisions of the Law or regulations, instructions, resolutions or circulars issued thereunder, the Director General may impose any of the following sanctions:

                            1. Address a warning to the Health Insurance TPA Company and bind it to rectify the breach and take the necessary actions to prevent the breach recurrence in the future;
                               
                            2. Suspend the Health Insurance TPA Company from practicing the activity for a period no longer than one year and notify the insurance companies accordingly;
                               
                            3. Cancel the license of the Health Insurance TPA Company in any of the following cases:
                               
                              1. The Company ceased to satisfy any of the licensing conditions set forth in these Instructions;
                              2. Material breach of any duties or obligations;
                              3. The Company has failed to renew the license or to pay the annual license renewal fees or the prescribed delay fines;
                              4. A final court decision is held to declare the Health Insurance TPA Company bankrupt;
                              5. Wind-up and liquidation of the Health Insurance TPA Company;
                              6. The Company has failed to practice the activity within six months from the date of granting the license thereto or renewal thereof;
                              7. The Company has failed to practice the activity after the end of a temporary suspension;
                              8. If it is found that the license was granted on basis of incorrect information, data or documents, or on basis of an undertaking that was not honored as decided by the IA.

                            II. Cancellation of the license shall result the following:

                            1. Publication of the decision to cancel the license of the Health Insurance TPA Company and its deregistration from the Register for Health Insurance Third Party Administrators as soon as such decision is issued, in two widely circulated local daily newspapers published in the State, one in Arabic language, at the expense of the Health Insurance TPA Company. The IA may settle such expenses from the letter of guaranty of the Health Insurance TPA Company;
                               
                            2. Recover the letter of guaranty and terminate the Professional Indemnity Insurance Policy after the elapse of (3) months from the date of publication subject to the IA approval thereon and after settling all transactions of the Health Insurance TPA Company and ensuring that there are no obligations towards the IA, medical service providers, insurance companies, or any of the beneficiaries arising from practicing the profession;
                               
                            3. Suspend any new contracts of the Company relating to health insurance claim business;
                               
                            4. The Company may not submit a new application for license before the elapse of (3) years from the date of issuing the license cancelation decision. In the event of cancelling its license, the Health Insurance TPA Company shall provide the insurance company with all the records provided for in these Instructions in order maintain them in accordance with these Instructions;
                               
                            5. The Director General shall notify all medical entities and insurance companies of all decisions to suspend or cancel the licenses of TPA Companies.


                            Article 6

                            A new article shall be added under number (26 repeated) after Article (26) and shall read as follows:

                            A decision to reject the licensing, registration or opening of a branch, or a cancellation and deregistration decision may be appealed within (20) business days from date of notification thereof. Such appeal shall be submitted to the IA Board of Directors, complete with the documents supporting the appeal, to consider the matter. The decision of the Board of Directors on the appeal shall be final.


                            Article 7

                            The provision of Article (28) of these Instructions shall be replaced with the following:

                            The Board shall authorize the Director General with the authorities to issue the necessary decisions and circulars to implement the provisions of these Instructions or to address any developments with respect to implementing these Instructions, including:

                            1. The Training and Emiratization Plan for the UAE Citizens;
                            2. Annual reports, annual financial statements and interim financial statements;
                            3. Regulation of the procedures to open branches, suspension, temporary suspension and license cancellation of a company and the condition that should be satisfied in such cases;
                            4. Data, information and documents that must be enclosed with the license application;


                            Article 8

                            The provision of Article (27) of these Instructions shall be replaced with the following:

                            1. The Health Insurance TPA Company must regularize its conditions within a period no longer than three months from the next day following the date of publication.
                               
                            2. Without prejudice to the procedures provided for in the Commercial Companies Law, in case of voluntary liquidation of a Health Insurance TPA Company, such liquidation must be made under the supervision of the IA. However, mandatory liquidation shall be made under the supervision of the courts.


                            Article 9

                            These Instructions shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall take effect as of the next day following the date of publication.

                          • Cabinet resolution No.(16) of 2017 On the amendment of some provisions of the Cabinet Resolution No. 42 of 2009 Concerning Insurance Company Minimum Capital Regulations

                            The Cabinet,

                            Having perused:

                            - The Constitution;
                            - The Federal Law No.1 of 1972 concerning the Functions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers, and the amending laws thereof;
                            - The Federal Law No. 6 of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and the organization of Insurance operation;
                            - The Law No. 2 of 2015 concerning the establishment of Commercial Companies;
                            - The Cabinet Resolution No. 42 of 2009 Concerning Insurance Company Minimum Capital Regulations;
                            - And, based on the Approval of the Cabinet,

                            Has decided:


                            Article (1)

                            The text of Article (4) of the Cabinet Resolution No. 42 of 2009 shall be replaced with the following:

                            A. At least 51% (fifty one percent) of the capital of a company incorporated in the State must be owned by natural persons of the UAE or GCC nationals or by juridical persons wholly owned by citizens holding UAE or GCC nationality.

                            B. the Board of Directors shall issue a resolution specifying the regulations and conditions required form the natural and juridical persons to be shareholders of the Company.


                            Article (2)

                            This Resolution shall be published in the Official Gazette and shall take effect as of the following date of its publication.

                          • Specialized Banks with Low Risk Regulation

                            C 13/2021 Effective from 14/2/2021
                            • Cabinet Resolution No. (24) of 2022 Amending some provisions of Cabinet Resolution No. (10) of 2019 On the Executive Regulations of Federal Decree-Law No. (20) of 2018 on Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism and Illegal Organizations

                              The Cabinet:

                              - Having perused the Constitution,

                              - Federal Law no. (1) of 1972 on Competencies of the Ministries and Powers of the Ministers and its amendments,

                              - Federal Decree-law No. (20) of 2018, on Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism and Illegal Organizations

                              - Cabinet Resolution No. (10) of 2019 on the Executive Regulations of Federal Decree-Law No. (20) of 2018 on Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism and Illegal Organizations.

                              - And based on the proposal made by the Minister of Finance and the approval of the Cabinet,

                              Has promulgated the following Resolution:

                              Clause I

                              To replace the wording of the articles no (1), (2), (4), (8), (9), (10), (11), (15), (17), (18), (19), (21), (22 ), (24), (27), (31), (37), (42), (44), (51), (52) and (57) of the aforementioned Cabinet Resolution No. (10) of 2019, to be as follows:

                              Article no. (1):

                              In application of the provisions of this Resolution, the following terms and expressions shall have the following meanings assigned to them unless the context requires otherwise:

                              State: United Arab Emirates

                              Minister: Minister of Finance

                              Central Bank: Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates

                              Governor: Governor of the Central Bank

                              Committee: National Committee for Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism and Illegal Organizations

                              Unit: Financial Intelligence Unit.

                              Supervisory Authority: Federal and local authorities entrusted by legislation to supervise the Financial Institutions, the designated non-financial businesses professions, Virtual Asset Service Providers and non-profit organizations or the competent authority in charge of approving the exercise of an activity or a profession if the legislation does not specify the relevant regulatory authority

                              Law-enforcement Authorities: Federal and local authorities entrusted under applicable legislation to conduct combat, search, investigate and collect evidences on crimes including AML/CFT crimes and financing illegal organizations.

                              Competent Authorities: Concerned government authorities that are in charge of implementing any provision of the Decree Law in the State.

                              Predicate Offence: Any act constituting a felony or misdemeanor under the applicable legislation of the State, whether committed inside or outside the State, when such act is punishable in both countries.

                              Money Laundering: Any of the acts mentioned in Clause (1) of Article (2) of the Decree-Law.

                              Financing of Terrorism: Any of the acts mentioned in Articles nos. (29 and 30) of Federal Law no. (7) of 2014 on Combating Terrorism Offences.

                              Illegal Organizations: Organizations whose establishment is criminalized, or which exercise a criminalized activity.

                              Financing Illegal Organizations: Any physical or legal action aiming at providing funding to an illegal organization, or any of its activities or its members.

                              Crime: Money laundering crime and related predicate offences, or financing of terrorism or illegal organizations.

                              Funds: Assets, regardless of the manner in which they are earned, their type or their form, whether tangible or intangible, movable or immovable, electronic, digital or encrypted, including national and foreign currencies, legal documents and instruments of whatever form, including electronic or digital forms that prove the ownership of these assets, shares or related rights and economic resources that are assets of any kind, including natural resources. As well as bank credits, cheques, payment orders, shares, securities, bonds, bills of exchange, letters of credit, and any interest, dividends or other incomes derived or resulting from these assets, and can be used to obtain any financing or goods or services.

                              Virtual Assets: A digital representation of the value that can be digitally traded or transferred, and can be used for payment or investment purposes, and do not include digital representations of fiat currencies, securities, or other funds.

                              Proceeds: Funds generated directly or indirectly from the commitment of any felony or misdemeanor including profits, benefits, and economic interests, or any similar funds converted wholly or partly into other funds.

                              Means: Any means used or intended to be used to commit a felony or misdemeanor.

                              Suspicious Transactions: Transactions related to funds for which there are reasonable grounds to believe that they are earned from any felony or misdemeanor or related to the financing of terrorism or of illegal organizations, whether committed or attempted.

                              Freezing or seizure: Temporary attachment over the moving, conversion, transfer, replacement or disposition of funds in any form, by an order issued by a competent authority.

                              Confiscation: Permanent expropriation of private funds or proceeds or instrumentalities by a judgment issued by a competent court.

                              Financial Institutions: Whoever conducts one or more of the financial activities or transactions in for or on behalf of a client.

                              Financial Intermediary: The financial institution that receives and transfers a wire transfer between the financial institution issuing the transfer and the beneficiary financial institution or another financial intermediary.

                              The beneficiary financial institution: the financial institution that receives a wire transfer from the financial institution issuing the transfer directly or through an financial intermediary institution, and provides the money available to the beneficiary.

                              Financial activities or operations: any activity or operation or more of what is stipulated in Article no. (2) of this Resolution.

                              Designated Nonfinancial Businesses and Professions: Whoever conducts one or more of the commercial or professional activities defined in Article no. (3) of this Resolution.

                              Non-Profit Organizations: Any organized group, of a continuing nature set for a temporary or permanent period, comprising natural or juridical persons or a legal arrangement not seeking profit, that collects, receives or disburses funds for charitable, religious, cultural, educational, social, communal or any other charitable activities.

                              Legal Arrangement: the relationship established by means of a contract concluded between two or more parties, including but not limited to trust funds or other similar arrangements.

                              Trust Fund: A legal relationship whereby the trustee places funds under which the trustor places the funds under the control of the trustee for the account of a beneficiary or for particular purpose , and deemed to be Funds independent of the trustee's property. The right of the trustor’s Funds remains in the name of the trustor or in the name of another person on behalf of the trustor.

                              Trustor: A natural or juridical person who transfers the management of his funds to a trustee under a document.

                              Trustee: A natural or juridical person enjoying the rights and powers granted to it by the Trustor, under which he manages, uses and disposes of the trustor’s funds in accordance with the terms imposed on him by either of them.

                              Client: Any person who carries out or attempts to carry out any of the activities specified in Articles nos. (2) and (3) of this Resolution with a Financial Institutions or designated non-financial businesses and professions or Virtual Asset Service Providers

                              Transaction: Any disposal or use of Funds or proceeds including for example: deposits, withdrawals, transfer, sale, purchase, lending, swap, mortgage, and donation.

                              Real Beneficiary : The natural person who owns or exercises effective ultimate control, whether directly or indirectly, over a client or the natural person on whose behalf a transaction is being conducted or a person who exercises effective ultimate control over a juridical person or legal arrangement, whether directly or through a chain of ownership, or control or other indirect means.

                              Virtual Asset Service Providers: Any natural or juridical person, who conducts any activity of commercial business, conducts one or more of the activities of virtual assets for the benefit or on behalf of another natural or legal person in any of the following activities:

                              1- Exchange between virtual assets and fiat currencies.

                              2- Exchange between one or more types of virtual assets.

                              3- Transfer of virtual assets.

                              4- Saving or managing virtual assets or tools that enable control of virtual assets.

                              5- Providing financial services or activities related to an issuer’s offer or, selling or participating in virtual assets.

                              Business relationship: Any ongoing business or financial relationship arising between Financial Institutions or Designated Non-Financial Business or Professions, and their client related to the activities or services they provide thereto.

                              Correspondent banking relationship: relationship between a correspondent financial institution and a recipient institution through a current account, or any other type of account or any other associated service therewith, including the correspondent relationship arising for securities transactions or money transfer.

                              Intermediary Payment Accounts: correspondent account used directly by a third party to perform transactions for its account.

                              Financial Group: A group of Financial Institutions consisting of a holding company or other juridical person that exercises control over the rest of the group and coordinates the functions in order to control at the level of the group and its branches and subsidiaries, in accordance with the international basic principles of financial control and the policies and procedures for AML/CFT.

                              Fundamental Principles of International Financial Control: Principles of the Basel Committee for Effective Banking Supervision Nos. (1, 2, 3, 5 to 9, 11 to 15, 26 and 29), the Principles of the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (IAIS). (1, 3 to 11, 18, 21 to 23, 25), and the Principles of the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) Nos. (24, 28, 29 and 31) and Responsibilities (A, B, C, and D).

                              Wire Transfer: A financial transaction carried out by a financial institution itself or through an intermediary institution, on behalf of a sender, through which funds are delivered to a beneficiary in another financial institution, whether the sender and the beneficiary are the same person or others.

                              Fictitious Bank: A bank registered or licensed in a state that has no physical presence therein, does not belong to a regulated and supervised financial group..

                              Registrar: entity in charge of supervising the register of commercial names for all types of establishments registered in the State.

                              Due Diligence Measures: The process of identifying or verifying the information of the Client or the real Beneficiary owner, whether a natural, juridical person or a legal arrangement, and the nature of its activity, and the purpose of the business relationship, and the ownership structure, control over it for the purpose of the Decree-Law and this Resolution.

                              Controlled Delivery: process by which a competent authority allows the entery or transferring of illegal or suspicious funds or crime revenues to and from the State for the purpose of investigating a crime or identifying the identity of its perpetrators.

                              Undercover Operation: process of search and investigation conducted by one of the judicial officer by impersonating or playing a disguised or false role in order to obtain evidence or information related to the Crime.

                              High Risk Client: A Client who represents a risk, either in person , or through his activity, business relationship, its nature or his geographical area, such as a Clientclient from high-risk countries, or non-resident in a country for which does not have an identity card, or of a complex structure, or who carries out complex or unclear operations with an economic or legal purpose, or carries out intensive cash transactions, operations with an unknown third party, or conduct operations without direct confrontation, or any other high-risk operations specified by Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, or the Regulatory authority.

                              Politically exposed persons: Natural persons who are or have been entrusted with prominent functions in the State or in any other State, such as heads of State or Government, senior politicians, high-ranking government officials, judicial or military officials, senior executives of State-owned enterprises, senior officials of political parties, and persons who are or have been entrusted with the management or any other prominent function of international organizations. The definition shall include the following:

                              1- The immediate family members of the politically exposed person, namely spouses, children, their spouses, and parents.

                              2- Partners known to be close to the Politically Exposed Person, namely:

                              a- Persons having joint ownership of a juridical person, or legal arrangement or any close business relationship with the politically exposed person.

                              b- Persons having the exclusive ownership of a single of a juridical person or legal arrangement established for the benefit of the politically exposed person.

                              Decree-Law: Federal Decree-Law No. (20) of 2018 on Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism and Illegal Organizations, and its amendments.

                              Article no. (2):

                              The following shall be considered as Financial Activities and Operations:

                              1- Receipt of deposits and other payable funds by the public, including Shariah-compliant deposits.

                              2- Provision of private banking services.

                              3- Provision of credit facilities of all types.

                              4- Provision of Financing facilities of all types, including Shariah-complaint Financing facilities.

                              5- Provision of monetary intermediary services.

                              6- Financial transactions in securities, financing and financial leasing.

                              7- Provision of exchange and money transfer services.

                              8- Issuance and management of means of payment, guarantees or obligations.

                              9- Provision of stored values services, retail e-payments and digital cash services.

                              10- Provision of virtual banking services.

                              11- Trading in, investment, operation or management of funds, options and future financial contracts, exchange rate and interest rate operations, and other financial derivatives or negotiable instruments.

                              12- Participation in issuing securities and providing of financial services related to these issues

                              13- Management of funds and portfolios of all kinds

                              14- Custody of Funds

                              15- Preparing or marketing financial activities.

                              16- Direct insurance operations, reinsurance operations for the type and branches of personal insurance, and money making operations in insurance companies, insurance brokers and agents.

                              17- Any other financial activity or transaction specified by the Supervisory Authority.

                              Article no. (4):

                              1- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall identify, evaluate and understand their crime risks, in a manner commensurate with the nature and size of their business and shall abide by the following:

                              a- Observing all relevant risk factors such as risks of Clients, countries or geographical areas, products, services, operations and their delivery channels before determining the overall risk level and the appropriate level of risk reduction measures to be applied Client

                              b- Documenting and continually updating risk assessments and providing them upon request.

                              2- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall undertake to reduce the risks identified under Clause no 1) of this Article, taking into account the results of the national risk assessment, through the following:

                              a- Developing internal policies, controls and procedures commensurate with the nature and size of its business approved by the senior management, which enable it to manage the identified risks and follow up their implementation and strengthen them if necessary, in accordance with Article no. (20) of this Resolution.

                              b- Taking enhanced due diligence measures to manage high risks when identified, including the following for example:

                              1) Obtaining and verifying further information as information on the identity of the Client, the beneficial owner, his/ her profession, and the amount of funds and information available through public databases and open sources.

                              2) Obtaining additional information about the purpose of the business relationship or the reasons for the operations expected or actually performed.

                              3) Updating Client Due Diligence (CDD) information in a more regular manner about the Client and the beneficial owner.

                              4) Applying reasonable measures to determine the source of funds and wealth of the Client and the beneficial owner.

                              5) Increasing the degree and level of continuous monitoring of the business relationship in order to determine whether they look unusual or suspicious, and to select patterns of operations that need further examination and review.

                              6) Make the first payment through an account in the Client's name at a financial institution subject to similar due diligence standards.

                              7) Obtain senior management approval to start or continue the business relationship with the Clientclient.

                              3- If the requirements indicated in clauses nos. (1) and (2) of this Article are met, the Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions may apply simplified due diligence measures to manage and reduce risks when low risks are identified, unless there is a suspicion of a crime has been committed. Simplified due diligence measures must be commensurate with low risk elements, including the following for example:

                              a- Verifying the Clientclient’s identity and the real beneficiary owner after starting the business relationship.

                              b- Updating Clientclients’ data at intervals.

                              c- Reducing the rate of continuous monitoring rate and examination operations.

                              d. Inferring the purpose and nature of the business relationship from the type of the established transactions or business relationship, without the need to collect information or undertake specific procedures.

                              Article no. (8):

                              1- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall recognize the identity of Client the client, whether permanent or occasional, and whether he/ she is a natural or juridical person or a legal arrangement they must also verify his/ her identity, using original documents, data or information from a reliable and independent source, as follows:

                              a- As for natural persons:

                              Name as shown in the identity or travel document, the nationality, the address, the place of birth and, where applicable, the name and address of the employer, with an attached original copy of the valid identity card or travel document.

                              b- As for juridical persons and legal arrangements:

                              1) the Name, the legal form, and Articles of Incorporation.

                              2) The address of the head office or the principal place of business, and if the person is a foreigner, the name and address of his/ her legal representative in the state, if any, shall be stated and the relevant supporting documents shall be submitted.

                              3) Articles of Association or any other similar approved documents.

                              4) The names of the relevant persons who hold senior management positions with the juridical person or legal arrangement.

                              2- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall verify that any person who is acting on behalf of the ClientClient is authorized to do so, and shall identify such person in the manner provided for in clause no. (1) of this article.

                              3- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall understand the purpose and nature of the business relationship and obtain information related to this purpose when needed.

                              4- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall understand the nature of the Clientclient's business and the ownership and control structure of the Client.

                              Article no. (9):

                              Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall take reasonable measures that take the risks of crime arising from the client Client and business relationship into account, to identify and verify the beneficial owner of juridical persons and legal arrangements, using documents, data or information obtained from a reliable and independent source, as follows:

                              1- ClientClients from among juridical persons :

                              a- Obtaining the identity of the natural person, whether he/ she works alone or with another person who has an actual controlling share or equity in the juridical person by (25%) or more.

                              b- In case of doubt as to the identity of the natural person in accordance with the preceding clause, or as to whether the natural person who has a controlling share or equity is the beneficial owner, or where no natural person exercises control through the equity, the natural person who exercises actual or legal control over the juridical person or legal arrangement shall be identified through any other direct or indirect means.

                              c- If no natural person is identified under paragraphs nos. (a) and (b) of this clause, the natural person in question holding the position of Senior Management Officer, whether one or more persons, shall be identified.

                              2- ClientClients from among Legal arrangements:

                              Determing the Trustor or trustee, the beneficiaries or classes of beneficiaries, and any other natural person who exercises ultimate effective control, including through a series of controls or ownership over the trust directly or indirectly, and obtain sufficient information about the real beneficial owner so that he/ she can be identified at the time of payment or when he/ she intends to exercise his / her legally acquired rights.

                              With respect to other legal arrangements, they shall recognize the identity of the natural persons holding equivalent or similar positions.

                              Article no. (10):

                              Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and virtual assets services providers shall be exempt from determining and verifying the identity of the shareholder or partner or the Real Beneficiary, provided that such information is obtained from reliable sources in cases where the Client or owner of the controlling interest is of any of the following:

                              • 1- A company that is listed on a regulated securities market and that is subject to disclosure requirements under any means that impose the requirements of adequate transparency for the Real Beneficiary.
                                 
                              • 2- A subsidiary company whose majority of shares or stocks are owned by a holding company.

                              Client

                              Article no. (11):

                              1- In addition to the Due Diligence measures required for the ClientClient and the beneficial owner, Financial Institutions must take Due Diligence measures and continuous supervision towards the beneficiary of personal insurance policies and money making operations, including life insurance products, family takaful insurance and other investment insurance products, as soon as the beneficiary is identified or named as follows:

                              a- As for the named beneficiary, the name of the person must be obtained, whether he/she is a natural or legal person or a legal arrangement.

                              b- As for the beneficiary identified by category or description such as family relationship such as spouse, children or any other means such as will or estate, sufficient information about the beneficiary must be obtained to ensure that the financial institution will be able to identify the beneficiary when disbursing compensation or benefits.

                              c- Verifying the identity of the beneficiary in the two previous cases when paying compensation or dues or exercising any rights related to those documents.

                              2- In all cases, Financial Institutions must consider the clientClient and beneficiary of life insurance policies and family takaful insurance as risk factors when determining the applicability of enhanced due diligence procedures. Moreover, if they find that the beneficiary is a high risk legal person or arrangement, they must take enhanced due diligence measures, which must include reasonable procedures to identify and verify the beneficial owner of the policy beneficiary when paying compensation or dues or exercising any rights related to those policies.

                              Article no. (15):

                              1- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions must, in addition to implementing ClientClient Due Diligence (CDD) in accordance with the third part of the first section of this chapter, adopt the following:

                              First: As for Foreign Politically exposed person (PEPs),

                              a- Developing the appropriate risk management systems to determine whether the Client or the beneficial owner is a Foreign Politically exposed person.

                              b- Obtaining senior management approval before establishing or continuing the business relationship for current Clients who are Foreign Politically exposed persons.

                              c- Taking reasonable measures to determine the sources of funds and wealth of Clients, and the beneficial owners who have been identified as politically exposed persons.

                              d. Carrying out continuous and enhanced follow-up of the business relationship.

                              Second: As for local politically exposed persons and persons who have already been assigned a prominent position in an international organization:

                              a- Taking sufficient measures to determine whether the Client or the beneficial owner is one of these persons.

                              b- Taking the measures mentioned in paragraphs nos. (b), (c) and (d) of article “First”, when there is a high-risk business relationship with such persons.

                              2- Subject to clause no. (1) of this article, the Financial Institutions concerned with life and family takaful insurance policies must take reasonable measures to determine whether the beneficiary or beneficial owner is a politically exposed person before paying compensation or dues or exercising any rights related to those policies. When there are higher risks, they must inform senior management before paying compensation or dues or exercising any rights related to them, conduct a thorough examination of the overall business relationship, and consider reporting a suspicious transaction report to the Unit.

                              Article no. (17):

                              1- In the case of suspecting, or if they have reasonable grounds to suspect, that an Operation or an attempt to carry out an Operation or that Funds representing Proceeds, in whole all or in part, are related to the Crime or that they will be used for such purpose regardless of their value, Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall comply with the following without invoking bank secrecy or professional or contractual confidentiality:

                              a- Report directly Suspicious Transaction Reports (STRs) to the Unit without delay through its electronic system or any other means approved by the Unit.

                              b- Respond to all additional information requested by the Unit.

                              2- Lawyers, notaries and other independent legal professionals and independent legal auditors shall be exempt from the provision of Clause no. (1) of this Article if obtaining information relating to such operations on their assessment of the legal status of the client, defending or representing him/ her, before the courts, arbitration or mediation proceedings, or the provision of legal opinion in a matter relating to a judicial proceeding. This includes providing advice on the commencement or avoidance of such proceedings whether the information was previously obtained, during or after the proceedings or in other circumstances in which they are subject to professional secrecy.

                              3- Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, Virtual Asset Service Providers, members of their boards of directors, employees and legally authorized representatives shall not incur any administrative, civil or criminal responsibility resulting from the disclosure of any secret, when informing the unit or providing it with information in good faith, even if they do not know exactly what the crime is or whether it actually occurs.

                              Article no. (18):

                              1- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, their directors, officials and employees shall not disclose, directly or indirectly, to the Client or any other person, their reporting, or that they are about to report suspicious operations or information and data related to them. They shall not also disclose the existence of an investigation. This does not prevent sharing of information with branches and subsidiaries at the level of the financial group in accordance with the provisions of Article no. (31) of this decision.

                              2- An attempt by lawyers, notaries pubic, other independent legal professionals, or independent legal auditors to dissuade the Client from performing an act that is contrary to the law shall not be considered as disclosure.

                              Article no. (19):

                              1- Taking into account the countries that the Committee identifies as high risk and the countries that suffer from weaknesses in AML/CFT systems, the Financial Institutions and the Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions may rely on a third party to carry out Client Due Diligence (CDD) in accordance with the third part of the first section of this chapter. The financial institution and the Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall be responsible for the validity of these measures, and shall do the following:

                              a- Immediately obtain the identification data and necessary information collected during the Client Due Diligence (CDD) measures from the third party, and ensure that copies of the necessary documents for these measures can be obtained without delay upon request.

                              b- Ensure that the third party is subject to regulation and control, and complies with the requirements of Client Due Diligence and keeps the registers provided for in this Decision.

                              2- The financial institution and the Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions that that engage a third party who is part of the same Financial Group shall ensure the following: a-Ensure that the Group applies the Client Due Diligence Measures towards Clients and Politically Exposed Persons, that records are kept and that anti-Crime programmes are implemented in accordance with Parts 3, 4 and 11 of Section 1 of this Chapter and Article (31) of this Decision; .

                              b- Sufficiently reduce any high risks related to countries through the Group-related anti-Crime policies and controls.

                              Article no. (21):

                              Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall undertake to appoint a compliance officer, who shall have the appropriate competence and experience under its responsibility, to carry out the following tasks:

                              1- Controlling of the Crime-Related Transactions

                              Accessing records and receiving, examining and studying data on Suspicious Transactions and taking the decision to notify the Unit or to retain such records and data while stating the reasons, under complete confidentiality.

                              3- Reviewing the internal systems and procedures for anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism and financing of illegal organizations, and their consistency with the provisions of the decree-law and this resolution. This is in addition to assessing the extent of the institution's commitment to its application and proposing what is necessary to update and develop it, and prepare periodic reports thereon to be submitted to the senior management. This is in addition to sending a copy to the concerned regulatory authority at its request, including the observations and decisions of the senior management.

                              4- Developing, implementing and documenting ongoing programs and training and qualification plans for employees working for the organization on all matters related to anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism and financing of illegal organizations and ways to confront them.

                              5- Cooperating with the Regulatory Authority and the Unit, providing them with the data they request, and enabling their assigned employees to view the records and documents necessary to exercise their competencies.

                              Article no. (22):

                              1- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall apply enhanced due diligence measures in proportion to the degree of risk that may arise from business relationships or transactions with a natural or legal person from the countries that the Committee identifies as high risk or countries that suffer from weaknesses in AML/CFT systems.

                              2- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall apply countermeasures and any other measures requested by the regulatory Authorities on their own or on the basis of what the Committee determines with regard to high-risk countries and countries that suffer from weaknesses in AML/CFT systems.

                              Article no. (24):

                              1- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall keep all records, documents, papers and data, for all financial operations and local or international commercial and cash transactions, for a period of no less than (5) years from the completion date of the transaction or the end of the business relationship with the Client.

                              2- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions must keep all records and documents obtained through Client due diligence measures, continuous supervision, accounts files, commercial correspondence, and copies of personal identity documents, including suspicious transaction reports and the results of any conducted analysis. This shall be for a period of no less than (5) years from the end date of the business relationship or from the closure date of the account for Clients who maintain accounts with these institutions. In addition, after the completion of an occasional process, from the date after the completion of the inspection by the supervisory authorities, from the completion date of the investigation, or from the date of a final judgment issued by the competent judicial authorities, all as the case may be.

                              3- The operations and the documents records and the kept documents shall be so organized as to be sufficient to permit the reconstitution or re-arrangement of individual operations, the analysis of data and the tracking of financial operations, in such a manner as to provide, where appropriate, evidence of claim against criminal activity.

                              4- Financial Institutions and Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions shall ensure all Client information related to Client due diligence, ongoing control and the results of their analysis, records, files, documents, correspondence and forms thereof immediately available to the concerned authorities upon their request.

                              Article no. (27):

                              1- Financial Institutions shall ensure that all international wire transfers equal to or more than (AED 3.500) are always accompanied by the following data:

                              a- The full name of the sender and the beneficiary.

                              b- The account number of the sender and the beneficiary, and in the absence of such account, the transfer must include a unique reference number that allows Financial Institutions to track it.

                              c- The sender's address, identification number, travel document, date and place of birth, or Client identification number with the transferring financial institution, which shall refer to a record containing these data.

                              2- In case of several international wire transfers are collected from one being combined in a transfer file to be sent to the beneficiaries, the transfer file shall include accurate data about the sender, and full information about the beneficiaries, which can be fully tracked in the beneficiary's country. Hence, the financial institution is required to include the sender's account number, or a unique reference number for the process.

                              3- Financial Institutions shall ensure that all international wire transfers that are less than the amount of AED (3.500) are accompanied by the data contained in Clause no. (1) of this Article, without the need to verify the validity of the referred data, unless there are doubts about the commission of the crime

                              4- Financial Institutions transferring local wire transfers shall ensure that the information attached to the wire transfers includes the same data on the transferor referred to in Clause no. (1) of this Article, unless such data is available to the beneficiary Financial Institutions and the concerned parties by other means.

                              5- When the data attached to the local wire transfer is available to the beneficiary Financial Institutions and the concerned authorities through other means, the transferring financial institution is required to include the account number or the unique reference number of the transaction only, provided that this number allows the tracking of transactions to the transferor or the beneficiary. Moreover, the transferring financial institution must provide such data within three (3) working days of receiving the request from the beneficiary financial institution or the concerned authorities.

                              6- Financial Institutions are prohibited from executing wire transfers if they do not comply with the conditions set out in this article.

                              7- The transferring Financial Institutions must keep all the collected information about the transferor and the beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of Article No. (24) of this Resolution.

                              Article no. (31):

                              The financial groups shall implement anti-crime programs at the group level, that shall be applicable to all branches and subsidiaries in which the group has a majority. In addition, these programs include the following, in addition to the measures stipulated in Article no. (20) of this Resolution:

                              1- Information exchange policies and procedures required for Client due diligence and crime risk management purposes.

                              2- Provision of information related to Clients, accounts and operations from branches and subsidiaries to the AML/CFT officials at the level of the financial group, when necessary. This shall be for the purposes of countering crime, including information on analyzing operations or activities that seem unusual or suspicious, in addition to suspicious transaction reports, their basic information, or an evidence on filing a report of a suspicious transaction. In all cases, branches and subsidiaries are provided with this information when appropriate and necessary to risk management.

                              3- Provision of adequate guarantees on confidentiality and use of exchanged information.

                              Article no. (37):

                              1- Trustees in legal arrangements shall keep information about the real beneficial owner as stated in clause no. (2) of Article no. (9) of this Resolution.

                              2- Trustees in legal arrangements must keep basic information about supervised intermediaries and service providers, including investment advisors, managers, accountants, and tax advisors.

                              3- Trustees in legal arrangements must disclose their status to Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, and Virtual Asset Service Providers, when they establish a business relationship or carry out an occasional transaction that exceeds the specified limit under the provisions of this resolution. They must also provide them with information related to the beneficial owner and the assets that will be kept or managed under the terms of the business relationship, if requested.

                              4- The information mentioned in clauses nos. (1) and (2) of this Article shall be accurately kept and updated within fifteen (15) working days upon any amendment or variation therein. The representatives of the legal arrangements shall retain such information for a period of five (5) years from the date of termination of their dealings with the legal arrangement.

                              5- The concerned authorities, in particular law enforcement authorities, may request and obtain without delay the information kept by trustees, Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Business or Professions or virtual assets services providers related to the following:

                              a- The real beneficial owner of legal arrangements.

                              b- place of residence of the Trustee.

                              c- The Funds held or managed by the Financial Institution or the Designated Non-Financial Business in respect of any Trustee with whom they have a Business Relationship or for whose account they perform a casual transaction.

                              Article no. (42):

                              In the course of performing its duties as regards suspicious transaction reports, the Unit shall have competence to carry out the following::

                              1- Receive, study and analyse reports from Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Virtual Asset Service Providers according to the models approved thereby, and save the same in its database.

                              2- Request Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses, Virtual Asset Service Providers and the Competent Authorities to provide it with any additional information or documents relating to the reports and information it has received and other information it deems necessary for the performance of its functions, including information on customs reforms, on the date and the form specified by the Unit..

                              3- Analyse reports and information available thereto as follows:

                              a- Conduct an operational analysis using available information and data that can be obtained to identify specific targets such as persons, money or criminal networks, track the course of specific activities or Operations, and identify linkages between these objectives, activities or Operations and the potential Proceeds of the Crime.

                              b- Conduct a strategic analysis using available information and information that can be obtained, including data provided by the Competent Authorities, to identify the trends and patterns of the Crime.

                              4- Providing Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and Virtual Asset Service Providers with the results of the analysis of the information provided on the reports received by the Unit, in order to enhance the effectiveness of the implementation of procedures to confront crime and detect suspicious transactions.

                              5- Cooperating and coordinating with the Supervisory Authorities by referring the results of the analyzes they conduct related to the quality of the received reports, in order to ensure the compliance of Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, and Virtual Asset Service Providers with the procedures for confronting crime.

                              • 6-

                                6- Refer the data related to the reports and the results of the analysis it conducts and other relevant information to Law Enforcement Authorities, when there are sufficient grounds to suspect their connection with the Crime, so as to take the necessary action in their respect.

                                7- Provide judicial and Law Enforcement Authorities with Crime-related information and other information that they can be obtain from Financial Intelligence Units in other countries automatically or upon request.

                              Article no. (44):

                              The Regulatory Authorities of Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and Virtual Asset Service Providers, each according to its competence, shall undertake the tasks of supervision, control and follow-up to ensure compliance with the provisions stipulated in the Decree-Law, this Resolution, the supervisory decisions and any other relevant decisions. They shall also be concerned with the following:

                              1- The identification, evaluation and updating of the potential risk of the crime in legal persons, including Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, virtual assets activities and Virtual Asset Service Providers activities.

                              2- The application of a risk-based approach to ensure that the money laundering and terrorist financing prevention or mitigation measures are commensurate with the identified risks.

                              3- The development of instructions, systems and models to counter crime for those under its control when necessary.

                              4- The development of the policies, procedures and controls necessary to verify the compliance of those under its control with the provisions of the Decree-Law, this resolution and any other legislation related to confronting crime in the state, and requesting information related to the implementation of this commitment.

                              5- The development of merit and eligibility regulations, rules and standards and applying them to anyone who seeks to own, control, participate in the management or operation of Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Business or Professions or virtual assets services providers, directly or indirectly, or who is the beneficial owner thereof.

                              6- Office and field supervision and inspection of Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, and Virtual Asset Service Providers on the basis of a risk-based approach.

                              7- Determining the periodicity of the supervision and inspection of Financial Institutions, financial groups, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and Virtual Asset Service Providers based on the following:

                              a- National Risk Assessment

                              b- The distinctive features of Financial Institutions, financial groups, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and Virtual Asset Service Providers, in terms of their diversity, size and degree of freedom of disposal granted to them according to the risk-based approach.

                              c- Crime risks and understanding them and the policies, internal controls and procedures applied by Financial Institutions, financial groups, Designated Non-Financial businesses or Professions or Virtual Asset Service Providers, as defined in the Supervisory Authority's assessment of their respective risk structure. 8- Taking all necessary measures to ensure full compliance with the Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and Virtual Asset Service Providers by implementing the Security Council resolutions relating to the prevention and suppression of terrorism and its financing and the prevention, suppression and cessation of the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) and their financing. This is in addition to other relevant resolutions, through field visits and continuous follow-up, and imposing appropriate administrative penalties when violating or failing to apply the instructions.

                              9- Verifying that the establishments under its control adopt and apply the controls, procedures and measures prescribed in accordance with the provisions of the Decree-Law and this resolution, and implementing them in its foreign branches and subsidiaries in which it owns the majority share to the extent permitted by the regulations of the state in which these branches and companies are located.

                              10- Verify the extent to which the Financial Institutions subject to the international basic principles of financial control are subject to regulation and control in accordance with those principles. Such principles shall include the application of consolidated control at the level of the financial group for AML/CFT purposes. This is in addition to ascertain the extent to which they are subject to regulation, control or follow-up, with regard to other Financial Institutions, in accordance with the degree of ML/FT risks.

                              11- Reviewing the assessment of the Establishment and the financial group of the crime risk structure, including the risk of non-compliance, periodically or when there are significant developments in the management of the Establishment or the financial group and its operations.

                              12- Establishing adequate controls and procedures to ensure that Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, and Virtual Asset Service Providers are informed of the Committee's decisions related to the following:

                              a- Enhanced due diligence and countermeasures identified by the Committee.

                              b- Any concerns related to weaknesses in AML/CFT systems in other countries.

                              c- Any other resolutions issued by the Committee.

                              13- Providing those under its control with guidance and feedback to enhance the effectiveness of its implementation of anti-crime measures.

                              14- Maintaining an updated list of the names and data of compliance officials of the establishments under its control and informing the unit of it. In addition, it has the right to oblige those establishments to obtain its prior approval before appointing compliance officials.

                              15- Organizing awareness programs and campaigns on anti-crime.

                              16- Issuing decisions to impose administrative sanctions in accordance with the provisions of the Decree-Law, this Resolution, the supervisory decisions and any other relevant decisions and the mechanism of filing complaints against them.

                              17- Keeping statistics on the measures taken and the sanctions imposed.

                              Article no. (51):

                              The Competent Authorities shall give priority to all requests for international cooperation in criminal matters, particularly those related to the Crime and implement them expeditiously through clear and secure mechanisms and channels. The confidentiality of the information received, subject-matter of such request, shall be observed if so stipulated in the request. Should it be impossible to observe confidentiality, the requesting authority shall be notified thereof.

                              Article no. (52):

                              Within the scope of the implementation of the provisions of the Decree-Law and this Resolution, a request for international cooperation should not be refused on the basis of any of the following:

                              1- The crime includes financial, tax or customs matters.

                              2- Binding confidentiality provisions for Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and Virtual Asset Service Providers in a manner that does not violate the legislation in force in the country, unless the relevant information has been obtained in the circumstances in which legal professional privileges or professional confidentiality apply.

                              3- The crime is political or related thereto.

                              4- The request relates to a crime under inquiry or judicial investigation in the state, unless the request will hinder such inquiry or investigations.

                              5- The act on which the request is based does not constitute an offence in the State or has no common features to an offence provided for therein, unless it includes compulsory measures, or pursuant to the legislation in force in the State.

                              6- The criminal act in the State is listed under a different name or description or its elements differ in the requesting State.

                              Article no. (57):

                              The competent judicial authority may, at the request of a judicial authority in another State with which the State has a convention in force, or on the condition of reciprocity in acts punishable in accordance with the legislation in force in the State, provide judicial assistance in investigations, trials or procedures related to the offence. Moreover, it may order the following:

                              1- The identification, freezing, seizure or confiscation of funds, proceeds or means resulting from the offence used or attempted to be used in it or its equivalent. As well, if the accused is unknown, refuses his/ her criminal responsibility or in case of the expiry of the penal case, this does not prevent taking these procedures.

                              2- Any other measures that can be applied in accordance with the legislation in force in the country, including providing records kept by Financial Institutions, designated non-financial businesses or professions, Virtual Asset Service Providers or non-profit organizations. Such measures also include inspecting persons and buildings, collecting witness statements, obtaining evidence, and using investigation techniques such as undercover operations, interception of communications, electronic data and information collection, and controlled delivery.

                              3- Extradition and recovery of persons and objects related to the crime in accordance with the legislation in force in the State.

                              Clause II

                              1- The title of the second chapter of the aforementioned Cabinet Resolution No. (10) of 2019 is hereby replaced to be as follows: (Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions, Virtual Asset Service Providers and non-profit organizations).

                              2- The title of the first part of the fifth Chapter of the aforementioned Cabinet Resolution No. (10) of 2019 shall be replaced to be as follows: (The Supervisory Authority for Financial Institutions, Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions and Virtual Asset Service Providers).

                              Clause III

                              A fourth part entitled (Virtual Asset Service Providers), is added to the second chapter of the aforementioned Cabinet Resolution No. (10) of 2019, which includes the following articles:

                              Article no. (33) bis (1):

                              1- Every natural or legal person who carries out any of the activities of Virtual Asset Service Providers, provides their products or services or carries out their operations from the state must be licensed, enrolled or registered, as the case may be, by the competent Supervisory Authority.

                              2- The Supervisory Authority on Virtual Asset Service Providers, each according to its competence, may issue the necessary decisions, circulars and procedures for the purposes of adequate organization thereof, taking into account the identified risks in a manner that achieves compliance with the provisions of the Decree-Law and this Resolution.

                              3- In all cases, the Supervisory Authority on Virtual Asset Service Providers shall, on its own or in coordination with the concerned authorities, take the necessary measures to determine who carries out any of the activities of the Virtual Asset Service Providers in violation of Clause No. (1) of this Article. It shall also apply the appropriate sanctions against them. These procedures may include the following:

                              a- Reviewing public and open-source databases to identify relevant ads over the information network or potential business requests by a person who is not licensed, enrolled, nor registered.

                              b- Establishing feedback channels with Concerned authorities, or communication channels to receive public comments from the public in this regard.

                              c- Coordinating with the Unit to obtain information available to it such as suspicious transaction reports or the results of other information collection it carried out.

                              d. Reviewing non-public information, such as information related to the denial, suspension, restriction or revocation of a license, enrollment or registration of virtual asset service provider activities, and any relevant information with law enforcement authorities.

                              4- Subject to the provisions of Chapter (7) of this Resolution, the concerned authorities may, pursuant to the legislation in force in the State and the international agreements to which the State is a party or based on the condition of reciprocity, execute international cooperation requests related to predicate offenses, money laundering crimes, financing of terrorism, or financing of Illegal Organizations related to virtual assets and Virtual Asset Service Providers as expeditiously and effectively as possible. This shall be applied regardless of the nature and difference in the names of the supervisory Authorities or the status of the Virtual Asset Service Providers in other countries.

                              Article no. (33) bis (2):

                              Virtual Asset Service Providers must identify, assess, manage and reduce their risks related to money laundering and terrorist financing, as stated in clauses nos. (1) and (2) of Article no. (4) of this Resolution.

                              Article no. (33) bis (3):

                              Virtual Asset Service Providers must comply with the provisions of Articles nos.(5-9), (12-15/1), (16, 17/1, 18/1, 19-32, 35, 38, 39), and (60) of this Resolution, and consider the following:

                              1- Taking Client Due Diligence (CDD) measures when conducting casual operations equal to or more than (AED 3.500).

                              2- Obtaining and keeping the required transfer information precisely by the Virtual asset service provider, the transfer originator.

                              This is in addition to requesting the information of the beneficiary of the transfer. It must provide such information to the virtual asset service provider, the beneficiary or the financial institution - if any, immediately and safely. It must also make it available to the competent authorities upon request.

                              3- Obtaining and keeping the required transferor information and the beneficiary precisely by the virtual asset service provider obtains. It must also make it available to the competent authorities upon request.

                              4- All requirements contained in this part of this resolution shall apply to Financial Institutions when they send or receive virtual asset transfers on behalf of the Client.

                              Clause IV

                              Every provision violating or contradicting with the provisions hereof shall be cancelled.

                              Clause V

                              This Resolution shall be published in the Official Gazette, and comes into force on the day following the date of its publication.

                              //Stamp (UAE- Cabinet)//

                              The original copy is signed by His Highness Sheikh

                              • INTRODUCTION

                                The Central Bank is seeking to enhance the organization, development and regulation of the banking sector in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) in the context of the overall organization of the financial sector.

                                This Regulation introduces a licensing and supervision framework for ‘Specialized Banks with Low Risk’ (herein after referred to as Specialized Banks).

                                This Regulation is issued pursuant to the powers vested in the Central Bank under the Central Bank Law (Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities and its amendments).

                              • OBJECTIVE

                                The objective of this Regulation is to provide a regulatory framework in which Specialized Banks can operate and develop within the overall UAE financial sector in a robust and prudent manner. The framework in this Regulation is aimed at:

                                1. Protecting the depositors of Specialized Banks;
                                2. Protecting Specialized Bank consumers; and
                                3. Maintaining the overall stability of the financial sector.
                              • SCOPE OF APPLICATION

                                This Regulation applies to all Specialized Banks. All branches of a Specialized Bank operating in the UAE shall be regarded together as one Specialized Bank and as one legal entity.

                                Where this Regulation includes a requirement to provide information or to take certain measures, or to address certain items listed at a minimum, the Central Bank may impose requirements that are additional to the listing provided in the relevant article.

                                • ARTICLE (1): DEFINITIONS

                                  The following terms and phrases shall have the meaning assigned to them below for the purposes of the Regulation:

                                  1. 1.1 Bank: Any juridical person licensed in accordance with the provisions of the Central Bank Law, to primarily carry on the activity of taking deposits, and any other Licensed Financial Activities.
                                     
                                  2. 1.2 Board: the Specialized Bank’s board of directors.
                                     
                                  3. 1.3 Central Bank: The Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates.
                                     
                                  4. 1.4 Central Bank Law: Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities as amended or replaced from time to time.
                                     
                                  5. 1.5 Person: natural or juridical person.
                                     
                                  6. 1.6 Senior Management: The executive management of the Bank responsible and accountable to the Board for the sound and prudent day-to-day management of the Bank, generally including, but not limited to, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief risk officer, and heads of the compliance and internal audit functions.
                                     
                                  7. 1.7 Specialized Bank: any Person licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation.
                                     
                                  8. 1.8 UAE Residents: all Persons who are resident of the UAE according to the applicable UAE Laws.
                                • ARTICLE 2: LICENSING

                                  1. 2.1 Any Person intending to operate a Specialized Bank must first obtain a license from the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  2. 2.2 Licenses and license applications will be subject to the Central Bank Law’s related provisions and follow the process as determined by the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  3. 2.3 The license shall contain the terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  4. 2.4 The license shall be granted for an initial period of three years and shall be renewable for same periods unless otherwise required by the Central Bank. A Specialized Bank must apply to the Central Bank for License renewal no later than two months before the expiry date of the existing License.
                                     
                                  5. 2.5 The licensee must commence licensed activities, specified in its license according to Article 3 of this Regulation, within a maximum of 6 months from the date of notification of approval of the license.
                                     
                                  6. 2.6 A Specialized Bank wishing to cease or suspend any of its licensed activities must apply to the Central Bank at least six months in advance providing the reasons for such a cessation or suspension.
                                     
                                  7. 2.7 Any changes to the Specialized Bank’s name, legal form, memorandum and articles of association, or to the activities conducted in addition to those specified in article 3, require prior approval by the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  8. 2.8 The commercial name of a Specialized Bank may include the term “specialized bank”, but not the term “bank” alone.
                                     
                                  9. 2.9The applicants may apply for either a conventional Specialized Bank license or an Islamic Specialized Bank license. Islamic windows in conventional Specialized Banks are prohibited.
                                • ARTICLE 3: PERMITTED ACTIVITIES

                                  1. 3.1 Specialized Banks may only provide the services listed in Article 3.3 to UAE Residents.
                                  2. 3.2 Specialized Banks may only conduct the activities mentioned in Article 3.3 in UAE Dirham.
                                     
                                  3. 3.3 Specialized Banks are only permitted to perform the following Licensed Financial Activities:
                                     
                                    1. 3.3.1 Retail finance, including personal loans and vehicle loans;
                                       
                                    2. 3.3.2 Mortgage finance, including residential and commercial mortgages;
                                       
                                    3. 3.3.3 Wholesale finance, including loans to large corporates, small and medium-sized enterprises, micro-financing, finance and operating leasing and wage protection schemes;
                                       
                                    4. 3.3.4 Issue debit, credit and pre-paid cards, provided they are operated under schemes licensed in the UAE;
                                       
                                    5. 3.3.5 Providing stored value services, electronic retail payment and digital money services; and
                                       
                                    6. 3.3.6 Distribution of third party products as an agent; provided that the Specialized Bank received approval from the relevant competent authority for the distribution of the third party products concerned.
                                       
                                  4. 3.4 Wholesale lending must not exceed 50% of the Specialized Bank’s total lending.
                                     
                                  5. 3.5 Immovable property taken as collateral when lending must be located in the UAE.
                                     
                                  6. 3.6 Specialized Banks may only accept deposits subject to the following conditions:
                                     
                                    1. 3.6.1 The aggregate amount of a natural person’s accounts with the Specialized Bank is limited to the amount covered under the deposit guarantee scheme established under Article 122 of the Central Bank Law, or, in absence of such a scheme, 500,000 UAE Dirham;
                                       
                                    2. 3.6.2 The aggregate amount of a juridical person’s account with the Specialized Bank does not exceed 10% of the total amount of all accepted deposits and certificates of deposits of the Specialized Bank;
                                       
                                    3. 3.6.3 The deposit accounts are in UAE Dirham only; and
                                       
                                    4. 3.6.4 The deposit accounts can only be opened for UAE Residents.
                                       
                                  7. 3.7 Wholesale funding must not exceed 40% of the Specialized Bank’s total funding.
                                     
                                  8. 3.8 Specialized Banks are allowed to issue debt securities in UAE Dirham only and must obtain prior approval from the Central Bank. Foreign funding must not exceed 25% of the sum of Aggregate Funding of a Specialized Bank.
                                     
                                  9. 3.9 Specialized Banks are allowed to borrow from UAE Banks.
                                     
                                  10. 3.10 The aggregate of all participations in the share capital of other companies must not exceed 25% of the Aggregate Capital Funds of the Specialized Bank.
                                     
                                  11. 3.11 Any single participation in the share capital of other companies must not exceed 10% of the Aggregate Capital Funds of the Specialized Bank.
                                     
                                  12. 3.12 Any single participation in the share capital of any finance sector company must not exceed 25% of the share capital of the investee. This restriction does not apply to companies supporting operational activities of the investing Specialized Bank.
                                     
                                  13. 3.13 A Specialized Bank may place deposits in and obtain certificates of deposit from UAE Banks only, provided that:
                                     
                                    1. 3.13.1 The total of deposits and certificates of deposit placed at any one Bank does not exceed 30% of the Specialized Bank’s total deposits placed; and
                                       
                                    2. 3.13.2 Any such deposit or certificate of deposit placed in any UAE Bank does not exceed 10% of the Aggregate Capital Funds of the Specialized Banks.
                                       
                                  14. 3.14 A Specialized Bank must not purchase or acquire any immovable property, except for immovable property that is used as premises for its operations.
                                     
                                  15. 3.15 Article 3.14 of this Regulation shall not prevent a Specialized Bank from securing a debt on any immovable property and in the event of default in payment of the debt, from entering into a settlement agreement with the relevant borrower and as a result holding that immovable property for realization by sale or auction within three years from the date such ownership was established. The said period could be extended by the Central Bank based on justification acceptable to the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  16. 3.16 Islamic Specialized Banks may, as an exemption to article 3.14, own property including immovable property and goods only as part of an underlying financing contract with a borrower.
                                     
                                  17. 3.17Specialized Banks must operate a low credit risk model.
                                     
                                  18. 3.18 The total consolidated assets of a Specialized Bank cannot exceed twenty-five (25) billion Dirham.
                                     
                                  19. 3.19 The total off-balance sheet exposures of a Specialized Bank cannot exceed more than 15 percent of total consolidated assets.
                                     
                                  20. 3.20 Specialized Banks are subject to Central Bank Reserve Requirements.
                                • ARTICLE 4: MINIMUM CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

                                  1. 4.1 Aggregate Capital Funds consist of the following items:
                                     
                                    1. 4.1.1 Paid-up capital;
                                       
                                    2. 4.1.2 Reserves, excluding revaluation reserve; and
                                       
                                    3. 4.1.3 Retained earnings.
                                       
                                  2. 4.2 The following items must be deducted from Aggregate Capital Funds:
                                     
                                    1. 4.2.1 Accumulated losses; and
                                       
                                    2. 4.2.2 Goodwill.
                                       
                                  3. 4.3 The minimum required paid-up capital for a Specialized Bank is set out in the Minimum Capital for Banks Regulation.
                                     
                                  4. 4.4 UAE national ownership of a Specialized Bank must comprise at least 60% of total paid-up capital.
                                     
                                  5. 4.5 Specialized Banks must maintain Aggregate Capital Funds of at least 12.5% of its total assets at all times, and at least 17% during its first three years of operation. A Specialised Bank may, for the purposes of this calculation, reduce the total assets by the following items:
                                     
                                    1. 4.5.1 Cash collaterals; and
                                       
                                    2. 4.5.2 Sovereign guarantees.
                                       

                                      The items listed above in this Article must be legally enforceable.

                                  6. 4.6 A Specialized Bank must obtain approval from the Central Bank for any proposed distribution of profits or reduction in capital, including dividend distributions, and they must do so before announcing the proposed distribution publicly in a press announcement or by other means of communication and prior to submitting a proposal for a distribution for shareholder approval.
                                     
                                  7. 4.7 Any changes in the paid-up capital are subject to prior approval by the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  8. 4.8 No single shareholding in a Specialized Bank can exceed 20% of the total shareholding. This limit may be increased by decision of the Board of Directors of Central Bank, on a case by case basis.
                                • ARTICLE 5: LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS

                                  Specialized Banks must apply the liquidity Regulation for Banks as issued by the Central Bank.

                                • ARTICLE 6: CREDIT EXPOSURE RESTRICTIONS

                                  1. 6.1 A Specialized Bank’s Credit Exposure to a single borrower or group of Related Entities is considered as a Large Credit Exposure, where its value is equal to or exceeds 5% of the Specialized Bank’s Aggregate Capital Funds. For the purpose of calculating the value of a Large Credit Exposure, a Specialized Bank may consider whether to deduct any of the following items:
                                     
                                    1. 6.1.1Provisions;
                                       
                                    2. 6.1.2 Cash collaterals;
                                       
                                    3. 6.1.3 Bank guarantees from UAE Banks; and
                                       
                                    4. 6.1.4 Sovereign guarantees.
                                       

                                      Items 2, 3, and 4 listed above must be legally enforceable.

                                  2. 6.2 The aggregate amount of Large Credit Exposures must not exceed 100% of the Aggregate Capital Funds of a Specialized Bank.
                                     
                                  3. 6.3 In addition to Article 6.2, the Central Bank has defined maximum permissible Credit Exposure limits, as shown in Table 1 below.
                                  BorrowerAggregate percentage of Aggregate Capital FundsIndividual percentage of Aggregated Capital Funds
                                  A single borrowerNot applicable10%
                                  A group of Related EntitiesNot applicable15%
                                  Principal Shareholders and their Related EntitiesNot allowedNot allowed
                                  Subsidiaries and Affiliates20%10%
                                  Board membersNot allowedNot allowed
                                  Employees2%20 times salary
                                  External auditors, consultants and lawyersNot allowedNot allowed
                                • ARTICLE 7: APPLICATION OF BANK REGULATIONS TO SPECIALIZED BANKS

                                  1. 7.1 Specialized Banks must comply with all Regulations and Standards issued by the Central Bank that are applicable to Banks, with the exception of the Regulations and Standards related to capital requirements and those related to large exposures, the requirements of which are already contained in this Regulation.
                                     
                                  2. 7.2 The Central Bank places high importance on ensuring good corporate governance in licensed financial institutions. Specialized Banks must ensure full implementation of the requirements of the corporate governance Regulation and Standards issued by the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  3. 7.3 All Specialized Banks must comply with the existing legal obligations and regulatory requirements for AML/CFT of the Central Bank and address money laundering and terrorist financing risks through appropriate preventive measures to deter abuse of the sector as a conduit for illicit funds, and detect money laundering and terrorist financing activities and report any suspicious transactions to the Financial Intelligence Unit at the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  4. 7.4 Specialized Banks must be operated prudently and with competence in a manner that will not adversely affect the interests of its customers or potential customers. All Specialized Banks must also comply with the existing regulatory requirements for consumer protection of the Central Bank.
                                • ARTICLE 8: CREDIT REPORTS

                                  1. 8.1 A Specialized Bank must strictly adhere to the following credit reporting requirements:
                                     
                                    1. 8.1.1 Provide credit information of borrowers to the Al Etihad Credit Bureau and any future credit information agencies established for this purpose in U.A.E. on at least a monthly basis unless otherwise required by the law or the Central Bank; and
                                       
                                    2. 8.1.2 Request credit information of borrowers from the Al Etihad Credit Bureau and any future credit information agencies established for this purpose in U.A.E. before extending credit to an individual borrower or a company.
                                • ARTICLE 9: REGULATORY REPORTING

                                  1. 9.1 The financial year of the Specialized Bank must commence on the 1st of January and end on the 31st of December (except in the year of formation, which commences on the date of registration of the Specialized Bank in the commercial registry and ends on the 31st of December of the next year, provided it does not exceed eighteen months).
                                     
                                  2. 9.2 Specialized Banks must regularly report to the Central Bank on their Outsourcing arrangements in the format and frequency prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                • ARTICLE 10: ISLAMIC SPECIALIZED BANKS

                                  1. 10.1 The Central Bank may issue Standards that form an integral part of this Regulation, including standards for Islamic Specialized Banks.
                                • ARTICLE 11: ENFORCEMENT

                                  1. 11.1 Violation of any provision of this Regulation and any accompanying Standards may be subject to supervisory action and administrative & financial sanctions as deemed appropriate by the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  2. 11.2 Supervisory action and administrative & financial sanctions by the Central Bank may include withdrawing, replacing or restricting the powers of Senior Management or members of the Board, providing for the interim management of the Bank, imposition of fines or barring individuals from working in the UAE banking sector.
                                • ARTICLE 12: INTERPRETATION OF REGULATION

                                  The Regulatory Development Division of the Central Bank shall be the reference for interpretation of the provisions of this Regulation.

                                • ARTICLE 13: PUBLICATION AND APPLICATION

                                  This Regulation shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English and shall come into effect one month from the date of publication.

                            • قرار مجلس إدارة هيئة التأمين رقم (24) لسنة 2020م في شأن تعديل بعض أحكام قرار مجلس الإدارة رقم (32) لسنة 2017 م في شأن إصدار النظام الخاص بلائحة المعايير الموحدة لإعداد التقارير الضريبية

                              رئيس مجلس إدارة هيئة التأمين،

                              - بعد الاطلاع على القانون الاتحادي رقم (6) لسنة 2007 م في شأن إنشاء هيئة التأمين وتنظيم أعماله وتعديلاته،
                              - وعلى المرسوم الاتحادي رقم (54) لسنة 2018 بالتصديق على الاتفاقية الإطارية للمساعدة المتبادلة في المسائل الضريبية،
                              - وعلى المرسوم الاتحادي رقم (48) لسنة 2018 بالتصديق على الاتفاقية الإدارية متعددة الأطراف لتبادل المعلومات بشكل تلقائي،
                              - وعلى المرسوم الاتحادي رقم (103) لسنة 2020 بتشكيل مجلس الوزراء لدولة الإمارات العربية المتحدة،
                              - وعلى قرار مجلس الوزراء رقم (5/11و) لسنة 2020 بشأن تنفيذ بعض أحكام الاتفاقية الإدارية متعددة الأطراف لتبادل المعلومات بشكل تلقائي،
                              - وعلى قرار مجلس الإدارة رقم (25) لسنة 2014 م بشأن التعليمات المالية لشركات التأمين،
                              - وعلى قرار مجلس الإدارة رقم (26) لسنة 2014 م بشأن، التعليمات المالية لشركات التأمين التكافلي،
                              - وعلى قرار مجلس الإدارة رقم (32) لسنة 2017 م في شأن إصدار النظام الخاص بلائحة المعايير الموحدة لإعداد التقارير الضريبية،
                              - وبناءً على ما عرضه مدير عام الهيئة وموافقة مجلس الإدارة،

                              قُرر:

                              المادة الأولى

                              تُستبدل الفقرة الأولى من المادة (5) من قرار مجلس الإدارة رقم (32) لسنة 2017 م المشار اليه أعلاه، لتُصبح على النحو الآتي:
                              المادة (5)
                              "أولاً: تفرض الهيئة الغرامات المالية على كل شركة تُخالف أحكام هذا النظام، وفقاً للآتي:".


                              المادة الثانية

                              يُضاف بند جديد تحت الرقم (7) الى المادة (5) وتُضاف فقرة جديدة (ثانياً) في نهاية المادة (5)، كما يُضاف بند جديد تحت الرقم (9) بالمادة (8)، وتضاف الفقرة (ح) الى البند (7) من القسم الأول من الملحق رقم (1) بقرار مجلس الإدارة رقم (32) لسنة 2017 م المشار اليه أعلاه على النحو الآتي:
                              - المادة (5/7)
                              "7.
                              أ- تُفرض غرامة مقدارها (1000) درهم على الشركة التي تقوم بفتح حساب جديد دون استلامها شهادة تصريح ذاتي نافذة أو عدم قيامها من التحقق من صحة الشهادة.
                              ب- تقوم الهيئة خلال (30) يوم من تاريخ علمها بوجود المخالفة الواردة في الفقرة (أ) من هذه المادة بإخطار الشركة بمبلغ الغرامة وبضرورة تسديدها خلال (30) يوم من تاريخ استلام الإخطار".

                              - المادة (5- ثانياً)

                              "ثانياً: تفرض الهيئة الغرامات المالية الآتية على حامل الحساب أو الشخص المتحكم بالحساب، حسب مقتضى الحال، الذي يخالف تقديم شهادة تصريح ذاتي غير صحيحة أو غير دقيقة، وفقاً للآتي:
                              1- غرامة مقدارها (20.000) درهم، إذا كانت الشهادة الذاتية المطلوب تقديمها للشركة تحتوي على معلومات غير دقيقة أو غير صحيحة كان يعلمها أو كان يفترض به أن يعلمها.
                              2- عند اكتشاف المخالفة الواردة في البند (1) من هذه المادة، تلتزم الشركة بإشعار الهيئة خلال فترة لا تتجاوز (30) يوم بجميع المعلومات المتوفرة بما في ذلك هوية وعنوان ومكان إقامة الشخص المخالف.
                              3- تقوم الهيئة خلال (30) يوم من تاريخ استلام الاشعار الوارد في البند (2) من هذه المادة بإخطار صاحب الحساب أو الشخص المتحكم بالحساب، حسب مقتضى الحال، بقيمة الغرامة وإعلامهم بضرورة تسديدها خلال (30) يوم من تاريخ استلام الإشعار".

                              - المادة (8/9)

                              "9. فيما يتعلق بالمخالفة الواردة في البند (7) الفقرة (أولاً) والمخالفة الواردة في البند (1) الفقرة (ثانياً) من المادة (5) فيتم تطبيق القرار الصادر من مجلس الوزراء بخصوص آلية التظلم منها".

                              - الملحق رقم (1-القسم الأول – البند 7)

                              "ح- تلتزم كل شركة بالاحتفاظ بسجلات للإجراءات والخطوات المتخذة وأي أدلة تستند الى هذا النظام بطريقة الكترونية أو أي طريقة أخرى، لمدة لا تقل عن خمس سنوات من تاريخ تسليم التقارير والمعلومات المطلوب تقديم التقارير بشأنها بموجب هذا النظام".


                              المادة الثالثة

                              يُنشر هذا القرار بالجريدة الرسمية ويُعمل به من تاريخ العمل بقرار مجلس الوزراء والمعايير الموحدة للإبلاغ الضريبي في 2020/08/03.

                            • Federal Law No. (2) of 2021 Amednding some provisions of the Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities

                              We, Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the United Arab Emirates,
                              Having perused the constitution;

                              Federal Law No (1) of 1972, regarding Jurisdictions of Ministries and Powers of Ministers, and amendments thereto;

                              Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018, regarding the Central Bank & Organization of Financial Institutions and Activities, and amendments thereto;

                              And based on what was presented by the Minister of Finance, the approval of the Cabinet, the Federal National Council, and ratified by the Federal Supreme Council;

                              Promulgated the following Law:

                              Article (1)

                              The text of Articles (10), (11), and (22) of the aforementioned Decretal Federal Law No (14) of 2018 shall be replaced by the following texts:

                              Article (10):
                              The Central Bank shall be managed by a Board of Directors of seven (7) members, including the Chairman and the Governor.

                              Article (11):

                              1) Members of the Board of Directors shall be appointed by a Federal Decree based on recommendation of the Cabinet, and shall serve for a four (4) year term renewable to similar periods. The Decree designates from among the members of the board of directors one or more deputy chairman.
                              2) The Chairman, his Deputies and the Governor, shall each have the rank of Minister.
                              3) The Chairman issues a decision defining the powers of his Deputies.
                              4) Subject to item three (3) of this article, Should the Chairman be absent or his post became vacant, the Deputy Chairman shall replace him; and should both the Chairman and his Deputies be absent or their posts became vacant, the Governor shall replace them both.


                              Article (22):

                              1) Five (5) members of the Board of Directors including the Chairman of the Board of Directors, one of his Deputies, or the Governor, shall constitute quorum for any meeting.
                              2) Decisions of the Board of Directors shall be adopted by a majority vote of the members present. In case of a tie, the Chairman of the session shall have the casting vote.


                              Article (2)

                              Any provision that contradicts or conflicts with the provisions of this law shall be repealed.

                              Article (3)

                              This Law shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall come into force from the date of its issuance.

                            • Chapter 16: AML/CFT Compliance version 1.1

                              • Definitions

                                AML/CFT Program” means the policies, procedures, systems, controls, etc. introduced by a Licensed Person to prevent Money Laundering and Financing of Terrorism.
                                 
                                AML/CFT Supervision Department” means the AML/CFT Supervision Department at the Central Bank of the UAE.
                                 
                                Banking Supervision Department” means the Banking Supervision Department at the Central Bank of the UAE.
                                 
                                Beneficial Owner (BO)” means the ‘Natural Person’ who ultimately owns or exercises effective control, directly or indirectly, over a customer or the natural person on whose behalf a transaction is being conducted, or the natural person who exercises effective ultimate control over a legal person or legal arrangement, as per Cabinet Decision No. (10) of 2019 concerning the Implementing Regulation of Federal Decree Law No. 20 of 2018 on Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism and Illegal Organisations.
                                 
                                Central Bank” means the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates.
                                 
                                Exchange Business” means:
                                -Dealing in sale and purchase of foreign currencies and travelers cheques;
                                -Executing remittance operations in local and foreign currencies;
                                -Payment of wages through establishing a link to the operating system of “wages protection system” (WPS); and
                                -Other products and services approved by the Central Bank.
                                 
                                “Exchange House” means a juridical person licensed in accordance with the provisions of Decretal Federal Law No. (14) of 2018 Regarding the Central Bank & Organisation of Financial Institutions and Activities to carry on money exchange activity, and conduct funds transfers within and outside the UAE, and any other businesses determined by the Central Bank.
                                 
                                “FIU” means the Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU) of the UAE.
                                 
                                Instant money transfer service provider” means a money remitting institution licensed and regulated by an appropriate Regulator in its home country who will have necessary proprietary software applications and infrastructure to transfer funds instantly from an agent in one country to an agent in another country and/or domestically.
                                 
                                Legal Arrangement” means a relationship established by means of a contract between two or more parties which does not result in the creation of a legal personality. Examples include trusts or other similar arrangements. Many legal arrangements allow for ownership, control, and enjoyment of funds to be divided between at least two different persons.
                                 
                                Legal Person” means any entities other than natural persons that can establish in their own right a permanent customer relationship with a financial institution or otherwise own property. This can include companies, bodies corporate, foundations, partnerships, or associations along with similar entities.
                                 
                                License” means license issued by the Central Bank for carrying out Exchange Business.
                                 
                                Licensed Person” means any Exchange House licensed by the Central Bank to carry out Exchange Business.
                                 
                                ML/FT” means the Money Laundering or Financing of Terrorism as defined in the Federal Decree Law No (20) of 2018 on Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism and Financing of Illegal Organisations.
                                 
                                Natural Person” means an individual.
                                 
                                “Politically Exposed Person” (PEP) means natural persons who are or have been entrusted with a prominent public function in the UAE or any other foreign country such as heads of states or governments, senior politicians, senior government officials, judicial or military officials, senior executive managers of state-owned corporations, and senior officials of political parties, and persons who are, or have previously been, entrusted with the management of an international organization or any prominent function within such an organization; and the definition also includes the following:
                                1.Direct family members (of the PEP who are spouses, children, spouses of children, parents)
                                2.Associates known to be close to the PEP, which include:
                                (a)Individuals having joint ownership rights in a legal person or arrangement or any other close business relationship with the PEP;
                                (b)Individuals having individual ownership rights in a legal person or arrangement established in favor of the PEP.
                                 
                                Purpose of transaction” means an explanation about why a customer is conducting a transaction or the reason for which the funds will be used. Examples of purpose of transaction are: family support, education, medical, tourism, debt settlement, financial investment, direct investment, or trading etc. For verification of the purpose of transaction, documents may include any documentation proving the purpose for which the money will be used.
                                 
                                “Shell bank” means a bank that has no physical presence in the country in which it is incorporated and licensed, and which is unaffiliated with a regulated financial group that is subject to effective consolidated supervision.
                                 
                                Source of funds” means how the money, involved in the transaction, was originally derived or earned. Examples of source of funds are: salary, wages, inheritance, gratuity, end of service benefits, bank loan, income from businesses, sale of property, sale of land, sale of investments, etc. For verification of the source of funds, documents include but are not limited to salary slip, labor contract, court order, bank statements, etc.
                                 
                              • Chapter 16: AML/CFT Compliance

                                • 16.1 AML/CFT Program

                                  16.1.1The Licensed Person must carefully design, document and effectively implement its AML/CFT Program based on the Standards in this Chapter at a minimum and the results of its ML/FT risks assessment in accordance with Paragraph 16.2; and
                                   
                                  16.1.2The Licensed Person must implement additional AML/CFT procedures, systems, controls and measures as appropriate to the risk profile of its business.
                                   
                                • 16.2 ML/FT Risk Assessment

                                  16.2.1The Licensed Person must identify, assess and understand the ML/FT risks associated with its business and perform this enterprise wide ML/FT risk assessment on a regular basis;
                                   
                                  16.2.2The Licensed Person must implement a ML/FT risk assessment methodology appropriate to the nature, size and complexity of its business;
                                   
                                  16.2.3Money laundering and terrorist financing risks associated with the following parameters of the Licensed Person must be assessed at a minimum:
                                   
                                  a)Customer Risk;
                                  b)Counterparty Risk (i.e. foreign correspondent banks, financial institutions, agents, etc.);
                                  c)Product Risk;
                                  d)New Technologies Risk;
                                  e)Jurisdictional Risk or Country Risk; and
                                  f)Delivery Channel Risk or Interface Risk.
                                   
                                  16.2.4The Licensed Person must identify and assess ML/FT risks based on additional parameters that may be relevant to the nature, size and complexity of its business before entering into any business relationships;
                                   
                                  16.2.5In assessing ML/FT risks, the Licensed Person must have the following in place:
                                   
                                  a)Documented risk assessment methodology, process and findings;
                                  b)Determine the level of overall risk, acceptable level of risk and mitigating measures to be applied to minimise the impact of risks;
                                  c)Document a written risk appetite statement that clearly identifies the acceptable level of risk, and maintain the risk appetite statement up to date through periodic reviews;
                                  d)Maintain risk assessments up-to-date through periodic reviews and annually at a minimum; and
                                  e)Establish appropriate mechanisms to provide information on risk assessments to the Central Bank and to its examiners, whenever required.
                                   
                                  16.2.6The Licensed Person should also be guided by the results of the National Risk Assessment in conducting its own ML/FT risk assessments which has been issued by the competent authority in the UAE, and will be updated periodically in future; and
                                   
                                  16.2.7The Licensed Person must identify and assess the ML/FT risks that may arise in relation to the development of new products and services including new delivery mechanisms and the use of new or developing technologies for both new and existing products, as follows:
                                   
                                  a)Undertake the risk assessment prior to the launch or use of such products, services and technologies;
                                  b)Take appropriate measures to manage and mitigate risks;
                                  c)Notify the Banking Supervision Department via email to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae of the product and its risks and risk mitigation measures; and
                                  d)Obtain a Letter of No Objection from the Banking Supervision Department prior to launching the product.
                                   
                                • 16.3 AML/CFT policies and procedures

                                  16.3.1The Licensed Person must introduce a comprehensive and documented AML/CFT policy, based on its ML/FT risk assessment in accordance with Paragraph 16.2 of this Chapter, which must be the foundation of its compliance function;
                                   
                                  16.3.2The AML/CFT policy must clearly define the roles and responsibilities of the Manager in Charge, Compliance Officers, Compliance Committee and employees in relation to AML/CFT compliance. The AML/CFT policy must also provide for regular and timely reporting to the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) regarding ML/FT risks and the culture/values to be adopted within the business of the Licensed Person to prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and related crimes;
                                   
                                  16.3.3The AML/CFT policy must affirm the roles and responsibilities of the Board of Directors (if any) and of the Owner/Partners/Shareholders in relation to implementing a robust AML/CFT Program across the business of the Licensed Person;
                                   
                                  16.3.4Effective AML/CFT procedures must also be implemented for employees to follow while they carry out their day to day responsibilities in order to ensure that ML/FT risks are mitigated in the day to day operations of the Licensed Person;
                                   
                                  16.3.5The AML/CFT policy and procedures must be based on the UAE’s existing AML/CFT Laws, Regulations, Notices and the Standards as well as international best practices and guidance notes from the FATF, MENAFATF, EGMONT Group and other similar bodies;
                                   
                                  16.3.6The AML/CFT policy and procedures must be approved by the Manager in Charge, the Compliance Officer and by the Board of Directors (or by the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors);
                                   
                                  16.3.7The AML/CFT policy and procedures must be reviewed and updated, annually at a minimum, to make it consistent with all applicable Laws, Regulations, Notices, the Standards and other international best practices and to make it effective in mitigating the existing as well as emerging ML/FT risks;
                                   
                                  16.3.8Copies of the AML/CFT policy and procedures must be held in all Licensed Premises and be accessible to all employees at all times;
                                   
                                  16.3.9The AML/CFT policy and procedures must be circulated among all employees upon the completion of periodical reviews; and
                                   
                                  16.3.10The AML/CFT policy and procedures must apply to all branches, subsidiaries and affiliated entities in which the Licensed Person holds a majority interest (i.e, greater than 50%).
                                   
                                • 16.4 Appointment of the Compliance Officer

                                  16.4.1The Licensed Person must appoint a Compliance Officer who must be given the specific responsibility of managing its AML/CFT compliance function;
                                   
                                  16.4.2The Compliance Officer of the Licensed Person must:
                                   
                                  a)be a member of Senior Management;
                                  b)report directly to the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors);
                                  c)be provided with sufficient resources including time, systems, tools and support staff depending on the nature, size and complexity of its business; and
                                  d)be provided with unrestricted access to all information related to products or services, business partners, correspondent agents, remittance partners, customers and transactions.
                                   
                                  16.4.3The following are some of the major responsibilities of the Compliance Officer (not exhaustive):
                                   
                                  a)Design an appropriate AML/CFT Program for the Licensed Person to remain compliant with applicable AML/CFT Laws, Regulations, Notices, the Standards and international best practice at all times;
                                  b)Develop, or oversee the development of, the institution’s AML/CFT risk assessment;
                                  c)Establish and maintain appropriate AML/CFT policies, procedures, processes and controls;
                                  d)Ensure day-to-day compliance of the business against internal AML/CFT policies and procedures;
                                  e)Act as the key contact point regarding all AML/CFT related matters/queries from the Central Bank, FIU, and any other competent authorities;
                                  f)Receive suspicious transaction or activity alerts from employees and analyze them to take appropriate decisions to report all suspicious cases to the FIU;
                                  g)On-going monitoring of transactions to identify high-risk, unusual and suspicious customers/transactions, and ensuring that transaction monitoring systems are appropriate and functioning as designed;
                                  h)Submit Suspicious Transaction Reports (STR), Suspicious Activity Reports (SAR) or other report types without any delay to the FIU ;
                                  i)Cooperate with and provide the FIU with all information it requires for fulfilling their obligations;
                                  j)Develop and execute AML/CFT training programs considering all relevant risks of ML/FT and financing illicit organizations including the ways/means for addressing them;
                                  k)Provide necessary reports to the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) on all AML/CFT issues, on a quarterly basis at a minimum;
                                  l)Arrange to retain all necessary supporting documents for transactions, KYC, monitoring, Suspicious Transaction Reporting and AML training for the minimum period for record retention as per Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter;
                                  m)Conduct regular gap analysis between the Licensed Person’s existing AML/CFT Procedures and the most current Laws, Regulations, Notices and the Standards of the UAE in order to determine the extent of the Licensed Person’s level of compliance;
                                  n)Propose actions required to address gaps, if any; and
                                  o)Prepare Bi-Annual Compliance Reports in accordance with Paragraph 16.30 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.4.4The Compliance Officer must have the following qualifications and experience at a minimum:
                                   
                                  a)If the Licensed Person is in possession of a Category A License:
                                   
                                  A minimum of three (3) years of experience in AML/CFT compliance, audit or risk management within any financial institution(s).
                                   
                                  b)If the Licensed Person is in possession of either a Category B or Category C License:
                                   
                                  A minimum of eight (8) years of experience in AML/CFT compliance, audit or risk management within any financial institution(s); or
                                  A minimum of five (5) years of experience in AML/CFT compliance, audit or risk management within any financial institution(s) and possess a specific certification related to AML/CFT compliance.
                                   
                                  c)Examples of specific certifications related to AML/CFT compliance includes ACFCS, CFE, ICA Diplomas, CAMS or any other certification associated with financial crime control or AML/CFT compliance which is acceptable to the Central Bank; and
                                   
                                  d)The Compliance Officer, in all above cases, must possess sound knowledge of all applicable AML/CFT Laws, Regulations, Notices, the Standards and other relevant international best practices.
                                   
                                  16.4.5Employment Type and Residential Status of the Compliance Officer:
                                   
                                  a)The Compliance Officer must be a full time employee of the Licensed Person;
                                  b)The Compliance Officer must not engage in any part time employment or act as a consultant outside the business of the Licensed Person;
                                  c)The Compliance Officer must be a resident in the UAE; and
                                  d)A foreign national must be under the employment visa of the Licensed Person when employed as a Compliance Officer.
                                   
                                  16.4.6Conflict of Interest in Multiple Roles:
                                   
                                   The role of Compliance Officer must not be combined with any other functions of the Licensed Person and must be limited to tasks related to AML/CFT compliance.
                                   
                                  16.4.7Reporting Lines and Independence:
                                   
                                  a)The Compliance Officer must directly report to the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors); and
                                   
                                  b)The Compliance Officer must have authority to act without any interference from the Manager in Charge or other employees of the Licensed Person.
                                   
                                  16.4.8Prior Approval for Appointment:
                                   
                                  a)A Letter of No Objection must be obtained for appointing a Compliance Officer by submitting the following documents to the Banking Supervision Department via email to smp@cbuae.gov.ae (with copy to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae):
                                   
                                  Letter from the authorized signatory of the Licensed Person seeking the Letter of No Objection from the Central Bank; and
                                   
                                  Undertaking letter from an authorized signatory of the Licensed Person confirming the binding commitment of the Compliance Officer and the Licensed Person to comply with Paragraphs 16.4.5, 16.4.6 and 16.4.7 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  b)The duly completed Authorised Person’s Appointment Form (“APA Form”, Refer to Appendix 5 for this Form) along with all other required supporting documents must be sent to smp@cbuae.gov.ae (with copy to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae);
                                   
                                  c)Central Bank shall conduct a fit and proper test on the proposed Compliance Officer of the Licensed Person.The Central Bank reserves the right to:
                                   
                                  interview the proposed Compliance Officer as part of the fit and proper test, if it deems it necessary; and
                                   
                                  issue or decline the approval for the proposed Compliance Officer.
                                   
                                  d)In case the prior approval request is rejected by the Central Bank, the Licensed Person must propose a new Compliance Officer within the timeline provided by the Central Bank in the Letter of Rejection. If a specific timeline is not provided in the Letter of Rejection, then the Licensed Person must propose a new Compliance Officer within a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the date of Letter of Rejection; and
                                   
                                  e)Once the Compliance Officer has formally commenced employment, details of the Compliance Officer must be provided to the Banking Supervision Department and the AML/CFT Supervision Department of the Central Bank via email respectively to smp@cbuae.gov.ae (with copy to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae) and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae. The notification must be made within two working days from the date the Compliance Officer commences employment.
                                   
                                  16.4.9Resignation of the Compliance Officer and Notification to the Central Bank:
                                   
                                  a)The Licensed Person must notify the Banking Supervision Department and the AML/CFT Supervision Department, within five (5) working days of the date of resignation of the Compliance Officer or the date upon which the position becomes vacant in any other manner with reasons thereof via email respectively to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae;
                                   
                                  b)The Licensed Person must propose a permanent replacement, within a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the date when the position of the Compliance Officer falls vacant, by submitting a request of No Objection to the Banking Supervision Department (Refer to Paragraph 16.4.8 of this Chapter for more information); and
                                   
                                  c)The Alternate Compliance Officer must be available to ensure the continuity of the AML/CFT compliance function during the period when the Compliance Officer’s position is vacant.
                                   
                                  16.4.10Outsourcing of Compliance Function:
                                   
                                   The Licensed Person must not outsource the role of the Compliance Officer nor the entire compliance function under any circumstances. However, the Licensed Person is permitted, under certain circumstances, to outsource some specific AML compliance tasks after obtaining the Letter of No Objection from the Banking Supervision Department. Please refer to Paragraph 9.1.2 (a) of Chapter 9.
                                   
                                  16.4.11Removal of the Compliance Officer:
                                   
                                  a)The Central Bank reserves the right to remove the Compliance Officer of a Licensed Person at its sole discretion;
                                  b)The Licensed Person, in such cases, must comply with Paragraph 16.4.9 (b) of this Chapter; and
                                  c)The Central Bank reserves the right to communicate or not to communicate reasons to the Licensed Person for its decision to remove the Compliance Officer.
                                   
                                • 16.5 Appointment of the Alternate Compliance Officer

                                  16.5.1The Licensed Person must appoint an Alternate Compliance Officer to strengthen the AML/CFT compliance function subject to the following conditions:
                                   
                                  a)The Alternate Compliance Officer must be a full time employee of the Licensed Person;
                                  b)The Alternate Compliance Officer must not engage in any part time employment or act as a consultant outside the business of the Licensed Person;
                                  c)The Alternate Compliance Officer must be a resident in the UAE;
                                  d)A foreign national must be under the employment visa of the Licensed Person when employed as an Alternate Compliance Officer;
                                  e)The Alternate Compliance Officer must directly report to the Compliance Officer or to the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) during the absence of the Compliance Officer;
                                  f)The Alternate Compliance Officer must have authority to act without any interference from the Manager in Charge or other employees of the Licensed Person;
                                  g)If the Licensed Person is in possession of either a Category B or Category C License, the role of its Alternate Compliance Officer must not be combined with any other function of the Licensed Person and must be limited to tasks related to AML/CFT compliance; and
                                  h)If the Licensed Person is in possession of a Category A License, the role of its Alternate Compliance Officer may be combined with any other function of the Licensed Person which does not create any conflict of interest.
                                   
                                  16.5.2Prior Approval for the Appointment:
                                   
                                  a)A Letter of No Objection must be obtained for appointing an Alternate Compliance Officer by submitting the following to the Banking Supervision Department via email to smp@cbuae.gov.ae (with copy to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae):
                                   
                                  Letter from the authorized signatory seeking the Letter of No Objection from the Central Bank; and
                                   
                                  Undertaking letter from the authorized signatory of the Licensed Person confirming the binding commitment of the Alternate Compliance Officer and the Licensed Person to comply with Paragraphs 16.5.1 (a) to (g) of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  b)The duly completed APA Form (Refer to Appendix 5 for this Form) along with all other required supporting documents must be sent to smp@cbuae.gov.ae (with copy to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae).
                                   
                                  c)The Central Bank shall conduct a fit and proper test on the proposed Alternate Compliance officer of the Licensed Person. The Central Bank reserves the right to:
                                   
                                  interview the proposed Alternate Compliance Officer as part of the fit and proper test, if it deems it necessary; and
                                   
                                  issue or decline the approval for the proposed Alternate Compliance Officer.
                                   
                                  d)In case the prior approval request is rejected by the Central Bank, the Licensed Person must propose a new Alternate Compliance Officer within the timeline provided by the Central Bank in the Letter of Rejection. If a specific timeline is not provided in the Letter of Rejection, then the Licensed Person must propose a new Alternate Compliance Officer within a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the date of Letter of Rejection; and
                                   
                                  e)Once the Alternate Compliance Officer has formally commenced employment, details of the Alternate Compliance Officer must be provided to the Banking Supervision Department and the AML/CFT Supervision Department of the Central Bank via email respectively to smp@cbuae.gov.ae (with copy to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae) and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae. The notification must be made within two working days from the date the Alternate Compliance Officer commences employment .
                                   
                                  16.5.3Resignation of the Alternate Compliance Officer and Notification to the Central Bank:
                                   
                                  a)The Licensed Person must notify the Banking Supervision Department and the AML/CFT Supervision Department, within five (5) working days of the date of resignation, of the Alternate Compliance Officer or the date upon which the position becomes vacant in any other manner with reasons thereof via email respectively to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae;
                                   
                                  b)The Licensed Person must propose a permanent replacement, within a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the date when the position of the Alternate Compliance Officer falls vacant, by submitting a request of No Objection to the Banking Supervision Department (Refer to Paragraph 16.5.2 of this Chapter for more information).
                                   
                                  16.5.4Removal of the Alternate Compliance Officer:
                                   
                                  a)The Central Bank reserves the right to remove the Alternate Compliance Officer of a Licensed Person at its sole discretion;
                                   
                                  b)The Licensed Person, in such cases, must comply with Paragraph 16.5.3 (b) of this Chapter; and
                                   
                                  c)The Central Bank reserves the right to communicate or not to communicate reasons to the Licensed Person for its decision to remove the Alternate Compliance Officer.
                                   
                                • 16.6 Continuous Professional Development Programs (CPD)

                                  16.6.1The Compliance Officer, Alternate Compliance Officer and other employees of the AML/CFT Compliance Department must undergo a minimum of forty eight (48) hours external training in AML/CFT compliance every 12 months, starting from the date the officer or employee has commenced employment; and
                                   
                                  16.6.2Participation in any one or a combination of the following is acceptable in relation to CPD programs in this context:
                                   
                                  a)AML/CFT conferences, meetings or workshops whether inside or outside the UAE;
                                  b)face to face training by external agencies whether inside or outside the UAE;
                                  c)training by industry associations or regulatory bodies; and
                                  d)Web based training.
                                   
                                • 16.7 Know Your Customer (KYC) Process

                                  16.7.1The Licensed Person must carry out KYC process for its customers in order to confirm who its customers are, and to ensure that the funds involved in their transactions are originating from legitimate sources and used for legitimate purposes.
                                   
                                  16.7.2The Licensed Person must apply appropriate KYC Process for its customers depending on the ML/FT risks associated with each customer or transaction.
                                   
                                  16.7.3There are three different types of KYC Processes that must be applied based on the ML/FT risk associated with a customer. These are:
                                   
                                  a)Customer Identification (CID) Process;
                                  b)Customer Due Diligence (CDD) Process; and
                                  c)Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) Process.
                                   
                                  16.7.4The transaction thresholds at which CID, CDD, and EDD are required are specified in paragraphs 16.8.1, 16.9.1, 16.10.2, and 16.11.1 below.
                                   
                                  16.7.5The Licensed Person must understand the purpose and intended nature of the business relationship and obtain, when necessary, information related to this purpose. The Licensed Person must understand the nature of the customer’s business as well as the customer’s ownership and control structure.
                                   
                                  16.7.6Where the Licensed Person is unable to carry out CID/CDD/EDD in accordance with the requirements of this Standards and UAE laws and regulations, the Licensed Person must not onboard the customer, must immediately terminate any relationship with the customer, must not execute any transaction, and should consider filing a STR, SAR or other reports with the FIU.
                                   

                                   

                                  Customer TypeCustomer ActivityValue of TransactionPreventive Measure RequiredParagraph
                                  Natural PersonsCurrency ExchangeEqual to or greater than AED 3,500 and less than AED 35,000CID16.8
                                  Equal to or greater than AED 35,000 and less than AED 55,000 within a 90-day periodCID and 
                                  CDD
                                  16.8
                                  16.9
                                  Equal to or greater than AED 55,000 within a 90-day periodCID,
                                  CDD, and
                                  EDD
                                  16.8
                                  16.9
                                  16.10
                                  Natural PersonsMoney TransferAny value less than AED 55,000CID and
                                  CDD
                                  16.8
                                  16.9
                                    Equal to or greater than AED 55,000 within a 45-day periodCID,
                                  CDD, and
                                  EDD
                                  16.8
                                  16.9
                                  16.10
                                  All Legal Persons or ArrangementsAny ActivityAny ValueCDD and
                                  EDD
                                  16.11
                                  Counterparty RelationshipsAny ActivityAny ValueCDD and
                                  EDD
                                  16.11.8 to
                                  16.11.12
                                  16.11.2
                                  PEPsAny ActivityAny ValueCID,
                                  CDD, and
                                  EDD
                                  16.13
                                  DNFBPs/DPMSAny ActivityAny ValueCID (if the customer is a natural person), CDD, and
                                  EDD
                                  16.14/16.15
                                  High-Risk Natural PersonsAny ActivityAny ValueCID,
                                  CDD, and
                                  EDD
                                  16.16

                                  16.8,
                                  16.9
                                  16.10
                                  High-Risk circumstancesAny ActivityAny ValueCID (if the customer is a natural person), CDD, and
                                  EDD
                                  16.16

                                  16.8,
                                  16.9
                                  16.10/11
                                  Third Party TransactionsAny ActivityAny ValueCID (if the customer is a natural person), CDD and
                                  EDD
                                  16.20

                                  16.8,
                                  16.9
                                  16.10/11

                                   

                                • 16.8 Customer Identification (CID) Process for Natural Persons

                                  16.8.1The CID process, in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.2 to 16.8.6 of this Chapter, must be applied for natural persons who carry out “foreign currency exchange” transactions of value between AED 3,500 and AED 34,999.75. Please refer to Paragraph 16.16.3 of this Chapter for KYC process to be applied for natural persons who repeatedly exchange foreign currency of value below AED 3,500 per transaction;
                                   
                                  16.8.2The CID process is the verification of the original identification documents (IDs) of the customer who is a natural person and systematically recording basic customer information in the Point of Sale system;
                                   
                                  16.8.3The Licensed Person must not accept any ID other than one from the below list (in the order of preference) with an exception provided under Paragraph 16.16.4 of this Chapter:
                                   
                                  a)Emirates ID; or
                                  b)Passport with valid visa; or
                                  c)GCC National ID for GCC nationals.
                                   
                                  16.8.4Customer’s full legal name, residential status, mobile number, nationality, date of birth, country of birth, ID type (whether Emirates ID, Passport or GCC national ID) and ID number must be recorded in the Point of Sale system.
                                   
                                  16.8.5The Licensed Person must use all information collected under Paragraph 16.9.4 for sanctions screening, as discussed in Paragraph 16.25.
                                   
                                  16.8.6The following customer information must be printed on the transaction receipt:
                                   
                                  a)Full legal name;
                                  b)Residential status (whether UAE Resident or UAE Non-Resident);
                                  c)Mobile number;
                                  d)Nationality;
                                  e)Country of birth;
                                  f)ID type (whether Emirates ID or Passport or GCC national ID); and
                                  g)ID number.
                                   
                                • 16.9 Customer Due Diligence (CDD) for Natural Persons

                                  16.9.1The CDD process, in accordance with Paragraphs 16.9.2 to 16.9.14 of this Chapter, must be applied for a natural person who carries out the following transactions:
                                   
                                  a)Foreign currency exchange transactions, either one off or multiple in ninety (90) calendar days, of value between AED 35,000 and AED 54,999.75; and
                                   
                                  b)Money transfers, whether inward or outward, of value between AED 1 and AED 54,999.75.
                                   
                                  16.9.2CDD is the process where additional information about the customer, who is a natural person, is collected via a customer onboarding process in accordance with Paragraph 16.9.3 of this Chapter;
                                   
                                  16.9.3The Licensed Person must create a customer profile by recording the customer information in its Point of Sale system and then provide a permanent “Unique Identification Number (UIN)” to the customer. The customer must be allowed to carry out transactions at the branch(es) of the Licensed Person only by using the UIN. The Licensed Person must also comply with Paragraph 16.16.6 of this Chapter at all times;
                                   
                                  16.9.4The following customer information, at a minimum, must be captured in the Point of Sale System in addition to the verification of the original ID in accordance with Paragraph 16.8.3 of this Chapter. Items (a) through (n) must be used to support sanctions screening, as required by Paragraph 16.25 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  a)Full legal name;
                                  b)Residential status (whether UAE Resident or UAE Non-Resident);
                                  c)Address in the UAE (for UAE Residents);
                                  d)Temporary address in the UAE and the permanent address in the home country (for UAE Non-Residents);
                                  e)Mobile number;
                                  f)Email, if available;
                                  g)Date of Birth;
                                  h)Nationality;
                                  i)Country of Birth;
                                  j)ID type (whether Emirates ID or Passport or GCC national ID);
                                  k)ID number;
                                  l)ID place of issue;
                                  m)ID issue date;
                                  n)ID expiry date;
                                  o)Profession; and
                                  p)Expected annual activity (i.e. expected annual value and number of transactions for future transaction monitoring).
                                   
                                  16.9.5Area or district, city, Emirate or state or province and country must be recorded in the Point of Sale system as part of the address. The Licensed Person is expected to record the P.O Box number, house number/name, apartment or room number, building number/name, street name in the system wherever practically possible;
                                   
                                  16.9.6When verifying the Emirates ID card either physically, by way of digital or e-KYC solutions, the Licensed Person must use the online validation gateway of the Federal Authority for Identity & Citizenship, the UAE-Pass Application or other UAE Government supported solutions, and keep a copy of the Emirates ID and its digital verification record;
                                   
                                  16.9.7Where acceptable IDs, other than the Emirates ID are used in the KYC process, a copy must be physically obtained from the original ID which must be certified (i.e. certified copy) as “Original Sighted and Verified” under the signature of the employee who carries out the CDD process and retained.
                                   
                                  16.9.8The UIN given to a customer by a Licensed Person must be unique in nature and the same UIN must not be assigned to more than one customer. The same customer must not be given more than one UIN by a Licensed Person. Appropriate validation rules must be implemented in the system to comply with this requirement;
                                   
                                  16.9.9If the customer is represented by a third person, the Licensed Person must follow the procedures in Paragraph 16.20 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.9.10Subject the customer to PEP checks, as required by Paragraph 16.13.3 of this Chapter. Where the customer is a PEP, the Licensed Person must follow the procedures in Paragraph 16.13 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.9.11The customer profile must be reviewed and updated either annually or upon the expiry of the ID whichever comes first. At this time, the Licensed Person must conduct ongoing monitoring on the customer which must consist of the following:
                                   
                                  a)The original ID as per Paragraph 16.8.3 of this Chapter must be verified in accordance with Paragraphs 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 and its copy must be held in the records during the review of a customer profile;
                                  b)CDD (and, where appropriate, EDD) must be repeated and the customer profile updated, including the information required under Paragraph 16.9.4 of this Chapter.
                                  c)CDD and EDD must also be repeated whenever there is a change in the profile of the customer;
                                  d)The Licensed Person must scrutinize the transactions concluded by a customer to ensure that transactions are consistent with the Licensed Person’s knowledge of the customer, the customer’s business, risk profile, the source of funds and where necessary, source of the customer’s wealth; and
                                  e)The Licensed Person must review transaction monitoring results for the customer to determine whether any STR, SARs or other reports have been filed or whether the customer’s behavior has generated alerts.
                                   
                                  16.9.12Information on the “source of funds” and “purpose of transaction” must be captured in the Point of Sale system for each transaction that undergoes the CDD process;
                                   
                                  16.9.13The below customer information must be printed on the transaction receipt, at a minimum:
                                   
                                  a)UIN of the customer;
                                  b)Full legal name of the customer;
                                  c)Address in the UAE (required when the customer is a UAE Resident) - P.O Box number and street (if available), city, Emirate;
                                  d)Permanent address in the home country (required only when the customer is a UAE Non- Resident) - P.O Box number and street (if available), city, state or province, country;
                                  e)Mobile number;
                                  f)Nationality;
                                  g)ID type (whether Emirates ID or Passport or GCC national ID);
                                  h)ID number;
                                  i)ID place of issue;
                                  j)ID issue date;
                                  k)Method of payment (whether cash or cheque, etc.);
                                  l)Source of funds;
                                  m)Purpose of transaction; and
                                  n)Beneficiary’s name and bank account details (wherever applicable).
                                   
                                  16.9.14The receipt must be signed by the customer and must be retained in the records along with all KYC supporting documents in accordance with Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                • 16.10 Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) Process for Natural Persons

                                  16.10.1EDD for natural persons requires the Licensed Person to obtain additional information regarding the customer, including additional information regarding the customer’s source of funds, the nature of the customer’s business, and the purpose of transaction, in order to better understand the customer and manage the risk associated with the transaction. EDD also requires the Licensed Person to subject the customer to more intense or intrusive monitoring or imposing other controls on customer activity and customer acceptance. Where EDD is appropriate or required, Licensed Persons must conduct EDD in addition to CDD as per Paragraph 16.9 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.10.2Below are the thresholds for the EDD for natural persons:
                                   
                                  a)Foreign currency exchange transactions of value equal to or above AED 55,000, either one off or multiple in ninety (90) calendar days:- Evidence for the source of funds (example: bank statements) must be collected for verification in case the customer pays cash. Complete information of the purpose of the transaction must be collected. Appropriate evidence must be collected for the verification of the purpose of transaction in case there is any doubt or suspicion about the information provided by the customer;
                                   
                                  b)Outward money transfers of value equal to or above AED 55,000, either one off or multiple in forty-five (45) calendar days:- Evidence for the source of funds (example: bank statements) must be collected for verification if the customer pays cash. Complete information on the purpose of the transaction must be collected. Appropriate evidence must be collected for the verification of the purpose of transaction in case there is any doubt or suspicion about the information provided by the customer; and
                                   
                                  c)Inward money transfers of value equal to or above AED 55,000, either one off or multiple in forty-five (45) calendar days:- Information on the source of funds and the purpose of transaction must be collected and recorded. Appropriate evidences must be collected for the verification of the purpose of transaction in case there is any doubt or suspicion about the information provided by the customer.
                                   
                                  16.10.3The Licensed Person must give special attention to transactions by natural persons who are visitors in the UAE. The Licensed Person may decide to perform EDD on such customers regardless of their transaction value in case there is any doubt or suspicion about the information provided by such customers.
                                   
                                  16.10.4The following customer information must be printed on the transaction receipt, at a minimum:
                                   
                                  a)UIN of the customer;
                                  b)Full legal name of the customer;
                                  c)Address in the UAE (required when the customer is a UAE Resident) - P.O Box number and street (if available), city, Emirate;
                                  d)Permanent address in the home country (required only when the customer is a UAE Non- Resident) - P.O Box number and street (if available), city, state or province, country;
                                  e)Mobile number;
                                  f)Nationality;
                                  g)ID type (whether Emirates ID or Passport or GCC national ID);
                                  h)ID number;
                                  i)ID place of issue;
                                  j)ID issue date;
                                  k)Method of payment (whether cash or cheque, etc.);
                                  l)Source of funds;
                                  m)Purpose of transaction; and
                                  n)Beneficiary’s name and bank account details (wherever applicable).
                                   
                                  16.10.5The receipt must be signed by the customer and must be retained in the records along with all KYC supporting documents in accordance with Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                • 16.11 CDD and EDD for Legal Persons and Legal Arrangements

                                  16.11.1The CDD and the EDD processes, in accordance with Paragraphs 16.11.2 to 16.11.12 of this Chapter, must be applied for a customer at the time of onboarding (i.e. prior to entering into any business relationship), if it is a legal person, such as a company, or a legal arrangement, such as a trust. CDD must include verification of the identity of the legal person or arrangement (i.e. its licenses, incorporation documents, etc.) and identification of its Beneficial Owners (BOs). The Licensed Person, having completed CDD, must then perform EDD as discussed in this section.
                                   
                                  16.11.2The following process must be followed at a minimum while onboarding a legal person or arrangement as a customer. The Licensed Person must verify appropriate documents and retain copies to confirm information under Paragraph 16.11.4 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  a)Required CDD: Unless otherwise provided, all documents must be certified as “Original Sighted and Verified” by the employee of the Licensed Person who carries out the KYC process after the verification of originals.
                                  1.An appropriate KYC Questionnaire of the Licensed Person must be completed and signed by the legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  2.Ownership structure of the legal person or legal arrangement must be collected including the purpose and nature of the intended business relationship;
                                  3.Record the legal person or legal arrangement’s legal form (e.g., limited liability corporation, limited liability partnership, trust, waqf, etc.) and collect a copy of the legal person or legal arrangement’s proof of existence (such as, for legal persons, its proof of incorporation or partnership agreement; for legal arrangements, the trust or waqf deed, or an equivalent document);
                                  4.Collect copies of the powers that regulate and bind the legal person or legal arrangement (e.g., the customer’s founding documents, such as the memorandum of association, the articles of incorporation, or other similar documents for legal persons; the trust or waqf deed for legal arrangements);
                                  5.Verify names of relevant persons holding senior management positions in the legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  6.Collect copies of valid permissions/licenses of the legal person or legal arrangement from competent authorities to carry out the business (examples: certificate of incorporation, trading license or equivalent, license issued by the Central Bank or other competent authorities where applicable, etc.). The Licensed Person must ensure that copies of valid licenses are available in the records at all times.
                                  7.Original IDs of BOs must be verified (in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.3, 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 of this Chapter) and copies retained. Where the BO resides outside the UAE, original copies of IDs must be appropriately notarized or attested by relevant authorities in the respective foreign country and in the UAE;
                                  8.Where no individual meets the definition of BO, the Licensed Person must verify the original IDs (in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.3, 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 of this Chapter) for the natural person exercising control of the legal person or legal arrangement customer through other means, such as by virtue of their position as CEO or Managing Director;
                                  9.Collect the list of authorized signatories and verify their original IDs and retain the copies;
                                  10.Authorization letter must be taken for representatives of the legal person or legal arrangement who carry out transactions on its behalf;
                                  11.Verify original IDs of representatives, who have authorization to carry out transactions, (in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.3, 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 of this Chapter). Such representatives must be UAE residents. The relationship of such representative with the legal person or legal arrangement must be established;
                                  12.Assess and record the expected annual activity (annual value and number of transactions for future ongoing and transaction monitoring);
                                  13.Apply sanction checks (as required by Paragraph 16.25 of this chapter) and conduct internet searches on the name of the legal person or legal arrangement, BO, group companies, subsidiaries and the names of representatives of the legal person or legal arrangement who are authorized to carry out transactions on its behalf;
                                  14.Apply PEP checks on BOs, as required by Paragraph 16.13.3 of this Chapter. Where the BO is a PEP, the Licensed Person must follow the procedures in Paragraph 16.13 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  b)The Licensed Person must in addition carry out the following required EDD steps:
                                  1.The Licensed Person must carry out a ML/FT risk assessment on business activities of the legal person or legal arrangement including by visiting its business location (where relevant) and carrying out a risk assessment of its customers; and Both the Manager in Charge and the Compliance Officer must approve the business relationship with legal persons or arrangements.
                                  2.Where a Beneficial Owner is a PEP, the business relationship with such legal person or legal arrangement must be established only after obtaining approval of the Board of Directors (or of the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors).
                                   
                                  16.11.3The following information about the customer, which is a legal person or legal arrangement, must be recorded in the Point of Sale system, at a minimum, to create the customer profile and the UIN after completing the EDD process under Paragraphs 16.11.1 and 16.11.2 of this Chapter:
                                   
                                  a)Full legal name of the legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  b)Residential status (whether incorporated/operating within the UAE or outside the UAE);
                                  c)Address (P.O Box, Shop No., Building name, Street, City, Emirate, Country);
                                  d)Phone numbers;
                                  e)Fax number;
                                  f)Email;
                                  g)Date of establishment;
                                  h)ID type (whether trade license or the equivalent);
                                  i)Trade license (or the equivalent) number;
                                  j)Trade license (or the equivalent) place of issue;
                                  k)Trade license (or the equivalent) issue date;
                                  l)Trade license (or the equivalent) expiry date;
                                  m)Type of business of the legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  n)Names and ID details, such as ID types and ID numbers, of BOs of the legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  o)Names and ID details, such as ID types and ID numbers, of persons authorized to carry out transaction on behalf of the legal person or legal arrangement; and
                                  p)Expected annual activity (i.e. expected annual value and number of transactions for future transaction monitoring).
                                   
                                  16.11.4The Licensed Person must collect appropriate documents to verify and confirm the source of funds, purpose of transaction and the commercial/economic reason for each transaction by a legal person or legal arrangement;
                                   
                                  16.11.5The following customer information must be printed on the transaction receipt, at a minimum:
                                   
                                  a)UIN assigned to the legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  b)Full legal name of the legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  c)Address (P.O Box, Shop No., Building name, Street, City, Emirate, Country);
                                  d)Phone number;
                                  e)Name and ID number of the person representing the legal person or legal arrangement to carry out transactions on its behalf;
                                  f)Country of incorporation;
                                  g)ID type (whether trade license or the equivalent);
                                  h)Trade license (or the equivalent) number;
                                  i)Trade license (or the equivalent) place of issue;
                                  j)Trade license (or the equivalent) issue date;
                                  k)Trade license (or the equivalent) expiry date;
                                  l)Method of payment (whether cash or cheque, etc.);
                                  m)Source of funds;
                                  n)Purpose of transaction; and
                                  o)Beneficiary name and bank account details (wherever applicable).
                                   
                                  16.11.6The receipt must be signed by the representative of the legal person or legal arrangement who carries out the transaction on its behalf and must be retained in the records along with all KYC supporting documents in accordance with Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter;
                                   
                                  16.11.7The customer profile must be reviewed and updated either annually or upon the expiry of the trade license or the IDs of any person authorized to make transactions on behalf of the customer, whichever comes first. At this time, the Licensed Person must conduct ongoing monitoring on the customer which must consist of the following:
                                   
                                  a)The original ID (in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.3, 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 of this Chapter) and its certified copy must be held in the records during the review of a customer profile;
                                  b)CDD and EDD must be repeated and the customer profile, including the supporting evidence as per Paragraph 16.11.2 of this Chapter, must be updated annually at a minimum. The Licensed Person must ensure that copies of valid licenses are available in the records at all times.
                                  c)CDD and EDD must also be repeated whenever there is a change in the profile of the customer, such as any change in the ownership of a legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  d)The Licensed Person must scrutinize the transactions concluded by a customer to ensure that transactions are consistent with the Licensed Person’s knowledge of the customer, the customer’s business, risk profile, the source of funds and where necessary, source of the customer’s wealth; and
                                  e)The Licensed Person must review transaction monitoring results for the customer to determine whether any STRs or SARs have been filed or whether the customer’s behavior has generated alerts.
                                   
                                  16.11.8CDD and EDD in accordance with Paragraph 16.11.2 of this Chapter must also be undertaken before entering into below types of business relationships:
                                   
                                  a)Foreign correspondent banking arrangements, such as those with banks, exchange houses or any other financial institutions, for the purpose of money transfer services;
                                  b)Money transfer arrangements with instant money transfer service providers;
                                  c)Hedging arrangements with local or foreign institutions;
                                  d)Arrangements to import or export banknotes from/to foreign institutions, such as Banks, exchange houses or other financial institutions outside the UAE; and
                                  e)Arrangements with local or foreign entities to offer special products/services.
                                   
                                  16.11.9All business relationships under Paragraph 16.11.8 of this Chapter must be approved by the Compliance Committee of the Licensed Person and by the Banking Supervision Department of the CBUAE prior to establishment of the business relationship.;
                                   
                                  16.11.10For all business relationships under Paragraph 16.11.8.a) of this Chapter, LEH must collect sufficient information about any receiving correspondent institution for the purpose of identifying and achieving a full understanding of the nature of its business, and to determine, through publicly available information, its reputation and level of AML/CFT controls, including whether it has been subject to a ML/FT investigation or regulatory action. LEH must also evaluate the AML/CFT controls applied by the receiving correspondent institution and understand the responsibilities of each institution in the field of AML/CFT.
                                   
                                  16.11.11While undertaking EDD as per Paragraph 16.11.8 of this Chapter on entities located outside the UAE, the Licensed Person may:
                                   
                                  a)visit the business locations of entities which are located in countries assessed as High Risk in order to carry out risk assessment as per Paragraph 16.11.2 (b).1 of this Chapter where it is practical and otherwise safe to do so (i.e. no site visit is required when such entities are located in low or medium risk countries);
                                  b)Identify the BOs and collect copies of the IDs of BOs on a risk sensitive basis by the Compliance Officer of such foreign entities (in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.3, 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 of the Standards), in case the verification of original documents by the Licensed Person is practically impossible. Where the BO resides outside the UAE, original copies of IDs must be appropriately notarized or attested by relevant authorities in the respective foreign country and in the UAE;
                                   
                                  16.11.12The Licensed Person must not enter into any business relationship with a Shell bank or company .
                                   
                                • 16.12 Transactions by Non-Profit Organisations

                                  16.12.1The Licensed Person must not accept non-profit organisations such as Co-operative Societies, Charitable Societies, Social or Professional Societies as customers unless they provide an original signed letter from the Ministry of Community Development confirming their identities and permitting them to collect donations and an authorization from the UAE Red Crescent for conducting financial transfers out of the UAE;
                                   
                                  16.12.2CDD and EDD in line with Paragraph 16.11 of this Chapter must be carried out before entering into any business relationship with non-profit organisations; and
                                   
                                  16.12.3Business relationships with non-profit organisations must be approved by the Board of Directors (or by the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) of the Licensed Person.
                                   
                                • 16.13 Politically Exposed Persons (PEP) Checks

                                  16.13.1All PEPs, whether natural person customers or the BOs of legal persons or legal arrangements, are required to undergo EDD as defined in Paragraph 16.13.4, no matter the transaction in which they seek to engage. It is not acceptable to conduct only CID and CDD on a PEP customer.
                                   
                                  16.13.2Licensed Persons should note that the definition of PEPs includes their direct family members and close business associates. A legal person or legal arrangement qualifies as a PEP when its BO(s) meets the definition of a PEP.
                                   
                                  16.13.3The Licensed Person must implement appropriate systems and tools to determine whether a customer, who is a natural person or the BO of a legal person or arrangement customer, is a PEP. Where the Licensed Person has established a customer profile for a customer, the Licensed Person must repeat this check at least once every 12 months, or prior to carrying out the first transaction following the expiration of the 12-month period;
                                   
                                  16.13.4Where a natural person, a legal person or legal arrangement customer or a BO of a legal person or legal arrangement customer is found to be a PEP, the Licensed Person must perform the following mandatory steps:
                                   
                                  a)Take reasonable measures to identify the source of funds and the source of wealth of the customer or the BO(s);
                                   
                                  b)Obtain approval from the Compliance Officer and the Manager in Charge before processing any transaction in the Point of Sale system. If the BO of a legal person or legal arrangement customer is an PEP, the Board of Directors (or of the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) must approve the relationship or the processing of a transaction; and
                                   
                                  c)Perform any other EDD as necessary to manage the risk of the customer.
                                   
                                  16.13.5The Licensed Person must refer to Paragraphs 16.11.2 (a).14 and (b).2 of this Chapter for requirements while entering into business relationships with a legal person or legal arrangement owned by PEP;
                                   
                                  16.13.6All transactions by a PEP or by a legal person or legal arrangement customer where the BO is a PEP must be closely monitored by the Compliance Officer. The transaction monitoring systems employed by Licensed Person must have the capability to support monitoring of such transactions and must generate necessary exception reports and alerts.
                                   
                                • 16.14 Designated Non-Financial Businesses and Professions (DNFBPs)

                                  16.14.1EDD is required before entering into any business relationship with, or processing any transactions for, DNFBPs as defined under the AML-CFT Decision. DNFBPs may be natural or legal persons.
                                   
                                  16.14.2The Licensed Person must implement appropriate, procedures, systems and tools to determine whether a customer is a DNFBP.
                                   
                                  16.14.3Where a customer is determined to be a DNFBP, the Licensed Person must carry out the following required steps, in addition to the CDD and EDD required by Paragraph 16.11 of these Standards and any other EDD appropriate to manage the risk of the customer:
                                   
                                  a)Verify that the customer is supervised as a DNFBP by the appropriate supervisor;
                                  b)Obtaining information sufficient to determine that the customer is compliant with the AML/CFT preventive measures required under AML-CFT Decision;
                                  c)Take additional steps to understand the customer’s business and its customer base; and
                                  d)Obtain approval from the Compliance Officer and the Manager in Charge of the Licensed Person before establishing the business relationship or processing any transactions.
                                   
                                • 16.15 Dealers in Precious Metals and Stones (DPMS)

                                  16.15.1EDD is required before entering into any business relationship with, or processing any transactions for, DPMS, whether or not they qualify as DNFBPs under AML-CFT Decision. DPMS may be natural or legal persons.
                                   
                                  16.15.2The Licensed Person must implement appropriate procedures, systems and tools to determine whether a customer is a DPMS.
                                   
                                  16.15.3Where a customer is determined to be a DPMS, the Licensed Person must carry out the following required steps, in addition to the CDD and EDD required by Paragraph 16.11 of these Standards and any other EDD appropriate to manage the risk of the customer:
                                   
                                  a)Verifying that the customer has the required licenses;
                                  b)Obtaining information sufficient to determine that the customer is compliant with the AML/CFT preventive measures required under AML-CFT Decision;
                                  c)Take additional steps to understand the customer’s business, including the products and services it offers, its geographic footprint, and its customer base; and
                                  d)Obtain approval from the Compliance Officer and the Manager in Charge of the Licensed Person before establishing the business relationship or processing any transactions.
                                   
                                • 16.16 Additional Provisions on CID, CDD and EDD

                                  16.16.1The Licensed Person must be able to demonstrate to the Central Bank Examiners that the KYC Process that has been applied is appropriate in view of its risks related to the money laundering, terrorist financing or related financial crimes.
                                   
                                  16.16.2The Licensed Person must comply with the instructions and conditions that are stated in the Letter of No Objection issued by the Banking Supervision Department for special products or services.
                                   
                                  16.16.3The Licensed Person must apply the CID process in accordance with Paragraph 16.8 of this Chapter for a natural person who repeatedly exchanges foreign currency (for example, once in a week) of value below AED 3,500 per transaction;
                                   
                                  16.16.4The Licensed Person may accept a Seaman’s Pass/ID in order to complete the KYC Process, instead of acceptable IDs listed under Paragraph 16.8.3 of this Chapter, from natural persons who carry out the following transactions:
                                   
                                  a)Foreign currency exchange transactions of aggregate value up to AED 34,999.75 per week; and
                                  b)Money transfer transactions of aggregate value up to AED 27,000 per week.
                                   
                                  16.16.5The Licensed Person, while accepting transactions under Paragraph 16.16.4 of this Chapter, must apply the CID process in accordance with Paragraph 16.8 of this Chapter for foreign currency exchange transactions and the CDD process in accordance with Paragraph 16.9 of this Chapter for money transfer transactions (except Paragraph 16.8.3 of this Chapter) at a minimum;
                                   
                                  16.16.6The Licensed Person must carry out the CDD process for every pre-paid card customer (for legal person or arrangement prepaid card customers, CDD and EDD) in addition to introducing appropriate velocity controls to monitor the activity of the customer based on the number of cards purchased (whether non-reloadable or reloadable) or number of times reloaded (where it is a reloadable card). These transactions must be closely monitored by the Compliance Officer. The systems must have the capability to support monitoring of such transactions and must generate necessary exception reports and alerts.
                                   
                                  16.16.7The customer using automated machines (i.e. Kiosks) for executing transactions must visit a branch to complete CID or CID/EDD as appropriate and have the UIN issued by the Licensed Person. In such cases, the Licensed Person must ensure that the customer is only be permitted to add, modify or disable beneficiary details via kiosks upon authentication via a mobile OTP sent to the customer’s registered mobile number obtained during on-boarding as part of the KYC Process. The Licensed Person must also set a maximum limit, which shall not exceed AED 3,500 per transaction for money transfers via such machines. In any case, the total value of money transfers by a customer via such machines shall not exceed AED 10,000 per month. All such transactions must be closely monitored by the Compliance Officer. The systems must have the capability to support monitoring of such transactions and must generate necessary exception reports and alerts.
                                   
                                  16.16.8The Licensed Person must implement appropriate measures/controls to ensure that the UIN issued to a customer is being used only by that customer at all times. The Licensed Person may consider the following to comply with this requirement:
                                   
                                  a)Verification of the original ID as per Paragraph 16.8.3 of this Chapter prior to accepting transactions from a customer; or
                                  b)Issue ID/Membership/Loyalty Cards that contain the basic customer details (such as name, date of birth, nationality, UIN etc.) including a recent photograph and such original cards must be verified prior to accepting transactions from customers; or
                                  c)Introduce appropriate biometric systems.
                                   
                                  16.16.9Natural persons, who do not have a valid visa to stay in the UAE, must not be permitted to carry out transactions unless they are in the grace period upon cancellation or expiry of the residence permit or on amnesty.
                                   
                                  16.16.10The Licensed Person must apply the following KYC process for a customer who exchanges low denomination currency notes to larger ones:
                                   
                                  a)CDD process, in accordance with Paragraph 16.9 of this Chapter, must be applied for a natural person when the value of such transaction is between AED 35,000 and AED 54,999.75;
                                  b)EDD process, in accordance with Paragraph 16.10 of this Chapter, must be applied for a natural person when the value of such transaction is equal to or above AED 55,000;
                                  c)CDD and EDD process, in accordance with Paragraph 16.11 of this Chapter, must be applied in case the customer is a legal person or legal arrangement irrespective of the value of such transaction; and
                                  d)If there are any reasonable grounds to suspect ML/FT, the Licensed Person must file a STR, SAR or any other report with the FIU irrespective of the value of such transaction. Please refer to Paragraph 16.26 of this Chapter for more information on Suspicious Transaction Reporting.
                                   
                                  16.16.11The Licensed Person must apply the EDD process that is effective and proportionate to the ML/FT risks, including obtaining the approval of the Manager in Charge and the Compliance Officer, for establishing business relationships or one-off transactions with:
                                   
                                  a)PEP (Refer to Paragraph 16.13 of this Chapter);
                                  b)Customers from high-risk jurisdictions;
                                  c)Unusually complex transactions or those which have no clear economic or legal purpose; and
                                  d)Transactions that the Licensed Person considers as high risk.
                                   
                                  16.16.12The Licensed Person must conduct the EDD process for a customer, irrespective of the value of transaction, if it suspects that the customer is engaging in money laundering or terrorist financing (ML/FT). If reasonable grounds are established to suspect money laundering, terrorist financing and/or financing of illicit organizations, such transactions must be reported, without any delay, to the FIU. Please refer to paragraph 16.26 of this Chapter for further information.
                                   
                                  16.16.13The Licensed Person must also conduct the EDD on its existing customers, if there is:
                                   
                                  a)a material change in the nature or ownership of a customer who is a legal person or legal arrangement;
                                  b)doubt about the veracity or adequacy of information previously obtained in relation to the customer; or
                                  c)any other reason that the Licensed Person deems appropriate.
                                   
                                • 16.17 Special Requirements When Conducting Money Transfers: Requirements for Ordering Institutions

                                  16.17.1In addition to all other requirements discussed in this Chapter, the ordering Licensed Person must ensure that all international wire transfers, whether inward or outward, are always accompanied by the following data:
                                   
                                  a)the name of the originator,
                                  b)his or her identity number or travel document,
                                  c)date and country of birth,
                                  d)address,
                                  e)UIN; and
                                  f)the name of the beneficiary and his account number used to make the transfers. In the absence of the account, the transfer must include a unique transaction reference number, which allows the process to be tracked.
                                   
                                  16.17.2The Licensed Person must verify the accuracy of the data listed in paragraph 16.17.1(a-f). The transfer must include a unique transaction reference number which allows the process to be tracked.
                                   
                                  16.17.3In the event that several individual cross-border wire transfers from a single originator are bundled in a batch file for transmission to beneficiaries, the batch file must contain required and accurate originator information, and full beneficiary information, that is fully traceable within the beneficiary country; and the Licensed Person must include the originator’s account number or unique transaction reference number.
                                   
                                  16.17.4For domestic wire transfers, the ordering Licensed Person must ensure that the information accompanying the wire transfer includes originator information as indicated above, unless this information can be made available to the beneficiary financial institution and competent authorities by other means.
                                   
                                  16.17.5Where the information accompanying the domestic wire transfer can be made available to the beneficiary financial institution and competent authorities by other means, the ordering Licensed Person must be only required to include the account number or a unique transaction reference number, provided that this number or identifier will permit the transaction to be traced back to the originator or the beneficiary. The ordering financial institution must make the information available within three business days of receiving the request either from the beneficiary financial institution or from competent authorities.
                                   
                                  16.17.6Ordering Licensed Persons must not carry out wire transfers if they fail to comply with the above conditions.
                                   
                                  16.17.7Ordering Licensed Persons must keep all information about the originator and the beneficiary collected, in accordance with Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                • 16.18 Special Requirements When Conducting Money Transfers: Requirements for Intermediary Licensed Persons

                                  16.18.1When acting as an intermediary financial institution, the Licensed Person must ensure that all originator and beneficiary information that accompanies a cross-border wire transfer is retained in the corresponding domestic wire transfer.
                                   
                                  16.18.2Where technical limitations prevent the required originator or beneficiary information accompanying a cross-border wire transfer from remaining with a related domestic wire transfer, the Licensed Person shall keep a record of all the information received from the ordering financial institution or another cross-border intermediary financial institution, and retain this information in keeping with Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.18.3When acting as an intermediary financial institution, the Licensed Person must take reasonable measures, which are consistent with straight-through processing, to identify cross-border wire transfers that lack required originator information or required beneficiary information, and must have risk-based policies and procedures for determining when to execute, reject, or suspend a wire transfer; and the appropriate follow-up action.
                                   
                                • 16.19 Special Requirements When Conducting Money Transfers: Requirements for Beneficiary Licensed Persons

                                  16.19.1Beneficiary Licensed Person must take reasonable measures to identify cross-border wire transfers that lack required originator information or required beneficiary information, which may include real-time monitoring where feasible or post-event monitoring.
                                   
                                  16.19.2For cross-border wire transfers, a Beneficiary Licensed Person must verify the identity of the customer, if the customer has not already been subject to CID/CDD as appropriate given the value of the transaction.
                                   
                                  16.19.3The Beneficiary Licensed Person must have risk-based policies and procedures for determining when to execute, reject, or suspend a wire transfer lacking required originator or required beneficiary information; and for determining the appropriate follow-up action.
                                   
                                  16.19.4Beneficiary Licensed Persons must maintain records of all required originator and required beneficiary information collected, in accordance with Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                • 16.20 Third Party Transactions

                                  16.20.1A transaction is treated as a third party transaction when it is carried out by a person (hereafter known as ‘the representative’) on behalf of another natural person or a legal person or legal arrangement (hereafter known as ‘the beneficial owner of funds’). The Licensed Person must not accept third party transactions except in cases that are mentioned under Paragraphs 16.20.2 to 16.20.7 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.20.2The Licensed Person may accept the transaction by a natural person on behalf of another natural person subject to the following conditions:
                                   
                                  a)The representative must produce a duly executed Power of Attorney (PoA) from the beneficial owner of funds to carry out such transactions. Where there is no PoA, the beneficial owner of funds must issue a letter authorizing the representative to carry out transactions on his/her behalf. The beneficial owner of funds must visit the Licensed Person to sign such letter of authority, the validity of which shall not exceed two (2) years from the date of issue;
                                   
                                  b)The letter of authority must refer to the type of transactions (whether currency exchange or money transfer) which the representative is authorized to carry out on behalf of the beneficial owner of funds as well as the identification details of both parties. The letter must also include the beneficiary details in the case of a money transfer transaction;
                                   
                                  c)The signature of the beneficial owner of funds in the letter of authority must be verified against that in the passport or the Emirates ID;
                                   
                                  d)The representative and the beneficial owner of funds must both be resident in the UAE;
                                   
                                  e)Original IDs of both parties must be collected and verified in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.3, 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 of this Chapter;
                                   
                                  f)The beneficial owner of funds and the representative must undergo the CDD process in accordance with Paragraph 16.9 of this Chapter. The EDD process must be applied, when applicable, in accordance with Paragraph 16.10 of this chapter;
                                   
                                  g)All transactions must be recorded in the system against the UIN of the beneficial owner of funds. Name and ID details of the representative must also be recorded in the Point of Sale system;
                                   
                                  h)The names of both parties must be subjected to the sanctions/PEP screening. In the case of money transfer transactions, the beneficiary’s name as well as the name of beneficiary bank must also be appropriately screened; The name of the representative must be printed separately on the transaction receipt in addition to the information of the beneficial owner of funds in accordance with Paragraph 16.9.13 or 16.10.4 of this Chapter, whichever is applicable; and
                                   
                                  i)All such transactions must be closely monitored by the Compliance Officer. The systems must have the capability to support monitoring of such transactions and must generate necessary exception reports and alerts.
                                   
                                  16.20.3The Requirement under Paragraph 16.20.2 of this Chapter is not applicable, where the transaction is carried out by a natural person on behalf of another natural person who is either working as domestic helper (examples are: house maid, cook, servant, cleaner, etc.) or unable to visit the Licensed Premises due to the inherent nature of their work/living conditions, subject to the following conditions:
                                   
                                  a)The representative must produce a letter signed by the beneficial owner of the funds authorizing the representative to carry out transactions. This letter of authority must refer to the type of transactions (whether currency exchange or money transfer) which the representative is authorized to carry out on behalf of the beneficial owner of funds as well as the identification details of both parties. The letter must also include the beneficiary details in the case of a money transfer transaction;
                                   
                                  b)The total value of transactions, whether foreign currency exchange or inward/outward remittance, shall not exceed AED 24,000 during a rolling three hundred and sixty five (365) days from the date of the first transaction for each beneficial owner of funds;
                                   
                                  c)The representative and the beneficial owner of funds must both be resident in the UAE;
                                   
                                  d)Original IDs of both parties must be collected and verified in accordance with Paragraphs 16.8.3, 16.9.6 and 16.9.7 of this Chapter;
                                   
                                  e)The representative and the [beneficial owner]/customer must undergo the CDD process in accordance with Paragraph 16.9 of this Chapter. The EDD process must be applied, when applicable, in accordance with Paragraph 16.10 of this Chapter. The Licensed Person is expected to take all measures practically possible to confirm that such transactions are genuine without leaving any chance for doubt or confusion for misuse of this arrangement;
                                   
                                  f)All such transactions must be recorded in the system against the UIN of the representative. The name and ID details of the beneficial owner of funds must also be recorded in the Point of Sale system. The SMS notifications in accordance with Paragraph 4.9 of Chapter 4 must go directly to the beneficial owner of funds;
                                   
                                  g)The names of both parties must be subjected to sanctions/PEP screening. In the case of money transfer transactions, the beneficiary’s name as well as the name of beneficiary bank must also be appropriately screened;
                                   
                                  h)The name of the beneficial owner of funds must be printed separately on the transaction receipt in addition to the information of the representative in accordance with Paragraph 16.9.13 or 16.10.4 of this Chapter, whichever is applicable;
                                   
                                  i)All such transactions must be closely monitored by the Compliance Officer. The systems must have the capability to support monitoring of such transactions and must generate necessary exception reports and alerts; and
                                   
                                  j)In case of any doubt or confusion regarding the documents submitted or information provided by the representative, the Licensed Person must insist that the beneficial owner of funds to personally visit the Licensed Person to complete the KYC process. If the beneficial owner of the funds refuses to visit the Licensed Person, the relationship must be terminated and the case must be reported to the FIU immediately where necessary.
                                   
                                  16.20.4Transactions by a natural person on behalf of another legal person or legal arrangement in the UAE falls under the scope of the EDD Process under Paragraph 16.11 of this Chapter. The conditions under Paragraph 16.20.5 of this Chapter must be applied where the remittance transactions are for importing goods or payment for services.
                                   
                                  16.20.5Remittance transactions from legal entities in the UAE for importing goods or payment for services (i.e. trade related transactions), must only be accepted subject to the below conditions:
                                   
                                  a)EDD (refer to Paragraph 16.11 of this Chapter) must be completed for each legal person or legal arrangement before onboarding the customer;
                                  b)The Licensed Person must establish the commercial/economic reason for each remittance transaction;
                                  c)The Licensed Person must ensure that supporting documents, such as Invoices, are in the name of the legal person or legal arrangement in the UAE and the goods are destined for the UAE;
                                  d)The names of all parties involved in the transaction such as names of remitter (i.e. legal person or legal arrangement ), its Owner/Partners/Shareholders, authorized person who carries out the transaction (i.e. the representative) and beneficiary must undergo sanctions screening for each transaction;
                                  e)The names of the remitter (i.e. legal person or legal arrangement), its Owner/Partners/Shareholders, the authorized person who carries out the transaction (i.e. the representative) must undergo PEP screening for each transaction;
                                  f)Preference must be given to settle such transactions through a bank, either by cheque or via bank transfer, instead of accepting cash;
                                  g)The Licensed Person must collect the original Bill of Lading/Airway Bill for the post transaction (i.e. after executing such transactions) verification, whenever the same is issued. A copy of the original Bill of Lading/Airway Bill certified as “Original Sighted and Verified” under the signature of the employee who carries out the KYC Process must be retained;
                                  h)The Licensed Person must also track the movement of such goods using an appropriate container/vessel tracking system when the settlement of the underlying transaction is in cash. Appropriate logs and evidences must be maintained by the Licensed Person for such tracking;
                                  i)All such transactions must be closely monitored by the Compliance Officer. The systems must have the capability to support monitoring of such transactions and must generate necessary exception reports and alerts; and
                                  j)The authorized person who carries out the transaction (i.e. the representative) on behalf of the legal person or legal arrangement must be a resident in the UAE.
                                   
                                  16.20.6Where a legal person or legal arrangement in the UAE (i.e. the remitter) which remits on behalf of another legal person or legal arrangement outside the UAE (i.e. beneficial owner of funds) who imports goods or pays for services, the Licensed Person must accept such transactions subject to the below conditions:
                                   
                                  a)The Licensed Person must undertake the EDD on the remitter which must be in accordance with Paragraph 16.11 of this Chapter;
                                  b)The Licensed Person must also undertake the EDD on the beneficial owner of funds;
                                  c)There must be at least one shareholder or partner common to both entities (i.e. legal person or legal arrangement in the UAE and the legal person or legal arrangement outside the UAE);
                                  d)In case, there is no shareholder or partner common to both entities, then there must be a legally valid agreement between the remitter and the beneficial owner of funds, authorizing the remitter to carry out such transaction;
                                  e)All documents related to the incorporation or formation of the legal person or legal arrangement outside the UAE (i.e. beneficial owner of funds) and the agreement between both the parties must be appropriately notarized or attested by relevant authorities in the respective foreign country and in the UAE;
                                  f)The name of the beneficial owner of the funds and its Owner/Partners/Shareholders must be captured in the Point of Sale system in addition to the required information of the remitter as per Paragraph 16.11.3 of this Chapter. Names of all parties involved in the transaction such as names of the remitter, beneficial owner of funds, Owner/Partners/Shareholders of both entities, authorized person who carries out the transaction (i.e. the representative) and beneficiary must undergo sanctions screening for each transaction;
                                  g)The names of the remitter (i.e. legal person or legal arrangement), its Owner/Partners/Shareholders, the authorized person who carries out the transaction (i.e. the representative) must undergo PEP screening for each transaction;
                                  h)The Licensed Person must establish the commercial/economic reasons for each remittance transaction;
                                  i)The Licensed Person must ensure that supporting documents, such as invoices, are in the name of the beneficial owner of funds and the goods are destined for the home country of the beneficial owner of the funds;
                                  j)Preference must be given to settle such transactions through bank, either by cheque or via bank transfer, instead of accepting cash;
                                  k)The name of beneficial owner of funds must be printed on the receipt in addition to the information of the remitter as per Paragraph 16.11.5 of this Chapter;
                                  l)After conducting the remittance transaction, the Licensed Person must collect the original Bill of Lading/Airway Bill for post transaction verification in a timely fashion after it is issued. The Licensed Person must introduce their own policies and procedures, based on an appropriate risk assessment, regarding the grace period (up to a maximum of 21 calendar days after conducting the remittance transaction) that can be granted to a customer in order to produce the Bill of Lading/Airway Bill. In case a customer fails to produce a copy of the Bill of Lading/Airway Bill within the given grace period, then the Licensed Person must not conduct further remittance transactions for that customer. A copy of the original Bill of Lading/Airway Bill certified as “Original Sighted and Verified” under the signature of the employee who carries out the KYC Process must be retained;
                                  m)The Licensed Person must track the movement of goods via an appropriate container/vessel tracking system in all cases of such remittance transactions. Appropriate logs and evidences must be maintained by the Licensed Person for such tracking;
                                  n)All such transactions must be closely monitored by the Compliance Officer. The systems must have the capability to support monitoring of such transactions and must generate necessary exception reports and alerts;
                                  o)In case of any doubt or confusion regarding the documents submitted or information provided by the beneficial owner of funds, remitter or representative, then the Licensed Person must exit the relationship and the case must be reported to the FIU immediately; and
                                  p)The authorized person who carries out the transaction (i.e. the representative) on behalf of the legal person or legal arrangement in the UAE must be a resident in the UAE.
                                   
                                  16.20.7The Licensed Person must not accept any transactions from a natural person, who is acting in personal capacity, on behalf of any foreign legal person or legal arrangement or a natural person who is a UAE Non-Resident.
                                   
                                • 16.21 Customs Declaration Forms (CDF)

                                  16.21.1The Licensed Person should be aware of the Regulation on the Declaration of Currencies, Bearer Negotiable Instruments, and Precious Metals and Stones in Possession of Travelers Entering or Leaving the UAE (issued in the Official Gazette No 703 dated 31/05/2021). These Regulation set requirements for individuals entering or departing the UAE carrying currencies, precious metals or stones, or bearer negotiable instruments with a value above AED 60,000. Such persons must declare these goods by completing the Customs Declaration Form (CDF);
                                   
                                  16.21.2The Licensed Person must collect and retain the original CDF if the customer exchanges currency, if the customer declares that the source of funds is related to the proceeds of purchase/sale of precious metals or stones brought into or to be taken out of the country, or of bearer negotiable instruments to the full value as stated in the CDF;
                                   
                                  16.21.3In case the customer exchanges only part of the total amount stated in the CDF, then the actual amount of currency, or of funds related to the proceeds of purchase/sale of precious metals or stones brought into or to be taken out of the country, or of bearer negotiable instruments exchanged by the Licensed Person must be endorsed on the original CDF under the signature of the employee who carries out the KYC process and under the official stamp of the Licensed Person. In such cases, the original CDF can be returned to the customer, but its copy after endorsement must be retained with the Licensed Person;
                                   
                                  16.21.4In case the amount of any partial exchange is endorsed on a CDF, the Licensed Person who accepts such CDF must exchange only the balance of the amount of currencies to ensure that the total amount of currency exchanged by the customer using the same CDF does not exceed the total value stated in the CDF; and
                                   
                                  16.21.5The CDF form collected from a customer must not be treated as evidence for the source of funds or the purpose of a transaction. Appropriate due diligence procedures must be conducted and supporting documents as evidence for the source of funds or purpose of transaction must be collected whenever and wherever necessary.
                                   
                                • 16.22 Recruitment and Know Your Employee (KYE) Process

                                  16.22.1The Licensed Person must implement an appropriate recruitment and Know Your Employee process for hiring employees in accordance with Paragraph 8.2 of Chapter 8.
                                   
                                • 16.23 AML Training

                                  16.23.1The Licensed Person must provide comprehensive AML/CFT compliance training to all employees including its Manager in Charge, functional heads, Directors of the Board and Owner/Partners/Shareholders.
                                   
                                  16.23.2The AML/CFT compliance training must be provided to all new joiners within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of joining. The new joiners must not be allowed to serve any customer independently until they have successfully completed such training. Refresher training must be provided to all employees at regular intervals.
                                   
                                  16.23.3The frequency of refresher AML/CFT compliance training may be determined based on the ML/FT risk exposure of each employee. Employees who deal directly with customers, products or services must be trained at least annually at a minimum.
                                   
                                  16.23.4Refresher training must also be provided whenever there are changes in the AML Laws, Regulations, Notices, the Standards or the Licensed Person’s AML policy/procedures.
                                   
                                  16.23.5Appropriate processes must be implemented to periodically assess the AML/CFT awareness of employees and repeat training must be planned based on the result of such assessment process.
                                   
                                  16.23.6Appropriate AML/CFT training registers must be maintained in order for the Central Bank Examiners to verify the training history of each employee.
                                   
                                  16.23.7Evidence for all trainings conducted such as, the training policy, training materials, training register, training plan, training schedules, assessment sheets, training certificates, etc. must be retained for the verification by the Central Bank Examiners.
                                   
                                  16.23.8The AML/CFT training materials must be reviewed and updated at regular intervals or whenever there are changes in the AML Laws, Regulations, Notices, the Standards and the Licensed Person’s AML policy/ procedures.
                                   
                                  16.23.9The AML/CFT training materials must cover at least the following topics. These topics should be covered in greater depth, and additional topics should be covered as appropriate, on a risk sensitive basis depending on the role of each employee:
                                   
                                  a)Money laundering and terrorist financing, definitions, typologies as well as recent trends;
                                  b)ML/FT risks associated with the products and services offered by the Licensed Person;
                                  c)AML/CFT policies and procedures including the highlights on recent changes;
                                  d)The regulatory responsibilities and obligations of employees under AML/CFT Laws, Regulations, Notices and the Standards;
                                  e)Description of Know Your Customer process and its importance;
                                  f)Due Diligence measures and procedures for monitoring transactions;
                                  g)Sanction screening and PEP screening procedures;
                                  h)Red flags to identify unusual transactions or transaction patterns or customer behaviours;
                                  i)Processes and procedures of making internal disclosures of unusual transactions;
                                  j)Roles of the Compliance Officer and Alternate Compliance Officer including their full contact details;
                                  k)Tipping off;
                                  l)Record retention policy;
                                  m)Reference to industry guidance and other sources of information;
                                  n)Emerging ML/FT risks and measures to mitigate such risks;
                                  o)Penalties for non-compliance with the AML/CFT Laws, Regulations, Notices and the Standards; and
                                  p)Disciplinary procedures to be applied on employees for not adhering to the AML policy and procedures.
                                   
                                • 16.24 Transaction Monitoring

                                  16.24.1The Licensed Person must introduce automated systems and tools to support transaction monitoring, that are risk-based and appropriate to the nature, size and complexity of its business.
                                   
                                  16.24.2The monitoring systems must be configured to identify abnormal/unusual transactions, patterns of activities or behaviours of customers by defining sufficient number of rules and parameters within the system. Rules and parameters must take account of ML/FT typologies in the Exchange Business sector. Special attention must be given to third party transactions while defining rules and parameters.
                                   
                                  16.24.3Information related to the expected annual activity collected at the time of customer onboarding process must be used to assess any deviations or unusual behaviours/patterns.
                                   
                                  16.24.4All abnormal/unusual transactions must be investigated and supporting records must be retained for the minimum retention period as per Paragraph 16.29 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.24.5After investigation of abnormal/unusual transactions, if reasonable grounds are established to suspect money laundering, terrorist financing and/or financing of illicit organizations, such transactions must be reported, without any delay, to the FIU. Please refer to paragraph 16.26 of this Chapter for further information.
                                   
                                  16.24.6Where a report is made to the FIU, it must be considered as part of the ongoing monitoring of the customer as required by paragraphs 16.9.11 and 16.11.7 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                • 16.25 Sanctions Screening

                                  16.25.1Appropriate systems must be introduced for real time screening, as part of the KYC process, on all parties involved in a transaction against all applicable sanction lists (i.e. the UN sanction lists (“UN Consolidated List’), the UAE Cabinet local list (“Local Terrorist List”)). Screening must be conducted prior to the execution of any transaction.
                                   
                                  16.25.2The Licensed Person must have appropriate procedures in place to test and fine-tune the system used for real-time screening on an ongoing basis.
                                   
                                  16.25.3Written processes and procedures for the escalation and clearing of potential sanction matches must be introduced;
                                   
                                  16.25.4The logs/records related to the clearing of potential sanction matches must be available in the system for a minimum period of five (5) years from the date of receipt of the transaction.
                                   
                                  16.25.5The UN Consolidated List and the Local Terrorist List must be regularly updated and immediately updated within the Point of Sale/computer systems of the Licensed Person, preferably without any manual intervention. Appropriate logs must be maintained in the system to confirm such updates.
                                   
                                  a)The Licensed Person should rely on the official website of the UN Security Council for the most updated UN Consolidated List:
                                   
                                  https://www.un.org/securitycouncil/content/un-sc-consolidated-list (English)
                                  https://www.un.org/securitycouncil/ar/content/un-sc-consolidated-list (Arabic)
                                   
                                  b)The Licensed Person should rely on the official website of the Executive Office of the Committee for Goods & Materials Subjected to Import & Export Control (“Executive Office”) to obtain the most recent publication of the Local Terrorist List issued by the UAE Cabinet:
                                   
                                  UN page | Committee for goods & material subjected to import & export (uaeiec.gov.ae) (English)
                                  UN page | لجنة السلع والمواد الخاضعة للاستيراد والتصدير (uaeiec.gov.ae) (Arabic)
                                   
                                  c)The Licensed Person must register on the Executive Office’s website in order to receive automated email notifications with updated and timely information about the listing and de-listing of individuals or entities in the Local Terrorist List and in the UN Consolidated List.
                                   
                                  16.25.6When a match is found through the screening, the Licensed Person must immediately, without delay and without prior notice, freeze all funds. “Without delay” means within 24 hours of the listing decision being issued by the UN Security Council or the UAE Cabinet, as the case may be.
                                   
                                  16.25.7The Licensed Person must not make funds available or provide financial or other related services, whether in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, to any of the persons or entities identified according to the above.
                                   
                                  16.25.8Sanction screening must be applied in the below cases as follow:
                                   
                                  a)In the case of foreign currency exchange transactions, the customer’s name must be screened against the sanction lists;
                                  b)In the case of money transfer transactions, the Remitter’s name and Beneficiary’s name as well as the name of beneficiary bank must be screened against sanction lists;
                                  c)Where the transactions are conducted by a legal person or legal arrangement, the name of the authorised person who carries out the transaction (i.e. the representative) must be screened against sanctions lists in addition to the name of the legal person or legal arrangement and its BOs. The Licensed Person, where applicable, must also comply with Paragraph 16.25.8 (b) of this Chapter; and
                                  d)The Licensed Person must also comply with the sanction screening requirements, in the case of third party transactions, as required by Paragraph 16.20 of this Chapter.
                                   
                                  16.25.9The Licensed Person should notify the Central Bank and the Executive Office as follow:
                                   
                                  a)In case of any confirmed match to a listing of names of individuals or legal persons to the Local Terrorist List or the UN Consolidated List is identified, the Licensed Person is required to report any freezing measures, prohibition to provide funds or services or any attempted transactions via the goAML platform within two business days by selecting the Fund Freeze Report (FFR). The Licensed Person must also ensure all the necessary information and documents regarding the confirmed match are submitted.
                                   
                                  b)In case of any potential match to a listing of names of individuals or legal persons to the Local Terrorist List or UN Consolidated List is identified (i.e. any match between data in the sanctions lists with any information in the Licensed Person’s databases), the Licensed Person is required to report the potential match via the goAML platform by selecting the Partial Name Match Report (PMNR). The Licensed Person must also ensure all the necessary information and documents regarding the potential match are submitted. In addition, the Licensed Person must uphold suspension measures related to the “potential match” until further instructions are received via the goAML platform on whether to cancel the suspension or implement freezing measures.
                                   
                                  c)The TFS related reports (FFR or PMNR) submitted via the goAML platform will be received simultaneously by the Central Bank and the Executive Office. The Licensed Person should also consult the Central Bank and the Executive Office’s websites respectively as updated from time to time.
                                   
                                  16.25.10The Licensed Person should consider their need to comply with other sanctions programs where applicable, including due to correspondent relationships, such as those administered by the United States of America and the European Union.
                                   
                                  16.25.11The Licensed Person must also sign up for the Integrated Enquiries Management System (IEMS) introduced by the FIU to automate and facilitate the execution process of requests for information, implementing decisions of public prosecutions and any other type of ML/FT requests.
                                   
                                • 16.26 Suspicious Transaction Reporting

                                  16.26.1Internal disclosure requirements:
                                   
                                  a)The Licensed Person must implement procedures, controls, systems and tools for its employees to internally disclose all suspected cases of ML/FT directly to the Compliance Officer or to an appropriate member of the compliance department without any interference from the Manager in Charge or any other employee of the Licensed Person;
                                   
                                  b)All internal disclosures must be thoroughly investigated to confirm if there are reasonable grounds for suspicion;
                                   
                                  c)If the investigation of an internal disclosure does not reveal reasonable grounds for suspicion, then the Compliance Officer may decide either to close the case or keep it open for future monitoring; and
                                   
                                  d)The Compliance Officer must retain documentary evidence regarding all internal disclosures, details of investigations undertaken and reasons for closing a case or keeping the case open for future monitoring under watch list or for reporting to the FIU.
                                   
                                  16.26.2External Reporting to the FIU:
                                   
                                  a)The Licensed Person must file without any delay an STR or SAR or other report types with the FIU using the “goAML” portal when they have reasonable grounds to suspect that a transaction, attempted transaction, or funds constitute, in whole or in part, regardless of the amount, the proceeds of crime, are related to a crime, or are intended to be used in a crime.
                                   
                                  b)The Licensed Person must take into account all information from both the ordering and beneficiary sides in order to determine whether an STR or SAR is to be filed.
                                   
                                  c)Procedures and controls must be implemented to ensure timely reporting of suspected cases to the FIU;
                                   
                                  d)The Licensed Person must comply with all directions of the FIU in relation to STRs and SARs submitted to them;
                                   
                                  e)The Licensed Person must keep appropriate records of STRs and SARs reported to the FIU; as required by paragraph 16.29.6 of this Chapter and
                                   
                                  f)As stated in Paragraph 16.25.6 of this Chapter, where a transaction is subject to the UN or UAE sanctions, the Licensed Person must immediately and without prior notice freeze the funds. Where a Licensed Person suspects that a transaction is related to the financing of terrorism and illegal organisations, the Licensed Person must report the transaction to the FIU within 24 hours.
                                   
                                • 16.27 Tipping Off

                                  16.27.1Tipping off is prohibited and is a punishable criminal offence. The Licensed Person or its employees must not inform customers or any persons or third parties, either directly or indirectly, that their transactions are subject to monitoring, are under investigation or have been reported to the FIU as suspicious transactions.
                                   
                                  16.27.2The Compliance Officer must ensure that all employees of the Licensed Person are aware of the consequences of tipping off such as penalties and imprisonment. Sufficient AML/CFT training must be provided to all employees to avoid tipping off.
                                   
                                • 16.28 Employee Behaviour

                                  16.28.1The Licensed Person must watch out for its employee’s behaviour, such as, an employee whose lifestyle cannot be supported by his/her salary or an employee who is reluctant to take a vacation or is associated with unusually large numbers of transactions, etc.
                                   
                                • 16.29 Record Retention

                                  16.29.1All records, documents, data and statistics related to transactions such as transaction receipts, KYC, CDD and EDD, ongoing monitoring, business correspondence and copies of personal identification documents must be retained for a minimum period of five (5) years from the date of completion of the transaction, termination of the business relationship or from the closing date of the account.
                                   
                                  16.29.2Records, in the context of Paragraph 16.29.1 of this Chapter, include electronic communication and documentation as well as physical, hard copy communication and documentation.
                                   
                                  16.29.3Records retained by the Licensed Person must be sufficient to permit the reconstruction of individual transactions.
                                   
                                  16.29.4AML training registers, training plans, AML training materials and other evidence for providing AML training must be retained for a period of five (5) years from the date of training.
                                   
                                  16.29.5Supporting documents for the transaction monitoring and investigations carried out on unusual transactions must be retained for a minimum period of five (5) years.
                                   
                                  16.29.6All documents related to STRs, SARs or other report types, including internal disclosures by employees and results of any analysis performed, must be retained for a minimum period of five (5) years from the date the STR, SAR or other report was reported. In case the matter is subject to litigation in a court or under investigation by an enforcement agency, the supporting documents related to such transactions or STR, SAR or other report must be retained for a minimum period of five (5) years from the date of issuance of a final decision of the competent judicial authority or from the date of completion of the investigation.
                                   
                                  16.29.7Any other records to demonstrate compliance with the AML/CFT Laws, Regulations, Notices and the Standards must also be retained.
                                   
                                • 16.30 Bi-Annual Compliance Report

                                  16.30.1The Compliance Officer must prepare Bi-Annual Compliance Reports (i.e. reports for the six (6) month periods ending on 30th June and 31st December of the respective financial year) in order to assess the effectiveness of the Licensed Person’s AML/CFT policies, procedures, systems and controls to prevent M//TF.
                                   
                                  16.30.2Bi-Annual Compliance Reports must be submitted within one (1) month from the end of each reporting period to:
                                   
                                  a)the Compliance Committee; and
                                  b)the Board of Directors (or the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors).
                                   
                                  16.30.3Bi-Annual Compliance Reports must cover at least the following:
                                   
                                  a)Assessment of ML/FT risks associated with the business of the Licensed Person and the effectiveness of its policies, procedures, systems and controls;
                                   
                                  b)Summary of the gap analysis between the AML/CFT Program of the Licensed Person and existing AML Laws, Regulations, Notices and the Standards as well as the actions taken by the Compliance Officer to bridge or resolve such gaps;
                                   
                                  c)Details of AML/CFT breaches highlighted in the most recent Central Bank examination report and the reports by Internal/External Auditors;
                                   
                                  d)The number of internal suspicious disclosures made by employees and the number of cases investigated, closed, kept open for future monitoring or reported to the FIU as STRs during the reporting period;
                                   
                                  e)The number of suspicious transactions detected and reported to the FIU via independent transaction monitoring by the Compliance Officer during the reporting period;
                                   
                                  f)Changes in the AML/CFT policies and procedures reviewed and the details of any AML/CFT policy or procedures newly introduced during the reporting period;
                                   
                                  g)Statistics on total employees, new joiners during the reporting period, number of employees trained and the number of employees not trained (if any) including reasons for not training employees;
                                   
                                  h)Areas where the AML/CFT training programme must be improved and proposals made to enhance the training;
                                   
                                  i)Recommendations to the Manager in Charge and the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) for the improvement of the AML/CFT function of the Licensed Person;
                                   
                                  j)Details of Compliance Officer’s requests for additional human resources, systems, controls, tools and technology changes for the attention of the Board of Directors (or of the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors);
                                   
                                  k)An action plan to improve the AML/CFT compliance function for the next six (6) months along with the current status of similar action plan for previous six (6) months; and
                                   
                                  l)The conclusion of the Compliance Officer about the effectiveness of the existing AML/CFT function of the Licensed Person.
                                   
                                  16.30.4The Bi-Annual Compliance Report must be approved by the Board of Directors (or by the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors).
                                   
                                  16.30.5A copy of the Bi-Annual Compliance Report must be submitted to the Banking Supervision Department and the AML/CFT Supervision Department via email respectively to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae along with comments from the Board of Directors (or from the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) within four (4) months from the end of each reporting period.
                                   
                                • 16.31 Independent Audit/Agreed-Upon Procedures on AML/CFT Compliance Function

                                  16.31.1The Compliance Officer’s function must undergo regular audit by the Internal Audit Department. Internal audit findings must be reported to the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors).
                                   
                                  16.31.2External Auditors must perform Agreed-Upon Procedures on the AML/CFT Compliance function annually which cover all the requirements of the AML/CFT Laws and Regulations, in particular this Chapter, and report their findings directly to the Board of Directors (or to the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors). The Licensed Person must submit a copy of this report to the Banking Supervision Department and the AML/CFT Supervision Department via email respectively to info.ehs@cbuae.gov.ae and amlcft@cbuae.gov.ae within four (4) months from the end of each financial year.
                                   
                                  16.31.3The Board of Directors (or the Owner/Partners where there is no Board of Directors) must ensure that appropriate actions are taken by the Compliance Officer, Manager in Charge and other functional heads to resolve findings of internal and external auditors in a timely manner. The Board must have in place procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure timely remediation of findings which may include time bound action plans, periodical review, follow ups.
                                   
                                • 16.32 Uploading of Remittance Data and Responding to Central Bank Queries

                                  16.32.1The Licensed Person must upload remittance data to the Central Bank Remittances Reporting System on a daily basis or at the latest by the end of the next business day.
                                   
                                  16.32.2The Licensed Person must also introduce appropriate procedures, systems and tools to enable immediate responses to the enquiries received from the Central Bank, the FIU (example: Search or Freeze notices) and other competent authorities in the UAE.
                                   
                                • 16.33 Role of the Compliance Committee

                                  16.33.1Please refer to Paragraph 6.9.3 of Chapter 6 for the roles and responsibilities of the Compliance Committee.
                                   
                                • 16.34 Scope of the Standards

                                  16.34.1The Standards under this Chapter shall apply to all Licensed Persons and their branches, offices and subsidiaries operating in the UAE as well as their employees, Board of Directors, Owner/Partners/Shareholders.
                                   
                                  16.34.2The Standards under this Chapter also apply to all branches and subsidiaries of the Licensed Person operating in foreign jurisdictions where the AML/CFT compliance requirements are less stringent than that contained in this Chapter.
                                   
                            • the Elapse of the Impact of the Disciplinary Sanctions Imposed on Insurance-Related Professions

                              The Board of Directors of the Insurance Authority, having perused:

                              -The Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations, as amended;
                               
                              -The Board of Directors Resolution No. (2) of 2009 regarding issuing the Implementing Regulations of the Federal Law No. (6) of 2007 concerning the Establishment of the Insurance Authority and Organization of its Operations;
                               
                              -The regulations, instructions and decisions relating to insurance-related professions; and
                               
                              -Based on the recommendation of the Director General of the Authority, and the approval of the Board of Directors,
                               

                              Has resolved:

                              • Article (1)

                                Without prejudice to any penalty prescribed by any applicable legislation, the impact of the disciplinary penalty imposed on any person practicing any insurance related-profession and / or an employee thereof shall elapse according to the specific periods for each of the following sanctions:

                                1.The impact of the warning (notification) shall elapse after the lapse of 60 days of regularization of the conditions.
                                 
                                2.The impact of suspension shall elapse after the lapse of (180) days from the issue date of the decision to lift the suspension.
                                 
                              • Article (2)

                                Any provisions that contradict with the provisions of this resolution shall not take effect.

                              • Article (3)

                                The Director General of the Authority shall issue the necessary decisions and circulars to implement the provisions of these Instructions.

                              • Article (4)

                                This Resolution shall be published in the Official Gazette and shall be effective immediately upon issuance.

                                Engineer Sultan bin Saeed Al Mansouri

                                Minister of Economy & Chairman of the Board

                            • Finance Companies Regulation

                              C 112/2018 Effective from 24/4/2018

                               

                              This Regulation has been replaced by the new 'Finance Companies Regulation C 3/2023'.

                               

                              The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Central Bank,

                              Having perused Union Law No. (10) of 1980 regarding the Central Bank, The Monetary System and Organization of Banking;

                              Federal Law No. (6) of 1985 concerning Islamic Banks, Financial Institutions and Investment Companies;

                              Federal Law No. (4) of 2002 regarding Criminalization of Money Laundering as amended by the Federal Law No. 9 of 2014;

                              Federal Law No. (6) of 2010 regarding the Credit Information;

                              Federal Law No. (7) of 2014 regarding Combating Terrorism Crimes;

                              Federal Law No. (2) of 2015 concerning Commercial Companies;

                              Federal Decree No. (95) of 2014 regarding the Formation of the Board of Directors of Central Bank of the U.A.E;

                              Cabinet Resolution No. (102/5/1) regarding the Establishing of a Higher Sharia’a Authority for Banking and Finance Activities taken in its meeting on 8/5/2016;

                              The Central Bank’s Board of Directors Resolution No. 58/3/96 regarding the regulation for finance companies taken in its meeting on 14/4/1996 and its amendments;

                              The Central Bank’s Board of Directors Resolution No. 165/6/2004 regarding the regulation for finance companies which conduct their business per Islamic Sharia'a Principles taken in its meeting on 12/10/2004;

                              The Central Bank’s Board of Directors Resolution No. 5/2/2011 regarding Bank’s Loans & Other Services Offered to Individual Customers taken in its meeting on 16/2/2011;

                              The Central Bank’s Board of Directors Resolution No. 67/5/2015 regarding Controls Regulating Al Etihad Credit Bureau taken in its meeting on 8/7/2015;

                              The Central Bank’s Board of Directors Resolution No. 26/2/2016 regarding the Formation of the Higher Sharia’a Authority taken in its meeting on 4/5/2016;

                              The Central Bank Board’s Legislation and Regulation Steering Committee Decision No. 2/1/2016 regarding the Non-Bank Financial Institutions organization taken in its meeting on 11/4/2016;

                              Has decided the following:

                              • Article (1) Introduction

                                1. 1.1 The Central Bank is seeking to enhance the organization, development and regulation of Finance Companies in the United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.) in the context of the overall organization of the financial sector.
                                   
                                2. 1.2 In introducing this Regulation the Central Bank wishes to ensure that Finance Companies in the U.A.E. are:
                                   
                                  1. a. Operating within transparent and well-defined organizational structures and operations;
                                     
                                  2. b. Prudently managed within a framework of permissible activities; and
                                     
                                  3. c. Equipped with the necessary financial resources and internal risk management systems.
                                     
                              • Article (2) Objective

                                1. 2.1 The objective of this Regulation is to provide a regulatory framework in which Finance Companies can operate and develop within the overall U.A.E. financial sector in a robust and prudent manner. The framework set out in this Regulation is aimed at:
                                   
                                  1. a. Protecting the customers of Finance Companies;
                                     
                                  2. b. Protecting Finance Companies; and
                                     
                                  3. c. Enhancing the overall stability of the financial sector.
                                     
                                2. 2.2 This Regulation is issued by the Central Bank pursuant to the powers vested in the Central Bank Law.
                                   
                                3. 2.3 Where this Regulation includes a requirement to provide information or to take certain measures, or to address certain items listed at a minimum, the Central Bank may impose requirements, which are additional to the list provided in the relevant article.
                                   
                              • Article (3) Application

                                1. 3.1 This Regulation applies to all Finance Companies except where specifically mentioned otherwise in this Regulation. All branches of any Finance Company operating in the U.A.E. shall be regarded together as one Finance Company.
                                   
                              • Article (4) Definitions

                                The following terms and phrases shall have the definitions assigned to them for the purpose of this Regulation:

                                1. Affiliate: an entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, or is under common control with another entity. The term control as used herein shall mean the holding, directly or indirectly, of voting rights in another entity, or of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of another entity;
                                   
                                2. Aggregate Funding: the total amount of debt capital that a Finance Company borrows from external sources, including its Parent. This includes, but is not limited to, borrowings from other financial institutions, issuing of bonds and other Islamic Finance debt instruments;
                                   
                                3. Aggregate Liabilities: the total amount of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet liabilities of a Finance Company;
                                   
                                4. Central Bank: the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates established under Federal Law No. (10) of 1980;
                                   
                                5. Central Bank Law: Federal Law No (10) of 1980 concerning the Central Bank, the Monetary System and Organization of Banking and its amendments;
                                   
                                6. Commercial Companies Law: the Federal Law No. (2) of 2015 concerning Commercial Companies;
                                   
                                7. Confidential Data: account or other information relating to a Finance Company customer or employee, who is or can be identified, either from the confidential data or from the confidential data in conjunction with other information that is in, or is likely to come into, the possession of a person, organization, or process that is granted access to the confidential data;
                                   
                                8. Controlling Influence: the relationship between a parent company and a subsidiary, where the parent holds a minimum of 50% of the subsidiary’s share capital or has control over it via, for example, the composition of the board of directors, or via a similar relationship between any natural or Juridical Person or company;
                                   
                                9. Credit Exposure: the value of a funded and unfunded exposure and unused committed lines that are subject to any credit risks, such as default or credit rating downgrade;
                                   
                                10. Duty of care: the duty of a member of the board of directors to act on an informed and prudent basis in decisions with respect to the Finance Company;
                                   
                                11. Duty of loyalty: the duty of a member of the board of directors to act in the interest of the Finance Company;
                                   
                                12. Financing: permitted activities as referred to in Article 10 of this Regulation;
                                   
                                13. Finance Company: a conventional finance company and/or an Islamic Finance Company;
                                   
                                14. Fitness and Probity or Fit and Proper: professional requirements and personal integrity requirements addressed to the board of directors and Senior Management in this Regulation;
                                   
                                15. Foreign funding: any borrowing or acceptance of deposits from any corporate entity incorporated outside of the U.A.E. and its free zones;
                                   
                                16. Free Zone: all free zones in the UAE except the financial free zones;
                                   
                                17. Higher Sharia’a Authority: the Authority established by the Central Bank to ensure implementation of Islamic Sharia’a provisions at financial institutions carrying on their entire activities or part thereof in accordance with Islamic Sharia’a provisions;
                                   
                                18. Independent member of the board: a member of the board of directors who does not have any management responsibilities within the Finance Company and is not under any undue influence, internal or external, political or ownership, that would impede the board member’s exercise of objective judgment, including but not limited to a relationship with the Finance Company, any of its Senior Management, external auditor, significant shareholders, subsidiaries or affiliates that could lead to financial or other benefit, in addition to other conditions that the Central Bank may specify from time to time;
                                   
                                19. Islamic Finance Company: a Central Bank licensed company engaged in financing activities whose memorandum and articles of association include a commitment to apply Sharia'a provisions and to conduct its activities as per those provisions;
                                   
                                20. Juridical Person: a Juridical Person in accordance with Article 92 of Federal Law no. 5 of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law. For the purpose of this Regulation, this definition only refers to Juridical Persons in the U.A.E.;
                                   
                                21. License: authorization issued by the Central Bank to conduct the business of Finance Companies;
                                   
                                22. Licensee: a Juridical Person licensed by the Central Bank to conduct Financing activities per the provisions of this Regulation;
                                   
                                23. Material Business Activity: an activity of the Finance Company that has the potential, if disrupted, to have a significant impact on the Finance Company’s business operations or its ability to manage risks effectively;
                                   
                                24. Parent Company: an entity (the 'first entity') which:
                                  1. holds a majority of the voting rights in another entity (the 'second entity');
                                     
                                  2. is a shareholder of the second entity and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of the board of directors or managers of the second entity; or
                                     
                                  3. is a shareholder of the second entity and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders, a majority of the voting rights in the second entity.

                                    or;

                                  4. if the second entity is a subsidiary of another entity which is itself a subsidiary of the first entity.
                                     
                                25. Principal Shareholder: any shareholder of a Finance Company who owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of shareholdings of a Finance Company;
                                   
                                26. Related Entities: any of the following:
                                  1. Two or more natural or Juridical Persons who, unless shown otherwise, constitute a single risk because one of them, directly or indirectly, has control over the other or others, or can exercise a Controlling Influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions; or
                                     
                                  2. Two or more natural or Juridical Persons between whom there is no relationship of control but who are to be regarded as constituting a single risk because they are so inter-related that, if one of them were to experience financial problems, the other or all of the others would be likely to encounter repayment difficulties;
                                1. aa. Senior Management: the executive management of the Finance Company responsible and accountable to the board of directors for the sound and prudent day-to-day management of the Finance Company, generally including, but not limited to, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief risk officer and heads of the compliance and internal audit functions;
                                   
                                2. ab. Subsidiary: an entity (the 'first entity') is a subsidiary of a Finance Company (the 'second entity') if the second entity:
                                   
                                  1. holds a majority of the voting rights in the first entity;
                                     
                                  2. is a shareholder of the first entity and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of the board of directors or managers of the first entity; or
                                     
                                  3. is a shareholder of the first entity and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders, a majority of the voting rights in the first entity.

                                    or;

                                  4. if the second entity is a subsidiary of another entity which is itself a subsidiary of the second entity;
                                     
                                3. ac. U.A.E. Banks: all banks licensed by the Central Bank.
                                   
                              • Article (5) Superseded Requirements and General Provisions

                                1. 5.1 This Regulation replaces all previous Central Bank regulations with respect to finance companies including the following:
                                RegulationsProvisions
                                Central Bank Board of Directors' Resolution No. 58/3/96 regarding the regulation for finance companies and its amendmentsAll articles
                                Central Bank Board of Directors' Resolution No. 165/6/2004 regarding the regulation for finance companies which conduct their business per Islamic Sharia'a PrinciplesAll articles
                              • Article (6) Applying for a License

                                1. 6.1 The conducting of Financing activities in the U.A.E. is prohibited unless licensed by the Central Bank to do so.
                                   
                                2. 6.2 Conducting Financing activities is restricted to Juridical Persons. The application must specify the range of activities for which the License is requested and must include the following:
                                   
                                  1. 6.2.1 A statement identifying the nature and scope of the types of activities, mentioned in Article 10 of this Regulation, that a new Finance Company proposes to undertake. In addition, the statement must specify any plans the applicant may have with regard to the future developments of these kinds of business, as well as details regarding the applicant's arrangements related to managing its business.
                                     
                                  2. 6.2.2 A feasibility study identifying the target market, the services to be provided, the business model and the strategy of the Finance Company, in addition to a three-year feasibility study that includes at least the following:
                                     
                                    1. Financing activities and products to be launched;
                                       
                                    2. Estimated financial statements, projected annual revenue and expenses, financial margins and targeted growth rates, taking into account Central Bank requirements according to Article 11 and Article 12 of this Regulation;
                                       
                                    3. Projected start-up costs and financing thereof;
                                       
                                    4. Projected ongoing financing of operations;
                                       
                                    5. The risk factors;
                                       
                                    6. A summary of the corporate structure, legal form and corporate governance standards adopted by the Finance Company;
                                       
                                    7. Branches to be established by the Finance Company; and
                                       
                                    8. A recruitment plan with the projected number of employees, including those of U.A.E. nationality. The Central Bank may set specific requirements for the share of employees of the Finance Company who are U.A.E. nationals.
                                       
                                  3. 6.2.3 The names, addresses, nationalities and share holdings of the shareholders, in addition to a certified copy of the memorandum and articles of association after the completion of the establishment procedures, as per the provisions of the Commercial Companies Law. For the shareholders who are U.A.E. nationals, U.A.E. identity cards are required in addition to a list of family members and their relationship to the founding members. For expatriate shareholders, passport and valid residency visa copies and U.A.E. identity cards are required. If the founding members are Juridical Persons, then constitutional documents duly legalized are required.
                                     
                                  4. 6.2.4 Organizational structure showing the main departments, sections, lines of reporting, authorities and responsibilities. This structure should be appropriate, balanced, and acceptable to the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  5. 6.2.5 Curriculum vitae of persons recommended for board of directors and Senior Management positions. The Central Bank may decide to interview nominees.
                                     
                                  6. 6.2.6 A certificate issued by a U.A.E. Bank indicating that the license applicant holds at least 25 million United Arab Emirates Dirhams of its paid up capital in deposits; in addition, an undertaking to deposit the remaining balance of the minimum required paid-up capital immediately after obtaining a preliminary approval from the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  7. 6.2.7 A letter of unconditional guarantee by one of the U.A.E. Banks, issued to the Central Bank, for an amount equivalent to the minimum required paid-up capital. This letter of guarantee must be renewable automatically until the required minimum paid-up capital is paid in full. The letter of guarantee shall be released upon the request of the founding shareholders in the following cases:
                                     
                                    1. Payment of the required minimum amount of paid-up capital in cash;
                                       
                                    2. Withdrawal of the License application; or
                                       
                                    3. Rejection of the License application by the Central Bank.
                                       
                                  8. 6.2.8 An undertaking to abide by the provisions of the Central Bank Law, the Commercial Companies Law and Federal Law No. (6) of 1985 regarding Islamic Banks, Financial Institutions and Investment Companies as well as the provisions of this Regulation and any decisions, instructions, directives, circulars or correspondence issued by the Central Bank with regard to Financing activities.
                                     
                                  9. 6.2.9 An undertaking to make available records and documents to be supervised, examined and reviewed by the Central Bank, as well as an undertaking to comply with all anti-money laundering laws and regulations and any other resolutions or instructions issued by the Central Bank in this regard.
                                     
                                  10. 6.2.10 Any other information and/or documents requested by the Central Bank for the purpose of deciding on the application for a License.
                                     
                                3. 6.3 The applicants might apply for either a conventional finance company License or an Islamic Finance Company License. As such, Islamic windows in conventional finance companies are prohibited.
                                   
                                4. 6.4 The legal form of a Finance Company must be in one of the forms stipulated in the Commercial Companies Law. It shall be subject to Central Bank licensing, supervision and examination, as per the provisions of the Central Bank Law.
                                   
                              • Article (7) Scope of License

                                1. 7.1 The Licensee must commence licensed activities, specified in its License according to Article 10 of this Regulation, within a maximum of 12 months from the date of notification of approval of License.
                                   
                                2. 7.2 The License shall be granted for an initial period of three years and shall be renewable for same periods unless otherwise required by the Central Bank. A Finance Company must apply to the Central Bank for License renewal no later than two months before the expiry date of the existing License.
                                   
                                3. 7.3 The License shall contain the terms deemed appropriate by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                4. 7.4 The Central Bank may take any action deemed appropriate to ensure the sound functioning of the Finance Companies.
                                   
                              • Article (8) Notification of Approval or Refusal

                                1. 8.1 The Central Bank may approve or refuse the License application after reviewing the application and obtaining all requested information.
                                   
                                2. 8.2 The Central Bank shall notify the applicant of its decision in writing, with reasons provided in the event a License application is refused, within fifteen days after the date of the decision of the Central Bank’s board of directors.
                                   
                              • Article (9) License Amendment, Cancellation or Restriction

                                1. 9.1 The Central Bank may, at any time, through a decision by its board, cancel, change, restrict, impose or withdraw any condition imposed on a License. The Finance Company shall have the right to comment with regard to the reasons for such cancellation, alteration, restriction, imposition or withdrawal. The Central Bank shall not be obliged to but may consider such comments at its sole discretion.
                                   
                                2. 9.2 The Central Bank may, through a decision by its board, revoke or withdraw a License of a Finance Company in the following cases:
                                  1. If the Finance Company violates any provision of this Regulation, or the provisions of the Central Bank Law, or any other applicable laws, regulations, decisions, instructions, directives, circulars or correspondence issued by the Central Bank, including regulations regarding anti-money laundering / combating the financing of terrorism requirements; or if the License requirements are not met or cannot be met;
                                     
                                  2. If the Central Bank is provided with false, misleading or inaccurate information by the Finance Company or by those acting on its behalf, including its managers, supervisors or auditors;
                                     
                                  3. If the interests of the current or potential customers of the Finance Company are at risk, whether due to the manner in which the Finance Company conducts its business or intends to conduct its business, or for any other significant reason;
                                     
                                  4. If an order to liquidate the business of the Finance Company or of its Parent is issued by any competent judicial authority;
                                     
                                  5. If a court receiver, or any other similar officer is appointed to oversee the business of the Finance Company;
                                     
                                  6. If a bankruptcy order against the Finance Company is issued;
                                     
                                  7. If the Finance Company has not commenced operations within twelve months from the date of notification of approval of the License;
                                     
                                  8. If the Finance Company ceases to operate for a period of twelve consecutive months;
                                     
                                  9. If the Central Bank determines that the Finance Company is unable to repay debts that are due, or that asset values are less than its liabilities, after taking into consideration current and future claims;
                                     
                                  10. If the concerned local authorities have withdrawn any licenses granted by them to the Finance Company;
                                     
                                  11. If the Finance Company conducts any business activity from premises other than those approved by the Central Bank;
                                     
                                  12. If the Senior Management of the Finance Company is not deemed Fit and Proper; and
                                     
                                  13. In any additional case determined by the Central Bank at its sole discretion.
                                     
                                3. 9.3 A Finance Company wishing to cease or suspend any of its licensed activities must apply to the Central Bank at least six months in advance providing the reasons for such a cessation or suspension.
                                   
                                4. 9.4 Any Finance Company that fails to comply with the applicable anti-money laundering / combating the financing of terrorism laws and regulations and any other resolutions or instructions issued by the Central Bank in this regard, will be penalized in accordance with the prevailing laws and regulations.
                                   
                                5. 9.5 In case a Finance Company is not compliant with any of the provisions of this Regulation, the Central Bank shall have the sole authority to consider imposing fines, penalties or any such action on the Finance Company at the sole discretion of the Central Bank.
                                   
                              • Article (10) Permitted Activities

                                1. 10.1 A company can apply for a License to conduct one or more of the following types of activities:
                                  1. Retail finance, including personal loans, credit cards and vehicle loans;
                                     
                                  2. Mortgage finance, including residential mortgages and commercial mortgages;
                                     
                                  3. Wholesale finance, including loans to large corporate borrowers, small and medium-sized enterprises, micro-financing, finance and operating leasing and wage protection schemes;
                                     
                                  4. Pre-paid cards; and
                                     
                                  5. Distribution of third party products as an agent; provided that the Finance Company received approval from the relevant competent authority for the distribution of the third party products concerned.
                                     

                                  The licensing application must state the products within each activity that the Finance Company intends to offer to its customers.

                                2. 10.2 The board of the Central Bank can review the list of permitted activities specified in Article 10.1 of this Regulation and amend it.
                                   
                                3. 10.3 The financing activities of an Islamic Finance Company are those provided under Article 10.1 subject to compliance with Islamic Sharia'a provisions.
                                   
                                4. 10.4 A Finance Company may only accept deposits from Juridical Persons and only issue certificates of deposit to Juridical Persons. A Finance Company is strictly prohibited from accepting deposits or loans from individuals and from opening accounts of any kind, excluding loan accounts and in any form on behalf of individuals.
                                   
                                5. 10.5 A Finance Company is permitted to borrow from U.A.E. Banks. A Finance Company may receive Foreign funding provided that adequate hedging is in place to mitigate the currency risk. Foreign funding must not exceed 25% of the sum of Aggregate Funding and deposits of a Finance Company.
                                   
                                6. 10.6 A Finance Company must have its License updated in order to conduct any activity outside of those specified in the License of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                7. 10.7 A Finance Company must obtain a no objection letter from the Central Bank in order to provide any new product line from within activities specified in the License of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                8. 10.8 Consistent with Articles 10.1a, 10.1b and 10.1c of this Regulation, the Finance Company may extend advances and loans to Juridical Persons and individuals based in the U.A.E. and offer revolving credit facilities, open letters of credit and issue letters of guarantee to Juridical Persons.
                                   
                                9. 10.9 Consistent with Article 10.1d of this Regulation, the Central Bank shall approve the request of a Finance Company to act as a program manager for the reloadable prepaid cards programs of a U.A.E. Bank with the following conditions:
                                   
                                  1. Escrow accounts (pool accounts) should be ring-fenced from deposits of the Finance Company;
                                     
                                  2. The U.A.E. Bank remains responsible for anti-money laundering / combating the financing of terrorism compliance and reporting functions;
                                     
                                  3. The U.A.E. Bank remains responsible for ensuring that appropriate systems and controls are in place to monitor all transactions;
                                     
                                  4. The board of directors of the Finance Company should oversee the business risks;
                                     
                                  5. The Finance Company is responsible for ensuring anti-money laundering / know-your-customer procedures, specially initial know-your-customer procedures, are in place and operate effectively;
                                     
                                  6. The Finance Company must ensure that its anti-money laundering / know-your-customer procedures are in line with the anti-money laundering / know-your-customer procedures of the U.A.E. Banks.
                                     
                                  7. The Finance Company must screen every transaction against money laundering and terrorism financing for amounts that exceed the threshold as per the law or regulation concerned or any notice issued by the Central Bank.
                                     
                                  8. The Finance Company should ensure that procedures are in place on pool account operation, reconciliation controls and independent audit reviews; and
                                     
                                  9. The Finance Company must abide by all relevant laws and regulations at all times, in this regard.
                                     
                                10. 10.10 In keeping with Article 10.4 of this Regulation, a Finance Company may accept deposits from Juridical Persons and issue certificates of deposit to Juridical Persons, provided that:
                                   
                                  1. They are term deposits only, with a minimum tenor of thirty days;
                                     
                                  2. Any deposit accepted is subject to a robust asset and liability management; and
                                     
                                  3. A single party deposit does not exceed 20% of the total amount of all accepted deposits and certificates of deposits of a Finance Company.
                                     
                                11. 10.11 A Finance Company may only participate in the share capital of the following companies. Companies concerned must be incorporated in the U.A.E. or its free zones:
                                   
                                  1. Brokerage Companies;
                                     
                                  2. Money Exchange Companies;
                                     
                                  3. U.A.E. Banks; and
                                     
                                  4. Finance Companies.
                                     
                                12. 10.12 Any single participation mentioned in Article 10.11 of this Regulation must not exceed 10% of the Aggregate Capital Funds as defined in Article 11 of this Regulation and the aggregate participation in the capital base of the companies mentioned in Article 10.11 of this Regulation must not exceed 25% of the Aggregate Capital Funds of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                13. 10.13 Any participation in any finance sector company mentioned in Article 10.11 of this Regulation must not exceed 25% of the share capital of the investee. This restriction does not apply to companies supporting operational activities of the investing Finance Company.
                                   
                                14. 10.14 A Finance Company may place deposits in U.A.E. Banks and obtain certificates of deposit from U.A.E. Banks provided that:
                                   
                                  1. The number of U.A.E. Banks, in which the Finance Company places its deposits is greater than or equal to four; and
                                     
                                  2. Any such deposit or certificate of deposit placed in any U.A.E. Bank does not exceed 10% of the Aggregate Capital Funds of the Finance Company.
                                     
                                15. 10.15 A Finance Company must obtain approval from the Central Bank in order to issue bonds or sukuks. Bonds and sukuks of a Finance Company must be denominated in United Arab Emirates Dirham or United States Dollar only.
                                   
                                16. 10.16 A Finance Company is prohibited from financing a borrower which is not an entity incorporated in the U.A.E or its free zones, or a U.A.E. resident, or where the mortgaged assets are not in the U.A.E.
                                   
                                17. 10.17 A Finance Company is prohibited from conducting any money-exchange business and from entering into any unhedged foreign exchange contracts.
                                   
                                18. 10.18 A Finance Company must not purchase or acquire any immovable property, except for immovable property that may be used as premises for its operations.
                                   
                                19. 10.19 Article 10.18 of this Regulation shall not prevent a Finance Company from securing a debt on any immovable property and in the event of default in payment of the debt, from entering into a settlement agreement with the relevant borrower and as a result holding that immovable property for realization by sale or auction within three years from the date such ownership was established. The said period could be extended by the Central Bank based on justification acceptable to the Central Bank.
                                   
                                20. 10.20 Article 10.18 of this Regulation shall not apply to Islamic Finance Companies, which may own property including immovable property and goods as part of an underlying financing contract with a borrower.
                                   
                                21. 10.21 Article 10.18 of this Regulation shall not apply to such property as may from time to time be explicitly approved in advance by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                22. 10.22 A Finance Company must not engage in any activity for which it is not licensed under applicable laws and regulations.
                                   
                              • Article (11) Minimum Capital Requirements

                                1. 11.1 Aggregate Capital Funds consist of the following items:
                                   
                                  1. Paid-up capital;
                                     
                                  2. Reserves, excluding revaluation reserve; and
                                     
                                  3. Retained earnings.
                                     
                                2. 11.2 The following items must be deducted from Aggregate Capital Funds:
                                   
                                  1. Accumulated losses; and
                                     
                                  2. Goodwill.
                                     
                                3. 11.3 The minimum required paid-up capital for a Finance Company is 150 million United Arab Emirates Dirham.
                                   
                                4. 11.4 In the event that Aggregate Capital Funds of a Finance Company fall below 150 million United Arab Emirates Dirham, the Finance Company must present a plan to rectify the shortfall to the Central Bank within 30 days of the occurrence of the shortfall. The plan must be approved by the board of directors of the Central Bank.
                                   
                                5. 11.5 U.A.E. national ownership of a Finance Company must comprise at least 60% of total paid-up capital.
                                   
                                6. 11.6 The amount of Aggregate Liabilities of a Finance Company must be limited to 100% of its Aggregate Capital Funds during the first two years of operation. Thereafter, approval may be sought from the Central Bank to allow the value of Aggregate Liabilities to increase to 200% of the Aggregate Capital Funds; up to 300% after four years; up to 500% after seven years; and up to 700% after ten years. A Finance Company may, for the purpose of this calculation, deduct from Aggregate Liabilities any of the following items:
                                   
                                  1. Cash collaterals;
                                     
                                  2. Bank guarantees from U.A.E. Banks; and
                                     
                                  3. Sovereign guarantees.
                                     

                                  The items listed under the letters a, b and c of this Article must be legally enforceable.

                                7. 11.7 A Finance Company should allocate at least 10% of its annual net profits to the establishment of a statutory reserve until such point as that statutory reserve equals 50% of its paid-up capital.
                                   
                                8. 11.8 Shareholders of a Finance Company must not withdraw an amount exceeding their share of the annual net profit identified in the provisions of the Commercial Companies Law.
                                   
                                9. 11.9 A Finance Company must obtain approval from the Central Bank for any proposed dividend distribution and they must do so before announcing the proposed dividend publicly in a press announcement or by other means of communication and prior to submitting a proposal for a distribution of profits for shareholder approval.
                              • Article (12) Liquidity Requirements

                                1. 12.1 The following items may be considered as Liquid Assets:
                                   
                                  1. Cash held in a U.A.E. Bank;
                                     
                                  2. Certificates of deposit issued by the Central Bank held via a U.A.E. Bank;
                                     
                                  3. Short-term deposits with a U.A.E. Bank with maturity up to 30 days; and
                                     
                                  4. UAE Federal and local government bonds, which must not exceed 30% of the total amount of Liquid Assets.
                                     

                                  Encumbered cash held as collateral by a Finance Company is not considered as Liquid Assets.

                                2. 12.2 To withstand short-term liquidity stress, Finance Companies are required to hold an amount equivalent to 10% of their Aggregate Liabilities in Liquid Assets. A Finance Company may, for the purpose of this calculation, deduct from Aggregate Liabilities any of the following items:
                                   
                                  1. Cash collaterals;
                                     
                                  2. Bank guarantees from U.A.E. Banks; and
                                     
                                  3. Sovereign guarantees.
                                     

                                  The items listed under the letters a, b and c of this Article must be legally enforceable.

                                  12.3 Consistent with Article 12.2 of this Regulation a Finance Company must not hold more than 25% of its Liquid Assets in a single U.A.E. Bank.

                                3. 12.4 Customer deposits of a Finance Company are not subject to cash reserve requirements.
                                   
                              • Article (13) Credit Exposure Restrictions

                                1. 13.1 A Finance Company’s Credit Exposure to a single borrower or group of Related Entities is considered as a Large Credit Exposure, where its value is equal to or exceeds 7% of the Finance Company’s Aggregate Capital Funds. For the purpose of calculating the value of a Large Credit Exposure, a Finance Company may consider whether to deduct any of the following items:
                                   
                                  1. Provisions;
                                     
                                  2. Cash collaterals;
                                     
                                  3. Bank guarantees from U.A.E. Banks; and
                                     
                                  4. Sovereign guarantees.
                                     

                                  The items listed under the letters b, c and d of this Article must be legally enforceable.

                                  13.2 The aggregate amount of Large Credit Exposures must not exceed 100% of the Aggregate Capital Funds of a Finance Company.

                                2. 13.3 In addition to Article 13.2, the Central Bank has defined maximum permissible Credit Exposure limits, as shown in Table 1 below.
                                   

                                Table 1: Maximum Credit Exposure Limits

                                BorrowerAggregate percentage of Aggregate Capital FundsIndividual percentage of Aggregate
                                A single borrowerNot applicable10%
                                A group of Related EntitiesNot applicable15%
                                Principal Shareholders and their Related Entities20%10%
                                Subsidiaries and Affiliates of a Finance Company20%10%
                                Board membersNot allowedNot allowed
                                Employees of the Finance Company2%Maximum 20 times of salary
                                External auditors, consultants and lawyers of a Finance CompanyNot allowedNot allowed

                                 

                                1. 13.4 Where a Principal Shareholder is also a member of the board of directors of a Finance Company, Credit Exposures will be considered within the Principal Shareholders' Credit Exposure limits.
                                   

                                 

                                 

                              • Article (14) Corporate Governance

                                1. 14.1 A Finance Company must develop its own principles and policy for corporate governance, have them approved by its board of directors and provide the Central Bank with a copy thereof. The corporate governance policy must, at a minimum, include the following items:
                                  1. A description of the organizational structure, including all departments and positions as well as their duties and responsibilities;
                                     
                                  2. Controls for independence and segregation of duties;
                                     
                                  3. Roles, responsibilities, and composition of the board of directors and, if applicable, its committees;
                                     
                                  4. Remuneration and compensation policies;
                                     
                                  5. Conflict of interest controls;
                                     
                                  6. Integrity and transparency controls;
                                     
                                  7. Controls ensuring compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
                                     
                                  8. Methods for maintaining confidentiality of information;
                                     
                                  9. Controls for the protection of corporate assets; and
                                     
                                  10. Delegation of authority.
                                     

                                Founding shareholders

                                1. 14.2 Each founding shareholder must satisfy Fit and Proper requirements defined by the Central Bank. In particular, a founding shareholder must not have:
                                   
                                  1. Been convicted of any crime that violates honor or ethics, or that involves violence;
                                     
                                  2. Failed to honor financial liabilities to any bank or creditor;
                                     
                                  3. Declared bankruptcy or failed to reach a settlement agreement with creditors;
                                     
                                  4. Had properties confiscated; or
                                     
                                  5. Been placed under court receivership, unless he has been rehabilitated or pardoned by the relevant authorities.
                                     
                                2. 14.3 The number of founding shareholders of a Finance Company should be in line with the Commercial Companies Law.
                                   

                                Responsibility of the board

                                1. 14.4 Members of the board of directors of the Finance Company must act with integrity, exercising their Duty of Care and duty of loyalty.
                                   
                                2. 14.5 Members of the board of directors of the Finance Company are responsible for ensuring effective control over the Finance Company’s entire business. Members of the board of directors of the Finance Company must ensure that a Finance Company has a robust corporate governance policy commensurate with its risk profile.
                                   
                                3. 14.6 Members of the board of directors of the Finance Company are responsible for approving and overseeing implementation of the Finance Company’s strategic objectives and its risk management function, compliance function and internal and external audit.
                                   
                                4. 14.7 Members of the board of directors of the Finance Company are responsible for the organizational structure of the Finance Company, including specifying the key responsibilities and authorities of the board and the Senior Management including the heads of the risk management, compliance and internal audit functions.
                                   
                                5. 14.8 Members of the board of directors of the Finance Company are responsible for overseeing Senior Management, ensuring that the Finance Company’s activities are carried out in a manner consistent with the business strategy, corporate governance framework, remuneration and other policies approved by the board of directors of the Finance Company.
                                   

                                Board composition and qualification

                                1. 14.9 The board of directors of a Finance Company must have no fewer than five members. At least 60% of the board members must be experienced in the finance and banking business. At least 60% of board members of an Islamic Finance Company must have knowledge of the Islamic finance and banking business.
                                   
                                2. 14.10 The majority of the board of directors of a Finance Company must be U.A.E. nationals. The board must be chaired by one of the board members who is a U.A.E. national.
                                   
                                3. 14.11 All of the members of the board of directors must be non-executives. There must be no overlap between the function and role of the board and general management. A person holding a position in Senior Management must not hold a board position.
                                   
                                4. 14.12 At least 1/3 of the members of the board of directors must be independent members in order to facilitate effective oversight of the Finance Company. Collectively, the board members must have knowledge of all significant businesses of the Finance Company. The board members must have an appropriate balance of skills, diversity and expertise commensurate with the size, complexity and risk profile of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                5. 14.13 A Finance Company must have a clear and rigorous process for identifying, assessing and selecting candidates for the board of directors of the Finance Company. At a minimum, board members must meet the following Fit and Proper requirements:
                                   
                                  1. Possess the necessary knowledge, skills and experience; and
                                     
                                  2. Have sufficient time to fully discharge their responsibilities.
                                     
                                6. 14.14 The board members of a Finance Company must satisfy Fit and Proper requirements defined by the Central Bank. In particular, a board member must not have:
                                   
                                  1. Served as an auditor of a Finance Company while concurrently serving in the board of directors of the same Finance Company;
                                     
                                  2. Been terminated from any senior executive position in a company engaged in financial activities on the basis of disciplinary matters or on the basis of a disciplinary action based on a court judgement;
                                     
                                  3. Been convicted of any crime that violates honor or ethics, or that involves violence;
                                     
                                  4. Failed to honor financial liabilities to any bank or creditor;
                                     
                                  5. Declared bankruptcy or failed to reach a settlement agreement with creditors;
                                     
                                  6. Had properties confiscated; or
                                     
                                  7. Been placed under court receivership, unless he had been rehabilitated or pardoned by the relevant authorities.
                                     
                                7. 14.15 A Finance Company must obtain approval from the Central Bank prior to nominating or appointing members to its board of directors.
                                   
                                8. 14.16 A Finance Company must obtain approval from the Central Bank prior to any membership changes in its board of directors.
                                   

                                Board committees

                                1. 14.17 To cover areas requiring special expertise, the board of directors of a Finance Company must form board committees. Said committees must at a minimum include a separate board Audit Committee and a separate board Risk Management Committee. Where board committees are set up, they must be chaired by an Independent Member of the board of directors and must not be chaired by a member of the Senior Management or an external party.
                                   

                                Credit committee

                                1. 14.18 To review and approve substantial loans, the board of directors of a Finance Company is encouraged to establish a credit committee of no fewer than three members. Significant loans must be reviewed and approved by the board of directors. Finance Companies must decide on the definition of substantial and significant loans individually, based on the size of the Finance Company and its scope of activities.
                                   

                                Sharia’a supervision committee of an Islamic Finance Company

                                1. 14.19 The memorandum and articles of association of an Islamic Finance Company must state the appointment of a Sharia'a supervision committee, of no less than three members from among Islamic doctrinal specialists, who have previous experience in the area of Islamic financing.
                                   
                                2. 14.20 The Sharia'a supervision committee must ensure that the conduct and transactions of an Islamic Finance Company are in accordance with Islamic Sharia'a provisions. The articles of association of an Islamic Finance Company must specify the method by which the said committee is formed and the manner in which it conducts its duties and functions.
                                   
                                3. 14.21 The Sharia'a supervision committee must be responsible and accountable for all its decisions, views and opinions related to Sharia'a matters. While the board of directors of a Finance Company bears the ultimate responsibility and accountability on the overall governance of the Islamic Finance Company, the Central Bank expects the board of directors of a Finance Company to be guided by the Sharia'a supervision committee on compliance with all Sharia'a decisions, views and opinions applicable to the business of the Islamic Finance Company.
                                   
                                4. 14.22 In case a dispute or conflict arises between the Sharia’a Supervision Committee and the management of the Finance Company, the committee must refer the matter to the Higher Sharia’a Authority for decision.
                                   
                                5. 14.23 An Islamic Finance Company must ensure that its corporate governance framework adequately provides for:
                                   
                                  1. Compliance with Sharia'a provisions;
                                     
                                  2. The role of the Sharia'a supervision committee in the governance of the Islamic Finance Company;
                                     
                                  3. The rights of investment account holders and the processes and controls for protecting their rights; and
                                     
                                  4. Transparency of financial reporting in respect of investment accounts.
                                     
                                6. 14.24 An Islamic Finance Company must ensure compliance with any direction or guidance issued by the Higher Sharia'a Authority with respect to its Sharia'a governance framework.
                                   
                                7. 14.25 An Islamic Finance Company must immediately notify the Central Bank and the Higher Sharia'a Authority if it becomes aware of any material information that may negatively affect the Fitness and Probity of a Sharia'a supervision committee member.
                                   

                                Senior Management

                                1. 14.26 Any nominee for Senior Management must satisfy Fit and Proper requirements defined by the Central Bank. In particular, members of Senior Management must not have:
                                   
                                  1. Been dismissed from a previous job on the basis of disciplinary action;
                                     
                                  2. Been convicted in any crime that stains honor or ethics, or that involves violence;
                                     
                                  3. Failed to honor financial liabilities to any bank or creditor;
                                     
                                  4. Declared bankruptcy or failed to reach a settlement agreement with creditors;
                                     
                                  5. Had properties confiscated; or
                                     
                                  6. Been placed under court receivership, unless they had been rehabilitated or pardoned by the relevant authorities.
                                     
                                2. 14.27 The nominee for a Senior Management position of a Finance Company must, at a minimum, meet the following professional requirements:
                                   
                                  1. Be theoretically and practically familiar with the Financing business;
                                     
                                  2. Have appropriate academic and professional qualifications; and
                                     
                                  3. Adequate experience in the finance field for not less than ten years. The Central Bank may, at its own discretion, reduce periods of experience.
                                     
                                3. 14.28 The nominee for a Senior Management position of an Islamic Finance Company must, at a minimum, meet the following professional requirements:
                                   
                                  1. Be theoretically and practically familiar with the Islamic Financing business;
                                     
                                  2. Have appropriate academic and professional qualification; and
                                     
                                  3. Adequate experience in the finance field for not less than ten years. The Central Bank may, at its own discretion, reduce periods of experience.
                                     

                                  On a case-by-case basis, the Central Bank shall have the right to exempt the nominees from such conditions upon the sole discretion of the Central Bank.

                                4. 14.29 The post of the chief executive officer of a Finance Company or his equivalent must be separated from other roles within the group of companies that the Finance Company belongs to, with authorities and responsibilities defined by the board of directors. The chief executive officer or his equivalent is responsible for reporting significant transactions, major decisions and activities to the board of directors of the Finance Company.
                                   
                              • Article (15) Internal Policies and Procedures

                                1. 15.1 The Finance Company must establish written organizational policies and procedures, which must be reviewed annually and communicated to employees in a timely manner. At a minimum, the organizational policies and procedures must include the following items:
                                  1. Extension of credit;
                                     
                                  2. Risk management, assessment, handling, monitoring and disclosure thereof;
                                     
                                  3. Information technology and security;
                                     
                                  4. Internal audit;
                                     
                                  5. Compliance with relevant laws, regulations and instructions;
                                     
                                  6. Remuneration and incentives, including remuneration and incentives of Senior Management and remuneration of the board members; and
                                     
                                  7. Outsourcing of business activities.
                                     
                                2. 15.2 In keeping with provisions of Article 10 of this Regulation, a Finance Company must demonstrate that it has developed sound risk management policies and controls and adequate internal policies and procedures for each product offered by the Finance Company.
                                   
                                3. 15.3 A Finance Company must have an appropriate and balanced organizational structure, showing the main departments, sections, lines of reporting, authorities and responsibilities; the structure should be acceptable to the Central Bank.
                                   
                                4. 15.4 The segregation of duties must be maintained to ensure the application of the generally accepted policies and procedures for protecting the assets and funds of a Finance Company, and avoiding fraud and embezzlement. Executive positions must not be combined in such a way that they might introduce a conflict of interest.
                                   

                                Additional Requirements for internal policies and procedures of an Islamic Finance Company

                                1. 15.5 The management of an Islamic Finance Company must be responsible for observing and implementing Sharia'a rulings and decisions made by the Sharia'a supervision committee. The Finance Company is required to have procedures in place to ensure that any Sharia'a issues arising in the course of business are referred to the Sharia'a supervision committee for decisions, views and opinions.
                                   
                                2. 15.6 A Finance Company must adhere to the Fit and Proper criteria that govern appointment, replacement and termination of members and chairmen of the Sharia’a Supervision Committee.
                                   
                                3. 15.7 An Islamic Finance Company must take the necessary steps to ensure that proper systems and controls are in place in order to ensure Sharia'a provisions are complied with at all times, including but not limited to the following:
                                   
                                  1. An Islamic Finance Company must prepare procedure manuals for the operations duly approved by their Sharia'a supervision committee as well as the board of directors or in the case of branches of an Islamic Finance Company operating in the U.A.E., by their head office;
                                     
                                  2. An Islamic Finance Company must prepare a full set of documents pertaining to the investment and financing products relating to its operations. The full set of the documents duly vetted by their Sharia'a supervision committee must be maintained by the company. Similarly, all documents in respect of new schemes offered by the Islamic Finance Company must also be prepared and maintained before the launching of the scheme;
                                     
                                  3. All documents, including, but not limited to, ledgers, registers, pay-in-slips, cheques, receipts and passbooks used in an Islamic Finance Company must be appropriately marked, so as to easily distinguish them from the documents pertaining to a Conventional Finance Company; and
                                     
                                  4. An Islamic Finance Company must undertake an internal Sharia'a review on the operations of the company at least annually.
                                     

                                Extension of credit

                                1. 15.8 A Finance Company must draw up policies and procedures for finance, which, at a minimum, must include the following items:
                                   
                                  1. classification of credit worthiness;
                                     
                                  2. Procedures for dealing with declining credit rating and non-performing loans;
                                     
                                  3. Acceptable collaterals and the basis for assessing its value;
                                     
                                  4. Monitoring, administration and enforcement of collateral; and
                                     
                                  5. Risk provisioning.
                                     
                                2. 15.9 Finance Companies must establish and maintain regular procedures for classifying the loans and advances that they extend to their customers in accordance with the regulations and guidelines of the Central Bank. These requirements on the classification of loans and their provisions may occasionally be updated by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                3. 15.10 Upon obtaining the borrower's consent, the Finance Company must review the consumer’s credit record to verify the consumer’s solvency, ability to repay and credit behavior and document such verification in a credit file.
                                   
                                4. 15.11 A Finance Company must have a credit approval matrix for the extension of credit according to the type and amount of the credit. The credit approval matrix must be approved by the board of directors of the Finance Company. The decision to approve or reject credit must be in accordance with the authority granted in the credit approval matrix.
                                   
                                5. 15.12 The Finance Company must follow a sound method with written, transparent and clear procedures to assess credit worthiness of the applicants and their ability to repay. The board of directors of the Finance Company must approve these procedures and review them at least once every two years and update the same if necessary. The Finance Company must apply these procedures before extending credit and document the same in the credit file.
                                   
                                6. 15.13 Credit Exposure risks must be assessed and risk rated prior to making the decision to extend credit. The risk classification must be reviewed at least once a year.
                                   
                                7. 15.14 The Finance Company must specify procedures for early detection of risks to identify credit exposures that manifests clear signs of increased risk and develop quantitative and qualitative indicators for early identification of risks.
                                   

                                Risk management function

                                1. 15.15 A Finance Company should establish a clear, written risk management policy that is approved by the board of directors of the Finance Company. The risk management policy must address all relevant risks, taking into account the full range of business activities conducted by the Finance Company. At a minimum, the policy must include the following risks:
                                   
                                  1. Credit risks;
                                     
                                  2. Market risks;
                                     
                                  3. Asset-liability mismatch risks;
                                     
                                  4. Liquidity risks; and
                                     
                                  5. Operational risks, including information technology and security risks.
                                     
                                2. 15.16 The risk management function must be functionally independent of the risk generating business lines and is responsible for the design, maintenance and ongoing development of the risk framework within the Finance Company. The risk management function must not report hierarchically or functionally to any person or function that is directly responsible for risk generation. The risk management function must have appropriate access to the board of directors of a Finance Company.
                                   
                                3. 15.17 A Finance Company must set appropriate procedures for the identification, assessment, management and monitoring of risks and prepare risk reports thereon.
                                   
                                4. 15.18 A Finance Company must prepare a quarterly risk report to be discussed by the board of directors after being reviewed by Senior Management.
                                   

                                Information Technology and Security

                                1. 15.19 The technical facilities and systems of a Finance Company must be sufficient for the operational needs, business activities and risk exposure of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                2. 15.20 A Finance Company must maintain all business documents, records and files in an orderly, transparent and safe manner and ensure the completion and periodic updating of these files. Said documents, records and files must be retained for at least a period of five years from the date of termination of the relationship with the customer.
                                   
                                3. 15.21 Information technology systems and related processes must be developed to ensure data availability, integration, integrity and confidentiality. Such systems must be periodically assessed by the Finance Company in accordance with relevant regulations and standards and must be tested prior to launching and after introducing any modification thereto.
                                   
                                4. 15.22 The Finance Company must use its information technology infrastructure to enhance its ability to retrieve all know-your-customer and transactions records in a timely manner.
                                   
                                5. 15.23 The Finance Company must develop a business continuity plan that ensures alternative solutions that will enable the recommencement of operations within a reasonable time in the event that they are disrupted.
                                   

                                Internal audit function

                                1. 15.24 The Finance Company must have an internal audit function that reports directly to the board of directors of the Finance Company. This function must be independent and its employees must not be assigned any other responsibilities.
                                   
                                2. 15.25 The internal audit function must operate according to a comprehensive audit plan. The audit plan must be approved by the board of directors of the Finance Company and reviewed annually. Major activities and operations, including those related to risk management and compliance must be audited at least annually.
                                   
                                3. 15.26 The internal audit function must prepare and submit to the board of directors a written report on its activities on a quarterly basis.
                                   

                                Compliance function

                                1. 15.27 A Finance Company must comply with all applicable laws and regulations, decisions, instructions, directives, circulars, correspondence and policies. To prevent violations, a Finance Company must implement adequate measures and controls.
                                   
                                2. 15.28 A Finance Company must have an independent compliance function that ensures the compliance of the Finance Company with all applicable laws, regulations, decisions, instructions, directives, circulars, correspondence and policies.
                                   
                                3. 15.29 A Finance Company must create the role of a compliance officer, which has a direct reporting line to the board of directors of the Finance Company. The compliance officer must be appointed by the board of directors. The compliance officer must be independent in carrying out his assigned duties and must not be assigned any other responsibilities. The compliance officer must submit a quarterly report on compliance to the board of directors.
                                   
                                4. 15.30 A Finance Company must have a board approved written compliance policy. This compliance policy sets out the powers, obligations and responsibilities of the compliance function, as well as compliance programs and related procedures, including arranging regular anti-money laundering / combating the financing of terrorism training programs for the staff.
                                   
                                5. 15.31 The Finance Company must set adequate internal policies and procedures to combat financial crimes, specifically money laundering and terrorism financing. A Finance Company must report any suspicious transactions, activities or operations to the Anti-Money Laundering and Suspicious Cases Unit of the Central Bank in a timely manner.
                                   

                                Remuneration and incentives

                                1. 15.32 The Finance Company must ensure that it has an adequate number of staff who are experienced and qualified to meet the operational needs, business activities and risks of the Finance Company. Staff remuneration and incentives must be fair, in line with the risk management strategy of the Finance Company and not give rise to any potential conflict of interest.
                                   

                                Outsourcing

                                1. 15.33 A Finance Company must ensure that all outsourcing agreements include appropriate provisions for the safeguarding of confidential data. These include, but are not limited to, contractual provisions to ensure that a service provider in possession of confidential data may not provide any other party with access to the confidential data without first obtaining the specific authorization of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                2. 15.34 A Finance Company must ensure that it retains ownership of all data provided to a service provider, including but not limited to confidential data and has unfettered access to all data, including the right of return of all data and records for the duration of and at the termination of any outsourcing agreement.
                                   
                                3. 15.35 Finance Companies must have a process for determining the materiality of outsourced business activities. The process must consider the potential of the outsourced activity, if disrupted, to adversely affect the Finance Company’s operations or ability to manage risks.
                                   
                                4. 15.36 The outsourcing of Material Business Activities must be approved by the board of directors of the Finance Company, a committee of the board or designated senior officers.
                                   
                                5. 15.37 A Finance Company must apply for and receive a notice of no-objection by the Central Bank prior to entering into an agreement to outsource a Material Business Activity, whether to a related party or third party.
                                   
                                6. 15.38 While all requests for no-objection will be considered on their individual merits, the Central Bank will not permit the outsourcing to a third party of core activities, key management and control functions of the Finance Company including, at a minimum, the following items:
                                   
                                  1. Senior Management oversight;
                                     
                                  2. Credit management and decisions;
                                     
                                  3. Risk management;
                                     
                                  4. Compliance;
                                     
                                  5. Internal audit; and
                                     
                                  6. Management of the risk taking functions.
                                     
                                7. 15.39 Every agreement governing an outsourced business activity must include an explicit provision giving the Central Bank, or an agent appointed by the Central Bank, access to the service provider. The provision must include the right to conduct on-site visits at the service provider if the Central Bank considers this necessary for supervisory purposes and require the service provider to provide directly to the Central Bank, or an agent appointed by the Central Bank, any data or information required for supervisory purposes, upon request by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                8. 15.40 A Finance Company must not enter into an outsourcing agreement with a third party or related party that involves the storage of Confidential Data outside of the U.A.E. A Finance Company may, however, enter into an outsourcing agreement with a third party that involves the storage of Confidential Data in the U.A.E. Free Zones.
                                   
                                9. 15.41 For any outsourced Material Business Activity, the internal audit function of the Finance Company must provide independent assurance similar to that required if the activity was undertaken by the Finance Company.
                                   
                                10. 15.42 The internal audit function must regularly review and report to the board of directors of a Finance Company on compliance with the outsourcing policies and procedures of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                11. 15.43 For any outsourced Material Business Activity, the compliance function of the Finance Company must review and report to Senior Management or the board of directors of a Finance Company on the observance by the service providers of all applicable compliance policies of the Finance Company.
                                   
                                12. 15.44 An Islamic Finance Company must ensure that its outsourcing policies and arrangements are consistent with Sharia’a provisions.
                                   
                                13. 15.45 An Islamic Finance Company must ensure that its policies and procedures for the assessment of any proposed outsourcing arrangement specifically consider operational and reputational risks from failure by the service provider to adhere to Sharia’a provisions.
                                   
                                14. 15.46 A Finance Company must report to the Central Bank on its outsourcing arrangements in the format and frequency prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                15. 15.47 A Finance Company must provide upon request any specific information with respect to outsourcing arrangements that the Central Bank may require.
                                   
                                16. 15.48 A Finance Company must immediately notify the Central Bank when it becomes aware of any material breach of the terms of an outsourcing agreement, or other development with respect to an outsourced business activity, that has, or is likely to have, a significant impact on operations, reputation or the financial condition of the Finance Company or otherwise lead to the disclosure of confidential information.
                                   
                              • Article (16) Consumer Protection

                                1. 16.1 The commercial name of a Finance Company must not include the terms "bank", "investment company", "commercial company" or any other term that might suggest anything outside the scope of the Financing activities outlined in Article 10 of this Regulation.
                                   
                                2. 16.2 A Finance Company must provide its borrowers with sufficient and transparent information, including costs and risks associated with the loan, to enable the borrower to make an informed assessment of the suitability of the loan to their needs and financial circumstances.
                                   
                                3. 16.3 A Finance Company must adhere to the Central Bank’s regulations regarding loans offered to customers. There should be transparency in preparing and publishing all fees, charges and interest rates (or profits) including the method of calculating interest / profit.
                                   
                                4. 16.4 Borrowers should be provided with information setting out the total cost of the loan during the loan period. The borrower must sign each page of the loan documentation and be given a copy signed by both the Finance Company and the borrower.
                                   
                                5. 16.5 A Finance Company must use official documents on all transactions when dealing with its customers.
                                   
                                6. 16.6 A Finance Company must follow Central Bank guidelines for banks and finance companies pertaining to consumer protection. These guidelines are occasionally updated by the Central Bank.
                                   
                              • Article (17) Credit Reports

                                1. 17.1 A Finance Company must strictly adhere to the following credit reporting requirements:
                                   
                                  1. Provide credit information of borrowers to the Al Etihad Credit Bureau and any future credit information agencies established for this purpose in U.A.E. on at least a monthly basis unless otherwise required by the law or the Central Bank; and
                                     
                                  2. Request credit information of borrowers from the Al Etihad Credit Bureau and any future credit information agencies established for this purpose in U.A.E. before extending credit to an individual borrower.
                                     
                              • Article (18) Regulatory Reporting and Prior Approval from the Central Bank

                                Reporting to the Central Bank

                                1. 18.1 The financial year of the licensed Finance Company must commence on 1st January and end on the 31st of December (except in the year of formation, which commences on the registration of the Finance Company in the commercial registry and ends on the 31st of December of the next year, provided it does not exceed eighteen months).
                                   
                                2. 18.2 A Finance Company must implement all applicable International Accounting Standards/International Financial Reporting Standards and provide the Central Bank with two copies of signed audited financial statements, including external auditor reports, before 31st March every year. The Central Bank will review the financial statements and give its approval for their publication.
                                   
                                3. 18.3 A Finance Company must publish on its website or in a newspaper of broad circulation its audited annual accounts. Such publications must occur prior to 30th April of every year.
                                   
                                4. 18.4 A Finance Company must provide the Central Bank with a list of its board members and their shareholding in the Finance Company annually, as well as an annual list of shareholders with shareholdings of 5% or more.
                                   
                                5. 18.5 A Finance Company must provide the Central Bank with supervisory return forms on a regular basis, as specified by the Central Bank. For the purpose of calculating reporting requirements regarding Aggregate Capital Funds, Finance Companies must ensure that any capital increase has been validated by an external auditor.
                                   
                                6. 18.6 A Finance Company must provide the Central Bank with any statements, information or statistics regarding any specific period required at any time; these should conform to the records of the company. All information shall be considered confidential and treated on that basis.
                                   

                                Prior approval by the Central Bank

                                1. 18.7 The licensed Finance Company must strictly adhere to the following:
                                   
                                  1. Not to make any changes to its name, legal form or capital without prior written approval from the Central Bank;
                                     
                                  2. Not to merge or consolidate with any other person or entity, without the prior written approval of the Central Bank;
                                     
                                  3. To conduct its business from independent and appropriate premises; relocation is not allowed without prior approval from the Central Bank;
                                     
                                  4. Not to open any branches except after obtaining prior approval from the Central Bank. In this case, consideration shall be given to the financial position of the Finance Company and its past compliance with regulatory requirements where applicable;
                                     
                                  5. Issue all correspondence and documentation in the name of the entity and duly signed by authorized persons;
                                     
                                  6. Make no amendments to its Memorandum and Articles of Association without the approval of the Central Bank;
                                     
                                  7. Obtain prior approval from the Central Bank for the appointment of Senior Management;
                                     
                                  8. Obtain prior approval from the Central Bank before commencing any additional activities apart from those specified in Article 10.1 of this Regulation;
                                     
                                  9. Obtain prior approval from the Central Bank before commencing third party product distribution activities;
                                     
                                  10. Obtain prior approval from the Central Bank before incorporating any subsidiary; and
                                     
                                  11. Not to incur any encumbrance on any of its assets without prior approval from the Central Bank.
                                     
                                2. 18.8 Any changes in the Finance Company’s shareholdings of 5% or more require prior approval from the Central Bank.
                                   
                              • Article (19) External Audit

                                1. 19.1 A Finance Company must appoint a statutory external auditor acceptable to the Central Bank, maintain proper accounting records and submit statements concerning these records to the Central Bank on the required forms.
                                   
                                2. 19.2 The person nominated as external auditor of a Finance Company should be theoretically and practically familiar with the finance business and should have relevant managerial experience.
                                   
                                3. 19.3 A Finance Company must obtain approval from the Central Bank prior to appointing an external auditor. The Central Bank may require the Finance Company to appoint another auditor if the size and nature of the business of the Finance Company so requires.
                                   
                                4. 19.4 A Finance Company must not provide financing, facilities or open any accounts for its external auditors.
                                   
                                5. 19.5 A Finance Company must rotate their external audit firm at least every 6 years subject to the conduct of a procurement procedure. In addition, a Finance Company must rotate their external audit firm’s partner in charge of the audit every 3 years.
                                   
                                6. 19.6 The Central Bank may require a Finance Company to replace its external auditor or change the partner of its external auditor or may appoint another external auditor at the expense of the Finance Company in the following cases:
                                   
                                  1. If required by the size and nature of its business;
                                     
                                  2. If the external auditor commits a violation of a professional nature;
                                     
                                  3. If there is a reason to believe that the external auditor has a conflict of interest; or
                                     
                                  4. If the integrity of the finance sector or governance considerations and the protection of stakeholder’s interest so requires.
                                     
                              • Article (20) On-Site Examination

                                1. 20.1 The Central Bank shall conduct periodic examinations of the business of the Finance Company to ensure the soundness of the financial position of the Finance Company and the application of the provisions of this Regulation as well as any other laws mentioned in this Regulation and instructions issued by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                2. 20.2 The Central Bank may from time to time conduct examination of the Finance Company and of any branch or subsidiary operating in the U.A.E. or abroad to ensure the soundness of its financial position and compliance with the Articles of this Regulation and/or any other directives prescribed by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                3. 20.3 Whenever the Central Bank has reason to believe that a person is conducting Financing activities without a License, the Central Bank may depute its examiner to check the books of accounts and records of that person in order to ascertain whether or not that person has violated or is violating any Articles of this Regulation.
                                   
                                4. 20.4 For the purpose of an examination by the Central Bank, a Finance Company must provide full access to its accounts, records and documents and must give such information and facilities as may be required to conduct the examination.
                                   
                                5. 20.5 If any accounts, records or documents as required for proper execution of an examination are not produced by the Finance Company, the board of directors and the Senior Management of the Finance Company shall be held responsible by the Central Bank.
                                   
                                6. 20.6 Should the Central Bank's examination reveal that the operations of a Finance Company are unsound, the Central Bank may appoint a qualified person to advise and monitor the Finance Company. The advisor's emoluments shall be paid by the Finance Company.
                                   
                              • Article (21) Transitional Provisions

                                1. 21.1 This Regulation shall apply to all Finance Companies licensed after the issuance of this Regulation. With regard to existing Financing Companies, they will have to adjust their provisions in accordance with the Articles of this Regulation during a period not exceeding three years of its publication date.
                                   
                                2. 21.2 Finance Companies availing of the three-year transition period according to Article 21.1 of this Regulation are required to renew their License on an annual basis. The Central Bank may amend the requirement of this Article for Finance Companies that are deemed by the Central Bank to be substantially in compliance with this Regulation and where the Central Bank has no major regulatory concerns about the Finance Company.
                                   
                                3. 21.3 Existing Finance Companies will also be required to provide the Central Bank with a detailed adjustment plan to comply with the Articles of this Regulation within six months of the issuance of this Regulation.
                                   
                              • Article (22) Interpretation of Regulation

                                1. 22.1 The Regulatory Development Division of the Central Bank shall be the reference for interpretation of the provisions of this Regulation.
                                   
                              • Article (23) Publication and Application

                                1. 23.1 This Regulation shall be published in the Official Gazette in both Arabic and English and shall come into effect one month from the date of publication.